Homeschool · Diploma track · Grade 11

Physics of the Universe

A full year of physics for grade 11, built to be the student's whole course in the subject rather than a supplement to one. California teaches the third year of science as Physics of the Universe, and the name is the syllabus: the laws that describe a ball thrown across a room are the same ones used to weigh the Sun, date a rock and read a star's composition off its light, so the course keeps following them outward until it gets there. Eleven units run from motion and forces through energy, heat, electricity, magnetism and waves to nuclear processes and the origin of the elements. Every equation is derived rather than handed over, every quantity carries its unit, and every number in every worked example and practice answer has been checked.

DIPLOMA TRACK CA NGSS PHYSICS GRADE 11 MODEL ANSWERS 75 LESSONS 860 PRACTICE QUESTIONS 6 ESSAY PROMPTS Algebra 1 and Geometry. Algebra 2 helps but is not assumed. This is a complete course in physics and does not assume other instruction in the subject.

Course overview

What this year covers

Physics is the science that asks what the smallest number of rules is that would account for everything, and the answer turns out to be surprisingly few. This course is built around that: nothing is asserted that can be derived, and the derivations are shown, because a student who has seen where an equation comes from can rebuild it and a student who has memorized it cannot. The eleven units follow the California Physics of the Universe course, beginning with motion and force, which are the tools everything later is built from, and ending with nuclear processes and the universe, which is where those same tools reach when they are pushed as far as they go. Two habits are drilled throughout, because they are what separate a physics answer from a guess: carry the units through every line, and check whether the size of the answer is physically sensible before writing it down.

  • U1Unit 1: Motion, Measurement and Evidence7 lessons
  • U2Unit 2: Forces and Newton's Laws7 lessons
  • U3Unit 3: Momentum and Collisions7 lessons
  • U4Unit 4: Gravitation and Orbits7 lessons
  • U5Unit 5: Energy, Work and Conservation7 lessons
  • U6Unit 6: Thermal Energy and the Second Law6 lessons
  • U7Unit 7: Electric Charge, Fields and Circuits7 lessons
  • U8Unit 8: Magnetism and Electromagnetic Induction6 lessons
  • U9Unit 9: Waves, Sound and Light7 lessons
  • U10Unit 10: Electromagnetic Radiation and Information7 lessons
  • U11Unit 11: Nuclear Processes, Stars and the Universe7 lessons

All eleven units are open, 75 lessons in all. Every lesson opens with the method, one extended worked example, and ten practice problems. Every problem has a full worked solution, so you can find the step where yours went wrong. Each unit closes with a ten-problem mixed review.

Free preview: open any 5 lessons without an account. The counter on the left keeps track.

Lesson 1.1 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

A number on its own is not a physical quantity

Physics makes claims that can be checked, and a claim can only be checked if it says how much of what. "The force was 40" is not a statement anyone can test. Getting the unit right is not bookkeeping that comes after the physics; it is part of the answer, and this lesson shows how to use units as a check on work you are not sure about.

The key ideas
  1. A physical quantity is a number together with a unit. Either one alone is incomplete.
  2. SI is built from seven base units. For this course the ones that matter are the meter, the kilogram, the second, the ampere and the kelvin.
  3. Every other unit is derived from those by an equation. The newton is not a fundamental thing: it is \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), read straight off \( F = ma \).
  4. Both sides of a correct equation have the same units. This is dimensional analysis, and it catches a wrong formula without your knowing the right one.
  5. Convert by multiplying by a fraction equal to one. Write the conversion so the unwanted unit cancels, and the arithmetic cannot go the wrong way.
  6. Significant figures state how precisely a quantity is known. Writing more digits than the data support is a claim you cannot back.
  7. A result is no more precise than the least precise input. For multiplication and division, keep the smallest number of significant figures among the inputs.

Where students lose marks: leaving a mixed unit in the middle of a calculation. Kilometers and meters in the same expression, or grams where kilograms are required, produce an answer wrong by a factor of a thousand while looking perfectly reasonable on the page. Convert everything to SI base units before the first line of arithmetic, every time.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Express the newton and the joule in base units. (b) A student proposes \( v = \sqrt{2gh} \) for the speed of a falling object. Check it by units. (c) A car travels 90.0 km/h. Convert to m/s. (d) Explain how a unit mismatch destroyed a spacecraft.

Step one: derive the newton for (a). The definition comes from \( F = ma \), where \( m \) is in kilograms and \( a \) in \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \): \[ 1\ \text{N} = 1\ \text{kg} \cdot \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] So a newton is not an extra fact to memorize. It is a shorthand for a combination the equation already fixed.

Step two: derive the joule. Work is force times distance, so \[ 1\ \text{J} = 1\ \text{N} \cdot \text{m} = 1\ \text{kg} \cdot \text{m}^2/\text{s}^2 \] Every derived unit unpacks this way, and being able to unpack one is what makes the next step possible.

Step three: set up the check in (b). Take the units of each symbol: \( g \) is \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and \( h \) is \( \text{m} \). The 2 is a pure number and has no units, so it cannot affect the check. Inside the root: \( \dfrac{\text{m}}{\text{s}^2} \times \text{m} = \dfrac{\text{m}^2}{\text{s}^2} \).

Step four: finish (b). Taking the square root: \( \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{m}^2}{\text{s}^2}} = \dfrac{\text{m}}{\text{s}} \), which is a speed. The formula passes. What this check can and cannot do. It would have caught \( v = \sqrt{2gh^2} \) or \( v = 2gh \) at once. It cannot catch a wrong pure number: the check passes equally for \( \sqrt{2gh} \) and \( \sqrt{7gh} \), because 2 and 7 have no units. So dimensional analysis rules out wrong formulas rather than confirming right ones, which is still worth a great deal when you are unsure.

Step five: convert in (c). Build fractions that equal one and arrange them so the unwanted units cancel: \[ 90.0\ \frac{\text{km}}{\text{h}} \times \frac{1000\ \text{m}}{1\ \text{km}} \times \frac{1\ \text{h}}{3600\ \text{s}} \] The kilometers cancel against the kilometers and the hours against the hours, leaving meters over seconds, which is what was wanted.

Step six: compute (c). \( \dfrac{90.0 \times 1000}{3600} = \dfrac{90000}{3600} = 25.0\ \text{m/s} \). Worth memorizing as a check: dividing km/h by 3.6 gives m/s, so 90 becomes 25 and 36 becomes 10. If a speed in m/s comes out larger than the same speed in km/h, the conversion went the wrong way.

Step seven: answer (d). In September 1999 NASA lost the Mars Climate Orbiter as it arrived at Mars. The spacecraft had traveled for nine and a half months and was destroyed in the upper atmosphere. The mishap investigation board found that one piece of ground software reported thruster impulse in pound-force seconds, while the navigation software receiving it expected newton seconds. Neither number was wrong for its own unit.

Step eight: state what the failure shows. One pound-force is about 4.45 newtons, so every impulse figure was too small by roughly that factor. The error accumulated over the cruise, and the orbiter arrived far lower than intended. Nothing about the physics was wrong. Every equation was right and every calculation was arithmetically correct. A quantity crossed a boundary without its unit, and that alone was sufficient. The habit this should build. Write the unit beside every number on every line, including intermediate ones. It costs a few seconds and it is the only thing that catches this class of error, because the numbers themselves always look plausible.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Give the SI base unit of mass.
    Show the full solution

    The kilogram

  2. Express the newton in base units.
    Show the full solution

    From \( F = ma \). \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  3. Convert 2.5 km to meters.
    Show the full solution

    2500 m

  4. How many significant figures are in 0.00340?
    Show the full solution

    Leading zeros do not count; the trailing zero does, because it was written. Three

  5. Convert 72 km/h to m/s.
    Show the full solution

    Divide by 3.6. 20 m/s

  6. A student writes \( a = \dfrac{v}{t^2} \) for acceleration. Check it by units and say whether it can be right.
    Show the full solution

    Units of the right side: \( \dfrac{\text{m}/\text{s}}{\text{s}^2} = \dfrac{\text{m}}{\text{s}^3} \). Units of acceleration: \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). These do not match, so the formula is wrong whatever the situation. The correct relation is \( a = \dfrac{\Delta v}{t} \), whose units are \( \dfrac{\text{m}/\text{s}}{\text{s}} = \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) ✓ Cannot be right; the units give m/s³

  7. Express the joule in base units, then use that to express the watt.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1\ \text{J} = 1\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m} = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^2 \). A watt is a joule per second: \( 1\ \text{W} = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^3 \). Check the pattern. Each division by a second adds one to the power of s in the denominator, which is what "per second" means dimensionally. \( \text{J} = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^2 \), \( \text{W} = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^3 \)

  8. A rectangular plate measures 12.4 cm by 3.0 cm. Give its area with the correct number of significant figures.
    Show the full solution

    \( 12.4 \times 3.0 = 37.2 \) cm². The inputs have three and two significant figures, so the answer keeps two. \( 37.2 \to 37 \) cm². Why the rule exists. The 3.0 cm measurement means the true length is somewhere between about 2.95 and 3.05 cm, which puts the area between roughly 36.6 and 37.8 cm². Writing 37.2 claims a precision the second measurement never had. 37 cm²

  9. Explain why dimensional analysis can prove a formula wrong but cannot prove it right.
    Show the full solution

    Because it tests only the units, and units are blind to pure numbers. What it catches. If the two sides of an equation have different units, they cannot be equal for any values at all, so the formula is wrong universally rather than in some cases. That is a strong conclusion from a cheap check. What it misses. Any dimensionless factor. For a body falling from rest through height \( h \), the true speed is \( \sqrt{2gh} \), but \( \sqrt{gh} \), \( \sqrt{17gh} \) and \( 0.4\sqrt{gh} \) all pass the unit check identically, because 2, 17 and 0.4 carry no units. It also misses which of several correct-unit quantities you meant. Torque and energy both come out as \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^2 \), so a unit check cannot tell them apart. How to use it anyway. Run the check first, because it is fast and rules things out; then get the numerical factor from a derivation. The two together are reliable, and neither is on its own. Matching units are necessary but not sufficient

  10. A tank holds 4.0 cubic meters of water. Water has a density of 1000 kg/m³. Find the mass, then find the weight in newtons, and state which quantity a bathroom scale measures.
    Show the full solution

    Find the mass. Density is mass per volume, so mass is density times volume: \( m = 1000\ \dfrac{\text{kg}}{\text{m}^3} \times 4.0\ \text{m}^3 = 4000\ \text{kg} \). The cubic meters cancel, leaving kilograms, which confirms the expression was set up the right way round. Find the weight. Weight is the gravitational force on the mass: \( W = mg = 4000\ \text{kg} \times 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 = 39200\ \text{N} \). To two significant figures, matching the 4.0, that is \( 3.9 \times 10^4\ \text{N} \). Check the units. \( \text{kg} \times \text{m}/\text{s}^2 = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2 = \text{N} \) ✓ Which one a scale measures. A bathroom scale measures force, because it works by compressing a spring or a strain gauge, and what compresses it is the weight. It then divides by a stored value of \( g \) and displays a mass, which is what you actually wanted. Why that distinction is not pedantry. The same scale on the Moon would read about one sixth as much, because the weight is smaller there, while the mass has not changed at all. The scale is not broken; it is measuring the quantity it always measured and converting with the wrong constant. Mass 4000 kg, weight about \( 3.9 \times 10^4 \) N; a scale measures force

Lesson 1.2 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

Where something is, and how far it got

Before motion can be described it has to be located, and locating something requires a choice: where zero is and which direction counts as positive. That choice is free, but once made it has to be kept. Two different questions then arise about a journey, and confusing them is the first place physics answers go wrong.

The key ideas
  1. A position needs a reference frame: an origin, and a direction declared positive.
  2. The choice is arbitrary but must be fixed. Any consistent choice gives the same physics; changing it midway gives nonsense.
  3. Displacement is the change in position, \( \Delta x = x_f - x_i \), and it depends only on the endpoints.
  4. Distance is the length of the path actually traveled, and it depends on the whole journey.
  5. Displacement is a vector; distance is a scalar. Displacement carries a direction, distance does not.
  6. In one dimension the sign is the direction. A displacement of \( -8\ \text{m} \) means eight meters in the negative direction.
  7. Distance is never negative and never less than the size of the displacement. The two are equal only when the motion never reverses.

Where students lose marks: giving a displacement without a direction. "The displacement was 60 m" is incomplete. Write \( +60\ \text{m} \), or 60 m east, or say which way you chose as positive. A vector reported as a bare magnitude has lost half its information.

Worked example

The problem. A runner starts at a marker, runs 240 m east, then turns and runs 180 m west, ending where she stops. (a) Set up a frame and find her final position. (b) Find her displacement. (c) Find the distance she ran. (d) Explain when distance and displacement agree, and give a case where displacement is zero but distance is large.

Step one: set up the frame for (a). Put the origin at the starting marker, so \( x_i = 0 \), and declare east positive. West is then negative. Everything that follows uses this choice.

Step two: track the position. After the first leg she is at \( +240\ \text{m} \). The second leg is 180 m west, which in this frame is \( -180\ \text{m} \): \( x_f = 240 + (-180) = +60\ \text{m} \). So she finishes 60 m east of the marker.

Step three: find the displacement for (b). \( \Delta x = x_f - x_i = 60 - 0 = +60\ \text{m} \), that is 60 m east. Notice what the calculation used. Only the starting and ending positions. The fact that she went out to 240 m first never entered.

Step four: find the distance for (c). Distance adds the path lengths regardless of direction: \( 240 + 180 = 420\ \text{m} \). The two answers differ by a factor of seven, and both are correct answers to different questions. "How far did she run?" is 420 m. "How far is she from where she started?" is 60 m east.

Step five: check the frame choice does not matter. Redo it with west positive. The first leg is now \( -240\ \text{m} \) and the second is \( +180\ \text{m} \), giving \( x_f = -60\ \text{m} \). That is 60 m in the negative direction, and negative now means east. The same physical answer, described in a different language. What is not allowed is treating east as positive in one line and west as positive in the next, which produces an answer describing no journey at all.

Step six: answer the first half of (d). Distance equals the magnitude of displacement exactly when the motion never reverses direction. If the runner had simply gone 240 m east and stopped, both would be 240 m. Any reversal makes the path longer than the net change, so distance exceeds the displacement's magnitude in every other case.

Step seven: give the extreme case. A runner completes four laps of a 400 m track and stops at the starting line. Distance: \( 4 \times 400 = 1600\ \text{m} \). Displacement: the start and end positions are the same point, so \( \Delta x = 0 \).

Step eight: draw the consequence. Her average velocity over the four laps is exactly zero, while her average speed is clearly not. That is not a paradox; it is the definitions doing what they are for. Why displacement is the useful quantity in physics. Nearly every equation in the next six units involves displacement rather than distance, because the laws of motion relate forces to changes in position, and a change is a difference between two points. The path taken between them does not enter Newton's second law at all. Why distance still matters. It is what the odometer reads, what the fuel is consumed over, and what friction acts along. Lesson 5.6 needs distance rather than displacement for exactly that reason.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Is displacement a vector or a scalar?
    Show the full solution

    A vector

  2. Is distance a vector or a scalar?
    Show the full solution

    A scalar

  3. An object moves from \( x = 3\ \text{m} \) to \( x = 11\ \text{m} \). Find its displacement.
    Show the full solution

    \( 11 - 3 \). \( +8\ \text{m} \)

  4. An object moves from \( x = 5\ \text{m} \) to \( x = -2\ \text{m} \). Find its displacement.
    Show the full solution

    \( -2 - 5 \). \( -7\ \text{m} \)

  5. Can distance ever be negative?
    Show the full solution

    It is a path length. No

  6. A cyclist rides 3.0 km north, then 4.0 km south. Find the distance and the displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Take north as positive. Distance: \( 3.0 + 4.0 = 7.0\ \text{km} \). Displacement: \( +3.0 + (-4.0) = -1.0\ \text{km} \), that is 1.0 km south. The sign is the answer's direction, so reporting "1.0 km" alone would be incomplete. Distance 7.0 km, displacement 1.0 km south

  7. A ball is dropped from a height of 2.0 m, bounces, and is caught at 1.2 m on the way up. Find the distance traveled and the displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Take upward positive with the floor at zero. Start at \( +2.0\ \text{m} \), reach \( 0 \), return to \( +1.2\ \text{m} \). Distance: \( 2.0 + 1.2 = 3.2\ \text{m} \). Displacement: \( 1.2 - 2.0 = -0.8\ \text{m} \), that is 0.8 m downward. The ball ends below where it began even though it was last moving upward. Displacement describes the net result, not the final direction of travel. Distance 3.2 m, displacement 0.8 m downward

  8. A hiker walks 6.0 km east and then 8.0 km north. Find the distance and the magnitude of the displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Distance is the path length: \( 6.0 + 8.0 = 14.0\ \text{km} \). The displacement is the straight line from start to finish, and the two legs are perpendicular, so use the Pythagorean theorem: \( \sqrt{6.0^2 + 8.0^2} = \sqrt{36 + 64} = \sqrt{100} = 10.0\ \text{km} \). Direction: \( \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{8.0}{6.0} \right) = 53^\circ \) north of east. This is why displacement needs vector addition rather than ordinary addition once the motion leaves a single line. Lesson 1.7 builds on it. Distance 14.0 km, displacement 10.0 km at 53° north of east

  9. Explain why the choice of positive direction cannot change the physical answer.
    Show the full solution

    Because the choice is a description of reality, not a property of it, and every quantity in the problem is relabeled together. What changes. The sign attached to each displacement, velocity and acceleration flips. What does not. Which physical direction each sign now names. A displacement of \( +60\ \text{m} \) with east positive and one of \( -60\ \text{m} \) with west positive describe the identical journey, because in the second frame negative means east. Why the flip is consistent. Every vector in the problem is multiplied by \( -1 \) at once, and the equations relating them are unchanged by that, so the relationships survive intact. Where it goes wrong. Not in the choosing but in the forgetting. Taking down as positive for the fall and up as positive for the rebound, inside one problem, produces a calculation that describes no physical situation. Write the choice down at the top of the work and leave it there. A practical tip. Choose the direction of initial motion as positive. It tends to keep the most numbers positive and reduces the chance of a sign slip. The choice relabels every vector together, so the described physics is unchanged

  10. A delivery van leaves the depot, drives 12 km north, 5.0 km east, then 12 km south, and stops. Find the distance, the displacement, and explain what the driver's odometer would read against what a straight-line tracker would report.
    Show the full solution

    Set up a frame. Origin at the depot, north positive on one axis, east positive on the other. Track the two axes separately, which is the method lesson 1.7 formalizes. North-south axis. \( +12 \) then \( -12 \), so the net is \( 0\ \text{km} \). East-west axis. \( +5.0\ \text{km} \), unchanged by the other two legs. Displacement. The van ends 5.0 km east of the depot and level with it north to south, so the displacement is 5.0 km east. Distance. Add the three path lengths: \( 12 + 5.0 + 12 = 29\ \text{km} \). The odometer. It counts wheel rotations, so it measures path length and reads 29 km. It has no way to know the van turned around. A straight-line tracker. A device comparing the start and end positions reports 5.0 km east, and knows nothing about the route. Neither is wrong. They answer different questions, and both are needed for different purposes: the fuel used depends on the 29 km, while the time saved by a better route depends on how much of that 29 km was wasted relative to the 5.0 km that had to be covered. The general point. A quantity in physics is defined by the question it answers. Asking "which is the real distance?" is the wrong question; asking "which one does this situation depend on?" is the right one. Distance 29 km, displacement 5.0 km east

Lesson 1.3 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

How fast, and how fast in which direction

Speed and velocity are treated as synonyms in ordinary language and are not synonyms in physics. The difference is the same one as between distance and displacement, and it has the same consequence: two correct answers to a journey that differ by a large factor.

The key ideas
  1. Average velocity is displacement over time: \( \bar{v} = \dfrac{\Delta x}{\Delta t} \). It is a vector.
  2. Average speed is distance over time. It is a scalar, and it is not the magnitude of the average velocity.
  3. Instantaneous velocity is the velocity at one moment, found by shrinking the time interval toward zero.
  4. On a position-time graph, velocity is the slope. Steeper means faster.
  5. A negative slope means motion in the negative direction, and a horizontal line means at rest.
  6. A curved position-time graph means the velocity is changing, which is lesson 1.4's subject.
  7. The instantaneous speed is the magnitude of the instantaneous velocity. For instants, unlike averages, the two do correspond.

Where students lose marks: computing an average speed by averaging two speeds. A trip at 60 km/h out and 30 km/h back does not average 45 km/h, because more time is spent at the slower speed. Average speed is always total distance divided by total time, and nothing else.

Worked example

The problem. Using the runner from lesson 1.2: she runs 240 m east in 30 s, then 180 m west in 20 s. (a) Find her average velocity. (b) Find her average speed. (c) Explain why the two differ so much. (d) Describe the position-time graph of her run, and say what its slope shows.

Step one: collect what is needed for (a). Average velocity needs displacement and total time. From lesson 1.2, \( \Delta x = +60\ \text{m} \) with east positive. Total time: \( 30 + 20 = 50\ \text{s} \).

Step two: compute (a). \( \bar{v} = \dfrac{+60\ \text{m}}{50\ \text{s}} = +1.2\ \text{m/s} \), that is 1.2 m/s east. The direction is part of the answer, so the sign or the word "east" must appear.

Step three: compute (b). Average speed needs distance and total time. Distance was 420 m. \( \text{average speed} = \dfrac{420\ \text{m}}{50\ \text{s}} = 8.4\ \text{m/s} \).

Step four: answer (c). The two differ by a factor of seven because the reversal makes the path far longer than the net change in position. Neither figure is a lie about the run. At no point was she moving at 1.2 m/s; that number describes the net result of 50 seconds of running, not her pace. At no point was she moving at exactly 8.4 m/s either; that is the average of two different paces. Averages describe intervals, not moments.

Step five: find the pace on each leg. Out: \( \dfrac{240}{30} = 8.0\ \text{m/s} \) east. Back: \( \dfrac{180}{20} = 9.0\ \text{m/s} \) west. Check the average speed against these. The overall 8.4 m/s lies between 8.0 and 9.0, closer to 8.0, which fits because more time was spent on the outward leg. Averaging the two paces would have given 8.5, which is wrong for exactly that reason.

Step six: begin (d). With east positive and the marker at the origin, the graph rises from \( (0, 0) \) to \( (30\ \text{s}, 240\ \text{m}) \) in a straight line, because her pace on that leg was steady.

Step seven: the second leg. From \( (30, 240) \) the line falls to \( (50\ \text{s}, 60\ \text{m}) \), again straight. Slope of the first segment: \( \dfrac{240 - 0}{30 - 0} = +8.0\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ Slope of the second: \( \dfrac{60 - 240}{50 - 30} = \dfrac{-180}{20} = -9.0\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ The slopes reproduce the velocities including their signs, which is what makes the graph worth drawing.

Step eight: read the average velocity off the graph. Draw the straight line from the first point \( (0, 0) \) to the last \( (50, 60) \). Its slope is \( \dfrac{60}{50} = +1.2\ \text{m/s} \), matching part (a). That is the general rule. Average velocity over an interval is the slope of the straight line connecting the endpoints, and instantaneous velocity is the slope of the graph at a single point. When the graph is straight the two coincide; when it curves they do not. What the graph cannot show. Average speed. The graph plots position, so its slopes give velocities, and recovering the distance requires adding the sizes of the rises and falls separately. That is why 8.4 m/s does not appear anywhere on the picture as a slope.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the definition of average velocity.
    Show the full solution

    Displacement divided by time

  2. What does the slope of a position-time graph give?
    Show the full solution

    Velocity

  3. An object moves \( +40\ \text{m} \) in 8.0 s. Find its average velocity.
    Show the full solution

    \( +5.0\ \text{m/s} \)

  4. What does a horizontal line on a position-time graph mean?
    Show the full solution

    Zero slope. The object is at rest

  5. A car covers 150 m in 10 s. Find its average speed.
    Show the full solution

    15 m/s

  6. A runner completes one lap of a 400 m track in 50 s. Find the average speed and the average velocity.
    Show the full solution

    Average speed: \( \dfrac{400}{50} = 8.0\ \text{m/s} \). Average velocity: the start and finish are the same point, so the displacement is zero and \( \bar{v} = \dfrac{0}{50} = 0 \). Both are correct. She was certainly moving, but she got nowhere, and velocity measures getting somewhere. Speed 8.0 m/s, velocity zero

  7. A car travels 60 km at 60 km/h, then 60 km at 30 km/h. Find the average speed for the whole trip.
    Show the full solution

    Do not average the speeds. Find the times first. Leg 1: \( \dfrac{60\ \text{km}}{60\ \text{km/h}} = 1.0\ \text{h} \). Leg 2: \( \dfrac{60\ \text{km}}{30\ \text{km/h}} = 2.0\ \text{h} \). Total distance 120 km, total time 3.0 h. \( \dfrac{120}{3.0} = 40\ \text{km/h} \). Not 45. Twice as much time was spent at the slower speed, so the average is pulled toward it. 40 km/h

  8. A position-time graph is a curve that gets steeper as time increases. Describe the motion.
    Show the full solution

    Slope is velocity, and the slope is increasing, so the velocity is increasing. The object is moving in the positive direction and speeding up. Contrast the other curvatures. A curve flattening toward horizontal means slowing down. A curve bending below the horizontal means it reversed direction at the turning point. Moving in the positive direction and accelerating

  9. Explain why average speed is not the magnitude of average velocity.
    Show the full solution

    Because they are built from different numerators: one from distance, the other from displacement, and those agree only when the motion never reverses. The definitions. Average speed is \( \dfrac{\text{distance}}{t} \); average velocity is \( \dfrac{\text{displacement}}{t} \). The denominators match, so any difference comes entirely from the top. Why the tops differ. Lesson 1.2 established that distance is at least the magnitude of displacement, and strictly greater whenever the motion reverses. So average speed is at least the magnitude of the average velocity, and usually more. The extreme case. A closed loop has zero displacement, so the average velocity is zero while the average speed is not. The two cannot be the same quantity if one can be zero while the other is 8 m/s. When they do agree. Motion in a straight line without reversing. On a one-way trip the two are numerically equal, which is why the distinction is easy to miss until a problem involves a return leg. For instants the situation is different. Instantaneous speed *is* the magnitude of instantaneous velocity, because over a vanishingly small interval there is no opportunity to reverse. The mismatch is a property of averages only. Distance exceeds displacement whenever motion reverses, so the two averages come apart

  10. A train accelerates from rest, travels at a steady speed, then brakes to a stop, covering 2400 m in 120 s altogether. Sketch the shape of its position-time graph, and explain why its average velocity of 20 m/s is not its speed during the middle phase.
    Show the full solution

    Compute the average velocity. \( \bar{v} = \dfrac{2400\ \text{m}}{120\ \text{s}} = 20\ \text{m/s} \), in the direction of travel. Describe the graph in three parts. Phase 1, accelerating. The graph starts at the origin with zero slope, because the train starts at rest, and curves upward with increasing steepness. Phase 2, steady speed. The graph becomes a straight line, because constant velocity means constant slope. This is the steepest part. Phase 3, braking. The graph curves again, flattening until its slope reaches zero at the final position, where the train stops. The overall shape is a stretched letter S: shallow, steep, shallow, rising throughout because the train never reverses. Why 20 m/s is not the cruising speed. The average is the total displacement over the total time, and part of that time was spent moving more slowly than the cruise, during acceleration and braking. To average 20 m/s while spending time below it, the train must exceed 20 m/s during the middle phase. Put a number on it. Suppose the acceleration and braking take 20 s each and the cruise takes 80 s. Using the result from lesson 1.4 that a constant acceleration from rest covers half the distance a constant top speed would, accelerating to speed \( v \) over 20 s covers \( 10v \) meters, and the same for braking, while cruising covers \( 80v \). Total: \( 10v + 80v + 10v = 100v = 2400 \), so \( v = 24\ \text{m/s} \). Check. The cruise speed 24 m/s is above the 20 m/s average, as argued ✓ And the average sits between zero and 24, as any average must. The general reading. An average velocity is a single number standing in for a whole interval. It is exactly right about the net displacement and says nothing reliable about any particular instant. Whenever a problem gives you an average and asks about a moment, that gap is usually where the question lives. An S-shaped rising curve; the 20 m/s average is below the cruising speed of about 24 m/s

Lesson 1.4 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

The rate at which velocity changes, and how to read it off a graph

Velocity describes motion; acceleration describes how motion is changing. It is the quantity Newton's second law connects to force, so everything in unit 2 runs through it. It is also the quantity students most often get the sign of wrong, because "negative acceleration" and "slowing down" are not the same statement.

The key ideas
  1. Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity: \( a = \dfrac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} \), in \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).
  2. It is a vector, so it has a sign, and that sign is a direction rather than a verdict on speeding up or slowing down.
  3. Compare the signs of \( a \) and \( v \) to know what is happening. Same sign means speeding up; opposite signs mean slowing down.
  4. An object can accelerate without changing speed, which is what circular motion does in lesson 4.3.
  5. On a velocity-time graph, acceleration is the slope.
  6. On a velocity-time graph, displacement is the area under the line, counting area below the axis as negative.
  7. The three graphs stack: slope of position-time gives velocity, slope of velocity-time gives acceleration, and the areas run the other way.

Where students lose marks: reading a negative acceleration as "slowing down". A ball thrown upward has a constant acceleration of \( -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) throughout, yet it slows on the way up and speeds up on the way down. The acceleration never changed; the velocity's sign did.

Worked example

The problem. A car moving at 12 m/s speeds up steadily to 30 m/s over 6.0 s, then brakes steadily from 25 m/s to rest in 5.0 s on a later trip. (a) Find the acceleration in each case. (b) Find the distance covered while speeding up, two ways. (c) Find the braking distance. (d) Explain why a negative acceleration does not always mean slowing down.

Step one: compute the first acceleration for (a). Take the direction of travel as positive. \( a = \dfrac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} = \dfrac{30 - 12}{6.0} = \dfrac{18}{6.0} = +3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). The velocity gains 3.0 m/s every second, which is what the unit is saying out loud.

Step two: compute the braking acceleration. \( a = \dfrac{0 - 25}{5.0} = -5.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Negative, because the velocity is positive and decreasing, so the change points backward. The car is still moving forward the entire time. Only the change in its velocity points backward.

Step three: find the distance by area for (b). Sketch the velocity-time graph: a straight line from \( (0, 12) \) to \( (6.0, 30) \). The area under it is a trapezoid, whose area is the average of the two parallel sides times the width: \( \dfrac{12 + 30}{2} \times 6.0 = 21 \times 6.0 = 126\ \text{m} \).

Step four: check it by equation. Using \( \Delta x = v_0 t + \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 \): \( 12(6.0) + \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(6.0)^2 = 72 + 54 = 126\ \text{m} \) ✓ The two methods agree because they are the same statement. Lesson 1.5 derives the equation from the area, so a match here is a check on the arithmetic rather than on the physics.

Step five: compute (c). The velocity-time graph falls from \( (0, 25) \) to \( (5.0, 0) \), a triangle. Area \( = \dfrac{25 + 0}{2} \times 5.0 = 12.5 \times 5.0 = 62.5\ \text{m} \). The acceleration was negative but the area is above the axis, because the velocity stayed positive. The car moved forward 62.5 m while stopping.

Step six: begin (d). The sign of the acceleration tells you which way the velocity is being pushed, not whether the speed is rising. Four cases exhaust the possibilities.

VelocityAccelerationWhat happens
positivepositivemoving forward, speeding up
positivenegativemoving forward, slowing down
negativenegativemoving backward, speeding up
negativepositivemoving backward, slowing down

Step seven: apply it to the thrown ball. Throw a ball straight up with up positive. Gravity gives it \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) for the whole flight, unchanged at every instant including the top. On the way up the velocity is positive and the acceleration negative: row two, slowing down. On the way down the velocity is negative and the acceleration negative: row three, speeding up. Same acceleration, opposite behaviors, because the velocity's sign flipped.

Step eight: settle the question about the top. At the highest point the velocity is momentarily zero. The acceleration is still \( -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Students often want it to be zero there, reasoning that nothing is moving. But acceleration measures how velocity is changing, and the velocity is changing rapidly at that instant: it is passing from positive through zero to negative. If the acceleration really were zero at the top, the ball would stay there, since zero acceleration means unchanging velocity and the velocity is zero. That it comes back down is the evidence that the acceleration never stopped.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Give the SI unit of acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  2. What does the slope of a velocity-time graph give?
    Show the full solution

    Acceleration

  3. What does the area under a velocity-time graph give?
    Show the full solution

    Displacement

  4. A car goes from 8.0 m/s to 20 m/s in 4.0 s. Find its acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{20-8.0}{4.0} \). \( +3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  5. An object has positive velocity and negative acceleration. Is it speeding up or slowing down?
    Show the full solution

    Opposite signs. Slowing down

  6. A velocity-time graph is a horizontal line at 15 m/s for 8.0 s. Find the acceleration and the displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Slope is zero, so \( a = 0 \). Area is a rectangle: \( 15 \times 8.0 = 120\ \text{m} \). Constant velocity is a special case of the graph method, not a separate rule. \( a = 0 \), displacement 120 m

  7. A ball rolls up a ramp, stops, and rolls back down. Describe the sign of its velocity and acceleration throughout, taking up the ramp as positive.
    Show the full solution

    Going up: velocity positive, decreasing. Acceleration negative. At the top: velocity zero. Acceleration still negative. Coming down: velocity negative, growing more negative. Acceleration still negative. The acceleration is negative and constant for the whole motion, because the component of gravity along the ramp never changes direction. Only the velocity's sign changes. Acceleration negative throughout; velocity positive, then zero, then negative

  8. A train brakes from 30 m/s at a steady \( -1.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find how long it takes to stop and how far it travels.
    Show the full solution

    Time: \( t = \dfrac{\Delta v}{a} = \dfrac{0 - 30}{-1.5} = 20\ \text{s} \). The negatives cancel, giving a positive time, which is the check that the setup was right. Distance: area of the triangle, \( \dfrac{30 + 0}{2} \times 20 = 300\ \text{m} \). Check by equation. \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) gives \( 0 = 900 + 2(-1.5)\Delta x \), so \( \Delta x = \dfrac{900}{3.0} = 300\ \text{m} \) ✓ 20 s and 300 m

  9. Explain how an object can be accelerating while its speed stays constant.
    Show the full solution

    Because velocity is a vector, and a vector can change by turning without changing length. The definition is about velocity, not speed. Acceleration is \( \dfrac{\Delta \vec{v}}{\Delta t} \), and \( \vec{v} \) carries a direction as well as a magnitude. A change in either is a change in \( \vec{v} \). The standard case. A car going round a bend at a steady 20 m/s has constant speed and continuously changing direction, so its velocity is changing at every instant and it is accelerating the whole way round. Which way that acceleration points. Toward the center of the curve, which lesson 4.3 derives. It is perpendicular to the velocity, which is exactly why it turns the motion without changing its speed. The general rule worth carrying forward. An acceleration parallel to the velocity changes speed only; perpendicular to it changes direction only; at any other angle it does some of each. Projectile motion in lesson 1.7 is the mixed case. Why this matters for forces. Since force causes acceleration, a body moving in a circle at constant speed must have a net force on it, pointing inward. Anything moving in a curve is being pushed, and identifying what is doing the pushing is usually the whole problem. Velocity is a vector, so changing direction is a change in velocity

  10. A motorcycle accelerates from rest at \( 2.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) for 8.0 s, then holds that speed for 12 s. Find the final speed, the total displacement, and the average velocity for the whole 20 s.
    Show the full solution

    Phase 1, the acceleration. Final speed: \( v = v_0 + at = 0 + 2.5(8.0) = 20\ \text{m/s} \). Displacement: \( \Delta x = \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(2.5)(64) = 80\ \text{m} \). Check by area: a triangle of height 20 m/s and width 8.0 s has area \( \tfrac{1}{2}(20)(8.0) = 80\ \text{m} \) ✓ Phase 2, the steady speed. \( \Delta x = vt = 20 \times 12 = 240\ \text{m} \). Totals. Displacement: \( 80 + 240 = 320\ \text{m} \). Time: \( 8.0 + 12 = 20\ \text{s} \). Average velocity. \( \bar{v} = \dfrac{320}{20} = 16\ \text{m/s} \). Sanity check the average. It must lie between the slowest and fastest speeds reached, which are 0 and 20 m/s. It does, and it sits nearer 20 because most of the time was spent at the top speed ✓ A common wrong route. Averaging the two phase speeds, 10 and 20, to get 15 m/s. That treats the phases as equally long when the second lasts half again as long as the first. Average velocity is always total displacement over total time. Note the shape of the graph this describes. A velocity-time graph rising in a straight line from the origin to \( (8.0, 20) \), then horizontal to \( (20, 20) \). The total area is a triangle plus a rectangle, which is exactly the two phases computed separately. 20 m/s, 320 m, and an average of 16 m/s

Lesson 1.5 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

Four equations, none of them new information

For motion with constant acceleration there are four standard equations. They are usually presented as a list to memorize, which is the worst way to hold them: four similar-looking formulas are four things to confuse. They all follow from the definitions in lessons 1.3 and 1.4, so this lesson derives them, and after that they can be rebuilt rather than recalled.

The key ideas
  1. All four assume constant acceleration. Applying them to changing acceleration is the error that invalidates everything downstream.
  2. \( v = v_0 + at \) comes straight from the definition of acceleration.
  3. \( \Delta x = \dfrac{v_0 + v}{2}t \) is the trapezoid area from lesson 1.4.
  4. \( \Delta x = v_0t + \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 \) comes from substituting the first into the second.
  5. \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) comes from eliminating \( t \) between them, and is the one to use when time is neither known nor wanted.
  6. Each equation omits one of the five quantities. Choose by finding which quantity the problem neither gives nor asks for.
  7. The five quantities are \( v_0 \), \( v \), \( a \), \( t \) and \( \Delta x \). Listing what you have before choosing an equation is most of the work.

Where students lose marks: using these equations across a change in acceleration. A car that accelerates, cruises, then brakes needs the equations applied to each phase separately. One application spanning all three describes a motion that never happened.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive all four equations from the definitions. (b) A car accelerates uniformly from rest to 28 m/s in 7.0 s. Find its acceleration and the distance covered, using two different equations as a check. (c) Explain how to choose which equation to use.

Step one: derive the first equation. Acceleration is defined as \( a = \dfrac{v - v_0}{t} \). Multiply both sides by \( t \) and add \( v_0 \): \[ v = v_0 + at \] That is the definition rearranged, not a new fact.

Step two: derive the second. When acceleration is constant, the velocity-time graph is a straight line, so the average velocity over the interval is the ordinary average of the endpoints, \( \dfrac{v_0 + v}{2} \). Since displacement is average velocity times time, \[ \Delta x = \frac{v_0 + v}{2}\,t \] This is the trapezoid area from lesson 1.4 written algebraically. Note the condition. The midpoint average is only the true average because the graph is a straight line. That is where "constant acceleration" enters.

Step three: derive the third. Substitute \( v = v_0 + at \) into the second equation: \[ \Delta x = \frac{v_0 + (v_0 + at)}{2}\,t = \frac{2v_0 + at}{2}\,t \] Expanding gives \[ \Delta x = v_0t + \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 \]

Step four: derive the fourth. Solve the first equation for time, \( t = \dfrac{v - v_0}{a} \), and substitute into the second: \[ \Delta x = \frac{v_0 + v}{2} \cdot \frac{v - v_0}{a} = \frac{v^2 - v_0^2}{2a} \] using the difference of squares. Multiplying by \( 2a \) and rearranging: \[ v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \] All four came from two definitions and some algebra. Nothing was assumed about the physical situation beyond constant acceleration.

Step five: find the acceleration in (b). List the quantities: \( v_0 = 0 \), \( v = 28\ \text{m/s} \), \( t = 7.0\ \text{s} \), \( a \) unknown, \( \Delta x \) unknown. Use the first equation: \( 28 = 0 + a(7.0) \), so \( a = \dfrac{28}{7.0} = 4.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

Step six: find the distance two ways. Using the third: \( \Delta x = 0(7.0) + \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(7.0)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(49) = 98\ \text{m} \). Using the second: \( \Delta x = \dfrac{0 + 28}{2}(7.0) = 14 \times 7.0 = 98\ \text{m} \) ✓ A third check with the fourth equation: \( v^2 = 0 + 2(4.0)(98) = 784 \), and \( \sqrt{784} = 28\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ matching the given final speed.

Step seven: set out the selection method for (c). Write down the five quantities, mark the three you know and the one you want. The one left over is the one to avoid, and each equation is identified by what it leaves out.

EquationLeaves out
\( v = v_0 + at \)\( \Delta x \)
\( \Delta x = \dfrac{v_0+v}{2}t \)\( a \)
\( \Delta x = v_0t + \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 \)\( v \)
\( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \)\( t \)

Step eight: work an example of the choice. A stone is dropped and lands at 25 m/s; how far did it fall? Known: \( v_0 = 0 \), \( v = 25\ \text{m/s} \), \( a = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) taking down positive. Wanted: \( \Delta x \). Not given and not wanted: \( t \). So use the equation that omits \( t \): \( 25^2 = 0 + 2(9.8)\Delta x \), giving \( \Delta x = \dfrac{625}{19.6} = 31.9\ \text{m} \). The alternative route works but costs more. Finding \( t \) first from the first equation, then \( \Delta x \) from the third, gives the same answer through two steps and two chances to slip. Choosing well is not elegance; it is error reduction.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) where needed.

  1. What condition must hold for the kinematic equations to apply?
    Show the full solution

    Constant acceleration

  2. Which equation omits displacement?
    Show the full solution

    \( v = v_0 + at \)

  3. Which equation omits time?
    Show the full solution

    \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \)

  4. An object starts at rest with \( a = 3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find its speed after 5.0 s.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = 0 + 3.0(5.0) \). 15 m/s

  5. How many quantities appear across the four equations?
    Show the full solution

    Five

  6. A cyclist accelerates from 4.0 m/s at \( 1.2\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) over 30 m. Find the final speed.
    Show the full solution

    Time is neither given nor wanted, so use the fourth equation. \( v^2 = 4.0^2 + 2(1.2)(30) = 16 + 72 = 88 \). \( v = \sqrt{88} = 9.4\ \text{m/s} \). Check the size. Starting at 4.0 and accelerating over 30 m should give a moderate increase, and 9.4 is plausible ✓ 9.4 m/s

  7. A stone is dropped from rest and falls for 2.0 s. Find its speed and the distance fallen.
    Show the full solution

    Take down positive, so \( a = +9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and \( v_0 = 0 \). Speed: \( v = 0 + 9.8(2.0) = 19.6\ \text{m/s} \). Distance: \( \Delta x = \tfrac{1}{2}(9.8)(2.0)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(9.8)(4.0) = 19.6\ \text{m} \). The two numbers matching at 19.6 is a coincidence of this particular time, not a rule. They have different units and different meanings. 19.6 m/s and 19.6 m

  8. A car braking at \( -5.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) stops in 10 m. Find its initial speed.
    Show the full solution

    Time is not given, so use the fourth equation with \( v = 0 \). \( 0 = v_0^2 + 2(-5.0)(10) \), so \( v_0^2 = 100 \) and \( v_0 = 10\ \text{m/s} \). Watch the sign of \( a \). Using \( +5.0 \) would give \( v_0^2 = -100 \), which has no real solution, and that impossibility is itself the signal that the sign was wrong. 10 m/s

  9. Explain why doubling a car's speed more than doubles its stopping distance.
    Show the full solution

    Because the relationship is quadratic, not linear, and the fourth equation shows it directly. The derivation. Setting \( v = 0 \) in \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) and solving: \( \Delta x = \dfrac{v_0^2}{2|a|} \). The stopping distance depends on the square of the initial speed. What that means numerically, at a braking deceleration of \( 5.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \): at 10 m/s, \( \dfrac{100}{10} = 10\ \text{m} \); at 20 m/s, \( \dfrac{400}{10} = 40\ \text{m} \); at 30 m/s, \( \dfrac{900}{10} = 90\ \text{m} \). Doubling the speed quadruples the distance, and tripling it multiplies the distance by nine. Why it is squared rather than linear. Two things worsen together at higher speed. The car takes longer to stop, and during that longer time it is covering ground faster. Each effect scales with the speed, so the product scales with the square. The energy reading, which unit 5 will formalize. Kinetic energy goes as \( v^2 \), and the brakes remove energy at a roughly constant rate per meter, so four times the energy needs four times the distance. Why this matters outside the exam. The difference between 30 and 35 mph in a residential street is a much larger difference in stopping distance than the speeds suggest, which is the reasoning behind speed limits near schools. The quadratic is doing the work that intuition does not. Stopping distance goes as the square of the speed

  10. A rocket accelerates upward from rest at \( 4.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) for 15 s, then its engine cuts out. Find its speed and height at cutout, and then the maximum height it reaches.
    Show the full solution

    This needs two phases, because the acceleration changes when the engine stops. Applying one equation across both would be the error this lesson warns about. Phase 1, engine on. Take up positive, \( a = +4.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), \( v_0 = 0 \), \( t = 15\ \text{s} \). Speed at cutout: \( v = 0 + 4.0(15) = 60\ \text{m/s} \). Height at cutout: \( \Delta x = \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(15)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(225) = 450\ \text{m} \). Phase 2, engine off. The rocket is still moving up at 60 m/s, but now the only acceleration is gravity, \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). It rises until its velocity reaches zero. Time is not wanted, so use the fourth equation: \( 0 = 60^2 + 2(-9.8)\Delta x \), giving \( \Delta x = \dfrac{3600}{19.6} = 183.7\ \text{m} \). Total height. \( 450 + 183.7 = 633.7\ \text{m} \), about \( 6.3 \times 10^2\ \text{m} \) to two significant figures. Check the coasting phase a second way. Time to stop: \( t = \dfrac{60}{9.8} = 6.12\ \text{s} \). Distance: \( \dfrac{60 + 0}{2}(6.12) = 30(6.12) = 183.7\ \text{m} \) ✓ Why the phases cannot be merged. The acceleration is \( +4.0 \) for 15 s and then \( -9.8 \) afterward. No single constant value describes the motion, so no single application of the equations can. A check on plausibility. The coasting phase adds about 40 percent to the powered height, which is reasonable: the rocket is moving fast at cutout, and gravity takes six seconds to stop it. 60 m/s and 450 m at cutout; maximum height about 634 m

Lesson 1.6 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

Everything falls at the same rate, and that is not obvious

A stone falls faster than a feather, which makes the claim that all objects fall alike look plainly false. It took a careful argument to see past the air, and the argument is worth following because it shows how a physical law can be extracted from observations that seem to contradict it.

The key ideas
  1. Free fall means gravity is the only force acting. Air resistance excluded, whether the object is moving up, down or momentarily at rest.
  2. Near Earth's surface the acceleration is \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward, for every object regardless of mass.
  3. The kinematic equations apply directly, with \( a \) replaced by \( \pm g \) according to the sign convention chosen.
  4. An object thrown upward is in free fall the whole time, including at the top of its flight.
  5. The motion is symmetric: time up equals time down, and the speed at any height going up equals the speed at that height coming down.
  6. Mass does not appear in any of the equations, which is why it cannot affect the result.
  7. Air resistance breaks all of this, and does so more for light or broad objects than for dense compact ones.

Where students lose marks: switching sign conventions partway through a problem, usually by taking down as positive during the fall and up as positive during the rise. Choose once, write it at the top, and let every sign in the problem follow from it.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Give Galileo's argument that heavy and light objects must fall together. (b) A stone is dropped from 45 m. Find the time to land and the impact speed. (c) A ball is thrown straight up at 19.6 m/s. Find the time to the top and the maximum height. (d) Explain why a feather falls slowly without contradicting any of this.

Step one: set up (a). Suppose, as Aristotle held, that heavier objects fall faster. Take a heavy stone H and a light stone L, so H falls faster than L on its own. Now tie them together and drop them.

Step two: draw out the contradiction. Two answers follow from the same assumption. The lighter stone falls more slowly, so it drags on the heavier one, and the pair should fall slower than H alone. But the pair is heavier than H alone, so by the assumption it should fall faster than H. The same premise gives both "slower than H" and "faster than H", so the premise cannot stand. Galileo put the argument in dialogue in Dialogues Concerning Two New Sciences (Crew and de Salvio translation, 1914), where Salviati leads Simplicio to exactly this result. Note that no experiment was required: the assumption defeats itself.

Step three: set up (b). Take down as positive, so \( a = +9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), \( v_0 = 0 \), \( \Delta x = +45\ \text{m} \). Find the time with the equation that omits final velocity: \( 45 = 0 + \tfrac{1}{2}(9.8)t^2 \), so \( t^2 = \dfrac{90}{9.8} = 9.184 \) and \( t = 3.03\ \text{s} \).

Step four: find the impact speed. \( v = v_0 + at = 0 + 9.8(3.03) = 29.7\ \text{m/s} \). Check independently with the equation that omits time: \( v^2 = 0 + 2(9.8)(45) = 882 \), and \( \sqrt{882} = 29.7\ \text{m/s} \) ✓

Step five: set up (c). Now take up as positive, so \( v_0 = +19.6\ \text{m/s} \) and \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). At the highest point the velocity is momentarily zero, which is the condition that locates the top. \( 0 = 19.6 + (-9.8)t \), so \( t = \dfrac{19.6}{9.8} = 2.0\ \text{s} \).

Step six: find the maximum height. \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) with \( v = 0 \): \( 0 = 19.6^2 + 2(-9.8)\Delta x \), so \( \Delta x = \dfrac{384.16}{19.6} = 19.6\ \text{m} \). Note the acceleration is still \( -9.8 \) at the top, as lesson 1.4 argued. Zero velocity is not zero acceleration.

Step seven: use the symmetry as a check. The ball takes 2.0 s to rise 19.6 m. Falling 19.6 m from rest should take \( t = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(19.6)}{9.8}} = \sqrt{4.0} = 2.0\ \text{s} \) ✓ And its speed on return to the throwing height should be 19.6 m/s downward: \( v = 9.8(2.0) = 19.6\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ The symmetry is exact in free fall and is worth using as a check on any answer, but it fails as soon as air resistance enters, because the drag reverses direction with the motion while gravity does not.

Step eight: answer (d). A falling feather is not in free fall, because gravity is not the only force on it. Air resistance is also acting. Why the feather suffers more. Drag depends on surface area and speed, while weight depends on mass. A feather has a great deal of area for very little mass, so the drag force becomes comparable to its weight almost immediately, and it reaches terminal speed within a fraction of a second. A stone has little area for a great deal of mass, so drag stays small compared with its weight for a long time, and it behaves almost exactly as the free-fall equations say. The prediction this makes, and the test. Remove the air and the difference should vanish entirely. In 1971, on the airless surface of the Moon, Apollo 15 commander David Scott dropped a hammer and a falcon feather together and they struck the ground at the same moment, on camera (NASA). The law had been right for three centuries; the air had been hiding it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and ignore air resistance unless told otherwise.

  1. Give the acceleration of a freely falling object near Earth's surface.
    Show the full solution

    \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward

  2. Does a heavier object fall faster in a vacuum?
    Show the full solution

    No

  3. What is the velocity of a ball at the highest point of its flight?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  4. What is its acceleration at that point?
    Show the full solution

    \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward

  5. An object is dropped from rest. Find its speed after 3.0 s.
    Show the full solution

    \( 9.8 \times 3.0 \). 29.4 m/s

  6. A ball is dropped from 20 m. Find the time to land and the impact speed.
    Show the full solution

    Down positive, \( v_0 = 0 \). \( 20 = \tfrac{1}{2}(9.8)t^2 \), so \( t^2 = \dfrac{40}{9.8} = 4.082 \) and \( t = 2.02\ \text{s} \). \( v = \sqrt{2(9.8)(20)} = \sqrt{392} = 19.8\ \text{m/s} \). Check: \( v = 9.8(2.02) = 19.8\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ 2.02 s and 19.8 m/s

  7. A ball is thrown up at 24.5 m/s. Find the maximum height and the total time in the air.
    Show the full solution

    Up positive, \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Height: \( \Delta x = \dfrac{24.5^2}{2(9.8)} = \dfrac{600.25}{19.6} = 30.6\ \text{m} \). Time up: \( \dfrac{24.5}{9.8} = 2.5\ \text{s} \). Total time, by symmetry: \( 2 \times 2.5 = 5.0\ \text{s} \). The symmetry halves the work, and it is exact here because air resistance is being ignored. 30.6 m and 5.0 s

  8. Two balls are released from the same height, one dropped and one thrown horizontally. Which lands first?
    Show the full solution

    They land together. The horizontal throw gives the second ball a horizontal velocity, and horizontal velocity has no effect on vertical motion. Both start with zero vertical velocity and both have \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward, so both satisfy the same vertical equation. This is the independence of components that lesson 1.7 develops, and it is one of the least intuitive results in the unit. They land at the same time

  9. Explain why the mass of a falling object does not affect its acceleration, given that a heavier object is pulled harder by gravity.
    Show the full solution

    Because the greater pull is exactly offset by the greater resistance to being accelerated, and the two effects cancel completely. Set it out with the second law, which unit 2 states formally as \( F = ma \). The gravitational force on a mass \( m \) is its weight, \( F = mg \). The acceleration that force produces is \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} = \dfrac{mg}{m} = g \). The mass cancels. Doubling the mass doubles the force, and doubling the force on a doubled mass gives the same acceleration. Why the cancellation is not trivial. The \( m \) in \( mg \) measures how strongly gravity pulls on the object. The \( m \) in \( F = ma \) measures how strongly the object resists being accelerated by any force at all. There is no obvious reason those two quantities should be the same number, and experiment says they are, to extraordinary precision. That equality has a name and consequences. It is the equivalence of gravitational and inertial mass, and its exactness was the observation Einstein built general relativity on. A student meeting it here is meeting the starting point of a much later theory. What would happen if they differed. Objects made of different materials would fall at measurably different rates, and every free-fall equation in this unit would need a material-dependent correction. Experiments looking for exactly that have found nothing to the limits of their precision. The extra pull is exactly canceled by the extra inertia

  10. A ball is thrown straight up from the ground at 19.6 m/s from a 30 m building's roof. Find when it lands at the base of the building and its speed on landing.
    Show the full solution

    Set the frame carefully. Take up as positive with the origin at the roof. Then: \( v_0 = +19.6\ \text{m/s} \), \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), and the ground is at \( \Delta x = -30\ \text{m} \), because it is below the origin. Use the equation with displacement and time. \( -30 = 19.6t + \tfrac{1}{2}(-9.8)t^2 \) \( -30 = 19.6t - 4.9t^2 \) Rearranged into standard form: \( 4.9t^2 - 19.6t - 30 = 0 \). Solve the quadratic. Discriminant: \( (-19.6)^2 - 4(4.9)(-30) = 384.16 + 588 = 972.16 \). \( \sqrt{972.16} = 31.18 \). \( t = \dfrac{19.6 \pm 31.18}{9.8} \). The two roots are \( t = \dfrac{50.78}{9.8} = 5.18\ \text{s} \) and \( t = \dfrac{-11.58}{9.8} = -1.18\ \text{s} \). Reject the negative root. It describes where the ball would have been before it was thrown, which the model does not cover. So the ball lands at 5.18 s. Find the landing speed. \( v = v_0 + at = 19.6 + (-9.8)(5.18) = 19.6 - 50.8 = -31.2\ \text{m/s} \). The negative sign means downward, so the speed is 31.2 m/s. Check with the equation that omits time. \( v^2 = 19.6^2 + 2(-9.8)(-30) = 384.16 + 588 = 972.16 \), so \( v = \sqrt{972.16} = 31.2\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ Notice that check is the discriminant. The same number appeared in the quadratic, which is not a coincidence: both routes solve the same physical relation. Sanity check the size. The ball goes up 19.6 m, comes back to the roof at 19.6 m/s downward after 4.0 s, then falls 30 m more. Falling 30 m from 19.6 m/s takes about 1.2 s and adds speed, so a total near 5.2 s and a landing speed above 19.6 m/s are both what should be expected ✓ A note on the sign of \( \Delta x \). Writing \( +30 \) for the building height is the commonest error here. The ball finishes below its starting point, and with up positive that displacement is negative. Getting this wrong gives a quadratic with no real roots, which at least announces the mistake. 5.18 s, landing at 31.2 m/s

Lesson 1.7 · Unit 1 · HS-PS2-1

Two motions happening at once, neither affecting the other

A thrown ball curves, and a curve looks like a single complicated motion. It is not. It is two simple motions running side by side: constant velocity horizontally and free fall vertically. Separating them turns every projectile problem into two problems already solved in this unit.

The key ideas
  1. A vector can be split into perpendicular components, with \( v_x = v\cos\theta \) and \( v_y = v\sin\theta \).
  2. Components recombine by the Pythagorean theorem, \( v = \sqrt{v_x^2 + v_y^2} \), with direction \( \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{v_y}{v_x} \right) \).
  3. Horizontal and vertical motion are independent. Neither affects the other, and gravity acts on one of them only.
  4. Horizontally there is no acceleration, so \( v_x \) is constant and \( x = v_x t \).
  5. Vertically the motion is free fall, so all of lesson 1.6 applies unchanged.
  6. Time is the quantity the two motions share. It is the bridge between them, and nearly every projectile problem is solved by finding it in one direction and using it in the other.
  7. At the top of the path the vertical velocity is zero, but the horizontal velocity is not, so the projectile is still moving.

Where students lose marks: using the full launch speed in a vertical equation. Only \( v_y \) belongs in the vertical calculation and only \( v_x \) in the horizontal one. Resolve into components first, and keep the two columns separate on the page.

Worked example

The problem. A ball is fired horizontally at 15 m/s from the edge of a 20 m cliff. (a) Find the time to land. (b) Find how far from the base it lands. (c) Find its speed and direction on impact. (d) Explain why a ball fired horizontally lands at the same time as one simply dropped.

Step one: separate the motions. Take right positive and up positive, with the origin at the launch point. Horizontal: \( v_x = 15\ \text{m/s} \), \( a_x = 0 \). Vertical: \( v_{0y} = 0 \) because the launch was horizontal, \( a_y = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), and the ground is at \( \Delta y = -20\ \text{m} \).

Step two: find the time from the vertical motion for (a). Time is the shared quantity, and the vertical column is the one that determines it, because the ground is at a fixed height rather than a fixed distance. \( -20 = 0 + \tfrac{1}{2}(-9.8)t^2 \) \( t^2 = \dfrac{40}{9.8} = 4.082 \), so \( t = 2.02\ \text{s} \).

Step three: use that time horizontally for (b). \( x = v_x t = 15 \times 2.02 = 30.3\ \text{m} \). This is the whole method. One column gives the time, the other consumes it.

Step four: find the impact velocity components for (c). Horizontal: unchanged at \( v_x = 15\ \text{m/s} \), because nothing accelerated it. Vertical: \( v_y = v_{0y} + a_yt = 0 + (-9.8)(2.02) = -19.8\ \text{m/s} \), the sign meaning downward.

Step five: recombine them. \( v = \sqrt{15^2 + 19.8^2} = \sqrt{225 + 392} = \sqrt{617} = 24.8\ \text{m/s} \). Direction: \( \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{19.8}{15} \right) = 52.9^\circ \) below the horizontal. Check the size. The resultant must exceed both components and be less than their sum, so it must lie between 19.8 and 34.8. It does ✓

Step six: begin (d). Compare two balls released from the same height at the same moment, one dropped and one fired horizontally at 15 m/s. Write the vertical column for each. Dropped: \( v_{0y} = 0 \), \( a_y = -9.8 \). Fired: \( v_{0y} = 0 \), \( a_y = -9.8 \). The two columns are identical. The horizontal velocity does not appear in the vertical equations at all.

Step seven: state why it cannot appear. Acceleration comes from force, and the only force acting is gravity, which points straight down. A downward force changes only the downward velocity. Nothing pushes or resists horizontally, so the horizontal motion proceeds as though gravity were absent and the vertical motion proceeds as though the horizontal motion were absent. Both balls therefore satisfy \( -20 = -4.9t^2 \) and both land at 2.02 s.

Step eight: note the limits and the demonstration. This is exactly right in the absence of air resistance, which is what makes it a physics result rather than a household one. In air, the fired ball moves faster and meets more drag, so it lands very slightly later. The classic demonstration uses a spring-loaded device that drops one ball and fires another horizontally at the same instant. The two strike the floor together, and with a hard floor the single click rather than two is the evidence. What the result buys. Every projectile problem in this course reduces to two independent one-dimensional problems joined only by the shared time, and both of those were solved in lessons 1.5 and 1.6. Nothing new has to be learned to handle a curve.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Ignore air resistance.

  1. What is the horizontal acceleration of a projectile?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  2. What is its vertical acceleration?
    Show the full solution

    \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward

  3. Which quantity is shared between the horizontal and vertical calculations?
    Show the full solution

    Time

  4. A projectile is launched at 20 m/s at \( 30^\circ \). Find its horizontal component.
    Show the full solution

    \( 20\cos 30^\circ = 20(0.866) \). 17.3 m/s

  5. Find its vertical component.
    Show the full solution

    \( 20\sin 30^\circ = 20(0.5) \). 10.0 m/s

  6. A stone is thrown horizontally at 25 m/s from a 45 m cliff. Find the time to land and the horizontal distance.
    Show the full solution

    Vertical: \( 45 = \tfrac{1}{2}(9.8)t^2 \), so \( t^2 = \dfrac{90}{9.8} = 9.184 \) and \( t = 3.03\ \text{s} \). Horizontal: \( x = 25 \times 3.03 = 75.8\ \text{m} \). The launch speed never entered the vertical calculation, which is the point of the method. 3.03 s and 75.8 m

  7. For the projectile of questions 4 and 5, find the time of flight over level ground.
    Show the full solution

    It rises and falls symmetrically, so the total flight is twice the time to the top. Time to top: \( \dfrac{v_y}{g} = \dfrac{10.0}{9.8} = 1.02\ \text{s} \). Total: \( 2 \times 1.02 = 2.04\ \text{s} \). 2.04 s

  8. Find the range and maximum height of that same projectile.
    Show the full solution

    Range: \( x = v_x t = 17.3 \times 2.04 = 35.3\ \text{m} \). Maximum height: \( \dfrac{v_y^2}{2g} = \dfrac{100}{19.6} = 5.1\ \text{m} \). Check the height a second way. Rising for 1.02 s from 10.0 m/s: \( \dfrac{10.0 + 0}{2}(1.02) = 5.1\ \text{m} \) ✓ Range 35.3 m, maximum height 5.1 m

  9. Explain why the horizontal and vertical motions of a projectile are independent.
    Show the full solution

    Because the only force acting is vertical, so it can only change the vertical velocity, and perpendicular directions do not exchange information. Start from the cause. Acceleration is produced by force. For a projectile the only force is gravity, which points straight down. A vertical force changes only the vertical component. It has no horizontal part, so \( a_x = 0 \) and \( v_x \) is unchanged for the whole flight. And nothing acts horizontally, so the horizontal motion has no way to influence the vertical one either. The independence runs both ways. What makes this legitimate mathematically. Perpendicular components of a vector can be treated separately because neither contributes to the other. That is a property of perpendicularity, not a physical assumption, and it is why components are chosen at right angles in the first place. The consequence that surprises people. A bullet fired horizontally and a bullet dropped hit the ground together. The fired one travels hundreds of meters while doing so, and none of that horizontal travel delays its fall by any amount. Where the independence fails. Air resistance acts opposite to the total velocity, so it has both components, and each one then depends on the other. That couples the two motions, and projectile problems with drag cannot be separated this way. It is the idealization that makes the method work. Gravity is purely vertical, so it cannot alter the horizontal motion

  10. A ball is kicked at 20 m/s at \( 30^\circ \) above the horizontal from the top of a 15 m wall, landing on the ground below. Find the time of flight and the horizontal distance from the wall.
    Show the full solution

    Resolve the launch velocity. \( v_x = 20\cos 30^\circ = 17.3\ \text{m/s} \) \( v_{0y} = 20\sin 30^\circ = +10.0\ \text{m/s} \) Set the vertical frame. Up positive, origin at the launch point, so the ground is at \( \Delta y = -15\ \text{m} \) and \( a_y = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Write the vertical equation. \( -15 = 10.0t + \tfrac{1}{2}(-9.8)t^2 \) \( -15 = 10.0t - 4.9t^2 \) \( 4.9t^2 - 10.0t - 15 = 0 \) Solve it. Discriminant: \( 100 - 4(4.9)(-15) = 100 + 294 = 394 \). \( \sqrt{394} = 19.85 \). \( t = \dfrac{10.0 \pm 19.85}{9.8} \). Positive root: \( t = \dfrac{29.85}{9.8} = 3.05\ \text{s} \). The negative root, \( -1.01\ \text{s} \), is rejected as before. Find the horizontal distance. \( x = v_x t = 17.3 \times 3.05 = 52.8\ \text{m} \). Check the vertical result by stages. Rising: the ball takes \( \dfrac{10.0}{9.8} = 1.02\ \text{s} \) to reach the top, climbing \( \dfrac{100}{19.6} = 5.1\ \text{m} \) above the wall, so it is 20.1 m above the ground there. Falling: from rest through 20.1 m takes \( \sqrt{\dfrac{2(20.1)}{9.8}} = \sqrt{4.102} = 2.03\ \text{s} \). Total: \( 1.02 + 2.03 = 3.05\ \text{s} \) ✓ matching the quadratic. That two-stage check is worth the extra minute, because it tests the physics rather than repeating the algebra: if the quadratic had been set up with the wrong sign on the 15, the stages would disagree. Sanity check the distance. Flying for 3.05 s at 17.3 m/s gives about 53 m, and the ball spends longer aloft than it would on level ground because it lands lower than it started. Both are consistent ✓ 3.05 s and 52.8 m from the wall

Unit 1 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 1 review: Motion, Measurement and Evidence

These are shuffled across all seven lessons and do not tell you which idea they want, which is what makes them closer to a real test than a single lesson's practice. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m/s}^2 \).

  1. Convert 72 km/h to m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( 72 \times \dfrac{1000}{3600} = 20 \). Dividing by 3.6 is the shortcut. 20 m/s

  2. How many significant figures are in 0.004060?
    Show the full solution

    Leading zeros do not count; the internal zero and the trailing zero after the decimal point both do. Four

  3. A runner completes one 400 m lap and stops where she started. Give her distance and displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Distance is path length; displacement is change in position, and the position did not change. 400 m distance, 0 m displacement

  4. A car moves from \( x = +30\ \text{m} \) to \( x = -10\ \text{m} \) in 8.0 s. Find its average velocity.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{-10 - 30}{8.0} = -5.0 \). The minus sign is the direction. \( -5.0 \) m/s

  5. A car goes from rest to 27 m/s in 6.0 s. Find its acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{27 - 0}{6.0} = 4.5 \). 4.5 m/s\( ^2 \)

  6. A ball is thrown straight up at 19.6 m/s. Find the time to the top and the maximum height.
    Show the full solution

    At the top \( v = 0 \), so \( t = \dfrac{19.6}{9.8} = 2.0\ \text{s} \). Height: \( h = \dfrac{v^2}{2g} = \dfrac{19.6^2}{19.6} = 19.6\ \text{m} \). 2.0 s and 19.6 m

  7. A car traveling at 25 m/s brakes at a constant 5.0 m/s\( ^2 \). Find the stopping distance and time.
    Show the full solution

    The equation without time: \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2ad \) gives \( d = \dfrac{25^2}{2(5.0)} = 62.5\ \text{m} \). Time: \( t = \dfrac{25}{5.0} = 5.0\ \text{s} \). 62.5 m in 5.0 s

  8. An object moves at 4.0 m/s for 3.0 s, then slows uniformly to rest over the next 2.0 s. Find its total displacement.
    Show the full solution

    Displacement is the area under the velocity-time graph. Rectangle: \( 4.0 \times 3.0 = 12\ \text{m} \). Triangle: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(2.0) = 4.0\ \text{m} \). 16 m

  9. A ball rolls off a 45 m cliff horizontally at 15 m/s. Find the time to land and the horizontal distance.
    Show the full solution

    The vertical motion is free fall from rest: \( t = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(45)}{9.8}} = 3.03\ \text{s} \). The horizontal speed is constant: \( x = (15)(3.03) = 45.5\ \text{m} \). 3.0 s and 45 m

  10. Explain why a bullet fired horizontally and a bullet dropped from the same height land at the same time.
    Show the full solution

    Horizontal and vertical motion are independent. Gravity acts only vertically, so it gives both bullets the same downward acceleration from the same starting vertical velocity of zero. The fired bullet's horizontal speed changes where it lands, not when. Both fall the same height with the same vertical motion, so they take the same time

Lesson 2.1 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

Every force has something doing the pushing

Unit 1 described motion without asking what causes it. This unit supplies the cause, and the first requirement is precision about what a force is: not a property an object has, but an interaction between two objects. The diagram that enforces that precision is the single most useful tool in the course.

The key ideas
  1. A force is a push or pull exerted by one object on another. Name the agent, or it is not a force.
  2. Force is a vector, with a magnitude in newtons and a direction.
  3. Contact forces require touching: normal, friction, tension, applied. Field forces do not: gravity, electric, magnetic.
  4. A free-body diagram shows one object and every force on it, drawn as arrows from a single point.
  5. Only forces acting on the object belong in its diagram. Forces the object exerts on other things go in their diagrams.
  6. The net force is the vector sum of everything in the diagram.
  7. Perpendicular components add independently, so a two-dimensional problem is two one-dimensional problems.

Where students lose marks: drawing a "force of motion" in the direction of travel. A coasting object has nothing pushing it forward; it keeps going because nothing is stopping it, which is lesson 2.2's entire point. If you cannot name the object supplying a force, do not draw it.

Worked example

The problem. (a) List the forces on a book resting on a table, naming each agent. (b) A crate is pulled right with 40 N while friction pulls left with 25 N. Find the net force. (c) Two ropes pull a sled, one 30 N east and one 40 N north. Find the net force. (d) Explain why "the force of motion" is never a force.

Step one: identify the agents in (a). Ask what is touching the book and what fields reach it. Touching: the table, underneath. Fields: Earth's gravity. Nothing else is in contact, so there are exactly two forces.

Step two: name them properly. Weight: the gravitational pull of Earth on the book, directed down. Normal force: the push of the table on the book, directed perpendicular to the surface, so up. Writing the agent and the receiver every time is what prevents the third law confusion in lesson 2.4. "Weight" alone is ambiguous about which body is pulled.

Step three: solve (b). Take right as positive. The two forces are along one line, so the vector sum is ordinary addition with signs: \( F_{\text{net}} = +40 + (-25) = +15\ \text{N} \), that is 15 N to the right. The crate therefore accelerates to the right, however slowly.

Step four: set up (c). These forces are perpendicular, so they cannot be added as numbers. Handle each direction separately. East-west: \( 30\ \text{N} \). North-south: \( 40\ \text{N} \). Neither contributes to the other, which is why perpendicular components are chosen.

Step five: combine them. \( F_{\text{net}} = \sqrt{30^2 + 40^2} = \sqrt{900 + 1600} = \sqrt{2500} = 50\ \text{N} \). Direction: \( \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{40}{30} \right) = 53.1^\circ \) north of east. Check the size. A resultant must be larger than either component and no larger than their sum, so it must lie between 40 and 70. It does ✓

Step six: begin (d). Consider a hockey puck sliding across smooth ice at constant velocity. Ask what is touching it and what fields reach it. Touching: the ice, underneath. Fields: gravity, downward. There is nothing in front of or behind the puck at all.

Step seven: draw the conclusion. The free-body diagram has two vertical forces that cancel and nothing horizontal. The net force is zero, and the puck keeps its velocity. A forward force would be a contradiction. If one existed, the puck would be accelerating and speeding up without limit, which it visibly is not.

Step eight: say where the idea comes from. The intuition that motion needs a continuing push comes from everyday life, where friction is always present and things do stop when you stop pushing. That is a correct observation about a world full of friction and a wrong conclusion about motion itself. The test that settles it. Reduce the friction and see what happens to the coasting distance. A puck on rough concrete stops quickly, on smooth ice it travels far, and on an air table it goes until it hits something. The pattern points toward the limit: with no friction at all, it would never stop. The practical rule for drawing diagrams. Every arrow needs a sentence of the form "the blank pushes the object this way". If you cannot complete the sentence, erase the arrow.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Give the SI unit of force.
    Show the full solution

    The newton

  2. Is force a vector or a scalar?
    Show the full solution

    A vector

  3. Name the two forces on a book resting on a table.
    Show the full solution

    Weight and the normal force

  4. Forces of 12 N right and 5 N left act on a box. Find the net force.
    Show the full solution

    7 N to the right

  5. Give one example of a field force.
    Show the full solution

    Gravity (electric or magnetic also acceptable)

  6. Forces of 60 N east and 80 N north act on an object. Find the magnitude and direction of the net force.
    Show the full solution

    Perpendicular, so use the Pythagorean theorem. \( \sqrt{60^2 + 80^2} = \sqrt{3600 + 6400} = \sqrt{10000} = 100\ \text{N} \). Direction: \( \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{80}{60} \right) = 53.1^\circ \) north of east. 100 N at 53.1° north of east

  7. List the forces on a ball while it is in mid-flight after being thrown, ignoring air resistance.
    Show the full solution

    Weight only, the gravitational pull of Earth on the ball, directed downward. The hand is no longer touching it, so there is no throwing force once it has left. The force from the hand existed only during the throw. This is the commonest wrong diagram in the course: an arrow drawn forward along the ball's path labeled "force of the throw". Nothing is there to supply it. Weight alone

  8. A lamp hangs from a single cord and is at rest. Draw its free-body diagram and state the relationship between the forces.
    Show the full solution

    Two forces: tension from the cord, upward, and weight from Earth, downward. The lamp is at rest, so its acceleration is zero and the net force must be zero: \( T = mg \). The two are equal in size and opposite in direction, but they are not a third-law pair, because they act on the same object. Lesson 2.4 returns to this. Tension up, weight down, equal in magnitude

  9. Explain why a free-body diagram must show only the forces acting on one object.
    Show the full solution

    Because Newton's second law relates the net force on a single body to that body's acceleration, so mixing in forces on other bodies breaks the relationship. What the law says. \( F_{\text{net}} = ma \), where every force in the sum acts on the object whose mass and acceleration appear on the right. A force acting on something else has no place in that sum. What goes wrong if you include others. Consider a person pushing a box. If you draw both the push on the box and the box's push back on the person in one diagram, the two are equal and opposite, so they cancel and the net force comes out zero. That would predict the box never accelerates, which is false. The forces cancel only in a sum that has no physical meaning. The fix. One diagram per object. The push on the box goes in the box's diagram; the reaction goes in the person's. Each diagram then gives the correct acceleration for its own body. Why this is worth the discipline. Almost every wrong answer in mechanics traces back to a force in the wrong diagram, either a reaction force included with its partner or an invented force with no agent. Drawing the boundary around one object first, then asking what crosses it, prevents both. The law applies to one body, so the diagram must contain exactly that body's forces

  10. A 5.0 kg box is pulled by a rope at 20 N and opposed by friction of 8.0 N, both horizontal. Find the net force and the acceleration, then state what happens to the acceleration if the rope tension is reduced to 8.0 N.
    Show the full solution

    Draw the diagram first. Four forces: tension right 20 N, friction left 8.0 N, weight down, normal up. The vertical pair cancels because the box does not accelerate vertically, so only the horizontal forces matter. Find the net force. Take right positive: \( F_{\text{net}} = 20 - 8.0 = 12\ \text{N} \) to the right. Find the acceleration, using the law that lesson 2.3 states formally: \( a = \dfrac{F_{\text{net}}}{m} = \dfrac{12\ \text{N}}{5.0\ \text{kg}} = 2.4\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) to the right. Check the units. \( \dfrac{\text{N}}{\text{kg}} = \dfrac{\text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2}{\text{kg}} = \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) ✓ Now reduce the tension to 8.0 N. \( F_{\text{net}} = 8.0 - 8.0 = 0 \), so \( a = 0 \). What that means, and what it does not. Zero acceleration does not mean the box is at rest. It means the velocity is not changing. If the box was already sliding at 3 m/s, it continues at 3 m/s indefinitely. If it was at rest, it stays at rest. A subtlety worth flagging. Friction of 8.0 N here is the kinetic value, which applies while sliding. If the box were at rest, static friction would apply instead and would simply match whatever was applied, up to its maximum. Lesson 2.6 separates the two cases, and the distinction changes which of those two outcomes is right. 12 N and \( 2.4\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \); at 8.0 N the acceleration is zero and the velocity holds steady

Lesson 2.2 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

Motion does not need a cause; changing it does

For nearly two thousand years the accepted answer was that objects stop because stopping is what objects naturally do, and that keeping something moving requires a continuous push. That view fits daily experience closely, which is exactly why overturning it took so long and why it is worth seeing how the overturning was done.

The key ideas
  1. An object at rest stays at rest, and an object in motion continues at constant velocity, unless a net force acts.
  2. Constant velocity means constant speed and constant direction. Turning requires a force just as speeding up does.
  3. Inertia is the tendency to resist a change in motion, and mass is its measure.
  4. The law is a statement about net force, so an object with many forces on it that cancel behaves exactly like one with no forces at all.
  5. Friction is what hides the law in everyday life, by supplying a force whenever something slides.
  6. The law defines the situations in which the rest of mechanics applies. A frame where it holds is called an inertial frame.
  7. The first law is not a special case of the second. It says which frames the second law may be used in.

Where students lose marks: writing that "no force acts" on a book resting on a table. Two forces act; they cancel. The law requires zero net force, not zero forces, and the distinction matters as soon as one of them changes.

Worked example

The problem. (a) State the law as Newton wrote it. (b) Explain why a sliding book stops, without appealing to a natural tendency. (c) Explain what happens to a passenger when a car brakes suddenly, and why the usual description is wrong. (d) Explain what inertia has to do with mass.

Step one: give the statement for (a). Newton put it first among the laws in the Principia of 1687. In Andrew Motte's 1729 English translation:

Newton's first law

Source: Isaac Newton, Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica, 1687, in Andrew Motte's English translation of 1729. The spelling and punctuation are Motte's.

Every body perseveres in its state of rest, or of uniform motion in a right line, unless it is compelled to change that state by forces impressed thereon.

Step two: read the statement carefully. "A right line" means a straight line, so uniform motion includes the direction. "Compelled" means the change requires an external cause. And "perseveres" makes motion the default rather than something needing maintenance. Notice what the law does not say. It does not say objects tend to stop, and it does not privilege rest over motion. Rest is simply the case where the constant velocity happens to be zero.

Step three: answer (b). A book slides across a table and stops. The Aristotelian reading is that it ran out of the motion that was keeping it going. The Newtonian reading asks what is touching it. The table is touching its underside, and while it slides the table exerts kinetic friction backward on it.

Step four: check the explanation against evidence. A backward force predicts a backward acceleration, so the book should slow steadily and stop. It does. It also predicts that reducing the friction should extend the slide, and removing it should prevent stopping altogether. The evidence follows the prediction. On a polished table the book goes further, on ice further still, and a puck on a cushion of air keeps going until it strikes something. The trend has a clear limit, and the limit is the law.

Step five: set up (c). A car traveling at 15 m/s brakes hard, and the passenger lurches forward. The everyday description is that something threw them forward. Ask what could have. Nothing in front of them pulled, and nothing behind them pushed.

Step six: give the correct account. The passenger was moving at 15 m/s and no force acted to slow them, so they continued at 15 m/s, exactly as the law requires. What changed was the car, which was decelerated by the road through its brakes. The passenger did not move forward relative to the ground; the car slowed underneath them. They then meet the seat belt, which supplies the backward force that slows them too. The seat belt is the point. Its job is to be the force that the first law says must exist if the passenger is to stop with the car.

Step seven: begin (d). Inertia is resistance to a change in velocity, and the quantity that measures it is mass. Compare pushing an empty shopping cart and a full one, with the same force for the same time. The empty one gains speed quickly and the full one slowly.

Step eight: state the relationship precisely. Doubling the mass halves the acceleration a given force produces, which lesson 2.3 writes as \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} \). Mass is therefore not "amount of stuff" in any useful sense here; it is the number that says how hard an object is to accelerate. Why this definition is better than a count of matter. It can be measured by an experiment: apply a known force, measure the acceleration, divide. That procedure works in orbit where nothing weighs anything, which a scale does not. A consequence worth carrying forward. Because the same mass appears both here and in the weight \( mg \), the two cancel in free fall, which is why lesson 1.6 found that everything falls together. The first law and that result are the same fact seen from two sides.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. State Newton's first law in your own words.
    Show the full solution

    An object keeps its velocity unless a net force acts on it

  2. What quantity measures inertia?
    Show the full solution

    Mass

  3. Does constant velocity require a net force?
    Show the full solution

    No

  4. What force stops a sliding book?
    Show the full solution

    Kinetic friction from the surface

  5. Two forces on an object cancel exactly. What is its acceleration?
    Show the full solution

    Zero net force. Zero

  6. A car turns a corner at a steady 20 km/h. Is a net force acting on it?
    Show the full solution

    Yes. Constant velocity means constant speed and direction. The direction is changing, so the velocity is changing, so there is an acceleration and therefore a net force. What supplies it. Friction between the tires and the road, directed toward the center of the turn. On ice that friction is unavailable and the car continues straight, which is the first law being obeyed rather than violated. Yes, friction from the road

  7. A spacecraft far from any star has its engines switched off. Describe its motion.
    Show the full solution

    Essentially no forces act, so it continues at constant velocity: the same speed, in the same straight line, indefinitely. No fuel is needed to keep going. Fuel is needed only to change the velocity, which is why course corrections are budgeted in spacecraft design and cruising is not. Constant velocity, indefinitely

  8. A coin sits on a card on top of a glass. The card is flicked away sharply and the coin drops into the glass. Explain why.
    Show the full solution

    The coin's inertia resists the sudden change. The force on the coin is friction from the card, and it acts only while the card is under it. Flicking the card removes it in a very short time, so the sideways impulse delivered to the coin is tiny. With almost no sideways velocity, the coin stays essentially where it was, and once unsupported it falls straight into the glass. Why the flick must be fast. Sliding the card slowly gives friction a long time to act, and the coin travels with it. The trick works because a short contact time means a small change in motion, which lesson 3.2 quantifies as impulse. Inertia keeps the coin in place during the brief contact

  9. Explain why the first law is not simply the second law with zero force.
    Show the full solution

    Because the first law says where the second law is allowed to be used, and that is a separate piece of information. The apparent redundancy. Setting \( F_{\text{net}} = 0 \) in \( F_{\text{net}} = ma \) gives \( a = 0 \), which looks like the first law. Why it is not. The second law is not true in every reference frame. Inside a braking bus, a bag on a smooth floor accelerates forward with nothing touching it. A passenger applying \( F = ma \) in the bus frame would have to invent a force that no object supplies. What the first law does. It identifies the frames where this does not happen. A frame in which an isolated object really does keep constant velocity is called inertial, and the second law holds in those frames and not in others. So the logical order is: the first law picks out the good frames, and the second law then applies within them. Stated as "\( F = 0 \) gives \( a = 0 \)", the first law would carry no such information and the braking-bus problem would have no resolution. How to spot a non-inertial frame. Something accelerates with no agent for the force. The frame is accelerating, and the answer is to solve the problem from the ground instead. It specifies the frames in which the second law is valid

  10. A passenger in a car takes a sharp left turn and slides toward the right-hand door. Explain what happens from outside the car, and say why "centrifugal force" is not an explanation.
    Show the full solution

    Describe it from the ground first. Before the turn, the passenger is moving forward in a straight line at the car's speed. The first law says they will keep doing so unless something pushes them. What happens to the car. The road supplies friction to the tires, pushing the car leftward into the turn. The car changes direction. What happens to the passenger. Nothing is yet pushing them sideways, so they continue nearly straight ahead. The car curves left while they do not, so the right-hand door comes toward them. Then contact occurs. Once against the door, the door pushes them leftward, and that inward push is what finally turns them with the car. The seat and friction do the same job more gently in a mild turn. Why nothing was thrown outward. No object pushed the passenger to the right. They moved right relative to the car because the car moved left relative to them. A relative displacement is not evidence of a force. What centrifugal force actually is. Inside the turning car, which is an accelerating and therefore non-inertial frame, objects appear to accelerate outward with no agent. Bookkeeping in that frame requires adding a fictitious outward term so that \( F = ma \) still balances. It is a correction for using a rotating frame, not a push by any object. The test that shows it is fictitious. Name the body exerting it. For every real force you can: Earth for weight, the table for the normal force, the road for friction. For centrifugal force there is no answer, which is the diagnostic from lesson 2.1. What is real, and inward. The centripetal force, which is not a new kind of force but a name for whatever real force happens to point at the center. Here it is friction and the door. Lesson 4.3 develops this. The passenger goes straight while the car turns beneath them; no outward force acts

Lesson 2.3 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

How much a force changes the motion, and what determines it

The first law says a net force is needed to change motion. The second says exactly how much change a given force produces, and it is the equation the whole of mechanics runs on. It is also the equation that defines the newton, so it is not a result to be checked against experiment so much as the thing that gives force a number at all.

The key ideas
  1. \( F_{\text{net}} = ma \), with the net force and the acceleration both vectors pointing the same way.
  2. The force in the equation is the net force, the vector sum of everything in the free-body diagram.
  3. Acceleration is proportional to net force at fixed mass: double the force, double the acceleration.
  4. Acceleration is inversely proportional to mass at fixed force: double the mass, halve the acceleration.
  5. The acceleration is always along the net force, which may be nothing like the direction of motion.
  6. One newton is the force that accelerates one kilogram at one meter per second squared. The unit comes from the law.
  7. Perpendicular directions are solved separately, so \( F_{x} = ma_{x} \) and \( F_{y} = ma_{y} \) independently.

Where students lose marks: putting a single force into the equation instead of the net force. A 20 N pull on a box with 8 N of friction gives \( a = \dfrac{12}{m} \), not \( \dfrac{20}{m} \). Draw the diagram, sum the forces, and only then divide.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A net force of 3600 N acts on a 1200 kg car. Find its acceleration. (b) A 5.0 kg block is pulled right with 20 N and left with 8.0 N. Find its acceleration. (c) A 1500 kg car accelerates from rest to 20 m/s in 8.0 s. Find the net force required. (d) Show that the newton's definition follows from the law, and explain why acceleration need not point along the motion.

Step one: solve (a). The net force is given, so no summing is needed. \( a = \dfrac{F_{\text{net}}}{m} = \dfrac{3600\ \text{N}}{1200\ \text{kg}} = 3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), in the direction of the force.

Step two: solve (b). Here the net force must be found first. Take right positive: \( F_{\text{net}} = 20 - 8.0 = 12\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{12\ \text{N}}{5.0\ \text{kg}} = 2.4\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) to the right. Using the 20 N alone would have given 4.0, which is the error the warning names and is wrong by two thirds.

Step three: set up (c). The force is wanted but only motion data are given, so find the acceleration first with unit 1's tools. \( a = \dfrac{\Delta v}{t} = \dfrac{20 - 0}{8.0} = 2.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

Step four: finish (c). \( F_{\text{net}} = ma = 1500 \times 2.5 = 3750\ \text{N} \). Check the units. \( \text{kg} \times \text{m}/\text{s}^2 = \text{N} \) ✓ This two-step pattern is the commonest structure in the unit: kinematics to get the acceleration, then the second law to get the force, or the reverse.

Step five: derive the newton for (d). Put \( m = 1\ \text{kg} \) and \( a = 1\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) into the law: \( F = (1\ \text{kg})(1\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2) = 1\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), and that combination is given the name newton. So the unit is a consequence, not a separate definition. Lesson 1.1 unpacked it the same way from the other end.

Step six: begin the direction question. The law says the acceleration points along the net force. It says nothing about the velocity, and the two are independent. A car braking in a straight line has its acceleration opposite to its motion. A ball at the top of its flight is momentarily at rest and still accelerating downward.

Step seven: give the perpendicular case. A ball on a string whirled in a horizontal circle at constant speed has the string pulling it inward, so the net force and the acceleration point at the center, at right angles to the motion at every instant. The result is a change of direction with no change of speed, which is lesson 1.4's claim now given its cause.

Step eight: state the general rule. Resolve the net force into a part along the velocity and a part perpendicular to it. The parallel part changes the speed; the perpendicular part changes the direction. Projectile motion is the mixed case: gravity is vertical, the velocity is not, so the projectile both turns and changes speed throughout. Why this ordering matters for problem solving. The temptation is to reason from where the object is going. The law does not work that way. Find the forces, sum them, and the acceleration follows, whatever the motion looks like.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write Newton's second law as an equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( F_{\text{net}} = ma \)

  2. A 10 kg object experiences a net force of 50 N. Find its acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( 5.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  3. A 2000 kg truck accelerates at \( 1.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the net force.
    Show the full solution

    3000 N

  4. If the mass doubles and the net force stays the same, what happens to the acceleration?
    Show the full solution

    It halves

  5. In which direction does the acceleration point?
    Show the full solution

    Along the net force

  6. A 1500 kg car goes from rest to 20 m/s in 8.0 s. Find the net force on it.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{20 - 0}{8.0} = 2.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). \( F = 1500 \times 2.5 = 3750\ \text{N} \). 3750 N

  7. A 0.50 kg ball is struck and leaves at 30 m/s after being in contact for 0.020 s. Find the average net force.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{30 - 0}{0.020} = 1500\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). \( F = 0.50 \times 1500 = 750\ \text{N} \). The force is large because the time is short, which is the observation lesson 3.2 builds the impulse idea on. 750 N

  8. A 3.0 kg object has forces of 12 N east and 16 N north acting on it. Find its acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    Net force: \( \sqrt{12^2 + 16^2} = \sqrt{144 + 256} = \sqrt{400} = 20\ \text{N} \). Direction: \( \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{16}{12} \right) = 53.1^\circ \) north of east. \( a = \dfrac{20}{3.0} = 6.7\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), in that same direction. Sum the forces before dividing, not after. Dividing each force separately and combining the results happens to work here because division by a scalar is linear, but summing first is the habit that survives harder problems. \( 6.7\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) at 53.1° north of east

  9. Explain why the same force produces different accelerations on different objects.
    Show the full solution

    Because acceleration is the force divided by the mass, and mass measures how strongly an object resists being accelerated. From the law. \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} \), so with \( F \) held fixed, \( a \) falls as \( m \) rises. It is an inverse proportion, not a subtraction: three times the mass gives a third of the acceleration. A concrete comparison. A 100 N push on a 10 kg cart gives \( 10\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). The same push on a 500 kg cart gives \( 0.20\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), fifty times less. What mass is doing here. It is not measuring size or weight. A large balloon has little mass and is easy to accelerate; a small lead block has a lot and is not. Mass is exactly the constant of proportionality between force and acceleration, and that is the most useful definition of it. Why the same quantity also appears in weight. The gravitational pull is \( mg \), so a heavier object is pulled harder and resists more, in the same proportion. Those two roles cancel in free fall, which is lesson 1.6's result and one of the more remarkable facts in the subject. Acceleration is force divided by mass, so larger mass means smaller acceleration

  10. A 1200 kg car traveling at 25 m/s brakes to a stop in 40 m. Find the acceleration, the braking force, and the time taken, and state what the sign of each quantity means.
    Show the full solution

    Set a frame. Take the direction of travel as positive, so \( v_0 = +25\ \text{m/s} \), \( v = 0 \) and \( \Delta x = +40\ \text{m} \). Find the acceleration. Time is not given, so use the kinematic equation that omits it: \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) \( 0 = 625 + 2a(40) \) \( a = \dfrac{-625}{80} = -7.81\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the braking force. \( F = ma = 1200 \times (-7.81) = -9375\ \text{N} \), about \( -9.4 \times 10^3\ \text{N} \). Find the time. \( t = \dfrac{v - v_0}{a} = \dfrac{0 - 25}{-7.81} = 3.20\ \text{s} \). Check with a second route. The average velocity while braking steadily is \( \dfrac{25 + 0}{2} = 12.5\ \text{m/s} \), so the time to cover 40 m is \( \dfrac{40}{12.5} = 3.20\ \text{s} \) ✓ Read the signs. The acceleration is negative, meaning it points backward, opposite the motion. That is what slowing down requires. The force is negative for the same reason: it is supplied by friction between the tires and the road, directed backward. The time is positive, as any duration must be. A negative time here would signal a sign error upstream. What the car is not doing. It is not moving backward at any point. The negative signs describe the direction of the change in velocity and of the force causing it, while the velocity itself stays positive until it reaches zero. Sanity check the magnitude. A deceleration of \( 7.81\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) is about 0.8 g, which is near the limit of what tires on dry asphalt can supply. Stopping from 25 m/s, roughly 56 mph, in 40 m is therefore hard braking but physically possible ✓ A calculated value far above 1 g would have indicated an arithmetic error rather than a remarkable car. \( -7.81\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about \( 9.4 \times 10^3 \) N backward, and 3.20 s

Lesson 2.4 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

Forces come in pairs, and the pair never cancels

The third law is the shortest of the three and the most often misapplied. Its content is that a force is always an interaction between two bodies, so there is always a second force to account for. The universal error is putting both halves of the pair into one diagram, where they cancel and predict that nothing ever accelerates.

The key ideas
  1. If A exerts a force on B, then B exerts an equal and opposite force on A.
  2. The two forces act on different objects. This is the whole content of the law and the source of every mistake with it.
  3. A third-law pair can never cancel, because cancellation requires forces on the same body.
  4. The pair is always the same kind of force, gravity with gravity, contact with contact.
  5. Equal magnitudes do not mean equal accelerations, because the masses differ.
  6. To identify a partner, swap the nouns: the partner of "the table pushes the book up" is "the book pushes the table down".
  7. Two forces on one object that happen to balance are not a third-law pair, even when they are equal and opposite.

Where students lose marks: naming the normal force as the partner of the weight for a book on a table. They act on the same object, so they cannot be a pair. The partner of the weight is the book's gravitational pull on Earth, and the partner of the normal force is the book's push down on the table.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A book rests on a table. Identify all four forces involved, sorted into pairs. (b) A horse pulls a cart. If the cart pulls back equally, explain how the pair ever moves. (c) A 60 kg person stands on the ground. Find the force they exert on Earth and the acceleration it gives Earth. (d) Explain why equal forces do not produce equal accelerations.

Step one: list the forces on the book for (a). From lesson 2.1 there are two: Earth pulls the book down (weight), and the table pushes the book up (normal). These are the only two that belong in the book's free-body diagram, and they balance because the book is not accelerating.

Step two: find each partner by swapping the nouns. Partner of "Earth pulls the book down" is "the book pulls Earth up", a gravitational force acting on Earth. Partner of "the table pushes the book up" is "the book pushes the table down", a contact force acting on the table. Four forces in total, acting on three different objects: the book, Earth and the table.

Step three: state why the balance is a separate fact. The weight and the normal force balance here because the book is in equilibrium. That is the second law at work, not the third. The test that proves they are unrelated. Put the book in an accelerating elevator and the normal force changes while the weight does not, so they stop being equal. A third-law pair is equal always, by the law itself. Two forces whose equality can be broken were never a pair.

Step four: set up (b). The horse pulls the cart forward with some force \( F \). By the third law the cart pulls the horse backward with the same \( F \). The puzzle is why anything moves if the two are equal.

Step five: resolve it by separating the diagrams. The two forces act on different bodies, so they never appear in the same sum. Cart's diagram: the horse pulls it forward with \( F \), and friction from the ground resists with some smaller amount. The net force is forward, so the cart accelerates. Horse's diagram: the cart pulls it backward with \( F \), and the ground pushes it forward as it drives its hooves back against the ground. If that push exceeds \( F \), the horse accelerates forward. The system moves because the ground is pushing it. The horse-and-cart pair alone could not accelerate itself; it is the external force from the ground that does it.

Step six: compute (c). Earth pulls the person down with their weight: \( F = mg = 60 \times 9.8 = 588\ \text{N} \). By the third law the person pulls Earth upward with 588 N, exactly.

Step seven: find Earth's acceleration. Apply the second law to Earth, whose mass is \( 5.97 \times 10^{24}\ \text{kg} \): \[ a = \frac{F}{M} = \frac{588}{5.97 \times 10^{24}} = 9.85 \times 10^{-23}\ \text{m/s}^2 \] That is an acceleration of about one ten-thousand-million-million-millionth of a meter per second squared, far below anything measurable. Earth really is pulled up; the effect is simply undetectable.

Step eight: answer (d) generally. The third law constrains the forces and says nothing about the accelerations. The second law then converts each force into an acceleration by dividing by that body's own mass: \( a_1 = \dfrac{F}{m_1} \) and \( a_2 = \dfrac{F}{m_2} \). With \( F \) identical, the accelerations are in inverse proportion to the masses. A cleaner example than Earth. A 60 kg skater pushes a 30 kg skater on ice. Both feel the same force, say 90 N. The lighter one accelerates at \( \dfrac{90}{30} = 3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and the heavier at \( \dfrac{90}{60} = 1.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), exactly twice as slowly. What this predicts for a collision, which unit 3 develops: the equal forces acting for equal times give equal and opposite changes in momentum, and that is where conservation of momentum comes from.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. State Newton's third law.
    Show the full solution

    If A exerts a force on B, B exerts an equal and opposite force on A

  2. Do the two forces of a third-law pair act on the same object?
    Show the full solution

    No, on different objects

  3. Can a third-law pair cancel each other out?
    Show the full solution

    They act on different bodies. No

  4. Name the partner of "Earth pulls a ball down".
    Show the full solution

    The ball pulls Earth up

  5. A 40 N force is exerted by a bat on a ball. What force does the ball exert on the bat?
    Show the full solution

    40 N, in the opposite direction

  6. A swimmer pushes water backward and moves forward. Identify the pair and say which force moves the swimmer.
    Show the full solution

    Pair: the swimmer pushes the water backward, and the water pushes the swimmer forward. The force that moves the swimmer is the one acting on the swimmer: the water's forward push. This is why swimming is impossible without something to push against. The same reasoning explains walking, where the foot pushes the ground backward and the ground pushes the walker forward, and rockets, where exhaust is pushed one way and the rocket the other. The water's forward push on the swimmer

  7. A truck collides head-on with a small car. Compare the forces on each and the accelerations of each.
    Show the full solution

    The forces are equal and opposite, by the third law, however different the vehicles are. The accelerations are not. With the same force \( F \), the car of mass \( m_c \) has \( a_c = \dfrac{F}{m_c} \) and the truck \( a_t = \dfrac{F}{m_t} \). A truck of ten times the mass has a tenth of the acceleration. Which is why the car is damaged more. Not because it was hit harder, but because the same force produces a far greater change in its motion, and injury follows from the acceleration of the occupants. Equal forces, very unequal accelerations

  8. A book weighing 15 N rests on a table. Give the size and direction of the book's push on the table, and name the partner of the book's weight.
    Show the full solution

    The table pushes the book up with 15 N, since the book is in equilibrium. By the third law the book pushes the table down with 15 N. The partner of the book's weight is the book's gravitational pull on Earth, 15 N upward on Earth. Note the two 15 N values are not the same pair. One pair is book-and-table contact forces; the other is book-and-Earth gravitational forces. They happen to be equal in size here only because the book is in equilibrium. 15 N downward on the table; the weight's partner is the book's pull on Earth

  9. Explain why a book's weight and the normal force on it are not a third-law pair, even though they are equal and opposite.
    Show the full solution

    Because they act on the same object, and a third-law pair by definition acts on two different ones. Check them against the criteria. Different objects? No. Both the weight and the normal force act on the book. That alone settles it. Same type of force? No. The weight is gravitational, exerted by Earth; the normal force is a contact force, exerted by the table. Pairs are always the same kind. Equal under all circumstances? No, and this is the decisive test. Break the equality to prove the point. Put the book in an elevator accelerating upward at \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Its weight is unchanged, since neither its mass nor \( g \) changed. But the normal force must now exceed the weight to produce the upward acceleration. The two are no longer equal. A third-law pair cannot be separated like that. Its two forces are equal by the law itself, in every situation, accelerating or not. So what makes them equal in the static case? The second law. The book is not accelerating, so the net force on it must be zero, which forces the two to balance. It is a consequence of equilibrium, not of the third law. The real partners. Weight pairs with the book's pull on Earth. Normal force pairs with the book's push on the table. Neither partner appears in the book's diagram. They act on the same body, so they are balanced forces rather than an interaction pair

  10. Two ice skaters, 70 kg and 50 kg, push off from rest against each other. The push lasts 0.40 s and the 50 kg skater leaves at 1.4 m/s. Find the force, the other skater's speed, and explain what is conserved.
    Show the full solution

    Find the acceleration of the lighter skater. \( a = \dfrac{\Delta v}{t} = \dfrac{1.4 - 0}{0.40} = 3.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the force on her. \( F = ma = 50 \times 3.5 = 175\ \text{N} \). Apply the third law. The force on the 70 kg skater is also 175 N, in the opposite direction. Find his acceleration and speed. \( a = \dfrac{175}{70} = 2.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). The push lasts the same 0.40 s, because the two are in contact for exactly the same interval. \( v = at = 2.5 \times 0.40 = 1.0\ \text{m/s} \), in the opposite direction. Check the ratio. The speeds should be in inverse proportion to the masses: \( \dfrac{1.4}{1.0} = 1.4 \) and \( \dfrac{70}{50} = 1.4 \) ✓ What is conserved. Take her direction as positive. Before: both at rest, so the total momentum is \( 50(0) + 70(0) = 0 \). After: \( 50(1.4) + 70(-1.0) = 70 - 70 = 0 \). The total momentum is zero before and zero after. Why it had to be. The forces are equal and opposite by the third law, and they act for the same length of time, so the two changes in momentum are equal and opposite and cancel exactly. That argument is the whole of lesson 3.3, arrived at here from the third law alone. What is not conserved. Kinetic energy. Before the push it was zero; afterward it is \( \tfrac{1}{2}(50)(1.4)^2 + \tfrac{1}{2}(70)(1.0)^2 = 49 + 35 = 84\ \text{J} \). That energy came from the skaters' muscles, so the system was not isolated with respect to energy even though it was with respect to momentum. Unit 5 takes this up. 175 N, the 70 kg skater at 1.0 m/s, and momentum conserved at zero

Lesson 2.5 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

What a scale actually measures

Mass and weight are different quantities with different units, and a bathroom scale reports neither of them directly. It reports the force it has to push with, which equals the weight only when nothing is accelerating. Working through the elevator carefully settles a set of confusions at once, including what "weightless" means in orbit.

The key ideas
  1. Mass is measured in kilograms and does not change with location. Weight is a force, measured in newtons, and does.
  2. Weight is \( W = mg \), the gravitational force on the object.
  3. The normal force is a response, not a fixed value. It takes whatever size the situation requires.
  4. The normal force equals the weight only when there is no vertical acceleration.
  5. Apparent weight is the normal force, because that is what a scale or the floor pushes with, and what you feel.
  6. Accelerating upward increases the apparent weight; accelerating downward decreases it.
  7. In free fall the normal force is zero, which is what weightlessness means. Gravity has not gone anywhere.

Where students lose marks: assuming the normal force always equals \( mg \). It does not on an incline, it does not in an accelerating elevator, and it does not when something presses down on the object. Solve for it from the second law instead of quoting it.

Worked example

The problem. A 70 kg person stands on a bathroom scale in an elevator. Find the scale reading when the elevator is (a) at rest, (b) accelerating upward at \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), (c) accelerating downward at \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), (d) in free fall. Then explain what an astronaut in orbit is actually experiencing.

Step one: set up the general equation. Draw the person's free-body diagram: the normal force \( N \) up from the scale, the weight \( mg \) down from Earth. Take up as positive and apply the second law vertically: \[ N - mg = ma \] Solving for the scale reading: \[ N = m(g + a) \] Every part of this problem is now one substitution, which is why deriving the general form first is worth the extra line.

Step two: solve (a), at rest. Not accelerating, so \( a = 0 \): \( N = 70(9.8 + 0) = 686\ \text{N} \). This equals the weight, as expected when nothing accelerates. Note the elevator could equally be moving at constant speed and the answer would be identical. It is the acceleration that matters, not the velocity.

Step three: solve (b), accelerating upward. \( a = +2.0 \): \( N = 70(9.8 + 2.0) = 70(11.8) = 826\ \text{N} \). The scale reads about 20 percent high. Why it must. To accelerate the person upward, the net force must be upward, so \( N \) must exceed \( mg \). The scale has to push harder than the person's weight, and that extra push is what you feel in your legs as the elevator starts up.

Step four: solve (c), accelerating downward. \( a = -2.0 \): \( N = 70(9.8 - 2.0) = 70(7.8) = 546\ \text{N} \). The scale reads low, and this is the brief light feeling as a lift begins to descend.

Step five: solve (d), free fall. The cable is cut, so the only force is gravity and \( a = -9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \): \( N = 70(9.8 - 9.8) = 0 \). The scale reads zero. The person floats off it, not because gravity stopped but because the scale is falling exactly as fast as they are and no longer needs to push at all.

Step six: state what did and did not change. Across all four cases the mass was 70 kg and the weight was 686 N. Neither varied, because neither depends on the elevator. What varied was the normal force, from 826 N down to zero. So "I weigh less in a descending elevator" is false as stated and true as experienced: the weight is unchanged and the apparent weight is lower.

Step seven: apply this to orbit. The International Space Station orbits at about 400 km altitude. Lesson 4.2 computes the gravitational field strength there and gets roughly \( 8.7\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), which is about 89 percent of its value at the surface. Gravity is very nearly as strong up there as down here. The common belief that astronauts float because they have escaped gravity is not just imprecise; it is wrong by an order of magnitude in the wrong direction.

Step eight: give the correct account. The station and everyone in it are in continuous free fall. Nothing supports them, so every normal force is zero, and the apparent weight is zero for exactly the reason it was in part (d). Why they do not hit the ground. They are moving sideways fast enough that the surface curves away beneath them as they fall, which is Newton's cannonball argument in lesson 4.4. Orbiting is falling and continually missing. The honest name for the condition is free fall rather than weightlessness, and NASA uses "microgravity" for the same reason: gravity is present and doing all the work, and it is the absence of a supporting force that is being felt.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. Give the SI unit of weight.
    Show the full solution

    The newton

  2. Find the weight of a 12 kg object.
    Show the full solution

    \( 12 \times 9.8 \). 117.6 N

  3. Does mass change on the Moon?
    Show the full solution

    No

  4. What does a bathroom scale directly measure?
    Show the full solution

    The normal force it exerts

  5. What is the apparent weight of someone in free fall?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  6. An 80 kg person is in an elevator accelerating upward at \( 3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the scale reading.
    Show the full solution

    \( N = m(g + a) = 80(9.8 + 3.0) = 80(12.8) = 1024\ \text{N} \). Their true weight is \( 80 \times 9.8 = 784\ \text{N} \), so the scale reads about 31 percent high. 1024 N

  7. The same person is now accelerating downward at \( 3.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the scale reading.
    Show the full solution

    \( N = 80(9.8 - 3.0) = 80(6.8) = 544\ \text{N} \). Note the weight is still 784 N. Only the supporting force changed. 544 N

  8. A scale reads 390 N for a 50 kg person. Find the elevator's acceleration and say which way it points.
    Show the full solution

    Rearrange \( N = m(g + a) \): \( a = \dfrac{N}{m} - g = \dfrac{390}{50} - 9.8 = 7.8 - 9.8 = -2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Negative with up positive, so the acceleration is downward at \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). The reading is below the true weight of 490 N, which is the check: a low reading always means downward acceleration. Be careful what this does not say. The elevator could be moving downward and speeding up, or moving upward and slowing down. Both give a downward acceleration, and the scale cannot tell them apart. \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) downward

  9. Explain why astronauts on the space station float, given that gravity there is nearly as strong as on the ground.
    Show the full solution

    Because they are in free fall, so nothing is pushing up on them, and floating is the absence of a supporting force rather than the absence of gravity. Establish that gravity is still there. At 400 km altitude the gravitational field is about \( 8.7\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), roughly 89 percent of its surface value. If gravity really had switched off, the station would leave in a straight line and never return, which the first law requires. What floating really is. The sensation of weight is the normal force from a floor or seat. In free fall the station, the astronaut and everything loose inside all accelerate downward together at the same rate, so no surface has to push on any other. Every normal force is zero, and so is the apparent weight. Why they do not fall to Earth. They are falling, continuously. They also have a large sideways velocity, about 7.7 km/s, so as they fall the curved surface of Earth drops away beneath them at the same rate. The path is an orbit because the falling and the curving match. The equivalence with the elevator. Part (d) of the worked example is the same physics on a smaller scale. An astronaut in orbit is in a lift whose cable has been cut permanently, and the reason it never lands is the sideways motion. Why "microgravity" is the better word. It avoids claiming gravity is absent while acknowledging that the measurable effects of weight are. The tiny residual accelerations that give it the "micro" come from atmospheric drag and tidal differences across the station, not from any weakening of gravity. They are in continuous free fall, so no surface supports them

  10. A 65 kg person stands in an elevator that starts from rest, accelerates upward at \( 1.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) for 3.0 s, travels at constant speed for 5.0 s, then decelerates to rest over 2.0 s. Find the scale reading in each phase and the top speed.
    Show the full solution

    True weight throughout. \( W = 65 \times 9.8 = 637\ \text{N} \). This never changes, in any phase. Phase 1, accelerating upward at \( +1.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). \( N = m(g + a) = 65(9.8 + 1.5) = 65(11.3) = 734.5\ \text{N} \). Above the true weight, as an upward acceleration requires. Top speed at the end of phase 1. \( v = at = 1.5 \times 3.0 = 4.5\ \text{m/s} \) upward. Phase 2, constant speed. \( a = 0 \), so \( N = 65(9.8) = 637\ \text{N} \). Equal to the true weight. The elevator is moving, and quickly, but the scale cannot tell. Only acceleration affects the reading, which is the first law showing up in a measurement. Phase 3, decelerating to rest over 2.0 s. The elevator is moving up at 4.5 m/s and must reach zero, so \( a = \dfrac{0 - 4.5}{2.0} = -2.25\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), pointing downward. \( N = 65(9.8 - 2.25) = 65(7.55) = 490.75\ \text{N} \), about 491 N. Collect the readings. 734.5 N, then 637 N, then 490.75 N. Check the pattern against experience. Heavy as the lift starts up, normal while it cruises, light as it slows near the top floor. That is exactly what a rising elevator feels like ✓ A trap worth naming. Phase 3 is deceleration while moving upward, and the acceleration is downward. Students often assign a positive acceleration because the elevator is still going up, which would predict a heavy feeling at the moment everyone reports a light one. Check with the total displacement, as a consistency test. Phase 1: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1.5)(3.0)^2 = 6.75\ \text{m} \). Phase 2: \( 4.5 \times 5.0 = 22.5\ \text{m} \). Phase 3: \( \dfrac{4.5 + 0}{2}(2.0) = 4.5\ \text{m} \). Total 33.75 m, roughly eleven storeys, which is a plausible lift ride ✓ 734.5 N, 637 N, then 490.75 N; top speed 4.5 m/s

Lesson 2.6 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

The force that hid the first law for two thousand years

Friction is the reason everyday motion looks as though it needs a continuous push. It is also unusual among the forces in this course: static friction has no fixed value but adjusts itself to whatever the situation requires, up to a limit. Getting that right is most of the lesson.

The key ideas
  1. Friction opposes relative sliding between two surfaces in contact, and acts along the surface.
  2. Static friction acts when the surfaces are not sliding. It adjusts to match whatever force is applied, up to a maximum.
  3. The maximum is \( f_{s,\max} = \mu_s N \). Below that, static friction equals the applied force exactly.
  4. Kinetic friction acts while sliding, and it has a fixed value \( f_k = \mu_k N \).
  5. \( \mu_k \) is usually smaller than \( \mu_s \), which is why a heavy object lurches once it starts moving.
  6. Friction depends on the normal force, not on the contact area, to a good approximation.
  7. The coefficients are dimensionless, because they are a ratio of two forces.

Where students lose marks: using \( \mu_s N \) as the value of static friction rather than its maximum. If a 30 N push fails to move a block whose maximum static friction is 50 N, the friction is 30 N, not 50 N. Otherwise the block would accelerate backward.

Worked example

The problem. An 8.0 kg crate sits on a level floor with \( \mu_s = 0.40 \) and \( \mu_k = 0.30 \). (a) Find the maximum static friction and the kinetic friction. (b) A horizontal push of 25 N is applied. Find the friction force and the acceleration. (c) The push is increased to 35 N. Find the acceleration. (d) Find the angle at which the crate would begin to slide on a ramp.

Step one: find the normal force. On a level floor with nothing pressing down, the vertical forces are the weight and the normal force, and there is no vertical acceleration: \( N = mg = 8.0 \times 9.8 = 78.4\ \text{N} \). This step is not automatic, and parts (d) and the elevator of lesson 2.5 are both cases where it changes.

Step two: compute both frictions for (a). \( f_{s,\max} = \mu_s N = 0.40 \times 78.4 = 31.4\ \text{N} \). \( f_k = \mu_k N = 0.30 \times 78.4 = 23.5\ \text{N} \). The kinetic value is smaller, as expected.

Step three: decide what happens in (b). Compare the applied 25 N with the maximum static friction of 31.4 N. \( 25 \lt 31.4 \), so the crate does not move.

Step four: state the friction and acceleration for (b). Since the crate is stationary, its acceleration is zero, so the net force must be zero, so friction must exactly balance the push: \( f_s = 25\ \text{N} \), and \( a = 0 \). Not 31.4 N. That is the most it could supply, not what it does supply. Using 31.4 would give a net force of 6.4 N backward and predict the crate accelerating toward the person pushing it.

Step five: decide what happens in (c). Now \( 35 \gt 31.4 \), so the crate breaks free and slides. Once sliding, kinetic friction applies at its fixed value of 23.5 N. \( F_{\text{net}} = 35 - 23.5 = 11.5\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{11.5}{8.0} = 1.44\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

Step six: note the discontinuity. Raising the push from 31 N to 32 N takes the crate from stationary to accelerating at over \( 1\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), because friction drops from 31.4 N to 23.5 N the instant sliding begins. That jump is the lurch felt when a heavy piece of furniture finally gives, and it is a direct consequence of \( \mu_k \lt \mu_s \).

Step seven: set up the ramp for (d). On a ramp at angle \( \theta \), the weight splits into a component along the surface and one perpendicular to it: along: \( mg\sin\theta \), perpendicular: \( mg\cos\theta \). The normal force balances the perpendicular part only: \( N = mg\cos\theta \), which is less than \( mg \) as soon as the ramp tilts.

Step eight: find the angle and note what cancels. Sliding begins when the along-slope component reaches the maximum static friction: \[ mg\sin\theta = \mu_s\,mg\cos\theta \] The \( mg \) cancels from both sides, leaving \[ \tan\theta = \mu_s \] So \( \theta = \tan^{-1}(0.40) = 21.8^\circ \). The mass canceled, so a heavy crate and a light one of the same material slip at the same angle. That is a genuinely useful result: it means the angle of repose measures \( \mu_s \) directly, with no need to measure any force at all. Tilt the surface until it slides, take the tangent, and you have the coefficient.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. In which direction does friction act?
    Show the full solution

    Opposite the relative sliding, along the surface

  2. Write the formula for maximum static friction.
    Show the full solution

    \( f_{s,\max} = \mu_s N \)

  3. Which is usually larger, \( \mu_s \) or \( \mu_k \)?
    Show the full solution

    \( \mu_s \)

  4. What are the units of a coefficient of friction?
    Show the full solution

    A ratio of two forces. None; it is dimensionless

  5. A 20 kg block rests on a level floor. Find the normal force.
    Show the full solution

    \( 20 \times 9.8 \). 196 N

  6. For that 20 kg block, \( \mu_s = 0.50 \). Find the maximum static friction, and state what the friction is when an 80 N push is applied.
    Show the full solution

    \( f_{s,\max} = 0.50 \times 196 = 98\ \text{N} \). An 80 N push is below 98 N, so the block does not move and the friction is 80 N, exactly matching the push. Not 98 N. Static friction supplies only what is needed. Maximum 98 N; the actual friction is 80 N

  7. The same block has \( \mu_k = 0.35 \). Find its acceleration under a 120 N push.
    Show the full solution

    \( 120 \gt 98 \), so it slides and kinetic friction applies. \( f_k = 0.35 \times 196 = 68.6\ \text{N} \). \( F_{\text{net}} = 120 - 68.6 = 51.4\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{51.4}{20} = 2.57\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). \( 2.57\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  8. A box begins to slide when a ramp is tilted to \( 16.7^\circ \). Find \( \mu_s \).
    Show the full solution

    At the slipping angle, \( \tan\theta = \mu_s \). \( \mu_s = \tan 16.7^\circ = 0.30 \). No masses or forces were needed, because they cancel in the derivation. This is how coefficients of friction are measured in practice. \( \mu_s = 0.30 \)

  9. Explain why static friction has no single value while kinetic friction does.
    Show the full solution

    Because static friction is whatever is needed to prevent motion, and what is needed depends on what is applied, while kinetic friction is a property of two surfaces sliding. The static case is constrained by the second law. If an object is not accelerating, the net force on it is zero. So whatever horizontal force is applied, friction must supply exactly that much in the opposite direction, or the object would accelerate. Push with 5 N and friction is 5 N. Push with 20 N and friction is 20 N. The value is set by the requirement of equilibrium, not by the surfaces. But it has a ceiling. The surfaces can only grip so hard, and that limit is \( \mu_s N \). Beyond it the object breaks free. The kinetic case is different. Once sliding, the object is not in equilibrium and there is no requirement for friction to match anything. It takes the value the surfaces produce, \( \mu_k N \), regardless of how hard you push. Why \( \mu_k \) is smaller. At rest the surfaces settle into contact at many points and can form momentary bonds. Sliding surfaces skim across high spots without the same time to settle, so the resistance is lower. The practical consequence. Getting something moving is harder than keeping it moving, and once it starts it tends to lurch. It is also why anti-lock brakes exist: a rolling tire grips by static friction, a skidding one by the smaller kinetic value, so a locked wheel stops the car less effectively and steers not at all. Static friction adjusts to match the applied force up to a limit; kinetic friction is fixed by the surfaces

  10. A 15 kg crate is pushed across a floor by a 90 N horizontal force and accelerates at \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the friction force and \( \mu_k \), then find how far it slides if the push is removed while it is moving at 6.0 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    Find the net force from the motion. \( F_{\text{net}} = ma = 15 \times 2.0 = 30\ \text{N} \). Find the friction. The push and friction are the only horizontal forces: \( f_k = 90 - 30 = 60\ \text{N} \). Find the coefficient. The normal force on a level floor is \( N = mg = 15 \times 9.8 = 147\ \text{N} \). \( \mu_k = \dfrac{f_k}{N} = \dfrac{60}{147} = 0.41 \). Sanity check. A coefficient of 0.41 is typical for something like wood on concrete, so the figure is plausible ✓ A value above 1 would have been possible but unusual, and one above about 1.5 would suggest an arithmetic error. Now remove the push. Friction is the only horizontal force left, and it is unchanged at 60 N because the normal force has not changed. \( a = \dfrac{-60}{15} = -4.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), the sign showing it opposes the motion. Find the sliding distance. Time is not wanted, so use the kinematic equation that omits it: \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2a\Delta x \) \( 0 = 6.0^2 + 2(-4.0)\Delta x \) \( \Delta x = \dfrac{36}{8.0} = 4.5\ \text{m} \). Check by a second route. Time to stop: \( t = \dfrac{6.0}{4.0} = 1.5\ \text{s} \). Distance at an average speed of 3.0 m/s for 1.5 s is \( 4.5\ \text{m} \) ✓ A detail worth noticing. The deceleration once the push is removed, \( 4.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), is twice the acceleration while being pushed. That is not a coincidence of this problem but a consequence of the numbers: friction of 60 N alone is twice the 30 N net force available when the 90 N push was fighting it. A caution about the coefficient. The value 0.41 was derived assuming the push was horizontal. A push angled downward would increase the normal force and therefore the friction, and the same measurement would give a different and wrong coefficient. The direction of an applied force matters to friction through \( N \), not only through the horizontal balance. Friction 60 N, \( \mu_k = 0.41 \), and it slides 4.5 m

Lesson 2.7 · Unit 2 · HS-PS2-1

Two bodies, one acceleration, and a choice about where to draw the boundary

When two objects are connected they must accelerate together, which supplies an extra piece of information and makes the problem solvable. The technique is to choose the boundary deliberately: treat the whole thing as one body to find the acceleration, then cut it apart to find the internal force. Choosing well turns a two-equation problem into two one-line ones.

The key ideas
  1. Connected objects share a magnitude of acceleration, since the connector does not stretch.
  2. Tension is the force a rope or cable pulls with, and it pulls away from the object at both ends.
  3. An ideal rope has the same tension throughout, which requires it to be massless and any pulley to be frictionless.
  4. Treat the whole system as one body to find the acceleration. Internal forces cancel in that view and drop out.
  5. Then isolate one body to find the tension. The internal force is now external to the piece you chose.
  6. Choose the simpler body for the second step, usually the one with fewer forces on it.
  7. Check the answer on the other body. It must give the same tension, and this catches most sign errors.

Where students lose marks: including the tension when treating the system as a whole. It is an internal force there: it appears twice, in opposite directions, and cancels. Putting it into the system equation counts it once and gives a wrong acceleration.

Worked example

The problem. (a) An Atwood machine has 3.0 kg on one side and 5.0 kg on the other, over a frictionless pulley. Find the acceleration and the tension. (b) A 4.0 kg block on a frictionless table is connected over a pulley to a 2.0 kg hanging mass. Find the acceleration and the tension. (c) Explain why the tension is not simply the weight of the hanging mass.

Step one: set up the sign convention for (a). The two masses move in opposite directions, so a single up-or-down convention will not work. Instead take the direction of motion as positive for each mass: down for the heavier 5.0 kg, up for the lighter 3.0 kg. Both then have the same positive acceleration \( a \).

Step two: treat the system as one body. The driving force is the difference in weights, and the mass being accelerated is the total: \[ a = \frac{(m_2 - m_1)g}{m_1 + m_2} = \frac{(5.0 - 3.0)(9.8)}{8.0} = \frac{19.6}{8.0} = 2.45\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] The tension never appeared, because it pulls up on one mass and up on the other, and in the system view those cancel.

Step three: isolate one mass to find the tension. Take the lighter one, which is rising. Its forces are tension up and weight down, and its acceleration is upward at 2.45: \[ T - m_1g = m_1a \quad\Rightarrow\quad T = m_1(g + a) = 3.0(9.8 + 2.45) = 3.0(12.25) = 36.75\ \text{N} \]

Step four: check on the other mass. The 5.0 kg mass is falling, so its weight exceeds the tension: \( m_2g - T = m_2a \), giving \( T = m_2(g - a) = 5.0(9.8 - 2.45) = 5.0(7.35) = 36.75\ \text{N} \) ✓ The agreement is the check. A sign error in either equation would show up here immediately, which is why it is worth the extra thirty seconds.

Step five: sanity check the tension's size. It is 36.75 N. The lighter mass weighs \( 3.0 \times 9.8 = 29.4\ \text{N} \) and the heavier \( 49\ \text{N} \). The tension lies between them, and it must: it exceeds the light weight (or that mass would not rise) and falls short of the heavy weight (or that mass would not fall). Any answer outside that range is wrong ✓

Step six: set up (b). The hanging 2.0 kg mass is what drives the motion; the 4.0 kg block on a frictionless table has no horizontal force except the tension. System view, with the driving force being the hanging weight and the total mass 6.0 kg: \[ a = \frac{m_2g}{m_1 + m_2} = \frac{2.0 \times 9.8}{6.0} = \frac{19.6}{6.0} = 3.27\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \]

Step seven: find the tension. Isolate the block on the table, which is the simpler body: the only horizontal force on it is the tension. \( T = m_1a = 4.0 \times 3.27 = 13.1\ \text{N} \). Check on the hanging mass: \( m_2g - T = m_2a \) gives \( 19.6 - 13.1 = 6.5\ \text{N} \), and \( m_2a = 2.0 \times 3.27 = 6.5\ \text{N} \) ✓

Step eight: answer (c). The hanging mass weighs \( 2.0 \times 9.8 = 19.6\ \text{N} \), but the tension is 13.1 N, noticeably less. Why it must be less. The hanging mass is accelerating downward. For that to happen the net force on it must point down, so its weight must exceed the tension holding it up. Equal forces would mean no acceleration. When the tension would equal the weight. Only if the system were not accelerating, which here would need the block on the table to be held or to have enough friction to prevent motion. The limiting cases confirm the formula. Make the table block enormously heavy and \( a \to 0 \) while \( T \to m_2g \), the static case. Make it nearly massless and \( a \to g \) while \( T \to 0 \), which is the hanging mass in free fall with a slack string. Checking a formula against its extremes is a habit worth keeping; it catches algebra errors that numbers alone would hide.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Assume frictionless pulleys and massless ropes.

  1. What do two connected objects share?
    Show the full solution

    The magnitude of their acceleration

  2. In which direction does tension act on an object?
    Show the full solution

    Away from the object, along the rope

  3. Is tension internal or external when the system is treated as one body?
    Show the full solution

    Internal, so it cancels

  4. Two blocks of 2.0 kg and 3.0 kg are pushed together by a 10 N force on a frictionless surface. Find the acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{10}{5.0} \). \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  5. For those blocks, find the contact force on the 3.0 kg block.
    Show the full solution

    It is the only force on that block: \( F = 3.0 \times 2.0 \). 6.0 N

  6. An Atwood machine has 2.0 kg and 6.0 kg. Find the acceleration and the tension.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{(6.0 - 2.0)(9.8)}{8.0} = \dfrac{39.2}{8.0} = 4.9\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Tension from the rising mass: \( T = 2.0(9.8 + 4.9) = 2.0(14.7) = 29.4\ \text{N} \). Check on the falling mass: \( 6.0(9.8 - 4.9) = 6.0(4.9) = 29.4\ \text{N} \) ✓ Between the two weights of 19.6 N and 58.8 N, as it must be ✓ \( 4.9\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and 29.4 N

  7. A 5.0 kg block on a frictionless table is connected to a 3.0 kg hanging mass. Find the acceleration and the tension.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{3.0 \times 9.8}{8.0} = \dfrac{29.4}{8.0} = 3.675\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). \( T = m_1a = 5.0 \times 3.675 = 18.4\ \text{N} \). Check: \( m_2g - T = 29.4 - 18.4 = 11.0\ \text{N} \), and \( m_2a = 3.0 \times 3.675 = 11.0\ \text{N} \) ✓ Less than the hanging weight of 29.4 N, as required for it to accelerate downward ✓ \( 3.675\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and 18.4 N

  8. Three blocks of 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 kg sit in a row on a frictionless surface and are pushed by a 12 N force applied to the 1.0 kg block. Find the acceleration and the force the 2.0 kg block exerts on the 3.0 kg block.
    Show the full solution

    System: \( a = \dfrac{12}{6.0} = 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Isolate the 3.0 kg block, which has only the contact force on it: \( F = 3.0 \times 2.0 = 6.0\ \text{N} \). Choosing the last block was deliberate, because it has the fewest forces. Isolating the front block would have needed both the 12 N push and the backward contact force. \( 2.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and 6.0 N

  9. Explain why treating connected objects as a single system makes the tension disappear.
    Show the full solution

    Because the tension acts twice, once on each object, in opposite directions, and summing over the whole system adds both so they cancel. Set it out. The rope pulls object A toward the pulley with force \( T \), and pulls object B toward the pulley with force \( T \). Those are two separate forces on two separate bodies. What the system view does. Drawing the boundary around both objects makes the rope internal. Newton's second law applied to the whole uses the sum of all forces crossing the boundary, and the tensions do not cross it: both endpoints are inside. Why they cancel exactly. They are equal in magnitude, because an ideal rope has one tension throughout, and opposite in the sense that one pulls the system one way round the pulley and the other pulls it back. In the coordinate scheme where each mass counts its own direction of motion as positive, one is \( +T \) and the other \( -T \). What survives. Only the external forces: the two weights, and the normal force if a surface is involved. That is why the acceleration formula contains only \( g \) and the masses. The general principle. Internal forces never change the motion of a system as a whole, because the third law guarantees they come in canceling pairs. This is the same argument that gives conservation of momentum in lesson 3.3, and it is why you cannot move a stationary car by pushing on its dashboard. How to get the tension back. Redraw the boundary around one object only. The rope now crosses it, the tension becomes external, and it appears in the equation. Internal forces occur in canceling pairs, so they vanish from the system equation

  10. A 6.0 kg block on a table with \( \mu_k = 0.20 \) is connected over a pulley to a 4.0 kg hanging mass. Find the acceleration and the tension, and find the minimum \( \mu_s \) that would keep the system at rest.
    Show the full solution

    Find the friction on the table block. \( N = m_1g = 6.0 \times 9.8 = 58.8\ \text{N} \). \( f_k = \mu_k N = 0.20 \times 58.8 = 11.76\ \text{N} \), opposing the motion. System view. The driving force is the hanging weight; friction resists. Both are external to the system. \( F_{\text{net}} = m_2g - f_k = (4.0)(9.8) - 11.76 = 39.2 - 11.76 = 27.44\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{27.44}{10.0} = 2.744\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about \( 2.74\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Find the tension by isolating the table block. Its horizontal forces are tension forward and friction backward: \( T - f_k = m_1a \) \( T = m_1a + f_k = 6.0(2.744) + 11.76 = 16.46 + 11.76 = 28.2\ \text{N} \). Check on the hanging mass. \( m_2g - T = 39.2 - 28.2 = 11.0\ \text{N} \), and \( m_2a = 4.0 \times 2.744 = 10.98\ \text{N} \) ✓ agreeing to rounding. Now the static question. For the system to stay at rest, static friction must hold back the full pull of the hanging weight. With nothing accelerating, the tension equals the hanging weight: \( T = m_2g = 39.2\ \text{N} \). That tension must be balanced by static friction on the table block: \( f_s = 39.2\ \text{N} \). Find the coefficient that allows it. \( \mu_s \ge \dfrac{f_s}{N} = \dfrac{39.2}{58.8} = 0.667 \). Sanity check the two results against each other. The actual \( \mu_k = 0.20 \) is far below the 0.667 needed to hold, so the system should certainly move, and it does ✓ If the required coefficient had come out below 0.20, the acceleration calculation would have been self-contradictory. Why the tension differs between the two cases. Moving, it is 28.2 N; held at rest, it would be 39.2 N. A rope holding a stationary weight carries the full weight, while a rope accelerating one carries less, because the weight must exceed the tension to produce the downward acceleration. A note on the coefficient needed. A value of 0.667 is high but not impossible: rubber on dry concrete reaches about 1.0. So a rubber-footed block on concrete would hold, and a wooden one on a smooth table would not. \( 2.74\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), tension 28.2 N, and \( \mu_s \ge 0.667 \) to hold

Unit 2 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 2 review: Forces and Newton's Laws

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Draw a free-body diagram before every calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m/s}^2 \).

  1. Find the net force on a 4.0 kg object accelerating at 3.0 m/s\( ^2 \).
    Show the full solution

    \( F = ma = (4.0)(3.0) = 12 \). 12 N

  2. Find the weight of a 60 kg person on Earth.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = mg = (60)(9.8) = 588 \). 588 N

  3. A book rests on a table. Name the third-law partner of the table's upward push on the book.
    Show the full solution

    The partner acts on the other body: the book pushes down on the table. The book's downward push on the table, not the Earth's pull on the book, which is a different pair.

  4. A 10 kg block on a floor is pushed with a 40 N horizontal force. The kinetic friction coefficient is 0.25. Find its acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    Friction: \( 0.25 \times 10 \times 9.8 = 24.5\ \text{N} \). Net force: \( 40 - 24.5 = 15.5\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{15.5}{10} = 1.55 \). 1.55 m/s\( ^2 \)

  5. A 70 kg person stands in an elevator accelerating upward at 2.0 m/s\( ^2 \). Find the normal force.
    Show the full solution

    \( N - mg = ma \), so \( N = m(g + a) = 70(9.8 + 2.0) = 826 \). 826 N, heavier than the 686 N at rest.

  6. A block begins to slide on a ramp when the angle reaches its critical value. The coefficient of static friction is 0.60. Find the angle.
    Show the full solution

    At the limit \( \mu_s = \tan\theta \), so \( \theta = \tan^{-1}(0.60) = 31^\circ \). 31 degrees

  7. Masses of 3.0 kg and 5.0 kg hang from a light rope over a frictionless pulley. Find the acceleration and the tension.
    Show the full solution

    Treat as one system: \( a = \dfrac{(5.0 - 3.0)(9.8)}{8.0} = 2.45\ \text{m/s}^2 \). For the 3.0 kg mass: \( T - 29.4 = 3.0(2.45) \), so \( T = 36.75\ \text{N} \). 2.45 m/s\( ^2 \) and 36.8 N, which lies between the two weights.

  8. A 2.0 kg block is pulled by a 10 N force through a rope attached to a 3.0 kg block behind it, on a frictionless surface. Find the acceleration and the rope tension.
    Show the full solution

    The 10 N acts on the pair: \( a = \dfrac{10}{5.0} = 2.0\ \text{m/s}^2 \). The rope accelerates only the 3.0 kg block: \( T = 3.0 \times 2.0 = 6.0\ \text{N} \). 2.0 m/s\( ^2 \) and 6.0 N

  9. Explain why passengers lurch forward when a bus brakes suddenly.
    Show the full solution

    By Newton's first law, a body keeps its velocity unless a net force acts. The bus slows because of the brakes acting through its wheels, but nothing comparable acts on the passengers' bodies, so they continue forward at the old speed until seats, straps or the floor's friction supply a force. No forward force pushes them; the backward force on the bus is missing from them. Inertia carries them on at the original velocity

  10. A skydiver of mass 80 kg experiences drag \( F = kv^2 \) with \( k = 0.20\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s}^2/\text{m}^2 \). Find the terminal speed and explain what the net force is there.
    Show the full solution

    At terminal speed the net force is zero, so drag equals weight: \( kv^2 = mg \). \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{(80)(9.8)}{0.20}} = \sqrt{3920} = 62.6\ \text{m/s} \). Acceleration is zero there, but the skydiver is still falling: zero net force means constant velocity, not zero velocity. 63 m/s, with zero net force

Lesson 3.1 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

The quantity that survives a collision

Two objects collide and their velocities change in complicated ways that depend on how hard they are, where they hit, and how much they deform. Almost nothing about that is predictable from the outside. One combination of mass and velocity, however, comes out of the collision exactly as it went in, and that is what makes collisions solvable at all.

The key ideas
  1. Momentum is mass times velocity, \( p = mv \).
  2. Its unit is the kilogram meter per second, \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), which has no special name.
  3. Momentum is a vector, pointing along the velocity, so it carries a sign in one dimension.
  4. A large mass moving slowly can have the same momentum as a small mass moving fast.
  5. Momentum and kinetic energy are different quantities, and they behave differently in collisions. One is always conserved; the other often is not.
  6. Total momentum is the vector sum over all objects in a system.
  7. A stationary object has zero momentum however massive it is.

Where students lose marks: dropping the sign when objects move in opposite directions. Two 5 kg carts approaching each other at 3 m/s have a total momentum of zero, not \( 30\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Declare a positive direction before writing anything down.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the momentum of a 1200 kg car at 25 m/s and of a 0.145 kg baseball at 40 m/s. (b) A 20000 kg truck rolls at 2.0 m/s. Compare its momentum with the car's. (c) Two 5.0 kg carts approach each other, each at 3.0 m/s. Find the total momentum. (d) Explain why momentum rather than velocity is the useful quantity for collisions.

Step one: compute the two momenta in (a). Car: \( p = mv = 1200 \times 25 = 30000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), or \( 3.0 \times 10^4 \). Baseball: \( p = 0.145 \times 40 = 5.8\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). The car has about five thousand times the momentum of the baseball, even though the baseball is moving faster.

Step two: compute the truck for (b). \( p = 20000 \times 2.0 = 40000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). The slow truck has more momentum than the fast car, 40000 against 30000, because its mass advantage of about seventeen beats the car's speed advantage of about twelve. This is why a truck drifting at walking pace is dangerous in a way that intuition based on speed alone does not capture.

Step three: set up (c). The carts move in opposite directions, so a direction must be declared. Take rightward as positive, with cart A moving right and cart B moving left. \( p_A = 5.0 \times (+3.0) = +15\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( p_B = 5.0 \times (-3.0) = -15\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \)

Step four: sum them. \( p_{\text{total}} = +15 + (-15) = 0 \). The system has zero total momentum while both carts are clearly moving. That is not a trick: momentum is a vector, and opposite vectors of equal size cancel. Contrast with kinetic energy, which unit 5 defines as \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \). It has no direction, so the two carts contribute \( \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(9.0) = 22.5\ \text{J} \) each and the total is 45 J, not zero. The two quantities disagree about this system completely, which is the first sign they are measuring different things.

Step five: begin (d) by asking what a collision preserves. When the two carts above collide and bounce apart, each ends with a velocity that depends on how springy they are. Predicting either velocity individually requires knowing the details of the contact.

Step six: state what does not depend on those details. Whatever happens, the total momentum afterward is still zero. If one cart leaves at \( +2.0\ \text{m/s} \), the other must leave at \( -2.0\ \text{m/s} \). If they stick together, both are at rest. The total is fixed before the collision is analyzed, which is what makes it useful. Lesson 3.3 proves why.

Step seven: contrast with kinetic energy. Kinetic energy is not preserved in general. If the carts stick together, all 45 J goes into deforming them and heating them, and the total kinetic energy afterward is zero. So momentum is the more reliable tool. It is conserved in every collision of an isolated system, while kinetic energy is conserved only in the special case called elastic.

Step eight: note the deeper reason, and where it goes next. Momentum is conserved because of Newton's third law, which lesson 3.3 turns into a proof. Kinetic energy has no such guarantee, because internal forces can convert it into heat and deformation without violating anything. Two quantities, two different jobs. Momentum answers "what will the velocities be after?" Energy answers "how much was lost, and where did it go?" Most collision problems need both, which is why unit 5 returns to the same scenarios with the energy question in front.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the formula for momentum.
    Show the full solution

    \( p = mv \)

  2. Give the SI unit of momentum.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \)

  3. Is momentum a vector or a scalar?
    Show the full solution

    A vector

  4. Find the momentum of a 70 kg runner at 8.0 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( 70 \times 8.0 \). \( 560\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \)

  5. What is the momentum of a stationary 5000 kg truck?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  6. A 0.50 kg ball moves left at 12 m/s. Taking right as positive, give its momentum.
    Show the full solution

    \( p = 0.50 \times (-12) \). \( -6.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) The sign is part of the answer, and omitting it would make the collision arithmetic in lesson 3.4 come out wrong.

  7. A 1500 kg car at 12 m/s and a 900 kg car at 20 m/s travel in the same direction. Find the total momentum.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1500 \times 12 = 18000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( 900 \times 20 = 18000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) Same direction, so they add: \( 36000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Note the two are equal individually, a lighter car going faster matching a heavier one going slower. \( 3.6 \times 10^4\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \)

  8. A 3.0 kg object moves east at 4.0 m/s and a 2.0 kg object moves west at 5.0 m/s. Find the total momentum.
    Show the full solution

    Take east positive. \( 3.0(+4.0) = +12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( 2.0(-5.0) = -10\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) Total: \( +2.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), that is 2.0 units east. Adding the magnitudes would give 22, which describes no situation at all. \( 2.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) east

  9. Explain why momentum is more useful than velocity for analyzing collisions.
    Show the full solution

    Because the total momentum of an isolated system is the same before and after, while the individual velocities are not predictable without knowing the details of the contact. What changes during a collision. Each object's velocity changes by an amount that depends on how stiff the objects are, how long they touch and how much they deform. None of that is usually known. What does not change. The vector sum \( m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 \) over the whole system. It has the same value after the collision as before, whatever happened in between. Why that is powerful. It gives one equation relating the unknown final velocities that is true regardless of the mechanism. A second piece of information, such as "they stick together" or "the collision is elastic", is then enough to solve completely. Why velocity alone fails. Velocity is not conserved and has no analogous rule. The sum of velocities before a collision is unrelated to the sum afterward, so it gives no equation to work with. Where the conservation comes from. Newton's third law. The two objects push on each other with equal and opposite forces for the same length of time, so their momentum changes are equal and opposite and cancel in the total. Lesson 3.3 sets that out properly. Total momentum is conserved while individual velocities are not predictable

  10. A 0.045 kg golf ball leaves a club at 70 m/s and a 7.3 kg bowling ball rolls at 4.0 m/s. Compare their momenta and their kinetic energies, and say what the comparison shows.
    Show the full solution

    Momenta. Golf ball: \( p = 0.045 \times 70 = 3.15\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Bowling ball: \( p = 7.3 \times 4.0 = 29.2\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). The bowling ball has about 9.3 times the momentum. Kinetic energies, using \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) from unit 5. Golf ball: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(0.045)(70)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(0.045)(4900) = 110.25\ \text{J} \). Bowling ball: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(7.3)(4.0)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(7.3)(16) = 58.4\ \text{J} \). The golf ball has about 1.9 times the kinetic energy. The comparison reverses. The bowling ball wins on momentum by a wide margin; the golf ball wins on energy. These cannot be two measures of the same thing. Why they disagree. Momentum is linear in speed and energy is quadratic. Doubling the speed doubles the momentum but quadruples the energy, so speed counts far more heavily in the energy comparison. The golf ball's speed advantage of 17.5 times is enough to overcome a mass disadvantage of 162 times in the energy accounting, but not in the momentum accounting. What each one predicts physically. Momentum governs what happens to velocities in a collision: the bowling ball would barely slow on striking something the golf ball would bounce off. Energy governs how much damage is done, how much heat is produced, how far something is pushed against resistance. The golf ball carries more capacity to do that. Why both are needed. Asking "which is moving more forcefully?" has no single answer. It depends on whether the question is about changing velocities, which is momentum, or about deforming, heating and breaking, which is energy. Unit 5 develops the second and this unit develops the first. Bowling ball has 9.3 times the momentum; golf ball has 1.9 times the energy, because energy depends on the square of speed

Lesson 3.2 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

The same change in motion, spread over more or less time

A given change in momentum can be produced by a large force acting briefly or a small force acting for longer. That trade is not an approximation or a rule of thumb; it follows directly from the second law, and it is the entire basis of every safety device in lesson 3.7.

The key ideas
  1. Impulse is force times the time it acts, \( J = F\Delta t \), and it is a vector along the force.
  2. The impulse-momentum theorem: \( F\Delta t = \Delta p \). The impulse delivered equals the change in momentum produced.
  3. It follows from the second law, not from a separate principle.
  4. Impulse has units of \( \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \), which equal \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), the same as momentum.
  5. For a fixed change in momentum, force and time trade off inversely. Longer contact means a gentler force.
  6. On a force-time graph, impulse is the area under the curve, which is how a varying force is handled.
  7. A rebound needs a larger impulse than a stop, because the momentum must be reversed rather than merely removed.

Where students lose marks: computing \( \Delta p \) for a rebound as the difference of speeds. A ball arriving at 15 m/s and leaving at 12 m/s the other way has \( \Delta p = m(-12) - m(15) = -27m \), not \( -3m \). Write both velocities with their signs before subtracting.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive the impulse-momentum theorem from Newton's second law. (b) A bat contacts a 0.145 kg baseball for 0.010 s, sending it from rest to 40 m/s. Find the average force. (c) A 0.20 kg ball hits a wall at 15 m/s and rebounds at 12 m/s, with contact lasting 0.030 s. Find the average force. (d) Explain why bending your knees on landing reduces the force on you.

Step one: derive the theorem for (a). Start from the second law with the acceleration written out as a rate of change of velocity: \[ F = ma = m\frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} \] Multiply both sides by \( \Delta t \): \[ F\Delta t = m\Delta v \]

Step two: recognize the right side. For constant mass, \( m\Delta v = \Delta(mv) = \Delta p \), so \[ F\Delta t = \Delta p \] Nothing new was assumed. The theorem is the second law with both sides multiplied by time, which is why it applies wherever the second law does. Check the units. \( \text{N}\cdot\text{s} = (\text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2)(\text{s}) = \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) ✓ Impulse and momentum share a unit because the theorem says they are equal.

Step three: solve (b). The ball starts at rest, so \( \Delta p = mv - 0 = 0.145 \times 40 = 5.8\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). \[ F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t} = \frac{5.8}{0.010} = 580\ \text{N} \] The force is large because the time is tiny. 580 N is roughly the weight of a 59 kg person, delivered in one hundredth of a second.

Step four: set up (c) with care. Take toward the wall as positive. Initial: \( p_i = 0.20 \times (+15) = +3.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Final: the ball moves away from the wall, so its velocity is \( -12\ \text{m/s} \): \( p_f = 0.20 \times (-12) = -2.4\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \).

Step five: compute the change and the force. \( \Delta p = p_f - p_i = -2.4 - 3.0 = -5.4\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). \( F = \dfrac{-5.4}{0.030} = -180\ \text{N} \), so 180 N directed away from the wall. Compare the wrong route. Subtracting speeds as though both were positive gives \( 0.20(12) - 0.20(15) = -0.6 \) and a force of 20 N, nine times too small. The rebound is exactly where the sign convention earns its keep.

Step six: note why a bounce is harsher than a stop. Had the ball simply stopped dead at the wall, \( \Delta p \) would be \( 0 - 3.0 = -3.0 \) and the force \( 100\ \text{N} \). Rebounding requires removing the incoming momentum and then supplying momentum in the opposite direction, so the impulse is larger and the force is larger. This is why a bouncy object hits harder than one that lands dead, and why a hailstone does more damage than a raindrop of the same mass and speed.

Step seven: answer (d). Landing from a jump, your momentum must go from some value to zero. That change, \( \Delta p \), is fixed by how fast you were falling and your mass. Nothing about how you land can alter it. \[ F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t} \] With \( \Delta p \) fixed, the only variable available is \( \Delta t \).

Step eight: put numbers on it. Suppose a 70 kg person lands at 5.0 m/s, so \( \Delta p = 350\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Landing stiff-legged, the stop might take 0.020 s: \( F = \dfrac{350}{0.020} = 17500\ \text{N} \). Bending the knees stretches it to perhaps 0.20 s: \( F = \dfrac{350}{0.20} = 1750\ \text{N} \). A factor of ten in the force, from the same landing. The impulse was identical in both cases; only its distribution over time changed. The general principle for the rest of the unit. You cannot reduce the momentum change in a collision, because that is set by the masses and velocities. You can only choose how long to take over it. Every safety device in lesson 3.7 is an application of that one sentence.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the impulse-momentum theorem.
    Show the full solution

    \( F\Delta t = \Delta p \)

  2. Give the unit of impulse.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \), equivalently \( \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \)

  3. What does the area under a force-time graph represent?
    Show the full solution

    Impulse

  4. A 20 N force acts for 3.0 s. Find the impulse.
    Show the full solution

    \( 20 \times 3.0 \). \( 60\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \)

  5. For a fixed change in momentum, what happens to the force if the contact time doubles?
    Show the full solution

    It halves

  6. A 2.0 kg object speeds up from 3.0 m/s to 9.0 m/s in 4.0 s. Find the impulse and the average force.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta p = 2.0(9.0) - 2.0(3.0) = 18 - 6.0 = 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). That is the impulse, \( 12\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). \( F = \dfrac{12}{4.0} = 3.0\ \text{N} \). Impulse \( 12\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \), force 3.0 N

  7. A 0.060 kg tennis ball arrives at 25 m/s and leaves at 30 m/s in the opposite direction, with contact lasting 0.005 s. Find the average force.
    Show the full solution

    Take the incoming direction as positive. \( p_i = 0.060(+25) = +1.5\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( p_f = 0.060(-30) = -1.8\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( \Delta p = -1.8 - 1.5 = -3.3\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( F = \dfrac{-3.3}{0.005} = -660\ \text{N} \), so 660 N opposite the incoming motion. The magnitudes added rather than subtracted, because the direction reversed. 660 N

  8. An 80 kg person jumps from a height and lands at 6.0 m/s. Find the force if they stop in 0.050 s, and if they stop in 0.40 s.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta p = 80 \times 6.0 = 480\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) in both cases. Stiff landing: \( F = \dfrac{480}{0.050} = 9600\ \text{N} \). Bent knees: \( F = \dfrac{480}{0.40} = 1200\ \text{N} \). An eightfold reduction from the same fall, purely from taking longer over the stop. 9600 N and 1200 N

  9. Explain why a ball that bounces off a wall exerts a larger force on it than one that sticks.
    Show the full solution

    Because reversing the momentum requires a larger change than merely removing it, and a larger change in the same contact time means a larger force. Take the incoming direction as positive, with mass \( m \) and arrival speed \( v \), so \( p_i = +mv \). The sticking case. The ball ends at rest, so \( p_f = 0 \) and \( \Delta p = 0 - mv = -mv \). The magnitude is \( mv \). The bouncing case. Suppose it leaves at the same speed the other way, so \( p_f = -mv \) and \( \Delta p = -mv - mv = -2mv \). The magnitude is \( 2mv \), twice as much. Why the factor is two. The wall must first bring the ball to rest, which takes an impulse of \( mv \), and then push it back up to speed \( v \) the other way, which takes another \( mv \). Then the third law. Whatever force the wall exerts on the ball, the ball exerts an equal force back on the wall. A doubled impulse on the ball in the same contact time means a doubled force on the wall. A real bounce is less than double, because the rebound speed is usually lower than the arrival speed. But it always exceeds the sticking case, as long as the ball leaves at all. Where this shows up. Hail damages roofs more than rain of the same mass and speed, because raindrops splash and stay while hailstones bounce. And a bouncy rubber mallet transmits more force than a dead-blow hammer filled with shot, which is designed specifically not to rebound. Reversing momentum needs roughly twice the impulse of stopping it

  10. A force on a 4.0 kg cart rises steadily from 0 to 20 N over 3.0 s, then stays at 20 N for 2.0 s. The cart starts from rest. Find the total impulse and the final speed.
    Show the full solution

    The force varies, so use the area under the force-time graph rather than \( F\Delta t \) with a single value. Splitting into a triangle and a rectangle handles it. Phase 1, the ramp. A triangle from \( (0, 0) \) to \( (3.0, 20) \): area \( = \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(20) = 30\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). Phase 2, the constant force. A rectangle 20 N tall and 2.0 s wide: area \( = 20 \times 2.0 = 40\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). Total impulse. \( 30 + 40 = 70\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). Find the final speed. The impulse equals the change in momentum, and the cart began at rest: \( \Delta p = 70\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), so \( mv = 70 \) and \( v = \dfrac{70}{4.0} = 17.5\ \text{m/s} \). Check with an average force. The mean force over the 5.0 s is \( \dfrac{70}{5.0} = 14\ \text{N} \), giving \( a = \dfrac{14}{4.0} = 3.5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) and \( v = 3.5 \times 5.0 = 17.5\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ Why the graph method was necessary. Using the peak force of 20 N for the whole 5.0 s would give \( 100\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \) and a speed of 25 m/s, about 43 percent too high. The force was below 20 N for most of the first phase, and the area accounts for that automatically. The general point. \( F\Delta t \) with a single number is a shortcut valid only for a constant force. The area under the curve is the real definition, and it handles any force history, including the sharply peaked ones that occur in actual collisions. \( 70\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \) and 17.5 m/s

Lesson 3.3 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

Why the total cannot change, proved from the third law

Conservation of momentum is often presented as a law in its own right, discovered by experiment. It is better understood as a consequence: given the third law and the impulse-momentum theorem, it cannot fail. Seeing the derivation makes clear exactly what "isolated system" has to mean, which is where most errors with it originate.

The key ideas
  1. The total momentum of an isolated system is constant.
  2. Isolated means no net external force. Internal forces may be as violent as you like.
  3. It follows from the third law plus the impulse-momentum theorem, in three lines.
  4. Internal forces come in equal and opposite pairs acting for equal times, so their impulses cancel.
  5. Write it as \( m_1u_1 + m_2u_2 = m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 \), with every velocity signed.
  6. It holds in every collision, elastic or not, and in explosions too.
  7. It holds separately in each direction, which lesson 3.5 uses.

Where students lose marks: applying it to a system that is not isolated. A ball bouncing off the ground does not conserve its own momentum, because Earth exerts a large external force on it. Include Earth in the system and momentum is conserved again, but then Earth's tiny velocity change has to be acknowledged.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive conservation of momentum from Newton's third law. (b) A 60 kg astronaut at rest throws a 2.0 kg tool at 8.0 m/s. Find the astronaut's recoil speed. (c) Explain precisely what "isolated" excludes. (d) Explain why a ball bouncing off the ground appears to break the law.

Step one: set up the collision for (a). Two objects, masses \( m_1 \) and \( m_2 \), interact for a time \( \Delta t \). During the interaction, object 1 pushes on object 2 with some force \( F \), possibly varying.

Step two: apply the third law. Object 2 pushes back on object 1 with \( -F \), equal in size and opposite in direction, at every instant of the contact. And the contact lasts the same \( \Delta t \) for both, because they touch and separate simultaneously. That shared duration is essential and is often left unstated.

Step three: convert forces to momentum changes. Apply the impulse-momentum theorem to each object separately: \[ \Delta p_2 = F\Delta t \qquad \Delta p_1 = -F\Delta t \]

Step four: add them. \[ \Delta p_1 + \Delta p_2 = -F\Delta t + F\Delta t = 0 \] The total change in momentum is zero, so the total momentum is unchanged: \[ m_1u_1 + m_2u_2 = m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 \] Notice what was never needed. Nothing about how hard the objects are, whether they stick, how much energy is lost, or even whether \( F \) is constant. The argument works for any interaction whatever, which is why the law is so widely applicable.

Step five: set up (b). The astronaut and tool start at rest in deep space, so the total momentum is zero. Nothing external acts, so it stays zero. Take the throw direction as positive: \[ 0 = m_{\text{tool}}v_{\text{tool}} + m_{\text{ast}}v_{\text{ast}} \]

Step six: solve (b). \( 0 = (2.0)(+8.0) + (60)v_{\text{ast}} \) \( 60\,v_{\text{ast}} = -16 \) \( v_{\text{ast}} = -0.267\ \text{m/s} \), that is 0.27 m/s backward. Check the sizes. The astronaut is 30 times more massive, so the recoil speed should be 30 times smaller than 8.0 m/s, and \( \dfrac{8.0}{30} = 0.267 \) ✓ This is how a rocket works, with continuously expelled exhaust in place of a single tool.

Step seven: answer (c). Isolated means the net external force on the system is zero. Three points follow. Internal forces are unrestricted. The two objects may hit each other as hard as they like; those forces cancel in pairs and cannot change the total. External forces need not be absent, only balanced. Two carts colliding on a level track have gravity and normal forces acting, but those cancel vertically, so the system is isolated horizontally, which is the direction that matters. The requirement is directional. A system can be isolated along one axis and not another, and then momentum is conserved along the first axis only.

Step eight: resolve (d). A ball dropped at 5 m/s bounces back up at 4 m/s, so its momentum reversed. Taken alone, it plainly did not conserve momentum. The ball alone is not an isolated system. Earth pushed on it with a large external force through the floor. Enlarge the system to include Earth and the law is restored: the ball's momentum change is matched exactly by an equal and opposite change in Earth's. Why nobody notices. With a 0.20 kg ball, the momentum change is about \( 1.8\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), and spread over Earth's \( 5.97 \times 10^{24}\ \text{kg} \) that is a velocity change of roughly \( 3 \times 10^{-25}\ \text{m/s} \). The bookkeeping is exact and the effect is unmeasurable, which is the same situation as the third law's pull on Earth in lesson 2.4. The practical lesson. When momentum seems not to be conserved, the system was drawn too small. Widening the boundary until every interacting body is inside it always restores the law.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. State the condition under which momentum is conserved.
    Show the full solution

    No net external force on the system

  2. Which of Newton's laws does conservation of momentum follow from?
    Show the full solution

    The third

  3. Is momentum conserved in an inelastic collision?
    Show the full solution

    Yes

  4. Two carts at rest push apart. What is their total momentum afterward?
    Show the full solution

    It was zero before. Zero

  5. Do internal forces change a system's total momentum?
    Show the full solution

    No

  6. A 70 kg skater at rest throws a 3.0 kg ball at 6.0 m/s. Find the skater's recoil speed.
    Show the full solution

    Total momentum before is zero, so it is zero after. \( 0 = 3.0(6.0) + 70v \), so \( v = \dfrac{-18}{70} = -0.257\ \text{m/s} \). 0.26 m/s backward

  7. A 1200 kg cannon fires a 8.0 kg shell at 300 m/s. Find the cannon's recoil speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( 0 = 8.0(300) + 1200v \) \( 1200v = -2400 \), so \( v = -2.0\ \text{m/s} \). 2.0 m/s backward. The shell's momentum, \( 2400\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), is matched exactly by the cannon's. Note the energies are not matched. The shell carries \( \tfrac{1}{2}(8.0)(300)^2 = 360000\ \text{J} \) and the cannon only \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(2.0)^2 = 2400\ \text{J} \). Momentum splits evenly; energy does not. 2.0 m/s backward

  8. A 2.0 kg cart at 4.0 m/s collides with a stationary 3.0 kg cart and they stick together. Find their common speed.
    Show the full solution

    Before: \( 2.0(4.0) + 3.0(0) = 8.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). After: the combined 5.0 kg moves at \( v \), so \( 5.0v = 8.0 \) and \( v = 1.6\ \text{m/s} \). Check the direction and size. Same direction as the original motion, and slower, because the same momentum is now spread over more mass ✓ 1.6 m/s

  9. Explain why conservation of momentum does not require knowing anything about the forces involved.
    Show the full solution

    Because the forces cancel in pairs before their details ever matter, so the derivation goes through for any force at all. Trace the derivation. The third law guarantees that whatever force object 1 exerts on object 2, object 2 exerts exactly the negative of it on object 1. It says nothing about what that force is. Both act for the same duration. The objects are in contact over one shared interval, so the two impulses are \( F\Delta t \) and \( -F\Delta t \). The sum is zero regardless of \( F \). Whatever function of time \( F \) happens to be, its negative added to it gives zero. The force cancels out of the algebra entirely. What this buys practically. You can predict the outcome of a car crash without knowing how stiff the bumpers are, how long the contact lasted, or how the force varied during it. Those details determine the forces on the occupants, which lesson 3.7 needs, but they do not affect the final velocities. Contrast with energy. Predicting the energy lost does require knowing about the materials, because the loss depends on how much they deform and heat. That is why momentum gives a clean universal equation and energy does not. What is still required. That the system be isolated. The third law handles internal forces; external ones have no partner inside the system and do change the total. The internal forces cancel as a pair whatever their size or time dependence

  10. A 5.0 kg object moving east at 6.0 m/s collides with a 3.0 kg object moving west at 4.0 m/s. After the collision the 5.0 kg object moves east at 1.5 m/s. Find the velocity of the 3.0 kg object and verify your answer.
    Show the full solution

    Set the convention. Take east as positive. Momentum before. \( p_i = 5.0(+6.0) + 3.0(-4.0) = 30 - 12 = +18\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Note that the westward object contributes negatively. Adding 30 and 12 would be the commonest error here. Momentum after. \( p_f = 5.0(+1.5) + 3.0(v) = 7.5 + 3.0v \). Set them equal and solve. \( 7.5 + 3.0v = 18 \) \( 3.0v = 10.5 \) \( v = +3.5\ \text{m/s} \), that is 3.5 m/s east. Interpret it. The lighter object was moving west at 4.0 m/s and now moves east at 3.5 m/s. It reversed direction, which is what a head-on collision with a heavier object should do. Verify the momentum. \( 5.0(1.5) + 3.0(3.5) = 7.5 + 10.5 = 18\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) ✓ matching the initial total. Check the energy, as a plausibility test. Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(36) + \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(16) = 90 + 24 = 114\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(2.25) + \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(12.25) = 5.625 + 18.375 = 24\ \text{J} \). Energy fell from 114 J to 24 J, a loss of 90 J. That is allowed: the collision was inelastic and the missing energy went into deformation and heat. Why this check is worth doing. Had the final energy come out higher than the initial, the answer would be impossible, because a collision cannot create kinetic energy from nothing. An energy check cannot confirm a momentum answer, but it can rule one out, in the same way dimensional analysis works in lesson 1.1. 3.5 m/s east

Lesson 3.4 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

Momentum is always conserved; kinetic energy is the question

Every collision conserves momentum, which gives one equation. That is not enough to find two unknown final velocities, so a second piece of information is needed, and it is always a statement about the energy. Collisions are classified by what that statement is.

The key ideas
  1. Momentum is conserved in every collision of an isolated system.
  2. Elastic means kinetic energy is also conserved. This is the special case, not the normal one.
  3. Inelastic means kinetic energy is lost, to deformation, heat and sound.
  4. Perfectly inelastic means the objects move off together, and it loses the most kinetic energy consistent with conserving momentum.
  5. For a perfectly inelastic collision the final speed is \( v = \dfrac{m_1u_1 + m_2u_2}{m_1 + m_2} \).
  6. For an elastic collision with a stationary target, \( v_1 = \dfrac{m_1-m_2}{m_1+m_2}u_1 \) and \( v_2 = \dfrac{2m_1}{m_1+m_2}u_1 \).
  7. The lost energy is not destroyed, only converted into forms the collision equations do not track.

Where students lose marks: assuming kinetic energy is conserved because momentum is. They are separate statements and the second is usually false. Unless a problem says elastic, or the objects visibly bounce apart without damage, expect energy to be lost.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A 1500 kg car at 20 m/s hits a stationary 1000 kg car and they lock together. Find the final speed and the kinetic energy lost. (b) A 2.0 kg ball at 6.0 m/s strikes a stationary 4.0 kg ball elastically. Find both final velocities and verify both conservation laws. (c) Explain where the energy in (a) went, and why momentum did not suffer the same fate.

Step one: apply momentum conservation to (a). Take the direction of motion as positive. Before: \( p = 1500(20) + 1000(0) = 30000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). After, moving together as a 2500 kg object: \( 2500v = 30000 \), so \( v = 12\ \text{m/s} \).

Step two: compute the kinetic energies. Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1500)(20)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1500)(400) = 300000\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2500)(12)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(2500)(144) = 180000\ \text{J} \). Lost: \( 300000 - 180000 = 120000\ \text{J} \), which is 40 percent of the original.

Step three: set up (b) with the elastic formulas. \( m_1 = 2.0 \), \( m_2 = 4.0 \), \( u_1 = 6.0\ \text{m/s} \). \[ v_1 = \frac{m_1-m_2}{m_1+m_2}u_1 = \frac{2.0-4.0}{6.0}(6.0) = \frac{-2.0}{6.0}(6.0) = -2.0\ \text{m/s} \] \[ v_2 = \frac{2m_1}{m_1+m_2}u_1 = \frac{4.0}{6.0}(6.0) = 4.0\ \text{m/s} \]

Step four: interpret the signs. The incoming ball bounces back at 2.0 m/s, and the heavier target moves forward at 4.0 m/s. That reversal is what happens whenever the target is heavier, since \( m_1 - m_2 \) is then negative. A light ball thrown at a heavy one comes back, which matches everyday experience with a ball and a wall.

Step five: verify momentum for (b). Before: \( 2.0(6.0) + 4.0(0) = 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). After: \( 2.0(-2.0) + 4.0(4.0) = -4.0 + 16 = 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) ✓

Step six: verify kinetic energy for (b). Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(6.0)^2 = 36\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(2.0)^2 + \tfrac{1}{2}(4.0)(4.0)^2 = 4.0 + 32 = 36\ \text{J} \) ✓ Both conservation laws hold, which is what "elastic" asserts, and checking both is how you confirm the formulas were applied correctly.

Step seven: answer the first half of (c). The 120000 J did not vanish. It went into permanently deforming the metal, which takes work; into heat in the crumpled panels; into sound, the crash itself; and into breaking glass and plastic. Total energy was conserved, as unit 5 sets out. What was lost was specifically kinetic energy, the energy of organized motion, converted into forms that the collision equations do not follow.

Step eight: answer the second half. Momentum has no equivalent leak. It cannot be converted into heat or deformation, because there is no such thing as thermal momentum: heat is random motion, and random velocities cancel in a vector sum. The deeper reason is the third law. Lesson 3.3 showed the internal forces cancel in pairs whatever they do. Deforming metal is an internal force doing its work, and it still cancels. Energy has no analogous pairing rule, so it can move between forms freely. The practical consequence, which lesson 3.7 depends on. You cannot design a car that reduces the momentum change in a crash. You can design one that converts as much kinetic energy as possible into crumpling metal rather than into moving the occupants, and that is exactly what a crumple zone is for.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What is conserved in every collision?
    Show the full solution

    Momentum

  2. What extra quantity is conserved in an elastic collision?
    Show the full solution

    Kinetic energy

  3. What defines a perfectly inelastic collision?
    Show the full solution

    The objects move off together

  4. A 3.0 kg cart at 5.0 m/s hits a stationary 2.0 kg cart and they stick. Find their common speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( 5.0v = 15 \). 3.0 m/s

  5. Where does the lost kinetic energy go?
    Show the full solution

    Into deformation, heat and sound

  6. A 1.0 kg ball at 4.0 m/s strikes an identical stationary ball elastically. Find both final velocities.
    Show the full solution

    \( v_1 = \dfrac{1.0 - 1.0}{2.0}(4.0) = 0 \) \( v_2 = \dfrac{2(1.0)}{2.0}(4.0) = 4.0\ \text{m/s} \) The incoming ball stops dead and the target takes the whole velocity. This is the Newton's cradle result, and it happens only for equal masses. Check: momentum \( 4.0 \to 4.0 \) ✓, energy \( 8.0\ \text{J} \to 8.0\ \text{J} \) ✓ \( v_1 = 0 \), \( v_2 = 4.0\ \text{m/s} \)

  7. A 4.0 kg ball at 5.0 m/s strikes a stationary 2.0 kg ball elastically. Find both final velocities.
    Show the full solution

    \( v_1 = \dfrac{4.0 - 2.0}{6.0}(5.0) = \dfrac{2.0}{6.0}(5.0) = 1.67\ \text{m/s} \) \( v_2 = \dfrac{2(4.0)}{6.0}(5.0) = \dfrac{8.0}{6.0}(5.0) = 6.67\ \text{m/s} \) The heavier ball continues forward, slowed, because \( m_1 \gt m_2 \) makes the first expression positive. Check momentum: \( 4.0(1.67) + 2.0(6.67) = 6.67 + 13.3 = 20 \), matching \( 4.0(5.0) \) ✓ 1.67 m/s and 6.67 m/s, both forward

  8. Two 2.0 kg carts approach each other, each at 3.0 m/s, and stick together. Find the final velocity and the kinetic energy lost.
    Show the full solution

    Momentum before: \( 2.0(+3.0) + 2.0(-3.0) = 0 \). So the combined 4.0 kg mass has zero momentum and is at rest. Energy before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(9.0) \times 2 = 18\ \text{J} \). Energy after: zero. All 18 J is lost, which is the maximum possible loss. It happens whenever the total momentum is zero, because then the only way to conserve momentum is to end at rest. At rest; all 18 J lost

  9. Explain why a perfectly inelastic collision loses the most kinetic energy possible.
    Show the full solution

    Because conserving momentum fixes the total, and of all the ways to share that total between the two objects, moving together carries the least kinetic energy. What is fixed. Momentum conservation requires \( m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 \) to equal the initial total, whatever the collision does. That constrains the final velocities but does not determine them. What varies. Among all the velocity pairs satisfying that constraint, the kinetic energy \( \tfrac{1}{2}m_1v_1^2 + \tfrac{1}{2}m_2v_2^2 \) takes different values. The minimum occurs when the two velocities are equal, which is exactly the perfectly inelastic case. Why equal velocities minimize it. Any relative motion between the two objects represents kinetic energy that momentum conservation does not require them to have, because equal and opposite contributions to the relative motion cancel in the momentum sum while adding in the energy sum. Removing all relative motion removes all of that surplus. Check it on the head-on case. Two equal carts approaching at equal speeds have zero total momentum. Ending at rest conserves momentum and loses all the energy. Any other outcome, such as bouncing apart, also conserves momentum but keeps some energy. So sticking is the extreme. Why it cannot lose more. Kinetic energy cannot go negative, and the momentum requirement forces a nonzero energy whenever the total momentum is nonzero. A system with momentum must be moving. The engineering reading. A collision that ends with the objects moving together has converted the maximum available energy into deformation, which is precisely what a crumple zone is designed to do. Moving together is the lowest-energy way to conserve a given momentum

  10. A 0.010 kg bullet travelling at 400 m/s embeds in a stationary 2.0 kg block on a frictionless surface. Find the final speed and the fraction of kinetic energy lost, and explain why the fraction is so large.
    Show the full solution

    Apply momentum conservation. \( p_i = 0.010(400) + 2.0(0) = 4.0\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). The combined mass is \( 0.010 + 2.0 = 2.01\ \text{kg} \): \( v = \dfrac{4.0}{2.01} = 1.99\ \text{m/s} \). Compute the energies. Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(0.010)(400)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(0.010)(160000) = 800\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.01)(1.99)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(2.01)(3.96) = 3.98\ \text{J} \). Fraction lost. \( \dfrac{800 - 3.98}{800} = 0.995 \), that is 99.5 percent. Why so much. The two quantities scale differently with the mass ratio. Momentum is linear in velocity, so the shared momentum forces the heavy block to a slow speed. Kinetic energy is quadratic, so that slow speed carries almost no energy even with 200 times the mass. Put it algebraically. For a light object of mass \( m \) embedding in a much heavier \( M \), the final speed is about \( \dfrac{mu}{M} \), and the final energy is about \( \dfrac{m^2u^2}{2M} \). Dividing by the initial \( \tfrac{1}{2}mu^2 \) leaves a fraction of roughly \( \dfrac{m}{M} \), here \( \dfrac{0.010}{2.0} = 0.005 \), or half a percent retained ✓ matching the computation. Where the 796 J went. Into tearing and heating the block along the bullet's path, deforming the bullet, and sound. A bullet embedding in wood raises its temperature measurably, and that heat is the missing energy. Why this is the basis of a real measurement. This arrangement is the ballistic pendulum, historically used to measure bullet speeds. The block is hung as a pendulum, its swing height gives the post-collision speed by energy conservation after the collision, and momentum conservation during the collision then gives the bullet's speed. The crucial subtlety. You must use momentum for the collision and energy for the swing, never the reverse. Using energy conservation through the collision would ignore the 99.5 percent that was lost and give a bullet speed wildly too low. 1.99 m/s, with 99.5 percent of the kinetic energy lost

Lesson 3.5 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

One conservation law, applied twice

Real collisions rarely happen along a line. The extension costs almost nothing conceptually, because momentum is a vector and vectors are conserved component by component. A two-dimensional collision is two one-dimensional problems solved side by side, exactly as projectile motion was in lesson 1.7.

The key ideas
  1. Momentum is conserved separately in each direction. The \( x \) and \( y \) equations are independent.
  2. Resolve every velocity into components first, before writing any conservation equation.
  3. \( \sum p_x \) before equals \( \sum p_x \) after, and the same for \( y \).
  4. Recombine at the end with \( p = \sqrt{p_x^2 + p_y^2} \) and \( \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{p_y}{p_x} \right) \).
  5. Two equations allow two unknowns, so a perfectly inelastic two-dimensional collision is fully solvable.
  6. A general elastic collision in two dimensions needs more information, because there are four unknowns and only three equations.
  7. Choose axes to make the arithmetic easy, usually along one object's initial velocity.

Where students lose marks: adding speeds instead of components. Two objects meeting at right angles do not combine to a momentum of \( p_1 + p_2 \). Resolve, conserve each direction separately, and only then recombine.

Worked example

The problem. A 1200 kg car travelling east at 20 m/s collides at an intersection with an 1800 kg truck travelling north at 12 m/s. They lock together. (a) Find the momentum components before the collision. (b) Find the velocity of the wreckage. (c) Find the kinetic energy lost. (d) Explain why this calculation is used in accident reconstruction.

Step one: choose axes and resolve for (a). Take east as \( +x \) and north as \( +y \). Each vehicle moves along one axis, so no trigonometry is needed here. \( p_x = 1200 \times 20 = 24000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), from the car only. \( p_y = 1800 \times 12 = 21600\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), from the truck only.

Step two: set up the two conservation equations. The wreckage has mass \( 1200 + 1800 = 3000\ \text{kg} \) and moves as one object with components \( v_x \) and \( v_y \): \[ 3000\,v_x = 24000 \qquad 3000\,v_y = 21600 \] Two independent equations, because momentum in the \( x \) direction cannot leak into the \( y \) direction.

Step three: solve for the components. \( v_x = \dfrac{24000}{3000} = 8.0\ \text{m/s} \) \( v_y = \dfrac{21600}{3000} = 7.2\ \text{m/s} \)

Step four: recombine for (b). \[ v = \sqrt{8.0^2 + 7.2^2} = \sqrt{64 + 51.84} = \sqrt{115.84} = 10.8\ \text{m/s} \] \[ \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \frac{7.2}{8.0} \right) = 42.0^\circ \] So the wreckage moves at 10.8 m/s, \( 42.0^\circ \) north of east. Check the direction is plausible. The car contributed slightly more momentum than the truck, so the result should lean slightly toward east, and \( 42^\circ \) is just under the \( 45^\circ \) that equal contributions would give ✓

Step five: compute the energies for (c). Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(20)^2 + \tfrac{1}{2}(1800)(12)^2 \) \( = \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(400) + \tfrac{1}{2}(1800)(144) = 240000 + 129600 = 369600\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(3000)(10.8)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(3000)(115.84) = 173760\ \text{J} \).

Step six: find the loss. \( 369600 - 173760 = 195840\ \text{J} \), about \( 1.96 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), which is 53 percent of the original. That energy is what wrecked the vehicles. It is the quantity that determines the damage, while the momentum determined which way the wreckage slid.

Step seven: begin (d). An accident investigator arrives after the event. They cannot measure the speeds before the collision, because the collision has already happened. What they can measure is the aftermath: where the wreckage came to rest, the direction of the skid marks leading away from the impact, and the masses from the vehicle registrations.

Step eight: run the calculation backward. From the skid distance and the road's friction coefficient, lesson 2.6's methods give the wreckage's speed just after impact. Its direction comes from the skid marks. Together those give \( p_x \) and \( p_y \) after the collision, which equal the values before. Dividing each by the appropriate mass recovers each vehicle's speed before impact. Why momentum rather than energy is used. Momentum is conserved in the collision and energy is not, so only the momentum equations connect the before to the after. The 53 percent of energy that disappeared into crumpled metal cannot be recovered from the scene, but the momentum is fully accounted for. What the method assumes. That the collision was brief enough for friction during the impact itself to be negligible, so the system was isolated over that instant. That is a good approximation for a crash lasting a tenth of a second, and it is the assumption a defense expert would probe first.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. In how many directions is momentum conserved in a two-dimensional collision?
    Show the full solution

    Both, independently

  2. What is the first step in solving a two-dimensional collision?
    Show the full solution

    Resolve the velocities into components

  3. A 2.0 kg object moves east at 5.0 m/s. Give its \( x \) and \( y \) momentum components.
    Show the full solution

    \( p_x = 10\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), \( p_y = 0 \)

  4. How are momentum components recombined into a magnitude?
    Show the full solution

    \( p = \sqrt{p_x^2 + p_y^2} \)

  5. Can \( x \)-momentum turn into \( y \)-momentum during a collision?
    Show the full solution

    No

  6. A 3.0 kg object moving east at 8.0 m/s collides with a 5.0 kg object moving north at 3.0 m/s, and they stick. Find the velocity of the combined object.
    Show the full solution

    \( p_x = 3.0(8.0) = 24\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) \( p_y = 5.0(3.0) = 15\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) Combined mass 8.0 kg: \( v_x = \dfrac{24}{8.0} = 3.0\ \text{m/s} \), \( v_y = \dfrac{15}{8.0} = 1.875\ \text{m/s} \). \( v = \sqrt{9.0 + 3.52} = \sqrt{12.52} = 3.54\ \text{m/s} \) \( \theta = \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{1.875}{3.0} \right) = 32.0^\circ \) north of east. 3.54 m/s at 32.0° north of east

  7. For that collision, find the kinetic energy lost.
    Show the full solution

    Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(64) + \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(9.0) = 96 + 22.5 = 118.5\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(8.0)(12.52) = 50.1\ \text{J} \). Lost: \( 118.5 - 50.1 = 68.4\ \text{J} \), about 58 percent. Use the squared speed, not the components separately, and note that \( v^2 = v_x^2 + v_y^2 = 12.52 \) is already available from the previous question. About 68.4 J

  8. An object at rest explodes into two pieces. One of mass 2.0 kg moves east at 6.0 m/s. Find the momentum of the other piece.
    Show the full solution

    Total momentum before is zero, and nothing external acted, so it is zero after. \( p_1 + p_2 = 0 \), so \( p_2 = -p_1 \). \( p_1 = 2.0(6.0) = 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) east. \( p_2 = 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) west. The mass of the second piece is not needed to answer the question as asked, and is not determinable from the information given. Its speed would be \( \dfrac{12}{m_2} \). \( 12\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) west

  9. Explain why momentum conservation holds separately in each direction.
    Show the full solution

    Because momentum is a vector, and a vector equation is equivalent to one scalar equation per component. Start from the vector statement. Conservation says \( \vec{p}_{\text{before}} = \vec{p}_{\text{after}} \). Two vectors are equal only when all their components are equal, so that single statement contains one equation for \( x \) and one for \( y \). The physical reason behind it. The derivation in lesson 3.3 rested on the third law, which applies to force vectors. The force on object 1 is the exact negative of the force on object 2, component by component. So the \( x \) components cancel and the \( y \) components cancel, separately. Why the directions cannot mix. A force in the \( x \) direction produces an acceleration in the \( x \) direction only. There is no mechanism by which eastward momentum becomes northward momentum, in the same way that lesson 1.7's horizontal motion could not affect the vertical. What it buys. Two equations instead of one, so two unknowns can be found. That is exactly enough for a perfectly inelastic collision, where the two unknowns are \( v_x \) and \( v_y \) of the combined object. Where it stops being enough. A general elastic collision in two dimensions has four unknown final quantities and only three equations, two from momentum and one from energy. A fourth piece of information, such as one of the scattering angles, must be supplied. That is why elastic two-dimensional problems always give you an extra measurement. A vector equation is one equation per component, and the third law cancels each component separately

  10. A 1500 kg car travelling north at 15 m/s is struck by a 1000 kg car travelling east. The wreckage moves off at \( 35^\circ \) east of north. Find the eastbound car's speed before impact.
    Show the full solution

    Set the axes. Take north as \( +y \) and east as \( +x \). Write the components before the collision. \( p_y = 1500 \times 15 = 22500\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), from the northbound car only. \( p_x = 1000 \times u \), from the eastbound car only, where \( u \) is what we want. Use the direction of the wreckage. The angle of a vector is determined by the ratio of its components, and momentum is conserved, so the wreckage's momentum has the same direction as the total momentum before. Measuring \( 35^\circ \) east of north means the angle is taken from the north axis toward the east axis, so \[ \tan 35^\circ = \frac{p_x}{p_y} \] Be careful which ratio this is. Because the angle is measured from north, the opposite side is the east component and the adjacent is the north one. Writing \( \tan 35^\circ = \dfrac{p_y}{p_x} \) would be the natural slip and would give a badly wrong speed. Solve for the east component. \( p_x = p_y \tan 35^\circ = 22500 \times 0.7002 = 15754\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Find the speed. \( u = \dfrac{15754}{1000} = 15.8\ \text{m/s} \). Check the direction comes back out. \( \tan^{-1}\left( \dfrac{15754}{22500} \right) = \tan^{-1}(0.700) = 35.0^\circ \) ✓ Sanity check the size. The wreckage leans less than \( 45^\circ \) from north, so the northward momentum must exceed the eastward one. Indeed \( 22500 \gt 15754 \) ✓ And the lighter car needs a slightly higher speed than the heavier one to contribute comparably, which 15.8 against 15 reflects. Why this is the useful form of the problem. The angle of the wreckage is measurable from the scene long after the event, while neither pre-impact speed is. One measured angle plus the two masses recovers a speed that no witness could supply, which is exactly what makes momentum conservation valuable to an investigator. About 15.8 m/s

Lesson 3.6 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-2

The one point that moves simply no matter what the pieces do

A wrench thrown spinning across a room follows a complicated path, with every part of it tracing a different curve. One point does not. That point moves in a clean parabola exactly as a single particle would, and finding it turns a tumbling object into a problem already solved in unit 1.

The key ideas
  1. The center of mass is the mass-weighted average position: \( x_{\text{cm}} = \dfrac{m_1x_1 + m_2x_2 + \cdots}{m_1 + m_2 + \cdots} \).
  2. It lies closer to the heavier object, and at the midpoint only when the masses are equal.
  3. It need not be inside any of the objects, or inside the system at all.
  4. The center of mass of an isolated system moves at constant velocity, however violently the parts interact.
  5. That follows from momentum conservation, since the total momentum equals the total mass times the center-of-mass velocity.
  6. Internal forces cannot move it. Only external forces can.
  7. Each direction is computed separately, giving \( x_{\text{cm}} \) and \( y_{\text{cm}} \).

Where students lose marks: averaging the positions without weighting by mass. A 1 kg and a 9 kg object 10 m apart have their center of mass 1 m from the heavy one, not 5 m. The masses are the weights in the average, and ignoring them puts the point in the wrong place whenever the masses differ.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the center of mass of a 2.0 kg object at \( x = 0 \) and a 6.0 kg object at \( x = 4.0\ \text{m} \). (b) Find the center of mass of the Earth and Moon, and say where it is. (c) Show that the center of mass of an isolated system cannot accelerate. (d) Explain what this says about a thrown spinning object.

Step one: apply the definition for (a). \[ x_{\text{cm}} = \frac{m_1x_1 + m_2x_2}{m_1+m_2} = \frac{(2.0)(0) + (6.0)(4.0)}{2.0 + 6.0} = \frac{24}{8.0} = 3.0\ \text{m} \]

Step two: check it against intuition. The point sits 3.0 m from the light object and 1.0 m from the heavy one, so it is three times closer to the heavier mass, which is three times larger. That inverse relationship is the balance-point property: the system would balance on a pivot placed there. A simple average would have given 2.0 m, which is the midpoint and wrong by a meter.

Step three: set up (b) with real figures. Earth: \( M_E = 5.97 \times 10^{24}\ \text{kg} \). Moon: \( M_M = 7.35 \times 10^{22}\ \text{kg} \). Separation, center to center: \( d = 3.84 \times 10^8\ \text{m} \). Measure from Earth's center, so \( x_E = 0 \) and \( x_M = d \).

Step four: compute it. \[ x_{\text{cm}} = \frac{M_M\,d}{M_E + M_M} = \frac{(7.35 \times 10^{22})(3.84 \times 10^8)}{6.04 \times 10^{24}} = 4.67 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \] Compare with Earth's radius, \( 6.37 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \). The center of mass is about 4670 km from Earth's center, which is inside Earth, roughly 1700 km below the surface. What that means physically. The Moon does not orbit Earth's center; both orbit this shared point. Earth wobbles about it monthly with an amplitude of some 4670 km, which is a real and measurable motion.

Step five: begin (c). The total momentum of a system can be written in terms of the center of mass. For two objects, \( p_{\text{total}} = m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 \), and the center-of-mass velocity is that total divided by the total mass: \[ v_{\text{cm}} = \frac{m_1v_1 + m_2v_2}{m_1+m_2} = \frac{p_{\text{total}}}{M} \]

Step six: apply conservation. If the system is isolated, \( p_{\text{total}} \) is constant by lesson 3.3, and \( M \) is constant, so \( v_{\text{cm}} \) is constant. The center of mass therefore moves at constant velocity, with zero acceleration, no matter what the parts do to each other.

Step seven: apply it to an explosion. A firework shell rising through the air bursts into a hundred fragments flying in every direction. Each fragment follows its own path. The center of mass of all hundred fragments continues along the smooth parabola the intact shell was following, because the explosion was entirely internal and gravity is the only external force. The internal forces were enormous and changed nothing about that point.

Step eight: answer (d). Throw a wrench so it tumbles end over end. The handle traces a looping path and the head traces a different one; neither is a parabola. The center of mass traces a clean parabola, exactly as a thrown point mass would, because gravity is the only external force and it acts as though concentrated there. Why this is useful rather than merely elegant. It means a complicated extended object can be replaced by a single point for the purpose of predicting its overall motion. Every projectile calculation in lesson 1.7 silently assumed this, and this lesson is what justifies it. The limitation worth stating. The rotation about the center of mass is a separate question that this analysis says nothing about. Splitting a motion into "translation of the center of mass" plus "rotation about it" is the standard approach, and the first half is what momentum conservation delivers for free.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the formula for the center of mass of two objects.
    Show the full solution

    \( x_{\text{cm}} = \dfrac{m_1x_1 + m_2x_2}{m_1+m_2} \)

  2. Two equal masses are 6.0 m apart. Where is the center of mass?
    Show the full solution

    Midway, 3.0 m from each

  3. Is the center of mass closer to the heavier or lighter object?
    Show the full solution

    The heavier

  4. Can internal forces move the center of mass of an isolated system?
    Show the full solution

    No

  5. A 1.0 kg mass sits at \( x = 0 \) and a 3.0 kg mass at \( x = 2.0\ \text{m} \). Find the center of mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{(1.0)(0)+(3.0)(2.0)}{4.0} = \dfrac{6.0}{4.0} \). 1.5 m

  6. A 1.0 kg and a 9.0 kg object are 10 m apart. Find the center of mass, measured from the light one.
    Show the full solution

    \( x_{\text{cm}} = \dfrac{(1.0)(0)+(9.0)(10)}{10} = \dfrac{90}{10} = 9.0\ \text{m} \). So it is 9.0 m from the light object and 1.0 m from the heavy one. A naive midpoint would give 5.0 m, wrong by four meters. 9.0 m from the light object

  7. A hollow ring has all its mass in the rim. Where is its center of mass?
    Show the full solution

    At the geometric center, by symmetry. That point contains no material at all, which shows the center of mass need not lie inside the object. A boomerang, a doughnut and a horseshoe are all in the same situation. At the center of the hole

  8. A firework shell rising through the air explodes into many fragments. Describe the subsequent path of the center of mass.
    Show the full solution

    It continues along the same parabola the unexploded shell was following. Why. The explosion supplies only internal forces, which cancel in pairs and cannot shift the center of mass. The only external force is gravity, so the center of mass keeps accelerating downward at \( g \), exactly as before. Ignoring air resistance, which does act externally on the spreading fragments and does eventually disturb the ideal path. The same parabola as before the burst

  9. Explain why the center of mass of an isolated system moves at constant velocity.
    Show the full solution

    Because its velocity is the total momentum divided by the total mass, and both of those are constant for an isolated system. Write the relationship. \( v_{\text{cm}} = \dfrac{m_1v_1 + m_2v_2 + \cdots}{M} = \dfrac{p_{\text{total}}}{M} \). Apply conservation. An isolated system has no net external force, so lesson 3.3 gives \( p_{\text{total}} \) as constant. The total mass \( M \) is also constant. A constant divided by a constant is constant. What that rules out. No amount of internal activity can change it. Objects may collide, explode, stick, push apart or oscillate, and the center of mass proceeds unchanged. The intuitive version. You cannot move yourself by pushing on yourself. A person standing on frictionless ice cannot shift their center of mass by any motion of their arms and legs; they can only rotate about it or move parts of their body in compensating directions. Why an astronaut can still get somewhere. By throwing something. That makes the thrown object part of the system, and the center of mass of astronaut plus object still does not move. The astronaut drifts one way and the object the other, which is exactly the recoil calculation in lesson 3.3. What restores acceleration. An external force. A firework's fragments accelerate downward together because gravity acts from outside the system, and a car accelerates because the road pushes it. Its velocity is the conserved total momentum divided by the constant total mass

  10. Find the center of mass of the Sun and Jupiter, and say whether it lies inside the Sun. Use \( M_{\text{Sun}} = 1.99 \times 10^{30}\ \text{kg} \), \( M_J = 1.898 \times 10^{27}\ \text{kg} \), separation \( 7.785 \times 10^{11}\ \text{m} \), and the Sun's radius \( 6.96 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m} \).
    Show the full solution

    Measure from the Sun's center, so \( x_{\text{Sun}} = 0 \) and \( x_J = 7.785 \times 10^{11}\ \text{m} \). Apply the definition. \[ x_{\text{cm}} = \frac{M_J\,d}{M_{\text{Sun}} + M_J} \] Compute the numerator. \( (1.898 \times 10^{27})(7.785 \times 10^{11}) = 1.478 \times 10^{39} \). Compute the denominator. \( 1.99 \times 10^{30} + 1.898 \times 10^{27} = 1.992 \times 10^{30} \). Jupiter adds only about a tenth of a percent, but keeping it matters for the ratio. Divide. \( x_{\text{cm}} = \dfrac{1.478 \times 10^{39}}{1.992 \times 10^{30}} = 7.42 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m} \). Compare with the Sun's radius. \( \dfrac{7.42 \times 10^{8}}{6.96 \times 10^{8}} = 1.066 \). The center of mass is outside the Sun, about 6.6 percent of a solar radius above its surface. What that means. The Sun does not sit still with Jupiter going round it. Both orbit a point just above the Sun's own surface, so the Sun traces a small circle with a period of about twelve years, Jupiter's orbital period. Contrast with the Earth-Moon case. There the shared point fell inside Earth, so Earth merely wobbles internally. Here it falls outside the Sun, so the Sun genuinely circles a point in empty space. Why this is not a curiosity. That wobble is detectable. A distant observer watching the Sun would see its light alternately blueshifted and redshifted as it moved toward and away from them, by the Doppler effect of lesson 9.5. Measuring such a wobble in another star is one of the main ways planets around other stars are found, and it works best for exactly this case: a massive planet far from a star. A check on the arithmetic. The ratio \( \dfrac{x_{\text{cm}}}{d} = \dfrac{7.42 \times 10^8}{7.785 \times 10^{11}} = 9.53 \times 10^{-4} \) should equal the mass fraction \( \dfrac{M_J}{M_{\text{Sun}}+M_J} = \dfrac{1.898 \times 10^{27}}{1.992 \times 10^{30}} = 9.53 \times 10^{-4} \) ✓ \( 7.42 \times 10^8 \) m from the Sun's center, just outside its surface

Lesson 3.7 · Unit 3 · HS-PS2-3

You cannot change the momentum; you can choose how long to take

This lesson is the engineering payoff for the whole unit. A crash imposes a momentum change that no design can reduce, because it is fixed by the mass and the speed. What a design can control is the time over which that change happens, and since force is momentum change divided by time, controlling the time controls the force.

The key ideas
  1. The momentum change in a crash is fixed by the mass and the change in velocity. No device alters it.
  2. Force is that change divided by the time, \( F = \dfrac{\Delta p}{\Delta t} \), so lengthening the time lowers the force.
  3. Injury tracks force, not momentum, because it is force that breaks bones and tears tissue.
  4. A crumple zone extends the stopping time by deforming instead of resisting.
  5. An airbag extends the occupant's stopping time, which is a separate collision from the car's.
  6. Rigid is worse than soft, which reverses the intuition that a stronger car is a safer one.
  7. State the evaluation criterion before designing, and compute the force for each option rather than arguing qualitatively.

Where students lose marks: claiming a crumple zone "absorbs the momentum". It does not; momentum goes to the ground through friction and is not absorbable by deformation. What the crumple zone absorbs is kinetic energy, and what it reduces is the force, by extending the time.

Worked example

The problem. A 1400 kg car travelling at 15 m/s strikes a barrier and stops. (a) Find the momentum change. (b) Find the average force if the car is rigid and stops in 0.050 s, and if a crumple zone extends this to 0.20 s. (c) A 70 kg occupant also stops from 15 m/s. Compare a 0.020 s stop against a seat belt and a 0.100 s stop into an airbag. (d) State the design conclusion and its limits.

Step one: compute the momentum change for (a). The car goes from 15 m/s to rest. \( \Delta p = m\Delta v = 1400 \times 15 = 21000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). This number is the constraint. It depends only on the mass and the speed, and no feature of the car can change it.

Step two: compute the rigid case for (b). \[ F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t} = \frac{21000}{0.050} = 420000\ \text{N} \] That is \( 4.2 \times 10^5\ \text{N} \), about 43 tonnes of force.

Step three: compute the crumple case. \[ F = \frac{21000}{0.20} = 105000\ \text{N} \] A factor of four reduction, from the same crash, achieved purely by taking four times as long to stop.

Step four: set up (c) as a separate collision. The occupant is a distinct problem from the car. They are also travelling at 15 m/s and must also stop, and their momentum change is \( \Delta p = 70 \times 15 = 1050\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \).

Step five: compare the two stopping times. Seat belt alone, stopping in 0.020 s: \( F = \dfrac{1050}{0.020} = 52500\ \text{N} \). Airbag, stopping in 0.100 s: \( F = \dfrac{1050}{0.100} = 10500\ \text{N} \). A factor of five, and the difference between roughly 5.4 tonnes of force on the chest and about 1.1 tonnes.

Step six: note why there are two collisions. The car hits the barrier; the occupant then hits the inside of the car. These happen in sequence and have different durations, which is why a car can survive a crash that kills its driver, and why restraint systems are engineered separately from the body structure. The airbag's job is not to cushion in any vague sense but to start decelerating the occupant earlier and finish later, stretching \( \Delta t \).

Step seven: state the design conclusion for (d). Make the vehicle deform in a controlled way over the longest possible distance and time, while keeping the passenger compartment rigid so the occupant's own stopping distance is not cut short by the structure collapsing onto them. That is a deliberately mixed design: soft at the ends, hard in the middle. It contradicts the intuition that a stronger car is safer, and the physics is why.

Step eight: state the limits honestly. Crumple length is bounded by the size of the car, and a longer crumple zone means a longer and heavier vehicle. The forces above are averages. A real crash has a peaked force-time curve, and the peak can be well above the mean, which is why the area-under-the-curve method of lesson 3.2 matters to a real designer. Momentum is not reduced at all by any of this. It is transferred to the barrier and to Earth. Only the force was changed. And the numbers above are a model. The stopping times were assumed, not measured. A real evaluation uses instrumented crash tests, and NHTSA publishes such data (US federal). The physics sets the trade; the testing supplies the actual times.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What quantity does a safety device actually reduce?
    Show the full solution

    The force

  2. How does it reduce it?
    Show the full solution

    By extending the collision time

  3. Can a crumple zone reduce the momentum change in a crash?
    Show the full solution

    No

  4. Is a rigid car or a deformable one safer in a crash?
    Show the full solution

    Deformable, at the ends

  5. Name the two separate collisions in a car crash.
    Show the full solution

    The car hitting the barrier, and the occupant hitting the interior

  6. A 5.0 kg head moving at 6.0 m/s stops on impact. Find the force with no helmet (0.002 s) and with a helmet (0.020 s).
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta p = 5.0 \times 6.0 = 30\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), the same either way. No helmet: \( F = \dfrac{30}{0.002} = 15000\ \text{N} \). Helmet: \( F = \dfrac{30}{0.020} = 1500\ \text{N} \). A tenfold reduction, and the whole function of the foam is to be crushed slowly rather than to be strong. 15000 N and 1500 N

  7. Explain why a person landing on a mattress is less likely to be hurt than one landing on concrete, given that both stop from the same speed.
    Show the full solution

    Both undergo the same momentum change, since the mass and landing speed are the same. The mattress compresses, so the stop takes perhaps 0.5 s. Concrete does not, so the stop takes perhaps 0.01 s. With \( \Delta p \) fixed, the force differs by the ratio of those times, roughly fifty to one. The mattress is not absorbing momentum, which goes into Earth either way. It is extending the time. Same momentum change, far longer stopping time, far smaller force

  8. An egg is dropped from 2.0 m onto a foam pad and survives. Find its landing speed, and explain what the foam must achieve for a 0.050 kg egg that breaks above 25 N.
    Show the full solution

    Landing speed, from lesson 1.6: \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(2.0)} = \sqrt{39.2} = 6.26\ \text{m/s} \). \( \Delta p = 0.050 \times 6.26 = 0.313\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). For the force to stay below 25 N: \( \Delta t \ge \dfrac{\Delta p}{F} = \dfrac{0.313}{25} = 0.0125\ \text{s} \). The foam must stretch the stop to at least about 13 milliseconds. That is the design specification, stated as a number before any foam is chosen, which is what the standard asks for. 6.26 m/s; the stop must last at least 0.0125 s

  9. Explain why making a car stronger and more rigid would make it more dangerous.
    Show the full solution

    Because rigidity shortens the collision time, and a shorter time means a larger force on the occupants for the same momentum change. The fixed quantity. In a crash from speed \( v \), the occupant's momentum must go from \( mv \) to zero. That change is set by the mass and the speed and is the same in any car. What rigidity does. A rigid structure resists deformation, so the car stops in a very short distance and therefore a very short time. With \( \Delta t \) small and \( \Delta p \) fixed, \( F = \dfrac{\Delta p}{\Delta t} \) is large. Put numbers on it. The worked example gave 420000 N for a 0.050 s rigid stop against 105000 N for a 0.20 s crumpling stop, from the identical crash. Why the intuition misleads. A rigid car looks undamaged afterward, which reads as "it survived better". But the damage to the car is the visible sign of energy being absorbed by the structure rather than by the people, so a badly crumpled front end is evidence the design worked. The necessary qualification. Not all rigidity is bad. The passenger compartment must stay rigid, because if it collapses the occupant's stopping distance is cut short by the structure arriving, and they may be struck directly. The design is soft at the ends and hard in the middle, and both halves follow from the same equation. A second reason rigidity hurts. A rigid car also rebounds more, and lesson 3.2 showed that a rebound requires a larger impulse than a dead stop. A car that bounces off a barrier subjects its occupants to a greater momentum change than one that stops against it. Rigidity shortens the stopping time, and force is momentum change divided by time

  10. A designer must choose between two barrier designs for a 1200 kg vehicle striking at 20 m/s. Barrier A stops it in 0.15 s; barrier B stops it in 0.35 s but costs three times as much. Evaluate the options, state a criterion, and say what further information you would need.
    Show the full solution

    Compute the fixed momentum change. \( \Delta p = 1200 \times 20 = 24000\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), identical for both barriers. Barrier A. \( F = \dfrac{24000}{0.15} = 160000\ \text{N} \), that is \( 1.6 \times 10^5\ \text{N} \). Barrier B. \( F = \dfrac{24000}{0.35} = 68571\ \text{N} \), about \( 6.9 \times 10^4\ \text{N} \). Compare. Barrier B reduces the force to about 43 percent of barrier A's, a reduction of roughly 57 percent, for three times the cost. Convert to something meaningful for a person. The deceleration is what matters biologically. For barrier A: \( a = \dfrac{20}{0.15} = 133\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about 13.6 g. For barrier B: \( a = \dfrac{20}{0.35} = 57\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about 5.8 g. State a criterion before deciding. A defensible one: choose the cheapest barrier that keeps the occupant deceleration below the threshold associated with serious injury for a belted adult. Without that threshold stated, the comparison is just two numbers. What further information is needed. An injury threshold, from crash-test standards, so there is a line to be above or below. NHTSA publishes such criteria (US federal). The distances involved, since a 0.35 s stop at these speeds requires roughly 3.5 m of crush space, which the site may not have. The expected impact speeds, because a barrier optimized for 20 m/s may perform badly at 35 m/s. How often it is struck, to weigh the three times cost against the number of collisions it will mitigate. A provisional recommendation. If 13.6 g is below the injury threshold and the site cannot accommodate 3.5 m of crush space, barrier A is adequate and the extra cost is not justified. If the threshold sits between the two figures, barrier B is required regardless of cost, because the criterion is about injury rather than about relative improvement. The reasoning pattern worth taking away. Compute the fixed quantity first, then the quantity each design controls, then convert to something the criterion is actually written in terms of. A comparison of raw forces cannot decide anything until a threshold exists to compare them against. A 160000 N against 68571 N; the decision needs an injury threshold, the available crush distance and the expected impact speeds

Unit 3 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 3 review: Momentum and Collisions

Shuffled across all seven lessons. State the system and check that it is isolated before applying conservation of momentum.

  1. Find the momentum of a 1200 kg car moving at 15 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( p = mv = (1200)(15) = 18000 \). 18000 kg·m/s

  2. Find the impulse of a 50 N force acting for 0.20 s.
    Show the full solution

    \( J = Ft = (50)(0.20) = 10 \). 10 N·s

  3. A 0.50 kg ball moving at 6.0 m/s is stopped by a wall in 0.010 s. Find the average force.
    Show the full solution

    Impulse equals the change in momentum: \( J = 0 - (0.50)(6.0) = -3.0\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). \( F = \dfrac{J}{t} = \dfrac{-3.0}{0.010} = -300 \). 300 N opposing the motion

  4. A 2.0 kg cart at 5.0 m/s collides with and sticks to a 3.0 kg cart at rest. Find the final velocity.
    Show the full solution

    \( (2.0)(5.0) = (5.0)v \), so \( v = 2.0 \). 2.0 m/s

  5. For the collision above, find the kinetic energy lost.
    Show the full solution

    Before: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(5.0)^2 = 25\ \text{J} \). After: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(2.0)^2 = 10\ \text{J} \). Lost: \( 15\ \text{J} \), converted to thermal energy and deformation. 15 J, so the collision is perfectly inelastic.

  6. A 1.0 kg cart moving at 4.0 m/s hits an identical stationary cart elastically. Find both final velocities.
    Show the full solution

    For equal masses in a one-dimensional elastic collision the velocities exchange. Check momentum: \( 0 + 4.0 = 4.0 \) ✓ and kinetic energy: 8 J before and after ✓ The first stops; the second moves at 4.0 m/s

  7. A 60 kg skater at rest throws a 2.0 kg ball forward at 12 m/s. Find her recoil speed.
    Show the full solution

    Total momentum stays zero: \( 0 = (2.0)(12) + (60)v \). \( v = -0.40 \). 0.40 m/s backward

  8. A 1.0 kg mass moving east at 3.0 m/s collides and sticks to a 1.0 kg mass moving north at 4.0 m/s. Find the final velocity.
    Show the full solution

    Conserve each component: \( p_x = 3.0 \), \( p_y = 4.0 \), total mass 2.0 kg. \( |p| = \sqrt{3^2 + 4^2} = 5.0 \), so \( v = 2.5\ \text{m/s} \). Angle: \( \tan^{-1}\dfrac{4.0}{3.0} = 53^\circ \) north of east. 2.5 m/s at 53 degrees north of east

  9. A 2.0 kg mass sits at \( x = 0 \) and a 6.0 kg mass at \( x = 4.0\ \text{m} \). Find the center of mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( x_{cm} = \dfrac{(2.0)(0) + (6.0)(4.0)}{8.0} = 3.0 \). 3.0 m, closer to the heavier mass.

  10. A 70 kg person moving at 15 m/s is stopped by an airbag in 0.050 s, or by the dashboard in 0.0050 s. Compare the average forces and explain what the airbag does.
    Show the full solution

    The impulse needed is the same either way: \( J = mv = (70)(15) = 1050\ \text{N}\cdot\text{s} \). Airbag: \( F = \dfrac{1050}{0.050} = 21000\ \text{N} \). Dashboard: \( F = \dfrac{1050}{0.0050} = 210000\ \text{N} \). The airbag cannot change the impulse, only the time over which it is delivered, so ten times the time means one tenth the force. 21000 N against 210000 N

Lesson 4.1 · Unit 4 · HS-PS2-4

One rule for the apple and the Moon

Before Newton, the heavens and the Earth were understood to run on different rules: things fell down here, and circled up there, and no one expected the two to be connected. The claim that a single equation covers both is the reason this course is called Physics of the Universe rather than Physics.

The key ideas
  1. Every pair of masses attracts: \( F = G\dfrac{m_1m_2}{r^2} \).
  2. \( G = 6.674 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{kg}^2 \), the same everywhere in the universe.
  3. \( r \) is measured center to center, not surface to surface.
  4. The force follows an inverse square law: triple the distance and the force falls to one ninth.
  5. The two forces form a third-law pair, equal in size on both masses however different they are.
  6. \( G \) is tiny, so gravity is negligible between ordinary objects and dominant only when one mass is astronomical.
  7. The law is universal. The same equation and the same \( G \) apply to a falling stone and to a galaxy.

Where students lose marks: using the altitude instead of the distance from Earth's center. A satellite 400 km up is \( 6.37 \times 10^6 + 4 \times 10^5 = 6.77 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \) from the center. Using \( 4 \times 10^5 \) gives a force nearly 300 times too large.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the gravitational force between two 1000 kg cars 1.0 m apart. (b) Find the force between Earth and the Moon. (c) Explain Newton's argument that the same law governs both. (d) Explain why gravity dominates the universe despite being so weak.

Step one: compute (a). \[ F = G\frac{m_1m_2}{r^2} = \frac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(1000)(1000)}{1.0^2} = 6.674 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{N} \] That is about the weight of a grain of sand. Two cars parked beside each other attract with a force far too small to overcome the friction holding them in place, which is why nobody has ever noticed it.

Step two: set up (b). \( M_E = 5.97 \times 10^{24}\ \text{kg} \), \( M_M = 7.35 \times 10^{22}\ \text{kg} \), \( r = 3.84 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m} \), center to center.

Step three: compute it. \[ F = \frac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(5.97 \times 10^{24})(7.35 \times 10^{22})} {(3.84 \times 10^{8})^2} = 1.99 \times 10^{20}\ \text{N} \] Both bodies feel this same force, by the third law. Earth does not pull harder on the Moon than the Moon pulls on Earth, despite being 81 times more massive. What differs is the resulting acceleration, as lesson 2.4 explained.

Step four: begin (c) with the problem Newton faced. He knew two separate things. Objects near Earth accelerate downward at about \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). And the Moon circles Earth in about 27.3 days at a distance of roughly 60 Earth radii. The question was whether one law could produce both numbers.

Step five: make the prediction. If gravity falls off as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \), then at 60 Earth radii the acceleration should be smaller by a factor of \( 60^2 = 3600 \): \[ a_{\text{Moon}} = \frac{9.8}{3600} = 2.72 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \]

Step six: test it against the Moon's actual motion. A body in a circle of radius \( r \) with period \( T \) has centripetal acceleration \( a = \dfrac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \), which lesson 4.3 derives. With \( r = 3.84 \times 10^8\ \text{m} \) and \( T = 27.3\ \text{days} = 2.36 \times 10^6\ \text{s} \): \[ a = \frac{4\pi^2(3.84 \times 10^8)}{(2.36 \times 10^6)^2} = \frac{1.516 \times 10^{10}}{5.57 \times 10^{12}} = 2.72 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] The two figures agree. The acceleration inferred from the inverse square law and the acceleration required by the Moon's observed orbit are the same number, and nothing was adjusted to make that happen.

Step seven: state what the agreement established. The force holding the Moon in its orbit is the same force that makes an apple fall, weakened by distance in a specific and testable way. Earth and sky obey one law. That is the unification the unit is named for, and it is why the same equation in lesson 11.7 can be applied to a galaxy.

Step eight: answer (d). Gravity is by far the weakest of the fundamental forces. Lesson 7.2 computes that the electric repulsion between two protons exceeds their gravitational attraction by about \( 10^{36} \). Yet gravity, not electricity, determines the structure of the universe. Three reasons. Gravity only attracts. Electric charge comes in two kinds that cancel, so a large object is electrically neutral and exerts almost no net electric force. Mass has no negative counterpart, so every kilogram added increases the pull. It accumulates without limit. A planet is the sum of every atom's attraction, all pulling the same way. It has unlimited range. The inverse square law never cuts off, so it reaches across the distances between stars where the nuclear forces cannot. So weakness per pair is offset by never canceling, and on astronomical scales gravity is the only force left standing.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( G = 6.674 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{kg}^2 \).

  1. Write the law of universal gravitation.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = G\dfrac{m_1m_2}{r^2} \)

  2. Give the value and units of \( G \).
    Show the full solution

    \( 6.674 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{kg}^2 \)

  3. From where is \( r \) measured?
    Show the full solution

    Center to center

  4. If the distance doubles, what happens to the force?
    Show the full solution

    It falls to one quarter

  5. Earth pulls the Moon with some force. How hard does the Moon pull Earth?
    Show the full solution

    Third-law pair. Exactly as hard

  6. If the distance between two masses is tripled and one mass is doubled, what happens to the force?
    Show the full solution

    Doubling one mass doubles the force. Tripling the distance divides it by \( 3^2 = 9 \). Net: \( \dfrac{2}{9} \) of the original. \( \frac{2}{9} \) of the original

  7. Find the gravitational force between a 70 kg person and a 90 kg person standing 0.50 m apart.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = \dfrac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(70)(90)}{0.50^2} = \dfrac{4.205 \times 10^{-7}}{0.25} = 1.68 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{N} \). About a millionth of a newton, roughly the weight of a large bacterium. Gravity between people is real and utterly negligible. \( 1.7 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{N} \)

  8. A satellite orbits at an altitude equal to one Earth radius. By what factor is the gravitational force on it reduced compared with at the surface?
    Show the full solution

    At the surface, \( r = R_E \). At that altitude, \( r = R_E + R_E = 2R_E \). The force goes as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \), so doubling \( r \) divides the force by \( 4 \). The commonest error is treating "one Earth radius up" as \( r = R_E \), which forgets that the distance is measured from the center and gives no reduction at all. Reduced to one quarter

  9. Explain why gravity shapes the universe despite being the weakest force.
    Show the full solution

    Because it never cancels, it accumulates with mass without limit, and its range is unlimited. It has only one sign. Every mass attracts every other mass. There is no negative mass to cancel the pull, so adding matter always adds attraction. Contrast with electricity. The electric force is about \( 10^{36} \) times stronger between two protons, but charge comes in two kinds. Ordinary matter contains almost exactly equal numbers of protons and electrons, so its net charge is nearly zero and its net electric force on distant objects is negligible. Contrast with the nuclear forces. The strong and weak forces are stronger still, but their range is about the size of a nucleus. They cannot reach from one atom to the next, let alone between stars. So gravity wins by default at large scales. It is the only force that both reaches far and fails to cancel. The scale at which it takes over. Roughly the size of an asteroid. Below that, chemical bonds hold an object's shape; above it, self-gravity does, which is why small bodies are irregular and large ones are round. Only attracts, accumulates without limit, and has unlimited range

  10. Verify Newton's Moon test yourself: use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) at Earth's surface and the fact that the Moon is about 60 Earth radii away to predict its centripetal acceleration, then check it against its 27.3 day period at \( 3.84 \times 10^8\ \text{m} \).
    Show the full solution

    Prediction from the inverse square law. At 60 Earth radii the field is weaker by \( 60^2 = 3600 \): \( a = \dfrac{9.8}{3600} = 2.72 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Now compute what the orbit actually requires. Convert the period: \( T = 27.3 \times 24 \times 3600 = 2.359 \times 10^{6}\ \text{s} \). Centripetal acceleration for circular motion: \( a = \dfrac{4\pi^2 r}{T^2} \). Numerator: \( 4\pi^2(3.84 \times 10^8) = 39.478 \times 3.84 \times 10^8 = 1.516 \times 10^{10} \). Denominator: \( (2.359 \times 10^6)^2 = 5.565 \times 10^{12} \). \( a = \dfrac{1.516 \times 10^{10}}{5.565 \times 10^{12}} = 2.72 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). The two agree to three significant figures. Why this is a genuine test and not a circular argument. The two calculations use entirely separate inputs. The first uses the acceleration of falling objects on Earth and a geometric ratio. The second uses the Moon's distance and its orbital period, both measured by astronomers. Nothing was fitted; no constant was adjusted. They agree because the same law governs both situations. What it would have meant if they disagreed. Either the force does not fall as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \), or the Moon is held by something other than what makes apples fall. Newton's check ruled out both at once. A note on the 60. \( \dfrac{3.84 \times 10^8}{6.37 \times 10^6} = 60.3 \), so the round number is a good approximation and the agreement survives using the exact value. Newton's own description of the test is that he compared the force required to keep the Moon in her orbit with the force of gravity at the surface of Earth, and found them to answer pretty nearly. The understatement is characteristic; the agreement is the foundation of the subject. Both give \( 2.72 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

Lesson 4.2 · Unit 4 · HS-PS2-4

Deriving the number every earlier unit assumed

Units 1 and 2 used \( 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) without saying where it came from. It is not a fundamental constant; it is a consequence of Earth's mass and size, and it can be computed. Doing so also answers how gravity weakens with altitude, which settles the question about astronauts once and for all.

The key ideas
  1. Set the weight equal to the gravitational force: \( mg = G\dfrac{M_Em}{R_E^2} \).
  2. The object's mass cancels, leaving \( g = G\dfrac{M_E}{R_E^2} \).
  3. That cancellation is why everything falls together, as lesson 1.6 claimed without proof.
  4. \( g \) is a property of the planet, not of the falling object.
  5. At height \( h \) use \( r = R_E + h \), giving \( g(r) = G\dfrac{M_E}{r^2} \).
  6. \( g \) is better called the gravitational field strength, in \( \text{N/kg} \), which equals \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).
  7. Any planet's surface gravity follows the same formula with its own mass and radius.

Where students lose marks: claiming gravity is zero or nearly zero in low Earth orbit. It is about 89 percent of its surface value there. Anyone asserting weightlessness by absence of gravity has the physics backward, as lesson 2.5 explained.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive \( g \) and compute it for Earth. (b) Compute \( g \) at the International Space Station's altitude of 400 km. (c) Compute surface gravity on the Moon and on Mars. (d) Explain why \( g \) is better thought of as a field strength than as an acceleration.

Step one: derive the formula for (a). An object of mass \( m \) at Earth's surface has weight \( mg \). That weight is the gravitational force, so: \[ mg = G\frac{M_Em}{R_E^2} \] Divide both sides by \( m \): \[ g = G\frac{M_E}{R_E^2} \] The object's mass canceled, which is the formal version of lesson 1.6's result. Everything falls at the same rate because \( m \) is not in the answer.

Step two: compute it. \[ g = \frac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(5.97 \times 10^{24})}{(6.37 \times 10^{6})^2} = \frac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{4.058 \times 10^{13}} = 9.82\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] Which rounds to the 9.8 used throughout the course. The number was never arbitrary; it follows from two measured properties of the planet.

Step three: set up (b). The station orbits 400 km above the surface, so the distance from Earth's center is \( r = 6.37 \times 10^6 + 4.00 \times 10^5 = 6.77 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \). Note how small the increase is: about 6 percent. The station is much closer to the surface than most diagrams suggest.

Step four: compute it. \[ g = \frac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{(6.77 \times 10^{6})^2} = \frac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{4.583 \times 10^{13}} = 8.69\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] That is 88.5 percent of the surface value. An astronaut on the station is in a gravitational field very nearly as strong as the one in the room you are sitting in. They float because they are in free fall, not because gravity is absent.

Step five: compute the Moon for (c). \( M_M = 7.35 \times 10^{22}\ \text{kg} \), \( R_M = 1.74 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \): \[ g_M = \frac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(7.35 \times 10^{22})}{(1.74 \times 10^{6})^2} = \frac{4.905 \times 10^{12}}{3.028 \times 10^{12}} = 1.62\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] That is \( \dfrac{1.62}{9.82} = 0.165 \), about one sixth of Earth's, which matches the Apollo footage of astronauts bounding.

Step six: compute Mars. \( M = 6.42 \times 10^{23}\ \text{kg} \), \( R = 3.39 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \): \[ g = \frac{4.285 \times 10^{13}}{1.149 \times 10^{13}} = 3.73\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \] Note that Mars is more massive than the Moon by a factor of nearly nine, yet its surface gravity is only 2.3 times larger, because it is also about twice the radius and the radius is squared.

Step seven: begin (d). The symbol \( g \) appears in two roles. In \( a = g \) it is an acceleration, in \( \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). In \( W = mg \) it is a force per unit mass, in \( \text{N/kg} \). Those units are identical, since \( \dfrac{\text{N}}{\text{kg}} = \dfrac{\text{kg}\cdot\text{m}/\text{s}^2}{\text{kg}} = \dfrac{\text{m}}{\text{s}^2} \).

Step eight: say why the field reading is better. The acceleration reading only applies when the object is actually free to accelerate. A book on a table is not accelerating, yet \( g \) is still 9.8 there and its weight is still \( mg \). The field reading always applies. It says that at this point in space, every kilogram of mass experiences 9.8 N of force, whether or not anything is free to move. Why this matters later. Unit 7 defines the electric field the same way, as force per unit charge. Treating gravity as a field here means that definition will be a second instance of a familiar idea rather than a new one, and the parallel between \( g = \dfrac{GM}{r^2} \) and the electric field of a point charge is exact.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( M_E = 5.97 \times 10^{24}\ \text{kg} \) and \( R_E = 6.37 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \).

  1. Write the formula for surface gravity.
    Show the full solution

    \( g = G\dfrac{M}{R^2} \)

  2. Why does the falling object's mass not appear?
    Show the full solution

    It cancels between the weight and the gravitational force

  3. Give an alternative unit for \( g \).
    Show the full solution

    N/kg

  4. Is gravity significant at the altitude of the space station?
    Show the full solution

    About 89 percent of surface value. Yes

  5. Surface gravity on the Moon is about what fraction of Earth's?
    Show the full solution

    About one sixth

  6. Find \( g \) at a distance of two Earth radii from Earth's center.
    Show the full solution

    \( r = 2R_E = 1.274 \times 10^7\ \text{m} \). \( g = \dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{(1.274 \times 10^7)^2} = \dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{1.623 \times 10^{14}} = 2.46\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Check with the inverse square shortcut: \( \dfrac{9.82}{4} = 2.46 \) ✓ Doubling the distance quarters the field. \( 2.46\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  7. A planet has twice Earth's mass and twice its radius. Find its surface gravity.
    Show the full solution

    \( g = G\dfrac{2M}{(2R)^2} = G\dfrac{2M}{4R^2} = \dfrac{1}{2}G\dfrac{M}{R^2} \). So it is half Earth's, about \( 4.9\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Doubling the radius costs more than doubling the mass gains, because the radius is squared. This is why large low-density planets can have modest surface gravity. Half of Earth's

  8. An 80 kg astronaut is on the space station. Find their weight there, and their apparent weight.
    Show the full solution

    Weight is the gravitational force, using \( g = 8.69\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) at that altitude: \( W = 80 \times 8.69 = 695\ \text{N} \). On the ground it would be \( 80 \times 9.82 = 786\ \text{N} \), so their weight has fallen by only about 12 percent. Apparent weight is zero, because nothing supports them. They are in free fall, and lesson 2.5 showed the normal force is what a scale reads. Weight 695 N, apparent weight zero

  9. Explain why \( g \) is a property of the planet rather than of the falling object.
    Show the full solution

    Because the falling object's mass cancels out of the derivation, leaving only quantities belonging to the planet. Follow the cancellation. The gravitational force on a mass \( m \) at the surface is \( G\dfrac{Mm}{R^2} \), and by the second law that produces an acceleration \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} \). Dividing removes \( m \) entirely: \( a = G\dfrac{M}{R^2} \). What is left. Only \( G \), a universal constant, and \( M \) and \( R \), which describe the planet. Nothing about what is falling survives. Why the cancellation happens. The same \( m \) appears in two places for two different reasons. It measures how strongly gravity pulls on the object, and it measures how strongly the object resists being accelerated. Those two roles are logically distinct, and it is an experimental fact that they are the same number. The consequence, stated plainly. A feather and an anvil dropped together in a vacuum land together, because \( g \) does not know anything about them. Lesson 1.6's Apollo 15 demonstration is this equation made visible. What \( g \) does depend on. Where you are. It falls with altitude as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \), it differs between planets, and it even varies slightly across Earth's surface because Earth is not a perfect uniform sphere. Every one of those is a change in the planet or the position, never in the object. Why this earns the name "field". Saying \( g \) belongs to the planet and to a location, rather than to the falling body, is exactly what a field is: a property assigned to every point in space, ready to act on whatever is placed there. The object's mass cancels, leaving only \( G \), the planet's mass and the distance

  10. An astronaut can jump 0.50 m vertically on Earth. Estimate how high the same jump would take them on the Moon, and state what you assumed.
    Show the full solution

    Identify what stays the same. The astronaut's legs do the same work and give the same take-off speed, since that depends on muscle strength rather than on gravity. Call it \( v \). Relate jump height to take-off speed. From lesson 1.6, rising until the velocity reaches zero: \( v^2 = 2gh \), so \( h = \dfrac{v^2}{2g} \). Take the ratio between the two worlds. With \( v \) fixed, \( \dfrac{h_M}{h_E} = \dfrac{g_E}{g_M} \). Substitute the field strengths. \( \dfrac{9.82}{1.62} = 6.06 \). \( h_M = 0.50 \times 6.06 = 3.0\ \text{m} \). Check the take-off speed for reasonableness. \( v = \sqrt{2(9.82)(0.50)} = \sqrt{9.82} = 3.13\ \text{m/s} \), a plausible standing jump ✓ State the assumptions, because they matter. Same take-off speed. This is the key one and it is only roughly true. Legs also have to accelerate the astronaut's own mass, which is unchanged, so the muscles do behave similarly. But the push-off itself happens against a smaller weight, so the real take-off speed would be slightly higher. No spacesuit. An Apollo suit added over 80 kg of mass, which would cut the height substantially. The Apollo astronauts did not jump three meters, and this is the main reason. No air resistance, which is exact on the Moon and a small effect on Earth. Vertical jump only, measuring the rise of the center of mass rather than how high the feet get. Why the estimate is still worth making. It predicts the right order of magnitude and identifies the correct scaling, that jump height goes inversely with \( g \). Naming the assumptions is what turns a guess into an estimate, and the spacesuit assumption is the one that explains why the Apollo footage looks less dramatic than this number suggests. About 3.0 m, assuming the same take-off speed and no suit

Lesson 4.3 · Unit 4 · HS-PS2-1

Turning is accelerating, and something has to be doing the pushing

An object moving in a circle at a perfectly steady speed is accelerating at every instant. That sounds contradictory until you remember that velocity includes direction. The acceleration points to the center, and identifying what real force supplies it is the whole of solving these problems.

The key ideas
  1. Circular motion at constant speed is accelerated motion, because the direction of the velocity changes continuously.
  2. The acceleration points toward the center, perpendicular to the velocity, and is called centripetal.
  3. \( a_c = \dfrac{v^2}{r} \), and equivalently \( a_c = \dfrac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \) using the period.
  4. The required net force is \( F_c = \dfrac{mv^2}{r} \), directed inward.
  5. Centripetal force is not a new force. It is a name for whichever real force happens to point inward.
  6. Identify the real agent every time: friction, tension, gravity, a normal force, or a combination.
  7. There is no outward force. What feels outward is inertia, as lesson 2.2's practice established.

Where students lose marks: adding a centripetal force to a free-body diagram alongside the real forces. That double-counts. The centripetal requirement is what the net force must equal, not an extra arrow. Draw the real forces, sum them, and set the sum equal to \( \dfrac{mv^2}{r} \).

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive \( a_c = \dfrac{v^2}{r} \) by considering how the velocity vector changes. (b) A 1200 kg car takes a curve of radius 80 m at 20 m/s. Find the required force and the minimum coefficient of friction. (c) Show that \( a_c = \dfrac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \). (d) Explain what is really happening when a passenger feels thrown outward.

Step one: set up the derivation for (a). Consider an object moving in a circle of radius \( r \) at constant speed \( v \). Over a short time \( \Delta t \) it moves along an arc, and its velocity vector turns through the same angle \( \Delta\theta \) that its position sweeps out.

Step two: relate the two triangles. The position vectors before and after, both of length \( r \), form an isosceles triangle with the displacement as its base. The velocity vectors before and after, both of length \( v \), form a similar isosceles triangle with \( \Delta v \) as its base. The two triangles are similar because the velocity is always perpendicular to the position vector, so both apex angles equal \( \Delta\theta \). Similar triangles give equal ratios of corresponding sides: \[ \frac{\Delta v}{v} = \frac{\Delta s}{r} \] where \( \Delta s \) is the arc length traveled.

Step three: convert to an acceleration. Divide both sides by \( \Delta t \): \[ \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} = \frac{v}{r}\cdot\frac{\Delta s}{\Delta t} \] The left side is the acceleration, and \( \dfrac{\Delta s}{\Delta t} \) is the speed \( v \): \[ a_c = \frac{v^2}{r} \] The direction: as \( \Delta t \) shrinks, \( \Delta v \) points more and more exactly toward the center, which is why the acceleration is centripetal.

Step four: solve (b). \[ F_c = \frac{mv^2}{r} = \frac{(1200)(20)^2}{80} = \frac{(1200)(400)}{80} = 6000\ \text{N} \] Now ask what supplies it. The car turns on a level road, so gravity is vertical and the normal force is vertical. The only horizontal force available is friction between the tires and the road, pointing toward the center of the curve.

Step five: find the required friction coefficient. The maximum static friction is \( \mu_s N = \mu_s mg \), and it must be at least 6000 N: \[ \mu_s \ge \frac{F_c}{mg} = \frac{6000}{(1200)(9.8)} = \frac{6000}{11760} = 0.51 \] The mass cancels if you work symbolically: \( \mu_s \ge \dfrac{v^2}{rg} = \dfrac{400}{(80)(9.8)} = 0.51 \), the same answer with less arithmetic. A heavier car needs more force and has more friction available, in the same proportion. Interpretation. Dry asphalt offers roughly 0.7, so this turn is comfortable. Wet asphalt offers roughly 0.4, so the same turn at the same speed would fail, which is why speed advisories on curves exist.

Step six: derive the period form for (c). In one full period the object travels the circumference: \( v = \dfrac{2\pi r}{T} \). Substitute into \( a_c = \dfrac{v^2}{r} \): \[ a_c = \frac{1}{r}\left( \frac{2\pi r}{T} \right)^2 = \frac{4\pi^2r^2}{rT^2} = \frac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \] This is the form lesson 4.1 used for the Moon, because an orbital period is easy to measure and an orbital speed is not.

Step seven: answer (d). A passenger in a car turning left slides toward the right-hand door. Nothing pushed them right. What happened, viewed from the ground: the passenger was moving forward in a straight line and continued to, by the first law. The car turned left underneath them. The door arrived at the passenger, not the reverse.

Step eight: identify the real force and the fictitious one. Once in contact, the door pushes the passenger inward, and that inward push is what finally turns them with the car. The force they feel is toward the center, not away from it. The outward sensation is inertia, the body's tendency to keep going straight, registered as pressure where the door resists it. The test that settles it, from lesson 2.1: name the object exerting the outward force. For every real force one can be named. For this one there is none. Where the term comes from. Inside the turning car, which is an accelerating frame, objects appear to accelerate outward with no cause. Bookkeeping in that frame requires adding a fictitious outward term. It is a correction for a bad choice of frame, not a push by anything.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. In which direction does centripetal acceleration point?
    Show the full solution

    Toward the center of the circle

  2. Write the formula for centripetal acceleration in terms of speed and radius.
    Show the full solution

    \( a_c = \dfrac{v^2}{r} \)

  3. Is centripetal force a new kind of force?
    Show the full solution

    No, it is a role filled by a real force

  4. An object moves at 15 m/s in a circle of radius 25 m. Find its centripetal acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{225}{25} \). \( 9.0\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  5. What supplies the centripetal force for a car turning on a level road?
    Show the full solution

    Friction from the road

  6. A 0.30 kg ball on a 1.2 m string is whirled in a horizontal circle at 4.0 m/s. Find the tension.
    Show the full solution

    The tension supplies the centripetal force. \( T = \dfrac{mv^2}{r} = \dfrac{(0.30)(16)}{1.2} = \dfrac{4.8}{1.2} = 4.0\ \text{N} \). 4.0 N

  7. If the speed of a car on a curve doubles, what happens to the required friction force?
    Show the full solution

    \( F_c = \dfrac{mv^2}{r} \) depends on the square of the speed. It quadruples. Why this matters on the road. A curve safely taken at 40 km/h needs four times the grip at 80 km/h. Since the available friction does not change, the margin disappears far faster than the speed increases, which is the same quadratic trap as stopping distance in lesson 1.5. It quadruples

  8. A satellite orbits at radius \( 7.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \) with a period of 5800 s. Find its centripetal acceleration.
    Show the full solution

    Use the period form. \( a_c = \dfrac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} = \dfrac{4\pi^2(7.0 \times 10^6)}{(5800)^2} \). Numerator: \( 39.478 \times 7.0 \times 10^6 = 2.763 \times 10^8 \). Denominator: \( 3.364 \times 10^7 \). \( a_c = 8.2\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \). Check against gravity at that radius: \( \dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{(7.0 \times 10^6)^2} = 8.13\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) ✓ They agree because gravity is what supplies the centripetal force, which is lesson 4.4's whole point. About \( 8.2\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \)

  9. Explain why an object in circular motion at constant speed is still accelerating.
    Show the full solution

    Because acceleration is the rate of change of velocity, and velocity is a vector that changes when its direction changes even if its length does not. The definitions are what settle it. Speed is a scalar, the magnitude alone. Velocity is a vector, carrying magnitude and direction. Acceleration is \( \dfrac{\Delta\vec{v}}{\Delta t} \), built from velocity rather than speed. So a turn is a change. An object moving north at 20 m/s that is later moving east at 20 m/s has a different velocity, and something must have changed it. How large the change is. Not zero, and not small. A car at 20 m/s on an 80 m curve has \( a_c = \dfrac{400}{80} = 5\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about half of \( g \), which is why a fast turn is so noticeable. Why it is perpendicular. Lesson 2.3 showed that the component of net force along the velocity changes the speed, and the perpendicular component changes the direction. Constant speed means the parallel component is zero, so the whole acceleration is perpendicular, pointing at the center. The consequence for forces. Since the acceleration is nonzero, the net force is nonzero, so something must be pushing inward. Anything moving in a curve is being pushed, and finding what is doing it is the first step of every problem in this lesson. What would happen if the force vanished. The object would leave along a tangent in a straight line, not fly outward radially. That is the first law, and it is what a stone released from a sling actually does. Velocity includes direction, so turning changes it

  10. A car of mass 1000 kg rounds a curve of radius 60 m. The road is dry with \( \mu_s = 0.70 \). Find the maximum safe speed, and find how it changes if the road is wet with \( \mu_s = 0.35 \).
    Show the full solution

    Set up the condition. Friction must supply the centripetal force, and it cannot exceed its maximum: \[ \frac{mv^2}{r} \le \mu_s mg \] The mass cancels, so the answer is the same for every car on that surface: \[ v^2 \le \mu_s g r \] Dry road. \( v^2 \le (0.70)(9.8)(60) = 411.6 \) \( v \le \sqrt{411.6} = 20.3\ \text{m/s} \), about 73 km/h. Wet road. \( v^2 \le (0.35)(9.8)(60) = 205.8 \) \( v \le \sqrt{205.8} = 14.3\ \text{m/s} \), about 52 km/h. Note the relationship between the two. Halving the friction did not halve the safe speed. It reduced it by a factor of \( \sqrt{2} = 1.41 \), from 20.3 to 14.3, because the speed appears squared. Why that is dangerous rather than reassuring. The speed only needs to fall by 29 percent, which sounds modest, but a driver who keeps their dry-road speed on a wet curve is demanding twice the friction available, not 1.4 times. The quadratic hides how far past the limit they are. Check the mass really does not matter. A heavier car needs more centripetal force, in proportion to \( m \), and has more friction available, also in proportion to \( m \). The two scale identically and cancel. A loaded truck and an empty car slide at the same speed on the same curve, which is not what intuition suggests. What the model leaves out. Banking the road adds a component of the normal force pointing inward, which raises the safe speed considerably and is why highway curves are banked. Tire condition, temperature and load transfer during the turn all matter too. The calculation gives the flat-road limit, which is the conservative case. 20.3 m/s dry, 14.3 m/s wet

Lesson 4.4 · Unit 4 · HS-ESS1-4

An orbit is a fall that keeps missing

The two previous lessons supply everything needed. Gravity provides a force toward a center; circular motion requires a force toward a center. Setting them equal turns orbits from a separate topic into an application of what is already known, and Newton's own thought experiment makes the idea unmistakable.

The key ideas
  1. An orbiting body is in free fall, with gravity as the only force acting on it.
  2. It does not hit the ground because it moves sideways fast enough that the surface curves away as it falls.
  3. Gravity supplies the centripetal force: \( G\dfrac{Mm}{r^2} = \dfrac{mv^2}{r} \).
  4. The orbiting mass cancels, giving \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{r}} \).
  5. Orbital speed depends only on the central mass and the radius. A bolt and a space station at the same altitude orbit at the same speed.
  6. Lower orbits are faster, since \( v \) goes as \( \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{r}} \).
  7. The period follows from \( T = \dfrac{2\pi r}{v} \).

Where students lose marks: thinking a faster launch gives a higher orbit. The opposite is true: a higher orbit requires a lower orbital speed, though more energy is needed to get there. Speed and altitude run in opposite directions, which is genuinely counterintuitive.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain Newton's cannonball argument. (b) Derive the orbital speed formula. (c) Compute the speed and period of the International Space Station at 400 km. (d) Explain why a higher orbit is slower despite needing more energy to reach.

Step one: set up (a). Newton imagined a cannon on a very high mountain, above the atmosphere, firing horizontally. Fired gently, the ball follows the projectile path of lesson 1.7 and lands a short distance away. Fired harder, it travels further before landing, and the curvature of Earth begins to matter: the ground is dropping away beneath it as it falls.

Step two: take the argument to its limit. At a particular speed, the rate at which the ball falls exactly matches the rate at which Earth's surface curves away. The ball keeps falling and never gets any closer to the ground. It circles the planet and returns to the cannon from behind. That is an orbit, and nothing new was introduced to produce it. The same projectile motion, at sufficient sideways speed, becomes an orbit.

Step three: derive the speed for (b). For a circular orbit of radius \( r \), the gravitational force must be exactly what the circular motion requires: \[ G\frac{Mm}{r^2} = \frac{mv^2}{r} \] The orbiting mass \( m \) cancels from both sides, and one factor of \( r \): \[ \frac{GM}{r} = v^2 \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad v = \sqrt{\frac{GM}{r}} \]

Step four: note what the cancellation means. The orbiting object's mass is absent from the answer. A loose bolt, an astronaut and a 400 tonne station at the same altitude all orbit at the same speed, which is why they float alongside one another rather than drifting apart. It is the same cancellation that made everything fall together in lesson 1.6.

Step five: compute the ISS speed for (c). \( r = 6.37 \times 10^6 + 4.00 \times 10^5 = 6.77 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \), and \( GM = 3.984 \times 10^{14} \): \[ v = \sqrt{\frac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{6.77 \times 10^{6}}} = \sqrt{5.885 \times 10^{7}} = 7.67 \times 10^{3}\ \text{m/s} \] That is 7.67 km/s, or about 27600 km/h.

Step six: compute the period. \[ T = \frac{2\pi r}{v} = \frac{2\pi(6.77 \times 10^6)}{7.67 \times 10^3} = \frac{4.254 \times 10^7}{7.67 \times 10^3} = 5.54 \times 10^3\ \text{s} \] That is 5540 s, or 92.4 minutes. Check against observation. The station is widely reported to circle Earth about sixteen times a day, and \( \dfrac{1440}{92.4} = 15.6 \) ✓ The calculation reproduces a fact anyone can look up, which is the point of doing it.

Step seven: begin (d). From \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{r}} \), a larger \( r \) gives a smaller \( v \). The relationship is not a subtlety; doubling the orbital radius reduces the speed by a factor of \( \sqrt{2} \). A geostationary satellite at \( 4.2 \times 10^7\ \text{m} \) moves at about 3.07 km/s, less than half the station's speed.

Step eight: resolve the apparent paradox. Reaching a higher orbit takes more energy, yet the destination has less kinetic energy. Both are true, and the resolution is that kinetic energy is not the whole account. Climbing costs gravitational potential energy, which unit 5 defines. Moving from low orbit to geostationary requires a large increase in potential energy, and that increase exceeds the kinetic energy given up. So the total energy rises even though the speed falls. The spacecraft trades speed for height and pays the difference in fuel. A consequence that matters operationally. To catch a spacecraft ahead of you in the same orbit, firing your engine forward raises your orbit and slows you down, so you fall behind. Rendezvous requires slowing down to drop into a lower, faster orbit, catching up, then climbing again. Orbital mechanics reverses the intuitions built on driving, and this equation is why.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( GM_E = 3.984 \times 10^{14}\ \text{m}^3/\text{s}^2 \) and \( R_E = 6.37 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \).

  1. What force keeps a satellite in orbit?
    Show the full solution

    Gravity

  2. Write the formula for circular orbital speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{r}} \)

  3. Does a satellite's own mass affect its orbital speed?
    Show the full solution

    No

  4. Is a higher orbit faster or slower?
    Show the full solution

    Slower

  5. What is an orbiting astronaut's acceleration?
    Show the full solution

    Gravity is the only force acting. The local value of \( g \), directed toward Earth's center

  6. Find the orbital speed at a radius of \( 1.0 \times 10^7\ \text{m} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{1.0 \times 10^{7}}} = \sqrt{3.984 \times 10^{7}} = 6.31 \times 10^{3}\ \text{m/s} \). About 6.31 km/s

  7. Find the period of that orbit.
    Show the full solution

    \( T = \dfrac{2\pi r}{v} = \dfrac{2\pi(1.0 \times 10^7)}{6.31 \times 10^3} = \dfrac{6.283 \times 10^7}{6.31 \times 10^3} = 9.96 \times 10^{3}\ \text{s} \). That is about 9960 s, or 2.77 hours. Longer than the station's 92 minutes, as a higher orbit must be: further to go and moving more slowly ✓ About \( 1.0 \times 10^4 \) s, or 2.8 hours

  8. A satellite orbits at four times Earth's radius from the center. By what factor is its speed smaller than one orbiting just above the surface?
    Show the full solution

    \( v \propto \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{r}} \), so quadrupling \( r \) divides the speed by \( \sqrt{4} = 2 \). Half the speed. Check with numbers. At the surface, \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{6.37 \times 10^6}} = 7.91\ \text{km/s} \). At \( 4R_E = 2.548 \times 10^7 \), \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{2.548 \times 10^7}} = 3.95\ \text{km/s} \) ✓ Half

  9. Explain why an astronaut in orbit is weightless, using the ideas of this lesson.
    Show the full solution

    Because they are in free fall, so no surface pushes on them, and the apparent weight that lesson 2.5 identified as the normal force is zero. Gravity is present and strong. Lesson 4.2 computed \( 8.69\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \) at the station's altitude, about 89 percent of the surface value. The astronaut's weight is nearly what it is on the ground. What is absent is support. The station, the astronaut and everything loose inside are all accelerating toward Earth at the same rate, because that acceleration does not depend on mass. Nothing needs to push on anything else, so every normal force is zero. Why the fall never ends. The station has a sideways speed of 7.67 km/s. As it falls, Earth's surface curves away beneath it at the same rate, so it never gets closer. That is Newton's cannonball, and the orbit is the fall. The equivalence with a dropped elevator. Lesson 2.5 found a scale reads zero inside a freely falling lift. Orbit is that situation, made permanent by sideways motion. Why the word "weightless" is misleading. It suggests gravity has gone. The condition is free fall, and NASA's term "microgravity" acknowledges that the tiny residual accelerations come from atmospheric drag and from the station's size, not from any weakening of gravity. A test of the understanding. If gravity really were absent at that altitude, the station would travel in a straight line and leave, by the first law. That it curves around Earth is proof gravity is acting. They are in free fall, so nothing supports them

  10. A spacecraft is in a circular orbit at \( 7.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \) and needs to catch another craft 100 km ahead in the same orbit. Explain why firing the engine forward makes it fall further behind, and describe what it should do instead.
    Show the full solution

    Compute the current orbit. \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{7.0 \times 10^{6}}} = \sqrt{5.691 \times 10^{7}} = 7.54\ \text{km/s} \). \( T = \dfrac{2\pi(7.0 \times 10^6)}{7.54 \times 10^3} = \dfrac{4.398 \times 10^7}{7.54 \times 10^3} = 5833\ \text{s} \), about 97 minutes. What firing forward does. It adds kinetic energy. The craft is now moving faster than the circular speed for that radius, so gravity is insufficient to hold it in that circle and it climbs to a higher orbit. Why that is self-defeating. At the larger radius the required orbital speed is lower, and the circumference is longer. Both effects increase the period. The craft takes longer per lap and steadily falls behind the target it was trying to catch. Make it quantitative. Suppose the burn raises the orbit to \( 7.1 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \). \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{7.1 \times 10^{6}}} = 7.49\ \text{km/s} \), slower than before. \( T = \dfrac{2\pi(7.1 \times 10^6)}{7.49 \times 10^3} = 5956\ \text{s} \). The period grew by about 123 s per orbit, so the craft loses roughly two minutes of angular position every lap. What it should do instead. Fire the engine backward, against its motion. That removes energy and drops it into a lower orbit, where the required speed is higher and the circumference shorter, so the period is shorter. It catches up from below. Then complete the maneuver. Once it has gained the required angular lead, fire forward to climb back to the original radius, arriving alongside the target. Check the direction of the lower orbit. At \( 6.9 \times 10^6\ \text{m} \): \( v = 7.60\ \text{km/s} \) and \( T = \dfrac{4.335 \times 10^7}{7.60 \times 10^3} = 5704\ \text{s} \), about 129 s shorter per orbit ✓ It gains rather than loses. Why this is genuinely counterintuitive. Every intuition about chasing comes from driving, where accelerating closes a gap. In orbit, speed and altitude are locked together by \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{r}} \), and an engine burn changes the orbit rather than simply the speed. The rule of thumb pilots use is that to catch up you slow down, and the formula above is the reason. Slow down to drop lower and catch up, then climb back

Lesson 4.5 · Unit 4 · HS-ESS1-4

Three patterns found in data, then explained by one equation

Kepler spent years extracting three regularities from Tycho Brahe's planetary observations. He found them but could not say why they held. Newton's law of gravitation produces all three as consequences, and that is what turned a description of planetary motion into an explanation of it.

The key ideas
  1. First law: planets move in ellipses with the Sun at one focus, not at the center.
  2. Second law: a line from the Sun sweeps equal areas in equal times, so a planet moves fastest when closest.
  3. Third law: \( T^2 \propto a^3 \), where \( a \) is the semi-major axis.
  4. All three were found from data before any explanation existed.
  5. Newton derived the third law from gravitation and circular motion, and the derivation also supplies the constant.
  6. The second law is conservation of angular momentum, which follows because gravity always points at the Sun.
  7. The laws apply to any orbiting system, not only the solar system, with the appropriate central mass.

Where students lose marks: using the wrong central mass in the third law. The constant in \( T^2 = \dfrac{4\pi^2}{GM}a^3 \) depends on \( M \), the mass being orbited. Moons of Jupiter use Jupiter's mass, not the Sun's, and mixing them gives answers wrong by a factor of a thousand.

Worked example

The problem. (a) State the three laws. (b) Derive the third law for a circular orbit. (c) Use it to find the Moon's period from its orbital radius. (d) Explain why the second law implies a planet moves faster near the Sun.

Step one: state them for (a). First: the orbit of a planet is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus. The other focus is empty. Second: the line joining a planet to the Sun sweeps out equal areas in equal intervals of time. Third: the square of a planet's period is proportional to the cube of the semi-major axis of its orbit.

Step two: begin the derivation for (b). Take a circular orbit, which is the special case of an ellipse with both foci at the center. Gravity supplies the centripetal force, as lesson 4.4 established: \[ G\frac{Mm}{r^2} = \frac{mv^2}{r} \]

Step three: substitute the period. Replace \( v \) with \( \dfrac{2\pi r}{T} \): \[ G\frac{Mm}{r^2} = \frac{m}{r}\left( \frac{2\pi r}{T} \right)^2 = \frac{m}{r}\cdot\frac{4\pi^2r^2}{T^2} = \frac{4\pi^2mr}{T^2} \]

Step four: solve for \( T^2 \). Cancel \( m \) from both sides and rearrange: \[ \frac{GM}{r^2} = \frac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad T^2 = \frac{4\pi^2}{GM}\,r^3 \] That is Kepler's third law, with the proportionality constant now known rather than merely fitted. Kepler could say \( T^2 \propto r^3 \); Newton could say what the constant is and that it depends on the central mass.

Step five: apply it to the Moon for (c). \( r = 3.84 \times 10^8\ \text{m} \), \( GM_E = 3.984 \times 10^{14} \): \[ T^2 = \frac{4\pi^2 (3.84 \times 10^8)^3}{3.984 \times 10^{14}} \] Cube the radius: \( (3.84 \times 10^8)^3 = 5.662 \times 10^{25} \). Numerator: \( 39.478 \times 5.662 \times 10^{25} = 2.235 \times 10^{27} \). \( T^2 = \dfrac{2.235 \times 10^{27}}{3.984 \times 10^{14}} = 5.611 \times 10^{12}\ \text{s}^2 \).

Step six: take the root and convert. \( T = 2.369 \times 10^6\ \text{s} \). In days: \( \dfrac{2.369 \times 10^6}{86400} = 27.4\ \text{days} \). The observed sidereal period is 27.3 days. The calculation, using only \( G \), Earth's mass and the Moon's distance, reproduces the length of the month to within half a percent ✓

Step seven: begin (d). The second law says the swept area per unit time is constant. Picture the thin triangle swept out in a short interval: its base is the distance traveled along the orbit, and its height is roughly the distance to the Sun. Area is about \( \tfrac{1}{2} \times (\text{distance traveled}) \times r \).

Step eight: draw the conclusion. For the area to stay the same while \( r \) shrinks, the distance traveled in that interval must grow. Shorter radius means the planet must cover more arc to sweep the same area. So the planet speeds up as it approaches and slows as it recedes, which is what is observed: Earth moves fastest in early January, when it is nearest the Sun. What is really being conserved. Angular momentum. Gravity always points directly at the Sun, so it exerts no twisting effect about the Sun, and the quantity \( mvr \) stays constant. Halving \( r \) doubles \( v \), which is the second law in physical language. Why Kepler could not have said this. Angular momentum had not been formulated, and neither had the force law. He had the pattern and not the reason, which is the ordinary situation in science before a theory arrives.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What shape are planetary orbits?
    Show the full solution

    Ellipses, with the Sun at one focus

  2. State Kepler's third law.
    Show the full solution

    \( T^2 \propto a^3 \)

  3. Where in its orbit does a planet move fastest?
    Show the full solution

    Closest to the Sun

  4. What is at the other focus of a planet's ellipse?
    Show the full solution

    Nothing

  5. What quantity does Kepler's second law reflect?
    Show the full solution

    Angular momentum, conserved

  6. Mars orbits at 1.52 times Earth's distance from the Sun. Find its period in years.
    Show the full solution

    Using \( T^2 \propto a^3 \) with Earth as the reference, so \( T \) in years and \( a \) in astronomical units: \( T^2 = a^3 = 1.52^3 = 3.51 \) \( T = \sqrt{3.51} = 1.87\ \text{years} \). The observed value is 1.88 years ✓ Using Earth units makes the constant equal to one, which removes \( G \) and the Sun's mass from the arithmetic entirely. About 1.87 years

  7. A planet orbits a star with a period of 8.0 years at a distance of 4.0 AU. A second planet orbits the same star at 1.0 AU. Find its period.
    Show the full solution

    Take the ratio, which cancels the unknown stellar mass: \( \dfrac{T_1^2}{T_2^2} = \dfrac{a_1^3}{a_2^3} \) \( \dfrac{64}{T_2^2} = \dfrac{64}{1} \) \( T_2^2 = 1.0 \), so \( T_2 = 1.0\ \text{year} \). Using a ratio avoids needing the star's mass, which is usually the point of setting these problems up this way. 1.0 year

  8. Io orbits Jupiter at \( 4.22 \times 10^8\ \text{m} \) with a period of \( 1.53 \times 10^5\ \text{s} \). Find Jupiter's mass.
    Show the full solution

    Rearrange the third law for the central mass: \( M = \dfrac{4\pi^2 a^3}{GT^2} \). Cube the radius: \( (4.22 \times 10^8)^3 = 7.515 \times 10^{25} \). Numerator: \( 39.478 \times 7.515 \times 10^{25} = 2.967 \times 10^{27} \). Denominator: \( (6.674 \times 10^{-11})(1.53 \times 10^5)^2 = (6.674 \times 10^{-11})(2.341 \times 10^{10}) = 1.562 \). \( M = \dfrac{2.967 \times 10^{27}}{1.562} = 1.90 \times 10^{27}\ \text{kg} \). The accepted value is \( 1.898 \times 10^{27}\ \text{kg} \) ✓ This is how the mass of any body with a moon is found, and it is the only practical way to weigh a planet. About \( 1.90 \times 10^{27} \) kg

  9. Explain why Kepler's third law needs the mass of the body being orbited.
    Show the full solution

    Because that mass sets the strength of the gravitational field, and therefore how fast something must move at a given radius. Look at the constant. Newton's derivation gives \( T^2 = \dfrac{4\pi^2}{GM}a^3 \). The proportionality constant is \( \dfrac{4\pi^2}{GM} \), and \( M \) is the central mass. Why it enters physically. A more massive center pulls harder at the same distance, so a larger centripetal force is available, so an orbit at that radius is faster and its period shorter. Doubling the central mass shortens every period at a given radius by \( \sqrt{2} \). What does not enter. The orbiting body's own mass, which canceled in the derivation. A large moon and a small one at the same radius have the same period. The practical consequence. Kepler's original statement, that \( T^2 \propto a^3 \) with the same constant for all the planets, is correct only because they all orbit the same Sun. It does not extend to moons of Jupiter, which obey their own version with Jupiter's mass in the constant. Why this is a feature rather than a nuisance. Turning the equation around makes it a scale. Measure a satellite's orbital radius and period, and the central mass follows. That is how the masses of Earth, the Sun, Jupiter and distant stars with planets are all determined, and there is no other direct method. The constant is \( \dfrac{4\pi^2}{GM} \), so it depends on the central mass

  10. Halley's Comet has a period of 76 years. Find its semi-major axis in astronomical units, and explain why it travels so much faster at perihelion than at aphelion.
    Show the full solution

    Apply the third law in Earth units, where \( T \) is in years and \( a \) in AU, so the constant is 1: \( T^2 = a^3 \) \( 76^2 = a^3 \) \( 5776 = a^3 \) \( a = 5776^{1/3} \). Take the cube root. \( 17^3 = 4913 \) and \( 18^3 = 5832 \), so the answer is just under 18. More precisely \( a = 17.9\ \text{AU} \). Interpret that. The semi-major axis is about 17.9 AU, roughly the distance of Uranus. But the orbit is extremely elongated: the comet comes inside Earth's orbit at perihelion, about 0.59 AU, and goes out beyond Neptune at aphelion, about 35 AU. Check the geometry. For an ellipse the two extremes average to the semi-major axis: \( \dfrac{0.59 + 35}{2} = 17.8 \) ✓ consistent with the computed 17.9. Now the speed question, via the second law. Equal areas are swept in equal times. Near perihelion the radius is about 0.59 AU; near aphelion it is about 35 AU, some 59 times larger. A thin swept triangle has area roughly \( \tfrac{1}{2}rv\Delta t \). Holding that constant while \( r \) grows by a factor of 59 requires \( v \) to fall by a factor of about 59. So the comet moves roughly sixty times faster at perihelion. It spends a few months racing through the inner solar system and decades crawling through the outer part. The angular momentum statement. Gravity points straight at the Sun, so it cannot change the comet's angular momentum about the Sun, and \( mvr \) is constant. That single conserved quantity is what the second law expresses geometrically. Why this matters for observing it. Halley is visible from Earth only during the brief perihelion passage. Its 76 year period is almost entirely spent far away and moving slowly, which is why a person is unlikely to see it twice. About 17.9 AU; it moves roughly sixty times faster at perihelion because angular momentum is conserved

Lesson 4.6 · Unit 4 · HS-ESS1-4

The one orbit that stays above the same spot, and the speed that never comes back

Two specific numbers govern most of spaceflight. One is the altitude at which a satellite circles once per day and therefore appears fixed in the sky. The other is the speed at which a projectile has just enough energy to leave and never return. Both come out of what has already been derived.

The key ideas
  1. A geostationary satellite has a period of one day, sits above the equator and orbits in the direction of Earth's rotation.
  2. Its radius follows from Kepler's third law with \( T \) set to one day, and there is only one such radius.
  3. The altitude works out to about 35800 km, far higher than low Earth orbit.
  4. Escape speed is the launch speed at which an object just barely never returns, arriving at infinity with zero speed.
  5. It follows from energy conservation: \( v_{\text{esc}} = \sqrt{\dfrac{2GM}{R}} \).
  6. Escape speed is \( \sqrt{2} \) times the circular orbital speed at the same radius.
  7. It does not depend on the escaping object's mass, nor on the direction of launch if there is no air.

Where students lose marks: treating escape speed as a speed that must be maintained. It is a launch speed. A rocket that keeps thrusting can leave at any speed at all, given enough fuel. Escape speed is what an unpowered projectile needs at the start.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the radius and altitude of a geostationary orbit. (b) Explain why there is only one such orbit. (c) Derive escape speed and compute it for Earth. (d) Explain why the Moon has no atmosphere but Earth does.

Step one: set up (a). The satellite must complete one orbit in the time Earth takes to rotate once relative to the stars, which is the sidereal day of 86164 s rather than the 86400 s solar day. Rearranging Kepler's third law for the radius: \[ r^3 = \frac{GM\,T^2}{4\pi^2} \]

Step two: compute it. \( T^2 = (86164)^2 = 7.424 \times 10^9\ \text{s}^2 \). Numerator: \( (3.984 \times 10^{14})(7.424 \times 10^9) = 2.958 \times 10^{24} \). \( r^3 = \dfrac{2.958 \times 10^{24}}{39.478} = 7.493 \times 10^{22}\ \text{m}^3 \). \( r = (7.493 \times 10^{22})^{1/3} = 4.216 \times 10^{7}\ \text{m} \).

Step three: convert to altitude. \( h = 4.216 \times 10^7 - 6.37 \times 10^6 = 3.579 \times 10^7\ \text{m} \), about 35800 km. Check against the published figure. The accepted geostationary altitude is 35786 km ✓ The calculation used only \( G \), Earth's mass and the length of the day. For perspective, that is about 5.6 Earth radii above the surface, and nearly a tenth of the way to the Moon. Television satellites really are that far away.

Step four: answer (b). The third law fixes a unique \( r \) for a given \( T \), since \( T^2 \) and \( r^3 \) determine each other. Setting the period to one day therefore permits exactly one radius. Two further conditions narrow it to a single circle. The orbit must lie in the equatorial plane, since an inclined orbit would carry the satellite north and south of a fixed point rather than holding still. And it must travel eastward, matching Earth's rotation. The consequence is a crowded ring. Every geostationary satellite on Earth occupies the same circle, so slots in it are allocated internationally and spacing them is a real engineering and regulatory problem.

Step five: derive escape speed for (c). Use energy conservation, which unit 5 develops properly. The gravitational potential energy at distance \( r \) is \( -\dfrac{GMm}{r} \), approaching zero at infinite distance. To just barely escape, the object must arrive at infinity with zero kinetic energy, so its total energy is zero: \[ \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 - \frac{GMm}{R} = 0 \]

Step six: solve and compute. The object's mass cancels: \[ v_{\text{esc}} = \sqrt{\frac{2GM}{R}} \] \[ = \sqrt{\frac{2(3.984 \times 10^{14})}{6.37 \times 10^{6}}} = \sqrt{1.251 \times 10^{8}} = 1.12 \times 10^{4}\ \text{m/s} \] That is 11.2 km/s, about 40000 km/h. Compare with orbital speed at the surface, which is \( \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{R}} = 7.91\ \text{km/s} \). The ratio is \( \dfrac{11.2}{7.91} = 1.414 = \sqrt{2} \) ✓ as the formulas require.

Step seven: begin (d). Escape speed applies to gas molecules as much as to spacecraft. A molecule moving faster than escape speed, in the right direction and without colliding, leaves permanently. Molecular speeds depend on temperature, as unit 6 sets out. At any temperature there is a spread, and some molecules are always in the fast tail.

Step eight: compare the two bodies. Earth's escape speed is 11.2 km/s. The Moon's is \( \sqrt{\dfrac{2(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(7.35 \times 10^{22})}{1.74 \times 10^{6}}} = \sqrt{5.638 \times 10^{6}} = 2.37\ \text{km/s} \), less than a quarter of Earth's. Typical molecular speeds are a fraction of a kilometer per second, so on Earth only a negligible tail exceeds 11.2 km/s and the atmosphere is retained over billions of years. On the Moon, with the bar four times lower and no magnetic field or resupply, the tail is large enough that any atmosphere is lost. The pattern across the solar system confirms it. Massive cold bodies keep thick atmospheres, notably the gas giants and Titan. Small or hot bodies lose them: the Moon and Mercury have essentially none, and Mars, with an escape speed of about 5 km/s, has lost most of its original atmosphere and retains a thin one. A caveat worth stating. This is the dominant mechanism but not the only one. A magnetic field shields an atmosphere from being stripped by the solar wind, and Mars losing its field is thought to have accelerated its loss. Escape speed sets the baseline; it does not settle every case by itself.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( GM_E = 3.984 \times 10^{14} \), \( R_E = 6.37 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \).

  1. What is the period of a geostationary orbit?
    Show the full solution

    One day

  2. Over what part of Earth must a geostationary satellite sit?
    Show the full solution

    The equator

  3. Give the approximate altitude of a geostationary orbit.
    Show the full solution

    About 35800 km

  4. Write the formula for escape speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( v_{\text{esc}} = \sqrt{\dfrac{2GM}{R}} \)

  5. Give Earth's escape speed.
    Show the full solution

    About 11.2 km/s

  6. Find the escape speed from a planet with twice Earth's mass and twice its radius.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2G(2M)}{2R}} = \sqrt{\dfrac{2GM}{R}} \). The factors of 2 cancel, so the escape speed is the same as Earth's, 11.2 km/s. A useful check on the structure of the formula, since mass and radius enter as a ratio. 11.2 km/s

  7. Does a heavier spacecraft need a higher escape speed than a lighter one?
    Show the full solution

    No. The escaping mass cancels in the derivation, exactly as it did for \( g \) and for orbital speed. What does change with mass is the energy required, since \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) grows with \( m \). A heavier craft needs more fuel to reach the same speed, but the speed itself is the same. No, the speed is identical

  8. Find the escape speed from Mars, with \( M = 6.42 \times 10^{23}\ \text{kg} \) and \( R = 3.39 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( GM = (6.674 \times 10^{-11})(6.42 \times 10^{23}) = 4.285 \times 10^{13} \). \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(4.285 \times 10^{13})}{3.39 \times 10^{6}}} = \sqrt{2.528 \times 10^{7}} = 5.03 \times 10^{3}\ \text{m/s} \). About 5.0 km/s, roughly 45 percent of Earth's, which is part of why Mars has retained only a thin atmosphere. About 5.0 km/s

  9. Explain why escape speed does not depend on the direction of launch.
    Show the full solution

    Because the derivation uses energy, and kinetic energy depends on speed alone, not on direction. Follow the argument. The condition for escape is that the total energy be at least zero: \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 - \dfrac{GMm}{r} \ge 0 \). The first term contains \( v^2 \), a scalar. Nothing in the expression records which way the object is going. Why gravitational potential energy does not care either. It depends only on the distance \( r \) from the center, not on the direction of approach. Two points the same distance out have the same potential energy. So a projectile fired sideways escapes. Launched horizontally at 11.2 km/s from a mountain top, it follows a long curved path and never returns, provided it does not run into the planet on the way. That last clause is the practical catch. A shallow launch would intersect the ground or plough through kilometers of dense atmosphere, losing energy to drag. Real launches go up first for that reason, not because direction affects the speed requirement. Why the airless case is the clean one. On the Moon, a projectile fired in any direction at 2.37 km/s that clears the surface escapes. The direction is genuinely irrelevant. Contrast with orbital speed, which does depend on direction. To circle you must move perpendicular to the radius. Escaping has no such requirement, because it is a statement about energy rather than about a particular trajectory. Energy depends on speed, not direction

  10. A satellite is to be placed in geostationary orbit. Find its orbital speed, compare it with the speed of a point on Earth's equator, and explain why launches head east from sites near the equator.
    Show the full solution

    Find the orbital speed. Use the radius from the worked example, \( r = 4.216 \times 10^7\ \text{m} \): \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.984 \times 10^{14}}{4.216 \times 10^{7}}} = \sqrt{9.450 \times 10^{6}} = 3.07 \times 10^{3}\ \text{m/s} \), about 3.07 km/s. Check it a second way. \( v = \dfrac{2\pi r}{T} = \dfrac{2\pi(4.216 \times 10^7)}{86164} = \dfrac{2.649 \times 10^8}{86164} = 3.07 \times 10^3\ \text{m/s} \) ✓ Note it is much slower than the space station's 7.67 km/s, as a higher orbit must be. Now the speed of a point on the equator. It travels Earth's circumference in one sidereal day: \( v = \dfrac{2\pi R_E}{T} = \dfrac{2\pi(6.37 \times 10^6)}{86164} = \dfrac{4.002 \times 10^7}{86164} = 464\ \text{m/s} \). Why that matters for a launch. A rocket sitting on the pad at the equator is already moving east at 464 m/s relative to Earth's center. Launching eastward keeps that speed and adds to it, so the rocket needs 464 m/s less from its own engines. How much of a saving that is. Reaching low Earth orbit needs roughly 7.8 km/s, so 464 m/s is about 6 percent of the requirement. Because fuel requirements grow steeply with the speed needed, a 6 percent reduction translates into a considerably larger fraction of payload. Why the launch site's latitude matters. The eastward speed falls with the cosine of the latitude. At the equator it is the full 464 m/s; at 45 degrees it is about 328 m/s; at the poles it is zero. And there is a second reason for equatorial sites, specific to this orbit. A geostationary satellite must end up in the equatorial plane. A rocket launched from a higher latitude enters an inclined orbit and must spend extra fuel on a plane change, which is one of the most expensive maneuvers in spaceflight. Launching from near the equator avoids it. Which is why the sites are where they are. Kourou in French Guiana at 5 degrees north, Cape Canaveral at 28 degrees, and Sea Launch operating from a floating platform on the equator itself. Launching westward is possible and costs double. The rocket must first cancel its 464 m/s eastward motion and then build speed the other way, a penalty of 928 m/s. It is done only when the mission requires a retrograde orbit. 3.07 km/s orbital, against 464 m/s at the equator; eastward equatorial launches save both speed and a plane change

Lesson 4.7 · Unit 4 · HS-ESS1-4

Gravity that varies across an object, and what it does over time

Tides are not caused by the Moon's pull, exactly. They are caused by the pull being different at different points on Earth. That distinction explains the feature everyone finds puzzling, which is why there are two high tides a day rather than one, and it leads to a measured consequence: the Moon is moving away.

The key ideas
  1. A tidal force is a difference in gravitational pull across an extended body.
  2. The near side is pulled harder than the center; the far side less, because gravity falls off with distance.
  3. The result is a stretch, producing bulges on both the near and far sides.
  4. Earth rotates through both bulges daily, giving roughly two high tides per day.
  5. Tidal effects fall off as \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \), faster than gravity itself, because they depend on a difference.
  6. The Sun raises tides too, weaker than the Moon's despite its far greater mass, because it is so much further away.
  7. Tidal friction transfers angular momentum, slowing Earth's rotation and pushing the Moon outward.

Where students lose marks: explaining the far-side bulge as centrifugal force flinging water outward. The honest explanation is simpler: the far side is pulled toward the Moon less than the center is, so relative to the center it lags behind, which appears as a bulge away from the Moon.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain why there are two tidal bulges. (b) Show that tidal effects fall off as \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \). (c) Explain why the Sun's tides are weaker than the Moon's despite its enormous mass. (d) Explain how tidal friction is pushing the Moon away, and cite the measurement.

Step one: set up (a). Consider three points: the side of Earth facing the Moon, the center, and the far side. They are at different distances from the Moon, so the gravitational pull on each differs. Near side: closest, so pulled hardest. Center: intermediate. Far side: most distant, so pulled least.

Step two: work in the frame of Earth's center. Subtract the center's acceleration from each, since the whole planet is falling toward the Moon together and only the differences produce distortion. Near side: pulled more than the center, so it moves toward the Moon relative to the center. Far side: pulled less than the center, so relative to the center it moves away from the Moon. The net effect is a stretch along the Earth-Moon line, with a bulge at each end. Earth rotates beneath these two bulges, so a given coastline passes through two of them each day.

Step three: begin (b). The gravitational field of the Moon at distance \( r \) is \( g = \dfrac{GM_M}{r^2} \). The tidal effect is the difference in this across Earth's diameter, so it is governed by how fast \( g \) changes with \( r \).

Step four: compute the difference. Over a small separation \( \Delta r \), the change in \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \) is proportional to \( \dfrac{\Delta r}{r^3} \). Carrying the constants: \[ \Delta g \approx \frac{2GM_M R_E}{r^3} \] where \( R_E \) is Earth's radius, the distance from the center to each bulge. The cube in the denominator is the key result. Tidal effects weaken much faster with distance than gravity does. Numerically, with \( M_M = 7.35 \times 10^{22} \), \( R_E = 6.37 \times 10^6 \) and \( r = 3.84 \times 10^8 \): \( \Delta g \approx 1.1 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), about a ten-millionth of \( g \). Tides are a very small effect acting on a very large amount of water.

Step five: answer (c). The Sun is about 27 million times more massive than the Moon, and about 390 times further away. Because tides go as \( \dfrac{M}{r^3} \), the ratio of solar to lunar tidal effect is \[ \frac{M_{\text{Sun}}}{M_{\text{Moon}}} \times \left( \frac{r_{\text{Moon}}}{r_{\text{Sun}}} \right)^3 \approx 2.7 \times 10^7 \times \left( \frac{1}{390} \right)^3 \] \( 390^3 = 5.9 \times 10^7 \), so the ratio is about \( \dfrac{2.7 \times 10^7}{5.9 \times 10^7} = 0.46 \). The Sun's tidal pull is roughly 46 percent of the Moon's. Distance cubed beats mass, which it would not if tides went as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \).

Step six: note the observable consequence. When Sun and Moon line up, at new and full moon, their bulges add and tides are unusually large. These are spring tides, the name having nothing to do with the season. When they are at right angles, at the quarter moons, the Sun partly cancels the Moon and the range is smallest. These are neap tides. The twice-monthly cycle is direct evidence that two bodies of comparable tidal influence are involved.

Step seven: begin (d). Earth rotates once every 24 hours, far faster than the Moon orbits in 27.3 days. Friction between the tidal bulges and the ocean floor drags the bulges ahead of the Earth-Moon line, so the near bulge sits slightly in front of the Moon rather than directly beneath it.

Step eight: trace the consequences and give the measurement. That leading bulge pulls the Moon forward along its orbit, adding energy and angular momentum to it, which lifts the Moon into a larger orbit. Simultaneously the Moon pulls backward on the bulge, which slows Earth's rotation. Angular momentum lost by Earth's spin is gained by the Moon's orbit, and the total is conserved. Both effects are measured. Apollo astronauts left laser retroreflectors on the lunar surface, and ranging to them has shown the Moon receding at about 3.8 cm per year (NASA). Earth's day lengthens by roughly 2 milliseconds per century, which is corroborated independently by growth bands in fossil corals recording about 400 days per year in the Devonian. Why it must slow rather than speed up. Lesson 4.4 showed a higher orbit is a slower one, so as the Moon climbs it also takes longer to go round. The month lengthens along with the day.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What causes tides?
    Show the full solution

    The difference in gravitational pull across Earth

  2. How many tidal bulges are there?
    Show the full solution

    Two, on opposite sides

  3. How does tidal force vary with distance?
    Show the full solution

    As \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \)

  4. When do spring tides occur?
    Show the full solution

    At new and full moon, when Sun and Moon align

  5. At what rate is the Moon receding?
    Show the full solution

    About 3.8 cm per year

  6. If the Moon were twice as far away, by what factor would its tidal effect change?
    Show the full solution

    Tidal effect goes as \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \), so doubling \( r \) divides it by \( 2^3 = 8 \). Reduced to one eighth. Note that its ordinary gravitational pull would only fall to one quarter, so the tidal effect is far more sensitive to distance than the force itself. One eighth

  7. Explain why the far side of Earth has a tidal bulge.
    Show the full solution

    Because it is pulled toward the Moon less strongly than Earth's center is, so relative to the center it falls behind, which shows up as a bulge pointing away from the Moon. The whole planet is falling toward the Moon. What matters for the shape is the difference between each part's acceleration and the center's. Near side: pulled harder than the center, so it pulls ahead, toward the Moon. Far side: pulled less than the center, so it lags, away from the Moon. Both are stretches in the same sense, which is why the two bulges are symmetric. Why the centrifugal explanation is best avoided. It requires an accelerating frame and a fictitious force, and it obscures the fact that a pure difference in gravity produces both bulges with no rotation needed at all. It is pulled less than the center, so it lags behind

  8. Earth's day is lengthening by about 2 milliseconds per century. Estimate the change over 100 million years.
    Show the full solution

    \( 100 \) million years is \( 10^6 \) centuries. \( 2\ \text{ms} \times 10^6 = 2 \times 10^6\ \text{ms} = 2000\ \text{s} \). That is about 0.56 hours, so the day was roughly 23.4 hours long. Check against the fossil evidence. A shorter day means more days per year, and Devonian corals about 400 million years old show roughly 400 growth bands per year, implying a day near 22 hours ✓ consistent in direction and rough size. Why this is only an estimate. The rate is not constant. It depends on the arrangement of continents and ocean basins, which governs how much tidal friction occurs, and those have changed enormously. About 2000 s shorter, a day of roughly 23.4 hours

  9. Explain why the Sun's tidal effect is weaker than the Moon's, and what the comparison would be if tides fell off as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \) instead.
    Show the full solution

    Because tides depend on \( \dfrac{M}{r^3} \), and the Sun's vastly greater distance, cubed, more than cancels its vastly greater mass. The two ratios. The Sun is about \( 2.7 \times 10^7 \) times more massive than the Moon and about 390 times further away. With the cube. \( 390^3 = 5.9 \times 10^7 \), so the ratio of solar to lunar tides is \( \dfrac{2.7 \times 10^7}{5.9 \times 10^7} = 0.46 \). The Sun contributes a little under half as much. Now suppose tides went as \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \). \( 390^2 = 1.5 \times 10^5 \), giving a ratio of \( \dfrac{2.7 \times 10^7}{1.5 \times 10^5} = 180 \). The Sun would dominate tides by a factor of nearly two hundred. What we would observe in that case. Tides would follow the solar day exactly, high tide would occur at the same clock time every day, and the Moon would be irrelevant to them. That is emphatically not what happens: tides run on a 24 hour 50 minute cycle, matching the Moon's apparent motion rather than the Sun's. So the observation discriminates between the two models. The timing of tides is direct evidence that the dependence is \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \) and not \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \). And the spring-neap cycle confirms the ratio. If the Sun contributed nothing, tidal range would be constant; if it dominated, the Moon would not matter. That the range varies by roughly a factor of two over a fortnight is what a contribution of about 46 percent predicts. The reason for the extra power of \( r \). A tide is a difference between the field at two nearby points. Differencing an inverse square law over a small separation produces an inverse cube, which is the same mathematical step as the one that makes a rate of change one power steeper. Distance cubed beats mass; with \( \dfrac{1}{r^2} \) the Sun would dominate by about 180 times

  10. The Moon is receding at 3.8 cm per year. Estimate how long until the day and the month are equal in length, and state why the simple extrapolation is unreliable.
    Show the full solution

    What the end state means. Tidal friction slows Earth's spin and lifts the Moon, lengthening both the day and the month. The process stops when they match, so Earth keeps one face permanently toward the Moon. That state is called mutual tidal locking, and the Moon has already reached its half of it, which is why it shows us one face. Set up a crude estimate. The day is lengthening at about 2 ms per century, or \( 2 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{s} \) per year. The day must grow from 24 hours to something like the eventual month, which would be perhaps 47 of today's days, so roughly \( 4 \times 10^6\ \text{s} \). Divide. \( \dfrac{4 \times 10^6\ \text{s}}{2 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{s/yr}} = 2 \times 10^{11}\ \text{years} \), about 200 billion years. Compare that with other timescales. The universe is about \( 1.4 \times 10^{10} \) years old, and the Sun will become a red giant and engulf or scorch Earth in roughly \( 5 \times 10^9 \) years. The locking timescale exceeds both by a wide margin, so it will not happen. Why the extrapolation is unreliable, beyond that. The rate is not constant. Tidal friction depends on how ocean basins are shaped, and continental drift rearranges them completely over a hundred million years. The present rate is unusually high because the current ocean basins happen to resonate well with the tidal period. The recession slows itself. As the Moon moves out, the tidal effect falls as \( \dfrac{1}{r^3} \), so the process weakens as it proceeds. A linear extrapolation from today's rate overestimates the speed of later stages. The Sun intervenes first. Long before any of this, the Sun's evolution changes the situation entirely. Running the extrapolation backward fails too. At the present rate the Moon would have been touching Earth about 1.5 billion years ago, which contradicts the evidence that it formed over 4 billion years ago. That contradiction is itself the proof that the rate has not been constant, and it is a genuine result rather than a flaw in the reasoning. The honest conclusion. The direction of the process is certain and measured. The timescale from a linear extrapolation is an order-of-magnitude figure at best, and in this case it exceeds the lifetime of the Earth, so the end state will never be reached. Order \( 10^{11} \) years, which is longer than Earth has left; the rate is not constant and the effect weakens as the Moon recedes

Unit 4 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 4 review: Gravitation and Orbits

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Use \( G = 6.674 \times 10^{-11} \), \( GM_E = 3.986 \times 10^{14}\ \text{m}^3/\text{s}^2 \) and \( R_E = 6.371 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \).

  1. Find the gravitational force between masses of 1000 kg and 2000 kg separated by 10 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = \dfrac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(1000)(2000)}{10^2} = 1.33 \times 10^{-6} \). \( 1.3 \times 10^{-6} \) N, far too small to notice.

  2. By what factor does the gravitational force change if the distance is doubled?
    Show the full solution

    The force goes as \( 1/r^2 \), so \( 1/2^2 = \tfrac{1}{4} \). One quarter

  3. Find the acceleration due to gravity at 400 km above the surface.
    Show the full solution

    \( r = 6.371 \times 10^{6} + 4.00 \times 10^{5} = 6.771 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m} \). \( g = \dfrac{GM}{r^2} = \dfrac{3.986 \times 10^{14}}{4.585 \times 10^{13}} = 8.69 \). 8.69 m/s\( ^2 \), which is 89 percent of the surface value.

  4. Find the centripetal acceleration of a car at 5.0 m/s on a curve of radius 20 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( a = \dfrac{v^2}{r} = \dfrac{25}{20} = 1.25 \), directed toward the center. 1.25 m/s\( ^2 \)

  5. Find the orbital speed at 400 km altitude.
    Show the full solution

    Gravity supplies the centripetal force: \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{GM}{r}} = \sqrt{\dfrac{3.986 \times 10^{14}}{6.771 \times 10^{6}}} = 7670 \). 7.67 km/s

  6. Find the orbital period at that altitude.
    Show the full solution

    \( T = \dfrac{2\pi r}{v} = \dfrac{2\pi(6.771 \times 10^{6})}{7672} = 5545\ \text{s} \), or 92.4 minutes. About 92 minutes, so the crew see about 16 sunrises a day.

  7. A planet orbits at four times Earth's distance from the Sun. Find its period.
    Show the full solution

    Kepler's third law: \( T^2 \propto r^3 \), so \( T = 4^{3/2} = 8 \) years. 8 years

  8. Find the escape speed from Earth's surface.
    Show the full solution

    Kinetic energy must equal the gravitational binding: \( \tfrac{1}{2}v^2 = \dfrac{GM}{R} \). \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(3.986 \times 10^{14})}{6.371 \times 10^{6}}} = 11190 \). 11.2 km/s, exactly \( \sqrt{2} \) times the surface orbital speed.

  9. Find the altitude of a geostationary orbit, given a rotation period of 86164 s.
    Show the full solution

    From \( T^2 = \dfrac{4\pi^2r^3}{GM} \): \( r = \left(\dfrac{GMT^2}{4\pi^2}\right)^{1/3} = \left(\dfrac{(3.986 \times 10^{14})(86164)^2}{39.48}\right)^{1/3} = 4.216 \times 10^{7}\ \text{m} \). Altitude: \( 4.216 \times 10^{7} - 6.371 \times 10^{6} = 3.58 \times 10^{7}\ \text{m} \). About 35800 km, one altitude only, because the period fixes the radius.

  10. Astronauts on the space station appear weightless although gravity there is 89 percent of its surface value. Explain.
    Show the full solution

    They are in free fall. Station and crew fall together around the Earth at the same rate, so the station's floor exerts no push on them and there is no normal force to register as weight. Gravity has not gone away: it is what keeps them in orbit, since the pull of \( 8.69\ \text{m/s}^2 \) is exactly the centripetal acceleration for the circle they follow. Weightlessness is free fall, not the absence of gravity

Lesson 5.1 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-1

A force that does nothing at all, and why the physics says so

In physics, work has a narrow technical meaning that overlaps awkwardly with the everyday word. Holding a heavy box motionless is exhausting and involves no work whatever. Getting that definition exactly right is what makes the conservation laws in the rest of the unit come out correct.

The key ideas
  1. Work is force times displacement along the force: \( W = Fd\cos\theta \), where \( \theta \) is the angle between them.
  2. Its unit is the joule, \( 1\ \text{J} = 1\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m} \).
  3. Work is a scalar despite being built from two vectors. It has a sign but no direction.
  4. No displacement means no work, however large the force.
  5. A force perpendicular to the motion does no work, since \( \cos 90^\circ = 0 \).
  6. Negative work removes energy, and occurs when the force opposes the motion.
  7. Work is a transfer of energy, which is why it shares the joule with every other form of energy.

Where students lose marks: using the total distance traveled instead of the displacement along the force. A box carried 20 m horizontally by a vertical lifting force has zero work done by that force, not \( F \times 20 \). Check the angle before multiplying.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A 50 N force pushes a crate 3.0 m in the direction of the force. Find the work. (b) The same force acts at \( 60^\circ \) to the motion. Find the work. (c) A person carries a 200 N box 20 m along a level corridor. Find the work done by the carrying force. (d) Explain why a satellite in a circular orbit has no work done on it by gravity.

Step one: solve (a). Force and displacement are aligned, so \( \theta = 0 \) and \( \cos 0 = 1 \): \[ W = Fd\cos\theta = (50)(3.0)(1) = 150\ \text{J} \] 150 joules were transferred to the crate by whoever pushed it.

Step two: solve (b). Now \( \theta = 60^\circ \) and \( \cos 60^\circ = 0.5 \): \[ W = (50)(3.0)(0.5) = 75\ \text{J} \] Half as much, from the same force over the same distance. Only the component of the force along the motion, \( 50\cos 60^\circ = 25\ \text{N} \), contributes. The perpendicular component pushes sideways and accomplishes nothing along the path.

Step three: set up (c). The person holds the box up, so the carrying force is vertical, 200 N upward to balance its weight. The displacement is horizontal, 20 m along the corridor. The angle between them is \( 90^\circ \).

Step four: compute it. \[ W = (200)(20)\cos 90^\circ = (200)(20)(0) = 0\ \text{J} \] Zero work, despite the effort involved. Why this is not a paradox. The box gains no energy. It is at the same height and the same speed at the end as at the start, so nothing was added to it. The person's fatigue is real but it is metabolic: muscle fibers repeatedly contract and release to hold the box, consuming chemical energy and releasing it as heat inside the person. None of that energy reaches the box, and work measures what reaches the box.

Step five: test the definition against a check. If carrying the box did positive work on it, the box would be gaining energy continuously, so it should be speeding up or rising. It is doing neither. The definition and the observation agree, which is how you know the definition is the useful one.

Step six: set up (d). A satellite in a circular orbit has gravity as the only force on it. Lesson 4.3 established that for circular motion the acceleration, and therefore the net force, points at the center, while the velocity is tangential. Those two directions are perpendicular at every instant.

Step seven: apply the definition. With \( \theta = 90^\circ \) always, \( \cos\theta = 0 \) always, so gravity does zero work on the satellite over any part of the orbit.

Step eight: check the prediction. No work means no energy transferred, so the satellite's kinetic energy should never change, so its speed should be constant. A circular orbit does have constant speed ✓ Contrast with an elliptical orbit. There the velocity is not perpendicular to the force except at two points, so gravity does positive work as the satellite falls inward and negative work as it climbs back out. Its speed varies, which is exactly what Kepler's second law in lesson 4.5 describes. The energy account and the area law are the same fact. The general lesson. Before computing any work, find the angle. A perpendicular force is common and always contributes nothing, and recognizing one saves the calculation entirely.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. Write the formula for work.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = Fd\cos\theta \)

  2. Give the SI unit of work.
    Show the full solution

    The joule

  3. How much work is done by a force if the object does not move?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  4. A 20 N force moves an object 5.0 m in its own direction. Find the work.
    Show the full solution

    100 J

  5. What is the work done by a force perpendicular to the motion?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  6. A 120 N force acts at \( 30^\circ \) to the displacement of 8.0 m. Find the work.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = (120)(8.0)\cos 30^\circ = 960 \times 0.866 = 831\ \text{J} \). Only the component along the motion counts, \( 120\cos 30^\circ = 104\ \text{N} \), and \( 104 \times 8.0 = 831\ \text{J} \) ✓ About 831 J

  7. A 3.0 kg object is lifted 2.5 m at constant speed. Find the work done by the lifting force.
    Show the full solution

    At constant speed the lifting force equals the weight: \( F = mg = 3.0 \times 9.8 = 29.4\ \text{N} \). Force and displacement are both upward, so \( \theta = 0 \): \( W = 29.4 \times 2.5 = 73.5\ \text{J} \). 73.5 J

  8. Friction of 12 N acts on a box sliding 4.0 m. Find the work done by friction.
    Show the full solution

    Friction opposes the motion, so \( \theta = 180^\circ \) and \( \cos 180^\circ = -1 \): \( W = (12)(4.0)(-1) = -48\ \text{J} \). Negative work removes 48 J from the box, converting it into thermal energy in the surfaces. \( -48\ \text{J} \)

  9. Explain why holding a heavy object still does no work, even though it is tiring.
    Show the full solution

    Because work requires displacement, and a stationary object has none, so no energy reaches it. Apply the definition. \( W = Fd\cos\theta \) with \( d = 0 \) gives \( W = 0 \) regardless of how large \( F \) is. Check it against energy. Work is a transfer of energy. A motionless object at a fixed height has unchanging kinetic and potential energy, so nothing was transferred to it. The definition and the energy bookkeeping agree. Where the effort goes. Muscle does not hold a load passively the way a shelf does. Individual fibers repeatedly contract and release, each cycle consuming chemical energy from ATP and releasing it as heat within the muscle. That is why you grow warm and tired holding something still. So energy is consumed but not transferred. The energy goes from chemical stores to thermal energy inside the person, never reaching the object. The contrast that makes it clear. A table supporting the same box exerts the same upward force indefinitely and consumes no energy at all. If holding required work in the physics sense, the table would need a power supply. Why the definition is worth defending. Defining work as effort would break the conservation laws in the rest of this unit, since the box's energy would have to increase without its speed or height changing. The narrow definition is what makes energy accounting possible. No displacement means no work, and no energy reaches the object

  10. A 25 kg crate is dragged 12 m across a floor by a rope at \( 35^\circ \) above the horizontal with a tension of 90 N, against friction of 60 N. Find the work done by each force and the net work.
    Show the full solution

    List the four forces and their angles to the displacement. The displacement is horizontal, 12 m forward. Tension. At \( 35^\circ \) to the displacement: \( W_T = (90)(12)\cos 35^\circ = 1080 \times 0.8192 = 885\ \text{J} \). Friction. Directly opposed, \( \theta = 180^\circ \): \( W_f = (60)(12)(-1) = -720\ \text{J} \). Weight. Vertical, displacement horizontal, \( \theta = 90^\circ \): \( W_g = 0 \). Normal force. Also vertical, so \( W_N = 0 \). Net work. \( 885 - 720 + 0 + 0 = 165\ \text{J} \). Check by a second route. Find the net force along the motion first. The horizontal component of tension is \( 90\cos 35^\circ = 73.7\ \text{N} \), and friction is 60 N backward, so the net horizontal force is \( 13.7\ \text{N} \). \( W_{\text{net}} = 13.7 \times 12 = 165\ \text{J} \) ✓ What the positive net work means. The crate gains 165 J of kinetic energy, so it is speeding up. Lesson 5.2 turns that into a speed. Two things worth noticing. The vertical forces do no work even though the normal force is large, because nothing moves vertically. And the tension's vertical component, \( 90\sin 35^\circ = 51.6\ \text{N} \), reduces the normal force and therefore the friction, which is why dragging at an angle can be easier than pulling horizontally despite wasting part of the force. Tension 885 J, friction \( -720 \) J, weight and normal 0, net 165 J

Lesson 5.2 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-1

Energy of motion, and why speed matters more than it looks

Momentum was linear in speed. Kinetic energy is quadratic, and that single difference accounts for a great deal: why stopping distances grow so sharply with speed, why a small increase in highway speed is more dangerous than it feels, and why the two quantities rank moving objects differently.

The key ideas
  1. Kinetic energy is \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \), measured in joules.
  2. It is a scalar and never negative, since the speed is squared.
  3. The work-energy theorem: \( W_{\text{net}} = \Delta KE \).
  4. It follows from the second law and the kinematic equations, not from a new principle.
  5. Doubling the speed quadruples the kinetic energy, and tripling it multiplies by nine.
  6. Positive net work speeds an object up; negative net work slows it down.
  7. The theorem bypasses time entirely, which is what makes it useful when the duration is unknown.

Where students lose marks: forgetting to square the speed, or squaring the mass instead. A 1000 kg car at 20 m/s has \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1000)(400) = 2 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), not \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1000)(20) \). Write the square explicitly before multiplying.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive the work-energy theorem. (b) Find the kinetic energy of a 1200 kg car at 25 m/s. (c) Find the work needed to accelerate a 1000 kg car from rest to 20 m/s. (d) Explain why stopping distance grows as the square of the speed, using energy.

Step one: begin the derivation for (a). Take an object of mass \( m \) acted on by a constant net force \( F \) over a displacement \( d \) in the direction of the force, so \( W = Fd \). From the second law, \( F = ma \).

Step two: bring in kinematics. The kinematic equation from lesson 1.5 that omits time is \( v^2 = v_0^2 + 2ad \). Solve it for \( ad \): \[ ad = \frac{v^2 - v_0^2}{2} \]

Step three: combine. \[ W = Fd = (ma)d = m(ad) = m\left( \frac{v^2 - v_0^2}{2} \right) = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 - \tfrac{1}{2}mv_0^2 \] The two terms are the final and initial kinetic energies, so \( W_{\text{net}} = \Delta KE \). Nothing new was assumed, and the quantity \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) was not defined in advance: it emerged from the algebra, which is why it gets a name.

Step four: solve (b). \[ KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(25)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(625) = 375000\ \text{J} \] That is \( 3.75 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), about the energy released by burning ten grams of gasoline.

Step five: solve (c). The car starts at rest, so \( \Delta KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(1000)(20)^2 - 0 = 200000\ \text{J} \). By the theorem, the net work required is \( 2.0 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \). Notice what was not needed. The time taken, the acceleration, and the distance covered are all irrelevant to the answer. The theorem connects force and distance to speed without passing through time at all.

Step six: begin (d). A braking car must have all its kinetic energy removed. The brakes supply a roughly constant friction force \( f \), doing negative work \( -fd \) over the stopping distance \( d \). Setting the work equal to the energy removed: \[ fd = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad d = \frac{mv^2}{2f} \]

Step seven: read the dependence. The stopping distance is proportional to \( v^2 \). For a 1000 kg car with \( f \) fixed: at 10 m/s the energy is \( 5.0 \times 10^4\ \text{J} \); at 20 m/s it is \( 2.0 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), four times as much; at 30 m/s it is \( 4.5 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), nine times as much. Each of those needs a proportionally longer distance to dissipate, because the braking force is the same.

Step eight: draw the practical conclusion. Going from 20 to 30 m/s, an increase of 50 percent in speed, raises the energy to be removed by 125 percent. The stopping distance more than doubles. Why the energy view is the illuminating one. Lesson 1.5 got the same result from kinematics, which is correct but tells you only that the algebra works out that way. The energy argument says why: the brakes must dissipate a quantity that grows as the square, and they dissipate it at a fixed rate per meter. The same reasoning covers the damage in a crash. A collision at 30 m/s releases nine times the energy of one at 10 m/s, and it is the energy, not the momentum, that deforms metal and injures people. That is why speed limits are not a linear matter of convenience.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the formula for kinetic energy.
    Show the full solution

    \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \)

  2. State the work-energy theorem.
    Show the full solution

    \( W_{\text{net}} = \Delta KE \)

  3. Can kinetic energy be negative?
    Show the full solution

    The speed is squared. No

  4. Find the kinetic energy of a 2.0 kg object at 3.0 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(9.0) \). 9.0 J

  5. If speed doubles, what happens to kinetic energy?
    Show the full solution

    It quadruples

  6. Find the kinetic energy of a 0.145 kg baseball at 40 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tfrac{1}{2}(0.145)(1600) = 116\ \text{J} \). Compare with lesson 3.1, where its momentum was only \( 5.8\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \) against a car's 30000. On energy the gap is far smaller, because the high speed is squared. 116 J

  7. A net force of 200 N acts over 15 m on an object initially at rest. Find its final kinetic energy.
    Show the full solution

    \( W_{\text{net}} = 200 \times 15 = 3000\ \text{J} \). Starting from rest, \( \Delta KE = KE_f \), so \( KE_f = 3000\ \text{J} \). The mass was not needed for the energy, though it would be needed to find the speed. 3000 J

  8. A 1500 kg car slows from 25 m/s to 15 m/s. Find the work done by the brakes.
    Show the full solution

    \( KE_i = \tfrac{1}{2}(1500)(625) = 468750\ \text{J} \) \( KE_f = \tfrac{1}{2}(1500)(225) = 168750\ \text{J} \) \( W = \Delta KE = 168750 - 468750 = -300000\ \text{J} \). Negative, because the brakes remove energy. The magnitude, \( 3.0 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), is what ends up as heat in the brake discs. \( -3.0 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \)

  9. Explain why the work-energy theorem is useful even though it follows from Newton's second law.
    Show the full solution

    Because it eliminates time and acceleration from the problem, and because it handles varying forces that the second law is awkward with. What it removes. The theorem relates force and distance directly to speed. Problems asking "how fast will it be going after this distance" need no acceleration and no duration. A concrete saving. To find the speed of a ball dropped 20 m using forces, you find the acceleration, then the time, then the speed. Using energy, you set \( mgh = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) and get \( v = \sqrt{2gh} \) in one line, with the mass canceling. Where it goes further than the second law conveniently can. The second law with a constant acceleration needs a constant force. A spring's force varies with extension, so the kinematic equations do not apply to it at all. Energy handles it, because the work is the area under the force-distance graph whatever shape it has. And it is a scalar equation. There are no components to resolve and no signs to track beyond positive and negative work. A curved path costs nothing extra, which is why the roller coaster in lesson 5.4 is tractable. The general pattern in this course. A derived result is worth having when it answers a different question more cheaply than its parent. Momentum and energy both come from the second law, and both are kept because each reorganizes it usefully. It eliminates time and acceleration, handles varying forces, and is a scalar

  10. A 1100 kg car travelling at 22 m/s brakes to a stop in 38 m. Find the average braking force, then find the stopping distance from 33 m/s with the same brakes.
    Show the full solution

    Find the kinetic energy to be removed. \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(1100)(22)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1100)(484) = 266200\ \text{J} \). Apply the work-energy theorem. The brakes do negative work equal to that energy: \( fd = 266200 \) \( f = \dfrac{266200}{38} = 7005\ \text{N} \), about \( 7.0 \times 10^3\ \text{N} \). Sanity check the force. The car's weight is \( 1100 \times 9.8 = 10780\ \text{N} \), so the braking force is about 0.65 of the weight, implying a friction coefficient near 0.65. That is realistic for tires on dry asphalt ✓ A value above about 1.0 would have signaled an error. Now the higher speed. \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(1100)(33)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1100)(1089) = 598950\ \text{J} \). \( d = \dfrac{598950}{7005} = 85.5\ \text{m} \). Check the scaling. The speed rose by a factor of \( \dfrac{33}{22} = 1.5 \), so the distance should rise by \( 1.5^2 = 2.25 \): \( 38 \times 2.25 = 85.5\ \text{m} \) ✓ exactly. What this means on the road. Increasing speed by half adds 47.5 m to the stopping distance, more than doubling it. A hazard that was avoidable at 22 m/s is struck at speed from 33 m/s. And the impact is worse than the distance suggests. If the car does strike something after 38 m of braking from 33 m/s, it has shed only 266200 J of its 598950 J and arrives with 332750 J remaining, which is more energy than it had in total at 22 m/s. The collision is worse than if it had never braked from the lower speed. Why the energy framing is the honest one. Stopping distance is a consequence, not the fundamental quantity. What actually scales with the square is the energy the brakes must dissipate, and everything else follows from that. About \( 7.0 \times 10^3 \) N, and 85.5 m from 33 m/s

Lesson 5.3 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-2

Energy stored in an arrangement rather than in a motion

A book on a high shelf is not moving, so it has no kinetic energy, yet something is clearly available: release it and it acquires speed. That something is stored in the arrangement of the book and Earth, and recognizing storage as a form of energy is what lets the next lesson solve problems without ever mentioning force.

The key ideas
  1. Potential energy is energy stored in a configuration, released when the configuration changes.
  2. Gravitational potential energy near Earth is \( PE = mgh \).
  3. The reference height is arbitrary. Only differences in potential energy have physical meaning.
  4. Choose the zero level to make the problem easy, then keep it fixed.
  5. Hooke's law: a spring pulls back with \( F = kx \), proportional to how far it is stretched.
  6. Elastic potential energy is \( PE = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \), the area under the force-extension graph.
  7. Potential energy belongs to a system, not to one object. It is the book and Earth together that store it.

Where students lose marks: using \( PE = kx \) or \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx \) for a spring. The energy is \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \), with the square, because the force grows as the spring stretches and the energy is the area under that rising line rather than a rectangle.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive \( PE = mgh \) from the definition of work. (b) A 2.0 kg book is raised 5.0 m. Find the stored energy, using two different reference levels. (c) Derive the elastic potential energy formula and apply it to a spring of \( k = 400\ \text{N/m} \) compressed 0.15 m. (d) Explain why only differences in potential energy matter.

Step one: derive the gravitational formula for (a). To raise a mass \( m \) through a height \( h \) at constant speed, the lifting force must equal the weight, \( mg \), and it acts in the direction of motion: \[ W = Fd = (mg)(h) = mgh \] That work is stored, available to be returned when the object falls, so \( PE = mgh \).

Step two: note the assumption. This uses a constant \( g \), so it is valid near Earth's surface. Lesson 4.6 used the more general form \( -\dfrac{GMm}{r} \), which reduces to \( mgh \) for small height changes.

Step three: solve (b) with the floor as zero. \( PE = mgh = (2.0)(9.8)(5.0) = 98\ \text{J} \). The book at 5.0 m has 98 J relative to the floor.

Step four: redo it with the shelf as zero. Now the book at the shelf has \( PE = 0 \), and the floor is at \( h = -5.0\ \text{m} \), so the floor has \( PE = -98\ \text{J} \). The difference between shelf and floor is 98 J either way. That difference is what determines how fast the book lands, and it did not depend on the choice. Negative potential energy is perfectly acceptable and signals only that a position is below the chosen zero.

Step five: derive the spring formula for (c). A spring's force is not constant: \( F = kx \), growing linearly with the stretch. So the work cannot be force times distance with a single value. Plot \( F \) against \( x \): a straight line from the origin to \( (x, kx) \). The work is the area under it, a triangle: \[ W = \tfrac{1}{2}(\text{base})(\text{height}) = \tfrac{1}{2}(x)(kx) = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \]

Step six: apply it. \[ PE = \tfrac{1}{2}(400)(0.15)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(400)(0.0225) = 4.5\ \text{J} \] Note the square's consequence. Compressing twice as far, to 0.30 m, stores \( \tfrac{1}{2}(400)(0.09) = 18\ \text{J} \), four times as much, not twice.

Step seven: begin (d). The arbitrariness of the reference is not a weakness in the theory. It reflects the fact that potential energy is defined by the work done in moving between two configurations, and that work depends on the change, not on where you started counting.

Step eight: show that the physics is unaffected. Take the book falling 5.0 m. With the floor as zero: it goes from 98 J to 0 J, releasing 98 J. With the shelf as zero: it goes from 0 J to \( -98\ \text{J} \), releasing 98 J. Either way \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = 98\ \text{J} \) and \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2 \times 98}{2.0}} = 9.9\ \text{m/s} \). The prediction is identical, which is the test that the arbitrariness is harmless. The practical rule. Pick the zero where it makes the arithmetic cleanest, usually the lowest point of the motion, and then never change it inside one problem. The error is not in choosing badly but in choosing twice. Why potential energy belongs to a system. The 98 J is stored in the arrangement of the book and Earth. There is no way to store gravitational energy in the book alone, because gravity is an interaction between two masses. The same is true of the spring, where the energy is in the deformed arrangement of its coils.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. Write the formula for gravitational potential energy near Earth.
    Show the full solution

    \( PE = mgh \)

  2. Write Hooke's law.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = kx \)

  3. Write the formula for elastic potential energy.
    Show the full solution

    \( PE = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \)

  4. Find the potential energy of a 4.0 kg mass 3.0 m above the floor.
    Show the full solution

    \( (4.0)(9.8)(3.0) \). 117.6 J

  5. Can potential energy be negative?
    Show the full solution

    It depends on the chosen zero. Yes

  6. A spring with \( k = 250\ \text{N/m} \) is stretched 0.20 m. Find the stored energy and the force required.
    Show the full solution

    Energy: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(250)(0.20)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(250)(0.040) = 5.0\ \text{J} \). Force at full stretch: \( F = kx = 250 \times 0.20 = 50\ \text{N} \). Note the energy is not \( 50 \times 0.20 = 10\ \text{J} \), because the force was 50 N only at the end. Averaged over the stretch it was 25 N, and \( 25 \times 0.20 = 5.0\ \text{J} \) ✓ 5.0 J and 50 N

  7. A 60 kg person climbs 3.0 m of stairs. Find the gain in potential energy.
    Show the full solution

    \( (60)(9.8)(3.0) = 1764\ \text{J} \). About 1.8 kJ, which is roughly the energy in half a gram of sugar. The human body is inefficient enough that the metabolic cost is several times this. 1764 J

  8. How much further must a spring of \( k = 300\ \text{N/m} \) be compressed to double the stored energy from a compression of 0.10 m?
    Show the full solution

    At 0.10 m: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(300)(0.010) = 1.5\ \text{J} \). For 3.0 J: \( 3.0 = \tfrac{1}{2}(300)x^2 \), so \( x^2 = \dfrac{6.0}{300} = 0.020 \) and \( x = 0.141\ \text{m} \). Additional compression: \( 0.141 - 0.10 = 0.041\ \text{m} \). Doubling the energy needs a factor of \( \sqrt{2} \) in the compression, not a factor of two, because of the square. About 4.1 cm further

  9. Explain why the choice of reference level for gravitational potential energy does not affect any prediction.
    Show the full solution

    Because every physical prediction depends on a change in potential energy, and shifting the reference adds the same constant to every value, which cancels in any difference. Set it out. Suppose the reference is lowered by an amount \( c \). Every potential energy becomes \( mgh + mgc \). A difference between two heights is \( (mgh_2 + mgc) - (mgh_1 + mgc) = mg(h_2 - h_1) \), unchanged. What the physics actually uses. Conservation of energy relates \( \Delta KE \) to \( -\Delta PE \). Only the difference ever appears, so only the difference needs to be well defined. Why there is no natural zero. There is no special height in the universe. Sea level, the floor and the tabletop are all human choices, and nature provides no reason to prefer one. The practical version of this freedom. Choose the lowest point of the motion as zero and every potential energy in the problem is positive, which is the least error-prone arrangement. The one rule that is not negotiable. Use one reference throughout a single problem. Measuring the start from the floor and the end from the tabletop introduces a spurious energy difference and gives a wrong speed. The same freedom appears elsewhere. Electric potential in unit 7 has an arbitrary zero for exactly the same reason, and the convention there is usually to set it at infinity. Recognizing the pattern once makes the second instance unremarkable. Only differences enter any equation, and a shifted reference cancels in a difference

  10. A 0.050 kg dart is pushed against a spring of \( k = 180\ \text{N/m} \), compressing it 0.12 m, then released horizontally. Find the launch speed, and find the compression needed to double it.
    Show the full solution

    Find the stored energy. \( PE = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(180)(0.12)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(180)(0.0144) = 1.296\ \text{J} \). Convert it to kinetic energy. Fired horizontally, the height does not change, so all the stored energy becomes kinetic: \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = 1.296 \) \( v^2 = \dfrac{2(1.296)}{0.050} = \dfrac{2.592}{0.050} = 51.84 \) \( v = 7.2\ \text{m/s} \). Check the units through the chain. \( \text{N/m} \times \text{m}^2 = \text{N}\cdot\text{m} = \text{J} \) ✓, and \( \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{J}}{\text{kg}}} = \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{kg}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{s}^2}{\text{kg}}} = \text{m/s} \) ✓ Now double the speed to 14.4 m/s. Required kinetic energy: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(0.050)(14.4)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(0.050)(207.36) = 5.184\ \text{J} \), four times the original, as the square requires. Required compression: \( 5.184 = \tfrac{1}{2}(180)x^2 \), so \( x^2 = \dfrac{10.368}{180} = 0.0576 \) and \( x = 0.24\ \text{m} \). Exactly twice the compression. Why that came out so cleanly. Both energies go as a square, one in \( x \) and one in \( v \), so \( x \) and \( v \) are directly proportional for this device. Doubling one doubles the other. That is worth recognizing as a general result. For a spring launcher, launch speed scales linearly with compression, even though both energy expressions are quadratic. The two squares cancel. The practical caveat. Hooke's law holds only up to the spring's elastic limit. Compressing 0.24 m may exceed it, in which case the spring deforms permanently, \( F = kx \) fails, and the prediction is void. Any real design would check the manufacturer's maximum before assuming the calculation holds. 7.2 m/s, and 0.24 m to double it

Lesson 5.4 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-2

Solving a problem without ever mentioning force

A ball rolling down a curved ramp has a force on it that changes direction at every point. Applying the second law would require tracking that force continuously. Energy conservation answers the question in one line, because it does not care about the path at all.

The key ideas
  1. Mechanical energy is the sum \( E = KE + PE \).
  2. It is conserved when only gravity and springs do work, so no friction or air resistance.
  3. Write it as \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv_i^2 + mgh_i = \tfrac{1}{2}mv_f^2 + mgh_f \).
  4. The mass often cancels, so the answer is the same for any object.
  5. The path does not matter, only the start and end heights.
  6. Gravity is a conservative force, meaning the work it does depends only on the endpoints.
  7. Friction is not conservative, which is why lesson 5.6 has to treat it separately.

Where students lose marks: applying conservation to a situation with friction. A block sliding down a rough ramp does not arrive at \( \sqrt{2gh} \). Check whether any non-conservative force is acting before writing the equation, and if one is, use lesson 5.6's method instead.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A roller coaster car starts from rest 40 m up a frictionless track. Find its speed at the bottom, and at a point 15 m above the ground. (b) A pendulum bob is released from 2.0 m above its lowest point. Find its speed there. (c) Explain why the path shape and the mass are both irrelevant. (d) Explain what makes a force conservative.

Step one: set up (a). Take the ground as the zero of potential energy and write conservation between the top and the bottom: \[ \tfrac{1}{2}mv_i^2 + mgh_i = \tfrac{1}{2}mv_f^2 + mgh_f \] Starting from rest, \( v_i = 0 \), and at the bottom \( h_f = 0 \): \[ mgh_i = \tfrac{1}{2}mv_f^2 \]

Step two: cancel and solve. The mass appears on both sides and cancels: \[ v_f = \sqrt{2gh_i} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(40)} = \sqrt{784} = 28\ \text{m/s} \] The same formula as free fall in lesson 1.6, even though the car followed a twisting track rather than dropping straight down.

Step three: find the speed partway up, at 15 m. Conservation between the top and that point: \( mg(40) = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 + mg(15) \) \( \tfrac{1}{2}v^2 = g(40 - 15) = 9.8 \times 25 = 245 \) \( v = \sqrt{490} = 22.1\ \text{m/s} \). Only the height difference of 25 m entered, which is the conservation law doing its work.

Step four: solve (b). A pendulum bob swings on a string, so the situation looks quite different from a coaster. But the string's tension is always perpendicular to the motion, so by lesson 5.1 it does no work, and gravity is the only force that does. \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(2.0)} = \sqrt{39.2} = 6.26\ \text{m/s} \). Identical method, completely different apparatus.

Step five: begin (c) with the mass. In every equation above the mass appeared in both the kinetic and potential terms and canceled. The reason is that gravity scales with mass. A heavier car has more potential energy to convert, and needs more energy to reach a given speed, in exactly the same proportion. It is the same cancellation that made everything fall together in lesson 1.6 and made orbital speed mass-independent in lesson 4.4.

Step six: address the path. Conservation involved only \( h_i \) and \( h_f \). The track between them could be a straight ramp, a loop, a spiral or a series of bumps, and the answer would be unchanged provided it is frictionless. A physical way to see why. Work done by gravity is \( mg \times (\text{vertical drop}) \). Horizontal motion is perpendicular to gravity and contributes nothing, so only the net vertical change counts, however winding the route.

Step seven: answer (d). A force is conservative when the work it does between two points is the same along every path. Equivalently, the work it does around any closed loop is zero, so an object returning to where it started has had no net energy added or removed by that force. Gravity qualifies. Lift a book and lower it back and gravity has done \( -mgh \) then \( +mgh \), totaling zero. A spring qualifies for the same reason.

Step eight: contrast with friction. Slide a book across a table and back to its starting point. Friction opposed the motion both ways, so it did negative work both ways. The total around the loop is not zero; it is twice \( -fd \). That is why friction cannot have a potential energy. There is no function of position whose difference gives the work, because the work depends on how far you traveled rather than on where you ended up. And it is why the energy is unrecoverable. Gravitational potential energy can be converted back to motion by letting the object fall. The energy friction removed has become thermal energy, spread among countless randomly moving particles, and unit 6's second law explains why it will not spontaneously reassemble into organized motion.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Ignore friction unless told otherwise, and use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. What is mechanical energy?
    Show the full solution

    The sum of kinetic and potential energy

  2. Under what condition is it conserved?
    Show the full solution

    When only conservative forces do work

  3. Find the speed of an object dropped from 5.0 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( \sqrt{2(9.8)(5.0)} = \sqrt{98} \). 9.9 m/s

  4. Does the mass of a falling object affect its landing speed?
    Show the full solution

    No

  5. Is friction a conservative force?
    Show the full solution

    No

  6. A 0.20 kg ball is thrown upward at 12 m/s. Find its maximum height using energy.
    Show the full solution

    At the top the speed is zero, so all the kinetic energy has become potential: \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = mgh \) The mass cancels: \( h = \dfrac{v^2}{2g} = \dfrac{144}{19.6} = 7.35\ \text{m} \). Same answer as the kinematic route in lesson 1.6, reached without finding the time. 7.35 m

  7. A skier starts from rest at 25 m and reaches a point 10 m above the ground. Find the speed there.
    Show the full solution

    Only the height difference matters: \( 25 - 10 = 15\ \text{m} \). \( v = \sqrt{2(9.8)(15)} = \sqrt{294} = 17.1\ \text{m/s} \). The shape of the slope is irrelevant, which is what makes this solvable at all. 17.1 m/s

  8. A 0.30 kg ball is launched by a spring storing 6.0 J, fired vertically. Find its maximum height.
    Show the full solution

    All the spring energy becomes gravitational potential energy at the top: \( 6.0 = mgh = (0.30)(9.8)h = 2.94h \) \( h = \dfrac{6.0}{2.94} = 2.04\ \text{m} \). Note the kinetic stage was skipped entirely. Energy conservation connects the first configuration to the last without needing the launch speed. About 2.0 m

  9. Explain why a roller coaster can never have a later hill higher than its first, on a frictionless track.
    Show the full solution

    Because the car's total mechanical energy is fixed at the start, and reaching a greater height would require more potential energy than it has. Set up the accounting. Released from rest at height \( h_1 \), the car's total energy is \( mgh_1 \). With no friction, that total never changes. At any later point, \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 + mgh \). Since kinetic energy cannot be negative, \( mgh \le mgh_1 \), so \( h \le h_1 \). What the equality means. The car could just reach \( h_1 \) again, but it would arrive with zero speed and stop there. In practice it must arrive with some speed to keep moving, so every later hill must be strictly lower. Why real coasters are lower still. Friction and air resistance remove energy continuously, so the usable height falls throughout the ride. That is why the profile of a coaster descends overall, and why the first hill is always the tallest. How the height is regained. Only by adding energy from outside. The chain lift at the start does exactly that, doing work on the car to raise its total energy before the ride begins. A loop is the interesting case. A car must not merely reach the top of a loop but arrive with enough speed for gravity alone to supply the centripetal force, or it leaves the track. So the usable height is lower than the energy limit suggests, and lesson 4.3's circular motion condition sets the real constraint. Total energy is fixed at the start and kinetic energy cannot be negative

  10. A 1.5 kg block slides from rest down a frictionless ramp from 3.0 m, then compresses a spring of \( k = 800\ \text{N/m} \) at the bottom. Find the maximum compression, and find the block's speed when the spring is compressed half that far.
    Show the full solution

    Find the energy at the bottom of the ramp. All the potential energy becomes kinetic: \( E = mgh = (1.5)(9.8)(3.0) = 44.1\ \text{J} \). Find the maximum compression. At maximum compression the block is momentarily at rest, so all 44.1 J is stored in the spring: \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 = 44.1 \) \( x^2 = \dfrac{2(44.1)}{800} = \dfrac{88.2}{800} = 0.11025 \) \( x = 0.332\ \text{m} \). Now at half that compression, \( x = 0.166\ \text{m} \). Energy stored in the spring: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(800)(0.166)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(800)(0.027556) = 11.02\ \text{J} \). The rest is still kinetic. \( KE = 44.1 - 11.02 = 33.08\ \text{J} \) \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(33.08)}{1.5}} = \sqrt{44.1} = 6.64\ \text{m/s} \). Check the speed at the bottom before the spring. \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(3.0)} = \sqrt{58.8} = 7.67\ \text{m/s} \). So at half compression the block has slowed from 7.67 to 6.64 m/s ✓ slower, as it must be. The point worth noticing. At half the maximum compression the spring holds only a quarter of the energy, not half, because the storage goes as \( x^2 \). So three quarters of the energy is still kinetic and the block is still moving at 87 percent of its original speed. Why that matters for a real stopper. A spring does most of its work in the final part of its travel. If the design requires a gentle deceleration, a spring is a poor choice, because it barely resists at first and then stops the object abruptly. A constant-force device, such as a crushable block, spreads the force evenly, which is the lesson 3.7 consideration applied to design rather than to safety. Three energy forms in one problem. Gravitational at the top, kinetic at the bottom, elastic at maximum compression, and a mixture in between. The total, 44.1 J, is the same at every stage, which is the whole content of the conservation law. 0.332 m maximum, and 6.64 m/s at half that

Lesson 5.5 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-1

How fast the energy moves, which is a separate question from how much

Two machines that raise the same load to the same height do the same work. If one takes a second and the other takes a minute, they are not equivalent, and the quantity that distinguishes them is power. Confusing it with energy is the commonest error in reading an electricity bill.

The key ideas
  1. Power is the rate of energy transfer: \( P = \dfrac{W}{t} \).
  2. Its unit is the watt, \( 1\ \text{W} = 1\ \text{J/s} \).
  3. An equivalent form is \( P = Fv \), useful when a force acts at a steady speed.
  4. Power is not energy. A 100 W bulb uses energy at 100 J every second.
  5. The kilowatt-hour is a unit of energy, not power: a kilowatt for an hour, which is \( 3.6 \times 10^6\ \text{J} \).
  6. One horsepower is 746 W, a historical unit still used for engines.
  7. Doing the same work faster requires more power, in exact inverse proportion to the time.

Where students lose marks: treating the kilowatt-hour as a unit of power because it contains "kilowatt". It is power multiplied by time, so it is energy. An appliance rated at 2 kW running for 3 hours uses 6 kWh, and the bill charges for the kilowatt-hours.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A motor does 5000 J of work in 10 s. Find its power. (b) A 60 kg person climbs 3.0 m of stairs in 4.0 s. Find their power output in watts and horsepower. (c) A car travels at a steady 20 m/s against 800 N of drag. Find the power required. (d) Explain the difference between a kilowatt and a kilowatt-hour, and compute a bill.

Step one: solve (a). \[ P = \frac{W}{t} = \frac{5000\ \text{J}}{10\ \text{s}} = 500\ \text{W} \]

Step two: solve (b). The work done against gravity is the gain in potential energy: \( W = mgh = (60)(9.8)(3.0) = 1764\ \text{J} \). \[ P = \frac{1764}{4.0} = 441\ \text{W} \] In horsepower: \( \dfrac{441}{746} = 0.59\ \text{hp} \). A person climbing stairs briskly produces about half a horsepower, which puts the unit in perspective: a small car engine produces two hundred times that.

Step three: derive the second form for (c). When a constant force acts along the motion, \( W = Fd \), so \[ P = \frac{W}{t} = \frac{Fd}{t} = F\frac{d}{t} = Fv \]

Step four: apply it. At a steady speed the car is not accelerating, so the driving force exactly balances the 800 N of drag: \[ P = Fv = (800)(20) = 16000\ \text{W} = 16\ \text{kW} \] Note what steady speed means for energy. The car's kinetic energy is constant, so none of this 16 kW goes into speeding it up. All of it is being converted into heat and turbulence in the air and the tires. Cruising costs energy continuously even though nothing is being accelerated.

Step five: note how power scales with speed. Drag itself grows roughly as the square of the speed, and power is drag times speed, so power grows roughly as the cube. Doubling the cruising speed multiplies the power required by about eight. That is why fuel economy falls off so sharply at high speed, and why the last few km/h of a vehicle's top speed are so expensive to obtain.

Step six: begin (d) with the distinction. A kilowatt is a rate: 1000 joules every second. A kilowatt-hour is that rate sustained for an hour, so it is a quantity of energy: \[ 1\ \text{kWh} = 1000\ \text{W} \times 3600\ \text{s} = 3.6 \times 10^{6}\ \text{J} \]

Step seven: work an example. An electric heater is rated at 2.0 kW and runs for 3.0 hours. Energy used: \( 2.0 \times 3.0 = 6.0\ \text{kWh} \), which is \( 2.16 \times 10^7\ \text{J} \). At a representative US residential rate of about 17 cents per kWh (Energy Information Administration, US federal), the cost is \( 6.0 \times 0.17 = \$1.02 \).

Step eight: state the practical reading. The rating on an appliance tells you its power, and the bill charges for energy, so the cost depends on the rating multiplied by the running time. Which explains a common surprise. A 2000 W kettle has a far higher rating than a 60 W bulb, but the kettle runs for three minutes and the bulb for five hours. The kettle uses \( 2.0 \times 0.05 = 0.10\ \text{kWh} \) and the bulb \( 0.060 \times 5 = 0.30\ \text{kWh} \). The low-powered device costs three times as much to run. The lesson for reducing a bill. Look for high power multiplied by long hours, which is why heating, cooling and water heating dominate household energy use while the dramatic-looking appliances do not.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the formula for power.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = \dfrac{W}{t} \)

  2. Give the SI unit of power.
    Show the full solution

    The watt

  3. Is the kilowatt-hour a unit of power or energy?
    Show the full solution

    Energy

  4. A machine does 600 J in 4.0 s. Find its power.
    Show the full solution

    150 W

  5. Write power in terms of force and speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = Fv \)

  6. A crane lifts a 500 kg load 12 m in 20 s. Find its power output.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = mgh = (500)(9.8)(12) = 58800\ \text{J} \). \( P = \dfrac{58800}{20} = 2940\ \text{W} \), about 2.9 kW. 2940 W

  7. Convert 1 kWh to joules.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1000\ \text{W} \times 3600\ \text{s} = 3.6 \times 10^{6}\ \text{J} \). \( 3.6 \times 10^6 \) J

  8. A 1500 W appliance runs for 4.0 hours. Find the energy used in kWh and the cost at 17 cents per kWh.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1500\ \text{W} = 1.5\ \text{kW} \). Energy: \( 1.5 \times 4.0 = 6.0\ \text{kWh} \). Cost: \( 6.0 \times 0.17 = \$1.02 \). 6.0 kWh, about $1.02

  9. Explain why a car needs roughly eight times the power to travel twice as fast on a level road.
    Show the full solution

    Because drag grows as the square of the speed and power is drag times speed, so power grows as the cube. Start with the drag. At highway speeds air resistance is approximately proportional to \( v^2 \). Doubling the speed roughly quadruples the force opposing the car. Now the power. From \( P = Fv \), with \( F \) four times larger and \( v \) twice as large, the product is \( 4 \times 2 = 8 \) times larger. Algebraically, \( P \propto v^2 \cdot v = v^3 \). Put numbers on it. A car needing 16 kW at 20 m/s needs about 128 kW at 40 m/s, which is most of a family car's engine output devoted purely to pushing air aside. Why fuel economy collapses at speed. Fuel burned per unit distance is the power divided by the speed, which goes as \( v^2 \). Doubling the speed roughly quadruples the fuel used per kilometer. Why top speed is expensive. Adding 10 percent to a car's top speed requires about 33 percent more power, which is why high top speeds need disproportionately large engines. The qualification. This treats drag as the only resistance. At low speeds rolling resistance dominates and is roughly constant, so the cube law applies properly only above roughly 50 km/h. That is why there is a most-economical cruising speed rather than economy simply improving as you slow down. Drag goes as \( v^2 \) and power is drag times speed, giving \( v^3 \)

  10. A 70 kg cyclist climbs a hill of 8.0 percent gradient at a steady 5.0 m/s, with the bicycle adding 10 kg. Find the power output against gravity, and compare it with the power a fit amateur can sustain.
    Show the full solution

    Interpret the gradient. An 8.0 percent gradient means 8.0 m of rise per 100 m travelled along the road, so the vertical speed is 8.0 percent of the speed along the slope. \( v_{\text{vertical}} = 0.080 \times 5.0 = 0.40\ \text{m/s} \). Find the total mass being lifted. \( 70 + 10 = 80\ \text{kg} \). The bicycle must be raised too. Compute the power against gravity. Use \( P = Fv \) with the force being the weight and the speed being the vertical component: \( P = mg\,v_{\text{vertical}} = (80)(9.8)(0.40) = 313.6\ \text{W} \). Check by the energy route. In one second the cyclist rises 0.40 m, gaining \( mgh = (80)(9.8)(0.40) = 313.6\ \text{J} \) of potential energy. Per second that is 313.6 W ✓ Compare with human capability. A fit amateur cyclist can sustain roughly 200 to 300 W for an extended climb; a professional can hold around 400 W for an hour. So 314 W against gravity alone is a hard effort, sustainable for a limited time by a strong rider. And this understates the real requirement. The figure covers only the work against gravity. The rider must also overcome rolling resistance and air drag, perhaps another 30 to 60 W at this speed, so the true output is closer to 350 to 375 W. A useful way to see why climbing is hard. On the flat at 5.0 m/s the same rider needs only the drag and rolling terms, maybe 50 W. The hill has multiplied the demand roughly sevenfold at the same speed, and all of that increase is the \( mgh \) term. Why weight matters so much on a climb and so little on the flat. The gravity term is proportional to total mass, so removing 1 kg cuts the climbing power by about 1.25 percent. On level ground, where drag dominates and depends on frontal area rather than mass, the same kilogram is almost irrelevant. This is precisely why competitive climbers care about bicycle mass and sprinters do not. About 314 W against gravity, which is a hard sustained effort for a fit amateur

Lesson 5.6 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-1

Where the missing joules went, and why they are not lost

Mechanical energy is not conserved when friction acts, which is nearly always. That does not mean energy conservation fails; it means the account has to be widened to include a form the mechanical bookkeeping ignores. Tracking every joule is the skill this lesson builds, and it is what HS-PS3-1 asks for.

The key ideas
  1. Total energy is always conserved. Mechanical energy alone is not.
  2. Friction converts mechanical energy into thermal energy, which is still energy.
  3. The work done by friction is \( -fd \), where \( d \) is the distance actually traveled, not the displacement.
  4. The general statement is \( E_i = E_f + |W_{\text{friction}}| \).
  5. Thermal energy is the disorganized kinetic energy of particles, which is why it cannot be fully recovered.
  6. Draw the system boundary before accounting, and list every form crossing it.
  7. A complete answer names where every joule went, rather than reporting a number as "lost".

Where students lose marks: using displacement rather than path length for friction. A block pushed 3 m out and 3 m back has zero displacement and 6 m of sliding, so friction did \( -6f \) joules of work, not zero. Friction depends on the distance rubbed.

Worked example

The problem. A 2.0 kg block slides along a level floor at 6.0 m/s with \( \mu_k = 0.30 \). (a) Find the friction force and the energy converted over 3.0 m. (b) Find its speed after 3.0 m. (c) Find the total distance it slides before stopping. (d) Account for every joule, and explain why the energy cannot be recovered.

Step one: find the friction force for (a). On a level floor with nothing pressing down, \( N = mg = (2.0)(9.8) = 19.6\ \text{N} \): \[ f = \mu_k N = (0.30)(19.6) = 5.88\ \text{N} \]

Step two: compute the energy converted over 3.0 m. \[ |W_f| = fd = (5.88)(3.0) = 17.64\ \text{J} \] That is not destroyed, it is converted into thermal energy shared between the block and the floor.

Step three: solve (b). The initial kinetic energy is \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(6.0)^2 = 36\ \text{J} \). After 3.0 m: \( 36 - 17.64 = 18.36\ \text{J} \). \[ v = \sqrt{\frac{2(18.36)}{2.0}} = \sqrt{18.36} = 4.28\ \text{m/s} \] Note the speed fell by only 29 percent while the energy fell by 49 percent, because energy goes as the square.

Step four: solve (c). The block stops when all 36 J has been converted: \[ fd = 36 \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad d = \frac{36}{5.88} = 6.12\ \text{m} \] Check with the kinematic route. \( a = \dfrac{-f}{m} = \dfrac{-5.88}{2.0} = -2.94\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \), and \( d = \dfrac{v^2}{2|a|} = \dfrac{36}{5.88} = 6.12\ \text{m} \) ✓ The two methods agree, as they must, since one is derived from the other.

Step five: set out the account for (d). Initially: 36 J of kinetic energy, 0 J thermal. After 3.0 m: 18.36 J kinetic, 17.64 J thermal. At rest after 6.12 m: 0 J kinetic, 36 J thermal. The total is 36 J at every stage. Nothing was lost; it changed form.

Step six: identify where the thermal energy is. It is shared between the block's underside and the strip of floor it crossed, raising the temperature of both very slightly. The split depends on the materials and their thermal properties. How small the temperature rise is. Unit 6 gives the tools, but as an indication, 36 J spread through even a few hundred grams of material raises the temperature by a fraction of a degree. The effect is real and usually imperceptible, which is why the energy seems to vanish.

Step seven: begin the irreversibility question. Kinetic energy before the slide was organized: every particle in the block moved in the same direction at 6.0 m/s, on top of its random thermal motion. Thermal energy afterward is disorganized: the same total energy is spread among countless particles moving in random directions.

Step eight: state why the conversion runs one way. For the floor to push the block back into motion, the random motions of a vast number of particles would all have to happen to point the same way at the same instant. Nothing forbids it in the laws of motion, which are perfectly reversible, but the number of disorganized arrangements enormously exceeds the number of organized ones. So the process is overwhelmingly unlikely to reverse, and that statistical asymmetry is what unit 6's second law of thermodynamics makes precise. The practical consequence. Energy quality matters as much as quantity. The 36 J is all still present and is no longer useful, and that distinction between energy and available energy is the central idea of lesson 6.6.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. Is total energy conserved when friction acts?
    Show the full solution

    Yes

  2. Is mechanical energy conserved when friction acts?
    Show the full solution

    No

  3. What form does the mechanical energy become?
    Show the full solution

    Thermal energy

  4. Write the work done by friction over a distance \( d \).
    Show the full solution

    \( -fd \)

  5. Should friction use distance or displacement?
    Show the full solution

    Distance, the path length

  6. A 4.0 kg block slides 5.0 m with a friction force of 8.0 N. Find the thermal energy produced.
    Show the full solution

    \( |W_f| = fd = 8.0 \times 5.0 = 40\ \text{J} \). The mass is not needed for this part, since the friction force was given directly. 40 J

  7. A 3.0 kg block at 8.0 m/s slides to rest with \( \mu_k = 0.25 \). Find the distance.
    Show the full solution

    \( f = \mu_k mg = (0.25)(3.0)(9.8) = 7.35\ \text{N} \). \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(3.0)(64) = 96\ \text{J} \). \( d = \dfrac{96}{7.35} = 13.1\ \text{m} \). The mass cancels if done symbolically: \( d = \dfrac{v^2}{2\mu_k g} = \dfrac{64}{2(0.25)(9.8)} = 13.1\ \text{m} \) ✓ 13.1 m

  8. A 2.0 kg block is pushed 4.0 m out and 4.0 m back to its starting point against a friction force of 6.0 N. Find the total thermal energy produced.
    Show the full solution

    Friction depends on path length, which is \( 4.0 + 4.0 = 8.0\ \text{m} \). \( |W_f| = (6.0)(8.0) = 48\ \text{J} \). Not zero. The displacement is zero, but friction opposed the motion on both legs and did negative work both times. This is exactly why friction is not conservative: a round trip does not return the energy. 48 J

  9. Explain why thermal energy cannot be fully converted back into mechanical energy.
    Show the full solution

    Because mechanical energy is organized and thermal energy is not, and the disorganized arrangements vastly outnumber the organized ones. What the two forms are. A moving block has every particle sharing one common velocity. A warm block has the same total energy spread among particles moving in random directions at random speeds. The laws of motion do not forbid the reverse. Newton's laws are time-reversible: nothing in them says the random motions could not all align and send the block moving again. But the counting does. There are astronomically more ways for the energy to be distributed randomly than for it to be aligned. Left alone, a system moves toward the overwhelming majority of arrangements, which is the disorganized ones. Some conversion is possible. A heat engine converts thermal energy into work routinely. What it cannot do is convert all of it; lesson 6.6 shows the maximum fraction depends on the temperatures available. Why this makes energy quality a real idea. A joule of kinetic energy can be fully converted into a joule of potential energy or electrical energy. A joule of thermal energy at room temperature can be converted only partly into anything useful. The quantity is identical and the usefulness is not. The name for the difference. Entropy, which unit 6 introduces as a measure of how many arrangements a state has. Friction increases it, and that increase is why the process runs one way. Organized motion becomes disorganized, and the disorganized arrangements overwhelmingly outnumber the organized

  10. A 25 kg sled starts from rest and slides down a 30 m slope that drops 12 m, arriving at the bottom at 12 m/s. Find the thermal energy produced and the average friction force, and state what fraction of the available energy was lost.
    Show the full solution

    Find the energy available at the top. \( PE = mgh = (25)(9.8)(12) = 2940\ \text{J} \). Starting from rest, that is the entire mechanical energy of the system. Find the energy that arrived as motion. \( KE = \tfrac{1}{2}(25)(12)^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(25)(144) = 1800\ \text{J} \). The difference is the thermal energy. \( 2940 - 1800 = 1140\ \text{J} \). Find the average friction force. Friction acted along the 30 m of slope actually travelled, not the 12 m of drop: \( f = \dfrac{1140}{30} = 38\ \text{N} \). Check it for plausibility. The sled's weight is \( 25 \times 9.8 = 245\ \text{N} \). The normal force on a slope this steep is \( mg\cos\theta \), and with a 12 m rise over 30 m the angle is \( \sin^{-1}(0.40) = 23.6^\circ \), so \( N = 245\cos 23.6^\circ = 225\ \text{N} \). That gives \( \mu_k = \dfrac{38}{225} = 0.17 \), a reasonable value for a sled on packed snow ✓ Find the fraction lost. \( \dfrac{1140}{2940} = 0.388 \), about 39 percent. What a frictionless slope would have given. \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(12)} = \sqrt{235.2} = 15.3\ \text{m/s} \), against the actual 12 m/s. Note how the percentages differ. The speed fell by 21 percent while the energy fell by 39 percent, because energy goes as the square of speed. Quoting one when the other is meant is a common source of confusion in these problems. The complete account. 2940 J of gravitational potential energy at the top, becoming 1800 J of kinetic energy at the bottom and 1140 J of thermal energy spread along 30 m of snow and the sled's runners. Total 2940 J at every stage. Why the path length mattered. Gravity cared only about the 12 m vertical drop, because it is conservative. Friction cared about all 30 m of contact, because it is not. Using 12 m for friction would have given a force of 95 N and a coefficient of 0.42, which is the single commonest error in this type of problem. 1140 J thermal, an average friction force of 38 N, and 39 percent of the energy converted

Lesson 5.7 · Unit 5 · HS-PS3-3

Every device converts energy, and none of them do it perfectly

HS-PS3-3 asks for a device that converts energy from one form to another, designed and evaluated rather than merely described. Doing that honestly means computing an efficiency, naming where the losses go, and stating the criterion for success before building anything.

The key ideas
  1. Every device is an energy converter, taking one form in and producing another.
  2. Efficiency is useful output over total input: \( \eta = \dfrac{E_{\text{useful}}}{E_{\text{in}}} \), usually as a percentage.
  3. Efficiency is never 100 percent in any real device.
  4. The losses are not destroyed energy, and a complete design names where they go.
  5. "Useful" depends on the purpose. Heat is a loss in a motor and the entire point in a heater.
  6. State the evaluation criterion before designing, so the design can be judged rather than admired.
  7. Quantify the comparison. Two designs are compared by numbers, not by arguments about which sounds better.

Where students lose marks: describing a device without ever computing its efficiency or naming a loss. A design that claims to convert energy "with minimal waste" has not been evaluated. Put a number on the input, a number on the useful output, and name the destination of the difference.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A motor draws 500 W and delivers 400 W of mechanical power. Find its efficiency and name the losses. (b) Compare an incandescent bulb and an LED producing the same light. (c) Design a device that converts gravitational potential energy into electrical energy, and state how you would evaluate it. (d) Explain why efficiency can never reach 100 percent.

Step one: compute the efficiency for (a). \[ \eta = \frac{400}{500} = 0.80 = 80\% \]

Step two: account for the missing 100 W. A complete answer names the destinations rather than calling it waste. Resistive heating in the copper windings, which unit 7 computes as \( I^2R \). Friction in the bearings, converted to heat. Air resistance on the rotating parts. Sound, a small amount. Magnetic losses in the iron core as it is magnetized and demagnetized repeatedly. All of it ends as thermal energy, which is why motors get warm and large ones need cooling.

Step three: set up (b). Take a traditional 60 W incandescent bulb, which produces roughly 3 W of visible light. The rest is infrared and heat. \[ \eta = \frac{3}{60} = 0.05 = 5\% \] An LED producing the same light draws about 9 W: \[ \eta = \frac{3}{9} = 0.33 = 33\% \]

Step four: quantify the comparison. For the same light, the LED uses \( 60 - 9 = 51\ \text{W} \) less. Over 1000 hours that is \( 51\ \text{W} \times 1000\ \text{h} = 51\ \text{kWh} \), which at 17 cents per kWh (Energy Information Administration, US federal) is about $8.67 saved per bulb. Note the framing. The incandescent bulb is not 5 percent efficient at converting energy; it converts essentially 100 percent of it, mostly into heat. It is 5 percent efficient at producing light, which is its purpose. A bulb used as a heater would be rated quite differently.

Step five: design the device for (c). A gravity-driven generator. Input: a mass \( m \) raised to height \( h \), storing \( mgh \). Conversion: the falling mass unwinds a cord from a drum, turning a small electrical generator of the kind lesson 8.6 describes. Output: electrical energy, measured by charging a capacitor or lighting a known load for a measured time.

Step six: put numbers on the design. Take \( m = 5.0\ \text{kg} \) falling \( h = 2.0\ \text{m} \): \( E_{\text{in}} = mgh = (5.0)(9.8)(2.0) = 98\ \text{J} \). Suppose the generator lights a 1.0 W lamp for 30 s: \( E_{\text{out}} = (1.0)(30) = 30\ \text{J} \). \[ \eta = \frac{30}{98} = 0.31 = 31\% \]

Step seven: state the evaluation criterion and the losses. Criterion, stated in advance: the design succeeds if it converts at least 25 percent of the input into measured electrical output, and if every loss above 5 percent of the input is identified. Where the 68 J went: friction in the drum bearings and the cord, resistive heating in the generator windings, kinetic energy remaining in the mass when it lands, and the energy left in the spinning drum after the fall. That last pair is worth measuring rather than guessing. If the mass lands at 2.0 m/s it retains \( \tfrac{1}{2}(5.0)(4.0) = 10\ \text{J} \), a tenth of the input, and slowing the descent with gearing would recover most of it.

Step eight: answer (d). Some conversion to thermal energy is unavoidable in any real device. Moving parts have friction, and friction converts mechanical energy to heat by lesson 5.6's argument. Electrical parts have resistance, and current through resistance produces heat. And heat engines face a stronger limit still. Lesson 6.6 shows that a device converting thermal energy into work is bounded by the temperatures it operates between, regardless of engineering quality, so a car engine cannot approach 100 percent even in principle. What is actually being claimed. Not that energy is destroyed, since total energy is always conserved, but that some of it always ends up in a form that is not what the device was for. Efficiency measures how much landed where you wanted it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m}/\text{s}^2 \).

  1. Write the formula for efficiency.
    Show the full solution

    \( \eta = \dfrac{E_{\text{useful}}}{E_{\text{in}}} \)

  2. Can a real device be 100 percent efficient?
    Show the full solution

    No

  3. What form do most losses end up as?
    Show the full solution

    Thermal energy

  4. A device takes in 200 J and usefully delivers 150 J. Find its efficiency.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{150}{200} \). 75 percent

  5. Is energy destroyed in an inefficient device?
    Show the full solution

    No, it is converted into an unwanted form

  6. A crane lifts a 200 kg load 15 m using 40 kJ of electrical energy. Find its efficiency.
    Show the full solution

    Useful output: \( mgh = (200)(9.8)(15) = 29400\ \text{J} \). \( \eta = \dfrac{29400}{40000} = 0.735 \), about 73.5 percent. Losses: \( 40000 - 29400 = 10600\ \text{J} \), into motor heating, gearbox friction and cable stretch. 73.5 percent

  7. A 60 W bulb produces 3 W of light. Explain in what sense it is 5 percent efficient and in what sense it is 100 percent efficient.
    Show the full solution

    5 percent efficient at its purpose, which is producing light: \( \dfrac{3}{60} = 0.05 \). 100 percent efficient at converting energy, since all 60 W leaves as light plus heat and none is destroyed. Efficiency is defined against the intended output, so the same device has different efficiencies for different purposes. Used as a small heater in winter it is nearly 100 percent efficient, which is why the "wasted" heat is not entirely wasted in a cold room. 5 percent at lighting, 100 percent at converting

  8. A hydroelectric plant releases water falling 60 m at 500 kg/s and generates 250 kW. Find its efficiency.
    Show the full solution

    Input power: the rate at which potential energy arrives. \( P_{\text{in}} = \dot{m}gh = (500)(9.8)(60) = 294000\ \text{W} = 294\ \text{kW} \). \( \eta = \dfrac{250}{294} = 0.850 \), about 85 percent. Hydroelectric plants really are this efficient, far better than thermal power stations, because they convert mechanical energy directly and are not bound by the heat-engine limit of lesson 6.6. About 85 percent

  9. Explain why a heat engine has a lower maximum efficiency than an electric motor.
    Show the full solution

    Because a heat engine must convert disorganized thermal energy into organized work, and lesson 6.6's second law places a hard ceiling on that conversion, while a motor starts from already-organized electrical energy. What a motor does. It converts electrical energy, which is organized motion of charge, into mechanical energy, which is organized motion of matter. Both are ordered forms, so the conversion is limited only by practical losses: resistance, friction and magnetic effects. Good motors reach 90 to 95 percent. What a heat engine does. It takes thermal energy, which is disorganized particle motion, and extracts organized work from it. That is the conversion lesson 5.6 showed runs against the statistical grain. The ceiling. The maximum possible efficiency depends only on the temperatures between which the engine works, and lesson 6.6 derives it as \( 1 - \dfrac{T_{\text{cold}}}{T_{\text{hot}}} \). For a car engine that is roughly 60 percent, and real engines achieve 25 to 35 percent. The crucial difference. The motor's losses are engineering problems, which better materials and tighter tolerances can reduce. The engine's ceiling is a law of physics, and no improvement in manufacturing can pass it. Why this drives technology. It is one reason electric vehicles convert stored energy to motion more effectively than combustion vehicles, though a fair comparison must include how the electricity was generated, and if that was a thermal power station the heat-engine limit has simply been moved rather than removed. A motor converts ordered energy to ordered energy; an engine must convert disordered to ordered, which the second law caps

  10. Design a device to convert the kinetic energy of a falling 2.0 kg mass into stored elastic energy, state how you would measure its efficiency, and predict a realistic value.
    Show the full solution

    State the conversion required. Gravitational potential energy to kinetic energy to elastic potential energy. The design. A 2.0 kg mass is released from a measured height \( h \) above a vertical spring of known stiffness \( k \), mounted on a rigid base with a guide rod to keep the fall vertical. The mass compresses the spring, and the maximum compression is recorded by a light sliding marker on the rod that stays at the lowest point reached. State the measurements. Input: \( E_{\text{in}} = mg(h + x) \), where \( x \) is the compression, because the mass falls that extra distance while compressing the spring. Omitting the \( x \) is the commonest error in this design. Output: \( E_{\text{out}} = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \), from the measured compression. Efficiency: the ratio of the two. Work a numerical prediction. Take \( h = 0.50\ \text{m} \) and \( k = 2000\ \text{N/m} \). If the conversion were perfect, \( mg(h + x) = \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \): \( (2.0)(9.8)(0.50 + x) = 1000x^2 \) \( 9.8 + 19.6x = 1000x^2 \) \( 1000x^2 - 19.6x - 9.8 = 0 \). Discriminant: \( 384.16 + 39200 = 39584 \), root \( 198.96 \). \( x = \dfrac{19.6 + 198.96}{2000} = 0.109\ \text{m} \). So a perfect device gives about 10.9 cm of compression, storing \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2000)(0.109)^2 = 11.9\ \text{J} \), which matches \( mg(h + x) = (2.0)(9.8)(0.609) = 11.9\ \text{J} \) ✓ Predict a realistic value. Expect 70 to 85 percent. A compression of about 0.095 m would indicate \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2000)(0.095)^2 = 9.0\ \text{J} \) stored against \( (2.0)(9.8)(0.595) = 11.7\ \text{J} \) in, an efficiency of 77 percent. Name the losses, as the criterion requires. Internal friction in the spring, which warms it slightly on compression. Friction on the guide rod, reduced by keeping the rod smooth and vertical. Sound, audible at impact and therefore a real loss. Vibration of the base, which carries energy away from the spring. The marker itself, which requires a small force to move and so removes a little energy. State the evaluation criterion before testing. The device succeeds if it converts at least 70 percent of the input into measured elastic energy across five trials, with the spread between trials under 10 percent. Why the repeats matter. A single trial cannot distinguish a genuine efficiency from a mis-read marker. Reporting a mean and a spread is what makes the number a measurement rather than an anecdote, which is the standard lesson 11.1 will set out for data generally. A design improvement worth naming. Replacing the sliding marker with a high-speed video recording removes the marker's own energy cost and gives the whole compression history rather than just the maximum, which would let the losses be separated rather than lumped together. A spring-and-guide-rod design measuring \( mg(h+x) \) against \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \), with 70 to 85 percent expected

Unit 5 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 5 review: Energy, Work and Conservation

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Where a problem allows it, solve by energy rather than by forces. Use \( g = 9.8\ \text{m/s}^2 \).

  1. Find the work done by a 50 N force at 60 degrees to the motion over 3.0 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = Fd\cos\theta = (50)(3.0)\cos 60^\circ = 75 \). 75 J

  2. Find the kinetic energy of a 1200 kg car at 25 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tfrac{1}{2}(1200)(25)^2 = 375000 \). 375 kJ

  3. Find the gravitational potential energy gained by raising 2.0 kg through 5.0 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( mgh = (2.0)(9.8)(5.0) = 98 \). 98 J

  4. Find the energy stored in a spring of constant 400 N/m compressed by 0.15 m.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(400)(0.15)^2 = 4.5 \). 4.5 J

  5. A machine transfers 5000 J in 10 s. Find its power.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = \dfrac{E}{t} = \dfrac{5000}{10} = 500 \). 500 W

  6. A stone is dropped from 20 m. Find its speed on impact, ignoring air resistance.
    Show the full solution

    \( mgh = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \), so \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(20)} = 19.8 \). The mass cancels. 19.8 m/s

  7. A car doubles its speed. By what factor does its stopping distance change, for the same braking force?
    Show the full solution

    Work done by braking equals the kinetic energy, \( Fd = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \), so \( d \propto v^2 \) and doubling the speed multiplies \( d \) by 4. Four times

  8. A device takes in 500 W and delivers 400 W of useful output. Find its efficiency and the rate at which energy is wasted.
    Show the full solution

    Efficiency: \( \dfrac{400}{500} = 0.80 \). Wasted: \( 500 - 400 = 100\ \text{W} \), appearing as thermal energy. 80 percent, with 100 W wasted

  9. A 2.0 kg block sliding at 6.0 m/s on a rough floor has a friction coefficient of 0.30. Find the distance it slides.
    Show the full solution

    Initial kinetic energy: \( \tfrac{1}{2}(2.0)(6.0)^2 = 36\ \text{J} \). Friction force: \( 0.30 \times 2.0 \times 9.8 = 5.88\ \text{N} \). All the energy is removed by friction: \( d = \dfrac{36}{5.88} = 6.1 \). 6.1 m

  10. A roller coaster leaves the top of a 40 m hill at negligible speed and climbs a 15 m hill. Find its speed at the top of the second hill, and explain why its mass does not matter.
    Show the full solution

    Height lost: \( 40 - 15 = 25\ \text{m} \), so \( v = \sqrt{2gh} = \sqrt{2(9.8)(25)} = 22.1\ \text{m/s} \). The mass appears on both sides of \( mgh = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) and cancels, because a heavier car has proportionally more energy and proportionally more inertia. The route between the hills is irrelevant for the same reason: only the height difference enters. 22 m/s, independent of mass and path

Lesson 6.1 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-2

Three words used interchangeably in speech and never in physics

A cup of boiling water is hotter than a swimming pool and contains far less energy. That sentence is only sensible once temperature and thermal energy are recognized as different quantities, and heat as a third thing again: not something an object has, but something that moves between objects.

The key ideas
  1. Temperature measures the average kinetic energy per particle. It does not depend on how many particles there are.
  2. Thermal energy is the total kinetic energy of all the particles, so it does depend on the amount of substance.
  3. Heat is energy in transit from a hotter object to a cooler one. An object does not contain heat.
  4. Heat flows spontaneously from hot to cold, never the reverse, which is lesson 6.6's second law.
  5. The kelvin scale starts at absolute zero, where particle motion is minimal.
  6. \( T_K = T_C + 273.15 \), and a change of one kelvin equals a change of one degree Celsius.
  7. Use kelvin in any equation involving a ratio of temperatures, including every gas law and the efficiency limit.

Where students lose marks: using Celsius where kelvin is required. Doubling the temperature from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 40^\circ\text{C} \) is not doubling the temperature: it is 293 K to 313 K, an increase of under 7 percent. Ratios need an absolute scale.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain how a cup of boiling water can be hotter than a swimming pool yet contain far less energy. (b) Convert \( 25^\circ\text{C} \) and \( -40^\circ\text{C} \) to kelvin. (c) Explain what absolute zero means. (d) Explain why heat is not a property an object possesses.

Step one: separate the two quantities for (a). Temperature is the average kinetic energy per particle. In boiling water each molecule is moving faster on average than in the cool pool, so its temperature is higher. Thermal energy is the sum over every particle. The pool contains perhaps a million times as many molecules.

Step two: put rough numbers on it. A cup holds about 0.25 kg of water; a small pool about 50000 kg. Raising the cup from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) takes \( (0.25)(4180)(80) = 8.4 \times 10^4\ \text{J} \). Raising the pool by even one degree takes \( (50000)(4180)(1) = 2.1 \times 10^8\ \text{J} \), about two and a half thousand times more. So the pool at \( 21^\circ\text{C} \) holds vastly more thermal energy than the boiling cup, while being much colder. The two quantities rank them oppositely, exactly as momentum and energy ranked the golf ball and bowling ball in lesson 3.1.

Step three: solve (b). \( 25 + 273.15 = 298.15\ \text{K} \), usually written 298 K. \( -40 + 273.15 = 233.15\ \text{K} \), or 233 K. Note there is no degree symbol on kelvin. It is 298 K, not \( 298^\circ\text{K} \).

Step four: note the size of the unit. A kelvin and a Celsius degree are the same size, because the scales differ only in where zero sits. So a temperature change of \( 40^\circ\text{C} \) is a change of 40 K, and no conversion is needed for differences. This is why \( Q = mc\Delta T \) in lesson 6.2 works in either scale, while the efficiency formula in lesson 6.6 does not.

Step five: answer (c). Absolute zero is the temperature at which particle motion reaches its minimum, at \( 0\ \text{K} \) or \( -273.15^\circ\text{C} \). It is a floor, not a value that can be passed. Temperature measures kinetic energy, which cannot be negative, so there is nothing below it.

Step six: note what absolute zero is not. It is not "no motion at all". Quantum mechanics requires a residual zero-point motion that cannot be removed. And it has never been reached: laboratories have come within billionths of a kelvin, and each further step is harder than the last, because removing the last energy from a system requires something colder to remove it to. Its practical role is as the zero of a scale on which ratios make sense. Saying one gas is at twice the temperature of another is meaningful in kelvin and meaningless in Celsius.

Step seven: begin (d). It is correct to ask how much thermal energy an object contains. It is not correct to ask how much heat it contains. Heat is defined as a transfer, like work. Both are energy crossing a boundary, not energy residing somewhere.

Step eight: give the analogy and the test. Money in a bank account is a quantity that can be held; a payment is a transfer between accounts. Asking how many payments an account contains is a category error. The parallel is exact. Thermal energy is the balance, heat is a transfer into or out of it, and work is a different transfer into the same balance. The test that shows why the distinction matters. Rubbing your hands together raises their thermal energy with no heat flowing in at all, because the transfer was work rather than heat. If heat were a substance objects contained, there would be no way to account for that. Lesson 6.5's first law handles both transfers together, and it needs them to be distinguished to do so.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What does temperature measure?
    Show the full solution

    The average kinetic energy per particle

  2. What is heat?
    Show the full solution

    Energy transferred because of a temperature difference

  3. Convert \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) to kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    373 K

  4. What is absolute zero in Celsius?
    Show the full solution

    \( -273.15^\circ\text{C} \)

  5. In which direction does heat flow spontaneously?
    Show the full solution

    From hot to cold

  6. A temperature rises from \( 15^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 55^\circ\text{C} \). Give the change in Celsius degrees and in kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    Celsius: \( 55 - 15 = 40^\circ\text{C} \). Kelvin: \( 328.15 - 288.15 = 40\ \text{K} \). The same number, because the two scales have identical degree sizes and differ only in their zero. 40 in both

  7. Two objects of different mass are at the same temperature. Compare their average particle kinetic energies and their total thermal energies.
    Show the full solution

    Average kinetic energy per particle: the same, because that is what equal temperature means. Total thermal energy: greater in the more massive object, assuming the same material, because it has more particles each carrying that average. If the materials differ the comparison is less direct, since the energy is also shared among rotational and vibrational modes in ways that vary by substance. That is exactly what specific heat in lesson 6.2 quantifies. Same average, greater total for the larger mass

  8. A gas at \( 27^\circ\text{C} \) is heated until its absolute temperature doubles. Find the new temperature in Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    Convert first: \( 27 + 273 = 300\ \text{K} \). Double it: \( 600\ \text{K} \). Convert back: \( 600 - 273 = 327^\circ\text{C} \). Not \( 54^\circ\text{C} \). Doubling in Celsius is meaningless because the Celsius zero is arbitrary, and this is precisely the error the warning names. \( 327^\circ\text{C} \)

  9. Explain why an object can be said to contain thermal energy but not heat.
    Show the full solution

    Because thermal energy is a property of the object's current state, while heat is a process by which energy crosses a boundary. Thermal energy is a state quantity. Given an object's temperature, mass and material, its thermal energy is determined. It does not matter how it got that way. Heat is a process quantity. It describes energy in transit, and it only exists while the transfer is happening. Once the energy has arrived it is simply part of the object's thermal energy and is no longer identifiable as having been heat. The decisive demonstration. Two identical blocks are raised to the same temperature, one by placing it near a flame and one by rubbing it. Their final states are indistinguishable, yet one received energy as heat and the other as work. If either contained a measurable amount of heat, the two would differ, and they do not. Why the distinction is not pedantry. Lesson 6.5's first law, \( \Delta U = Q - W \), depends on it. The change in internal energy is a state change; \( Q \) and \( W \) are the two different routes by which it happened. Merging them would make the equation meaningless. The same structure elsewhere. Work has exactly the same status: nothing contains work either. Both are transfers, and the object has only its energy. Thermal energy is a state; heat is a transfer

  10. A 0.25 kg cup of water at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) and a 50000 kg pool at \( 21^\circ\text{C} \) are compared, both measured against \( 20^\circ\text{C} \). Compute the thermal energy above that reference for each, and explain what the comparison shows.
    Show the full solution

    Use \( Q = mc\Delta T \) with \( c = 4180\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \) for water, taking \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) as the reference. The cup. \( \Delta T = 100 - 20 = 80\ \text{K} \) \( Q = (0.25)(4180)(80) = 83600\ \text{J} \), about \( 8.4 \times 10^4\ \text{J} \). The pool. \( \Delta T = 21 - 20 = 1\ \text{K} \) \( Q = (50000)(4180)(1) = 2.09 \times 10^{8}\ \text{J} \). The ratio. \( \dfrac{2.09 \times 10^8}{8.36 \times 10^4} = 2500 \). The pool holds about 2500 times the thermal energy above the reference, while being \( 79^\circ\text{C} \) colder. What the comparison shows. Temperature and thermal energy are independent. Temperature is intensive, meaning it does not depend on how much substance there is; thermal energy is extensive, meaning it scales with the amount. Knowing one tells you nothing about the other without the mass. Why it matters practically. Which one hurts depends on the situation. Splashing the cup on your hand transfers energy quickly from a high temperature and burns you. Swimming in the pool transfers far more energy over time and does nothing, because the transfer rate depends on the temperature difference, which is tiny. The general principle. Temperature drives the flow; thermal energy is the reservoir. A large cold reservoir can hold enormous energy and still be unable to heat anything warmer than itself, which is the second law of lesson 6.6 in a single sentence. And it explains a real engineering problem. The oceans hold an immense quantity of thermal energy that is almost entirely unusable, because there is nothing colder nearby to run an engine against. Energy and available energy are different things. \( 8.4 \times 10^4 \) J against \( 2.1 \times 10^8 \) J; the colder body holds 2500 times more

Lesson 6.2 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-1

Why water is hard to heat, and what that does to the planet

Equal masses of different substances given equal energy reach very different temperatures. The number that captures this is the specific heat, and water's is unusually large. That single fact governs coastal climate, the stability of ocean temperatures, and why water is used as a coolant.

The key ideas
  1. Specific heat \( c \) is the energy needed to raise 1 kg by 1 K, in \( \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \).
  2. \( Q = mc\Delta T \) gives the energy transferred.
  3. Either Celsius or kelvin works here, because only a temperature difference appears.
  4. Water's specific heat is 4180, far higher than most substances.
  5. A high specific heat means a substance resists temperature change.
  6. In calorimetry, heat lost equals heat gained when the system is insulated.
  7. Set up calorimetry as one equation with the unknown final temperature appearing on both sides.

Where students lose marks: writing \( \Delta T \) as the final temperature rather than the change. Heating water from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 80^\circ\text{C} \) has \( \Delta T = 60 \), not 80. Write the subtraction explicitly every time.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the energy to heat 2.0 kg of water from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 80^\circ\text{C} \). (b) Compare with the energy to heat 2.0 kg of aluminum through the same range. (c) A 0.20 kg aluminum block at \( 150^\circ\text{C} \) is dropped into 0.50 kg of water at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \). Find the final temperature. (d) Explain how water's specific heat affects coastal climate.

Step one: solve (a). \( \Delta T = 80 - 20 = 60\ \text{K} \). \[ Q = mc\Delta T = (2.0)(4180)(60) = 501600\ \text{J} \] About \( 5.0 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \), which a 2 kW kettle would supply in roughly four minutes.

Step two: solve (b). aluminum has \( c = 900\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \): \[ Q = (2.0)(900)(60) = 108000\ \text{J} \] Less than a quarter as much, for the same mass and the same temperature rise. Water is exceptionally reluctant to change temperature.

Step three: set up (c). The system is insulated, so the energy leaving the aluminum equals the energy entering the water. Call the final temperature \( T \). aluminum cools from 150 to \( T \): \( Q_{\text{lost}} = (0.20)(900)(150 - T) = 180(150 - T) \). Water warms from 20 to \( T \): \( Q_{\text{gained}} = (0.50)(4180)(T - 20) = 2090(T - 20) \).

Step four: solve the equation. \[ 180(150 - T) = 2090(T - 20) \] \[ 27000 - 180T = 2090T - 41800 \] \[ 68800 = 2270T \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad T = 30.3^\circ\text{C} \]

Step five: check the answer is physically sensible. The final temperature must lie between the two starting temperatures, and \( 30.3 \) lies between 20 and 150 ✓ And it is much closer to the water's starting temperature, which is what the numbers should give: the water has more mass and a far higher specific heat, so it dominates. Verify the energies balance: \( 180(150 - 30.3) = 21546\ \text{J} \) and \( 2090(30.3 - 20) = 21527\ \text{J} \) ✓ agreeing to rounding.

Step six: begin (d). Water's high specific heat means a large amount of energy produces only a small temperature change. The sea therefore warms slowly in summer and cools slowly in winter, while land, with a specific heat around 800, does both quickly.

Step seven: trace the consequence for climate. A coastal town sits beside an enormous thermal reservoir that changes temperature reluctantly. Air moving over the sea is moderated toward the sea's temperature before reaching the town. The result is a compressed annual range. San Francisco, on the coast, has an annual temperature range of roughly \( 9^\circ\text{C} \) between its average warmest and coldest months. Sacramento, about 120 km inland at a similar latitude, has a range roughly twice as large (NOAA, US federal).

Step eight: note the wider consequences. The same property stabilizes the whole planet. The oceans absorb enormous quantities of energy for small temperature changes, which damps seasonal and short-term swings globally. Unit 11's discussion of energy budgets depends on it. It is why water is the standard coolant, in car engines, power stations and nuclear reactors: it carries away a great deal of energy per kilogram per degree. And it is why the sea is cold in early summer. The air has warmed quickly and the water is still catching up, a lag that runs several weeks behind the land. The underlying cause is hydrogen bonding between water molecules, which stores energy in ways that do not show up as faster molecular motion. Chemistry supplies that mechanism; the physical consequence is the number 4180.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( c_{\text{water}} = 4180 \), \( c_{\text{Al}} = 900 \), \( c_{\text{Cu}} = 385 \) in \( \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \).

  1. Write the specific heat equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = mc\Delta T \)

  2. Give the units of specific heat.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \)

  3. Give the specific heat of water.
    Show the full solution

    4180 J/(kg·K)

  4. Find the energy to heat 1.0 kg of copper by 50 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( (1.0)(385)(50) \). 19250 J

  5. In calorimetry, what does the heat lost equal?
    Show the full solution

    The heat gained

  6. Find the energy to heat 0.50 kg of aluminum from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 100^\circ\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta T = 80\ \text{K} \). \( Q = (0.50)(900)(80) = 36000\ \text{J} \). 36000 J

  7. A 3.0 kg block absorbs 54000 J and rises by 40 K. Find its specific heat and suggest the material.
    Show the full solution

    \( c = \dfrac{Q}{m\Delta T} = \dfrac{54000}{(3.0)(40)} = \dfrac{54000}{120} = 450\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \). That is close to iron or steel, whose specific heat is about 450. This is how specific heats are measured, and identifying an unknown metal by its specific heat is a standard laboratory exercise. 450 J/(kg·K), probably iron

  8. How much water can be heated from \( 15^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) by \( 1.0 \times 10^6\ \text{J} \)?
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta T = 85\ \text{K} \). \( m = \dfrac{Q}{c\Delta T} = \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^6}{(4180)(85)} = \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^6}{355300} = 2.81\ \text{kg} \). About 2.8 kg

  9. Explain why coastal areas have smaller annual temperature ranges than inland areas at the same latitude.
    Show the full solution

    Because water's specific heat is about five times that of soil and rock, so the sea changes temperature far less than land for the same energy input, and it moderates the air that passes over it. Compare the numbers. Water is 4180 J/(kg·K); dry soil and rock are around 800. The same energy per kilogram raises land roughly five times as much. And water mixes. Solar energy absorbed by the sea is carried down and spread through a deep layer by currents and waves, while land heats only its top few centimeters. The effective mass being warmed is vastly larger for water. Evaporation adds to it, since some of the incoming energy goes into evaporating water rather than warming it, which lesson 6.3's latent heat explains. The result. A coastal town's air is repeatedly brought toward the sea's slow-changing temperature. Summers are cooler and winters milder than inland, and the seasonal extremes are compressed. The observed size of the effect. San Francisco's annual range is about \( 9^\circ\text{C} \); Sacramento, 120 km inland at the same latitude, is roughly double that (NOAA, US federal). There is also a lag. The sea's slowness shifts its warmest and coldest months later than the land's, which is why coastal waters are often coldest in late spring and warmest in early autumn. Water's high specific heat and its mixing make the sea a slow-changing reservoir that moderates nearby air

  10. A 0.15 kg copper block at \( 200^\circ\text{C} \) is dropped into 0.40 kg of water at \( 18^\circ\text{C} \) in an insulated container. Find the final temperature, and state what assumption the calculation makes.
    Show the full solution

    Set up the energy balance. The container is insulated, so all the energy leaving the copper enters the water. Call the final temperature \( T \). Copper cools. \( Q_{\text{lost}} = m_{Cu}c_{Cu}(200 - T) = (0.15)(385)(200 - T) = 57.75(200 - T) \). Water warms. \( Q_{\text{gained}} = (0.40)(4180)(T - 18) = 1672(T - 18) \). Set them equal. \( 57.75(200 - T) = 1672(T - 18) \) \( 11550 - 57.75T = 1672T - 30096 \) \( 41646 = 1729.75T \) \( T = 24.1^\circ\text{C} \). Check it is between the starting values. 18 and 200, and 24.1 lies between them ✓ Check it is close to the water's start, as it should be: the water has nearly three times the mass and about eleven times the specific heat, so it dominates overwhelmingly ✓ Verify the energies balance. \( 57.75(200 - 24.1) = 57.75 \times 175.9 = 10158\ \text{J} \) \( 1672(24.1 - 18) = 1672 \times 6.1 = 10199\ \text{J} \) ✓ agreeing to rounding. Note how little the water warmed. A block at \( 200^\circ\text{C} \) raised 0.40 kg of water by only \( 6.1^\circ\text{C} \). That is the practical meaning of water's high specific heat. State the assumptions. Perfect insulation, so no energy escapes to the surroundings. Real containers leak, which would give a slightly lower final temperature. The container itself absorbs nothing. A real calorimeter has its own mass and specific heat, and a careful experiment includes a "water equivalent" term for it. No water is vaporized. At \( 200^\circ\text{C} \) the copper is well above boiling, so some water in immediate contact may flash to steam, which would carry away energy through the latent heat of lesson 6.3 and lower the result. Specific heats are constant over the range, which is a good approximation here but not exact. Which assumption matters most. The vaporization one, because latent heat is large. If even 5 g of water boiled off, that alone would absorb \( 0.005 \times 2.26 \times 10^6 = 11300\ \text{J} \), more than the entire energy the copper released. The calculation would then be badly wrong, and a careful experiment would use a cooler block to avoid it. About \( 24.1^\circ\text{C} \), assuming perfect insulation, a negligible container and no boiling

Lesson 6.3 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-1

Energy going in with the temperature refusing to rise

Heat a pan of ice water steadily and the thermometer sits at zero for a long time before moving. Energy is clearly arriving, and the temperature is clearly not changing. Resolving that requires recognizing that energy can go into rearranging molecules rather than speeding them up.

The key ideas
  1. During a phase change the temperature stays constant while energy continues to be supplied.
  2. The energy goes into breaking intermolecular bonds, not into increasing molecular speed.
  3. Latent heat of fusion \( L_f \) covers melting and freezing; for water it is \( 3.34 \times 10^5\ \text{J/kg} \).
  4. Latent heat of vaporization \( L_v \) covers boiling and condensing; for water it is \( 2.26 \times 10^6\ \text{J/kg} \).
  5. \( Q = mL \), with no temperature term, because there is no temperature change.
  6. Vaporization takes far more energy than fusion, about 6.8 times for water, because the molecules must be separated completely.
  7. A heating curve has sloped and flat sections, and each needs its own equation.

Where students lose marks: using \( mc\Delta T \) across a phase change. There is no \( \Delta T \) during melting or boiling, so that term gives zero and the real energy requirement is missed entirely. Split the problem at every phase boundary.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain why the temperature stalls during melting. (b) Find the energy to melt 0.50 kg of ice, and to boil 0.50 kg of water. (c) Find the total energy to take 0.20 kg of ice at \( -20^\circ\text{C} \) to steam at \( 120^\circ\text{C} \). (d) Explain why steam at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) causes worse burns than water at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \).

Step one: answer (a). In ice the molecules are locked in a lattice by intermolecular bonds. Melting means breaking enough of those bonds for the molecules to move past one another. Breaking bonds requires energy, and that energy goes into potential energy of the molecular arrangement rather than into kinetic energy. Since temperature measures average kinetic energy, and the kinetic energy is not rising, the temperature does not rise. The energy is real and is going somewhere else.

Step two: solve (b). Melting: \( Q = mL_f = (0.50)(3.34 \times 10^5) = 1.67 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \). Boiling: \( Q = mL_v = (0.50)(2.26 \times 10^6) = 1.13 \times 10^6\ \text{J} \). Boiling takes 6.8 times as much energy as melting, for the same mass at the same pressure.

Step three: explain that ratio. Melting loosens the lattice while leaving the molecules in contact. Boiling separates them completely, so every remaining intermolecular bond must be broken and the molecules pushed apart against atmospheric pressure. The second job is much larger.

Step four: set up (c) as five stages. The path crosses two phase boundaries, so it needs five separate calculations with \( c_{\text{ice}} = 2100 \), \( c_{\text{water}} = 4180 \), \( c_{\text{steam}} = 2010\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \).

StageEnergy
Ice, \( -20 \) to \( 0^\circ\text{C} \)\( (0.20)(2100)(20) = 8400\ \text{J} \)
Melting at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \)\( (0.20)(3.34 \times 10^5) = 66800\ \text{J} \)
Water, \( 0 \) to \( 100^\circ\text{C} \)\( (0.20)(4180)(100) = 83600\ \text{J} \)
Boiling at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \)\( (0.20)(2.26 \times 10^6) = 452000\ \text{J} \)
Steam, \( 100 \) to \( 120^\circ\text{C} \)\( (0.20)(2010)(20) = 8040\ \text{J} \)

Step five: total and interpret. \( 8400 + 66800 + 83600 + 452000 + 8040 = 618840\ \text{J} \), about \( 6.2 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \). Boiling alone accounts for 73 percent of the total, and the two phase changes together account for 84 percent. The temperature changes, which is what the thermometer shows, account for barely a sixth of the energy.

Step six: note the shape of the heating curve. Plotting temperature against energy supplied gives a rising line, a long flat stretch at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \), a steeper rising line, a much longer flat stretch at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \), and a final rise. The flat sections are the phase changes, and their lengths are in the ratio of the latent heats.

Step seven: begin (d). Both are at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \), so the temperature difference driving the transfer is the same. The difference is what happens when the steam touches skin.

Step eight: compute the comparison. Consider 10 g of each landing on skin and cooling to body temperature at \( 37^\circ\text{C} \). Water: \( Q = (0.010)(4180)(63) = 2633\ \text{J} \). Steam: it must first condense, releasing \( (0.010)(2.26 \times 10^6) = 22600\ \text{J} \), and the resulting water then cools, releasing a further 2633 J. Total \( 25233\ \text{J} \). Nearly ten times as much energy, from the same mass at the same temperature. The condensation is the whole difference, and it happens instantly on contact. This is also why steam is used to transfer energy industrially, and why a steam burn is a serious injury while hot water is usually not.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( L_f = 3.34 \times 10^5 \), \( L_v = 2.26 \times 10^6\ \text{J/kg} \), \( c_{\text{water}} = 4180 \), \( c_{\text{ice}} = 2100\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \).

  1. What happens to temperature during a phase change?
    Show the full solution

    It stays constant

  2. Write the equation for energy during a phase change.
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = mL \)

  3. Give the latent heat of fusion of water.
    Show the full solution

    \( 3.34 \times 10^5\ \text{J/kg} \)

  4. Which takes more energy per kilogram, melting or boiling water?
    Show the full solution

    Boiling

  5. Where does the energy go during melting?
    Show the full solution

    Into breaking intermolecular bonds

  6. Find the energy to melt 2.5 kg of ice at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = mL_f = (2.5)(3.34 \times 10^5) = 8.35 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \). \( 8.35 \times 10^5 \) J

  7. Find the energy to take 1.0 kg of ice at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \) to water at \( 50^\circ\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    Two stages. Melt: \( (1.0)(3.34 \times 10^5) = 334000\ \text{J} \). Warm: \( (1.0)(4180)(50) = 209000\ \text{J} \). Total: \( 543000\ \text{J} \). Melting took more energy than heating the resulting water by \( 50^\circ\text{C} \), which is worth noticing. \( 5.43 \times 10^5 \) J

  8. How much ice at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \) can be melted by 1.0 kg of water cooling from \( 80^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 0^\circ\text{C} \)?
    Show the full solution

    Energy released by the water: \( Q = (1.0)(4180)(80) = 334400\ \text{J} \). Ice melted: \( m = \dfrac{Q}{L_f} = \dfrac{334400}{3.34 \times 10^5} = 1.00\ \text{kg} \). Almost exactly one kilogram, a coincidence of the numbers worth remembering as a rough check: melting ice takes about as much energy as heating the same mass of water by \( 80^\circ\text{C} \). About 1.0 kg

  9. Explain why sweating cools the body.
    Show the full solution

    Because evaporating sweat absorbs a large latent heat, and that energy comes from the skin. The mechanism. Liquid water on the skin evaporates. To change from liquid to vapor, each molecule must break free of the others, which requires energy. That energy is drawn from the warmest thing in contact, which is the skin. Why the effect is large. The latent heat of vaporization is \( 2.26 \times 10^6\ \text{J/kg} \), so evaporating just 100 g of sweat removes about \( 2.26 \times 10^5\ \text{J} \). Cooling the same 100 g of water by \( 10^\circ\text{C} \) would remove only 4180 J, about fifty times less. A subtlety worth stating. Evaporation at skin temperature is not boiling, and the latent heat is slightly larger at \( 35^\circ\text{C} \) than at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \), around \( 2.4 \times 10^6\ \text{J/kg} \). The effect is even stronger than the boiling figure suggests. Why sweat that drips off does nothing. Only evaporation removes the latent heat. Sweat that runs off the body carries away a negligible amount, which is why fanning helps and why heavy sweating in still air is inefficient. Why humidity matters. In humid air the rate of evaporation falls because the air is already near saturation, so the cooling mechanism largely stops. That is why humid heat is dangerous in a way dry heat of the same temperature is not, and it is the reasoning behind wet-bulb temperature as a measure of heat stress (NOAA, US federal). The same physics elsewhere. A dog panting, water evaporating from a porous clay pot, and alcohol feeling cold on skin are all the same latent heat being taken from the surroundings. Evaporation absorbs latent heat, and it is taken from the skin

  10. How much steam at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) must be condensed into 2.0 kg of water at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to raise it to \( 60^\circ\text{C} \)? Assume the container absorbs nothing.
    Show the full solution

    Find the energy the water needs. \( Q_{\text{needed}} = mc\Delta T = (2.0)(4180)(60 - 20) = (2.0)(4180)(40) = 334400\ \text{J} \). Identify what the steam does. Two stages, and both release energy. Condensing at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \): releases \( mL_v \). Cooling from \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) to the final \( 60^\circ\text{C} \): releases \( mc(100 - 60) = m(4180)(40) = 167200m \). Set the released energy equal to the required energy. \( m(2.26 \times 10^6) + m(167200) = 334400 \) \( m(2.26 \times 10^6 + 1.672 \times 10^5) = 334400 \) \( m(2.4272 \times 10^6) = 334400 \) \( m = \dfrac{334400}{2.4272 \times 10^6} = 0.1378\ \text{kg} \). About 138 g of steam. Check the result. Condensation: \( (0.1378)(2.26 \times 10^6) = 311428\ \text{J} \). Cooling: \( (0.1378)(4180)(40) = 23040\ \text{J} \). Total released: \( 334468\ \text{J} \) ✓ matching the 334400 J required, to rounding. Note where the energy came from. Condensation supplied 93 percent of it, and cooling the condensed water only 7 percent. The phase change dominates completely. The commonest error here. Forgetting the second stage and using only \( mL_v \), which gives \( m = 0.148\ \text{kg} \), about 7 percent too high. The condensed steam does not vanish; it becomes water at \( 100^\circ\text{C} \) that must cool with the rest. A second error worth naming. Writing the steam's cooling range as \( 100 - 20 \) instead of \( 100 - 60 \). Everything ends at the final temperature of \( 60^\circ\text{C} \), not at the water's starting temperature. Sanity check the size. 138 g of steam heats 2.0 kg of water by \( 40^\circ\text{C} \), so a small mass of steam does a great deal of heating. That is why steam heating systems work and why steam is used to move energy around a power station. About 0.138 kg, or 138 g

Lesson 6.4 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-4

Three routes for energy, and only one that crosses empty space

Energy reaches us from the Sun across 150 million kilometers of vacuum. Nothing carries it: there is no material in the way. That single observation forces a third transfer mechanism alongside the two that need matter, and it is the one that sets the temperature of every planet.

The key ideas
  1. Conduction passes energy between touching particles, best in metals because free electrons carry it quickly.
  2. \( P = \dfrac{kA\Delta T}{L} \) gives the conduction rate, with \( k \) the thermal conductivity in \( \text{W/(m}\cdot\text{K)} \).
  3. Convection moves energy by moving the heated fluid itself, driven by density differences.
  4. Convection needs a fluid, so it cannot occur in solids or in a vacuum.
  5. Radiation carries energy as electromagnetic waves and needs no medium at all.
  6. \( P = \sigma A e T^4 \) with \( \sigma = 5.67 \times 10^{-8} \), so radiated power rises as the fourth power of absolute temperature.
  7. A net transfer needs the surroundings term: \( P_{\text{net}} = \sigma A e (T^4 - T_s^4) \).

Where students lose marks: using Celsius in the radiation equation. \( T^4 \) demands kelvin, and the error is enormous: at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \), using 20 rather than 293 understates the radiated power by a factor of about 46 million.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Compare the conduction rate through a single 4 mm glass pane with that through the 12 mm air gap in a double-glazed unit, both \( 1.5\ \text{m}^2 \) with \( \Delta T = 20\ \text{K} \). (b) Explain why convection makes a radiator heat a whole room. (c) Find the net radiated power from a person. (d) Explain how a vacuum flask defeats all three mechanisms.

Step one: solve the glass for (a). Glass has \( k = 0.80\ \text{W/(m}\cdot\text{K)} \). \[ P = \frac{kA\Delta T}{L} = \frac{(0.80)(1.5)(20)}{0.004} = \frac{24}{0.004} = 6000\ \text{W} \]

Step two: solve the air gap. Still air has \( k = 0.025\ \text{W/(m}\cdot\text{K)} \), about 32 times lower than glass. \[ P = \frac{(0.025)(1.5)(20)}{0.012} = \frac{0.75}{0.012} = 62.5\ \text{W} \] The air gap conducts 96 times less than the glass pane, because it is both a poorer conductor and three times thicker.

Step three: interpret the numbers honestly. A real single-glazed window does not lose 6000 W, and the reason is instructive. The calculation assumes the glass surfaces sit at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) and \( 0^\circ\text{C} \), but thin layers of near-still air cling to each face and add their own resistance, so the real loss is closer to 150 W. What the calculation does prove is the ranking. The glass itself is almost no barrier; nearly all the insulation comes from trapped air. That is why the gap is the whole point of double glazing, why the gap must be narrow enough to stop convection starting inside it, and why loft insulation works by trapping air in fibers rather than by being a good insulator itself.

Step four: answer (b). Air touching the radiator is heated by conduction and expands. Expanding without gaining mass lowers its density, so buoyancy lifts it, as in lesson 2.6's force balance. The warm air rises, spreads across the ceiling, cools, and sinks, setting up a circulation that carries energy throughout the room. Without it the radiator would warm only the air in contact with it, and rooms would take hours to heat. The name "radiator" is a misnomer: most of its output leaves by convection.

Step five: set up (c). Use \( A = 1.8\ \text{m}^2 \), \( e = 0.97 \) (human skin is nearly a perfect emitter in the infrared, whatever its color), skin at \( 34^\circ\text{C} = 307\ \text{K} \), room at \( 20^\circ\text{C} = 293\ \text{K} \).

Step six: compute both directions. Emitted: \( P = (5.67 \times 10^{-8})(1.8)(0.97)(307)^4 = 879\ \text{W} \). Absorbed from the room: \( (5.67 \times 10^{-8})(1.8)(0.97)(293)^4 = 730\ \text{W} \). Net: \( 879 - 730 = 150\ \text{W} \). The two-way traffic is the important part. A body radiates 879 W regardless of its surroundings, and stays comfortable only because nearly as much comes back. Drop the room to \( 5^\circ\text{C} \) and the net rises to 288 W, which is why a cold room feels cold even when the air is still.

Step seven: sanity check the result. A resting adult produces roughly 100 W of metabolic power, so 150 W of net radiation alone would cool the body steadily. It does, which is why clothing is needed at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) and why a room full of people warms up noticeably.

Step eight: answer (d). A vacuum flask attacks each route separately. Against conduction and convection: the double wall encloses a vacuum. With no particles between the walls, neither mechanism has anything to work with, since both require matter. Against radiation: both facing surfaces are silvered. A low emissivity means little is radiated out, and a shiny surface reflects most of what arrives, so \( e \) in the radiation equation is driven close to zero. Against the remaining path: the only route left is conduction through the thin glass or steel neck where the walls join, and through the stopper. The neck is made narrow and thin to make \( A \) small and \( L \) large, and the stopper is a foam or cork insulator. Every one of the three mechanisms is addressed by a different design feature, which is why the flask works for hot and cold contents alike: none of the arguments depends on which way the energy is trying to go.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( \sigma = 5.67 \times 10^{-8}\ \text{W/(m}^2\cdot\text{K}^4) \).

  1. Name the three mechanisms of heat transfer.
    Show the full solution

    Conduction, convection and radiation

  2. Which mechanism works in a vacuum?
    Show the full solution

    Radiation

  3. Write the conduction equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = \dfrac{kA\Delta T}{L} \)

  4. What drives convection?
    Show the full solution

    Density differences in a heated fluid

  5. Radiated power depends on which power of absolute temperature?
    Show the full solution

    The fourth

  6. Find the conduction rate through \( 10\ \text{m}^2 \) of loft insulation 150 mm thick with \( k = 0.040\ \text{W/(m}\cdot\text{K)} \) and \( \Delta T = 20\ \text{K} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( P = \dfrac{(0.040)(10)(20)}{0.150} = \dfrac{8.0}{0.150} = 53.3\ \text{W} \). About 53 W. The same thickness of masonry, with \( k = 0.60 \), would pass 800 W, fifteen times more. 53 W

  7. An object's absolute temperature is doubled. By what factor does its radiated power increase?
    Show the full solution

    \( P \propto T^4 \), so doubling \( T \) multiplies \( P \) by \( 2^4 = 16 \). This is why hot things lose energy so fast and why a star's luminosity is dominated by its surface temperature rather than its size, a point unit 11 returns to. 16 times

  8. Explain why metals feel colder than wood at the same temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Because metal conducts energy away from the skin far faster, and the sensation reports the rate of energy loss rather than the temperature. Both objects are at room temperature, so there is no temperature difference between them to feel. Metals have high \( k \), around 200 for aluminum against about 0.15 for wood, because free electrons carry energy through the lattice rather than relying on vibrations passing from atom to atom. The nerve endings measure rate, not temperature. The metal draws energy out of the skin quickly, the skin surface cools, and the nerves report cold. The wood draws energy slowly, the skin surface stays near its usual temperature, and the wood reports as neutral. The prediction that confirms it. Warm both to \( 45^\circ\text{C} \) and the metal will now feel far hotter than the wood, because the same high conductivity now delivers energy quickly. If the sensation reported temperature, the two would feel identical in both cases, and they do not. High conductivity means a fast transfer rate, and touch measures rate

  9. A radiator is placed low on a wall and an air-conditioning vent high on the same wall. Explain why each is positioned as it is.
    Show the full solution

    Both positions exploit convection, and each is placed so its circulation sweeps the whole room. The radiator, low down. Air heated at the radiator expands, becomes less dense, and rises. It spreads across the ceiling, cools against the walls and windows, and sinks back to floor level where it returns to the radiator. Starting the warm air at the bottom means the circulation covers the full height of the room. Put the radiator high and the warm air would rise the short remaining distance to the ceiling and stay there. The floor would stay cold, because nothing would drive cold air upward. The vent, high up. Cooled air is denser, so it sinks. Releasing it at the ceiling lets it fall through the whole room, displacing warm air upward to the vent to be cooled in turn. Again the circulation spans the room. Put the cold vent low and the cold air would pool on the floor, and the warm air above it would never be reached. The common principle. Introduce the buoyant fluid at the end of the room it will travel away from. Warm air rises, so introduce it low; cold air sinks, so introduce it high. Both are placed so buoyancy carries the conditioned air across the full room

  10. A radiator surface of \( 1.2\ \text{m}^2 \) at \( 60^\circ\text{C} \) with \( e = 0.90 \) sits in a room at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \). Find the net radiated power, and comment on whether radiation is the main way it heats the room.
    Show the full solution

    Convert to kelvin first. \( T = 60 + 273 = 333\ \text{K} \); \( T_s = 20 + 273 = 293\ \text{K} \). Use the net form. \( P_{\text{net}} = \sigma A e (T^4 - T_s^4) \). Compute the fourth powers. \( 333^4 = 1.2293 \times 10^{10} \) \( 293^4 = 7.3701 \times 10^{9} \) Difference: \( 4.923 \times 10^{9} \). Compute the prefactor. \( (5.67 \times 10^{-8})(1.2)(0.90) = 6.124 \times 10^{-8} \). Multiply. \( P_{\text{net}} = (6.124 \times 10^{-8})(4.923 \times 10^{9}) = 302\ \text{W} \). About 300 W. Now judge whether radiation dominates. A domestic radiator of this size typically delivers 1000 to 1500 W in total. So radiation supplies roughly a quarter of the output, and convection supplies most of the rest. Why convection wins here. The temperature difference is only 40 K, which is modest, and the \( T^4 \) law only becomes dominant at much higher temperatures. Meanwhile the radiator is continuously replacing the air at its surface, so convection runs at full rate indefinitely. The design evidence. Radiators are built with fins and folded panels that greatly increase contact with air while adding little to the outward-facing area that can radiate. If radiation were the point, the shape would be a flat black plate instead. Where radiation does dominate. An open fire or a glowing electric bar at 1000 K radiates thousands of watts by the fourth-power law, and its warmth reaches you across the room at the speed of light, which is why you feel it instantly on the side facing it and not on the other. The name is wrong. A household radiator is mostly a convector, and the two calculations together show it rather than just asserting it. About 300 W, roughly a quarter of the output; convection dominates

Lesson 6.5 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-1

Conservation of energy, written for systems that can be heated

Unit 5 tracked energy through springs, ramps and collisions and always found it conserved. The first law is the same statement extended to include thermal energy, and it closes the last loophole: the energy that seemed to vanish into friction did not vanish. Once that is accounted for, energy is conserved with no exceptions ever observed.

The key ideas
  1. \( \Delta U = Q - W \), where \( U \) is the internal energy, \( Q \) the heat added and \( W \) the work done by the system.
  2. Internal energy is a state function: it depends only on the current condition, not on how the system got there.
  3. \( Q \) and \( W \) are process quantities, describing the route, not the state.
  4. \( Q \) is positive when heat enters and negative when it leaves.
  5. \( W \) is positive when the system does work, such as a gas expanding against a piston.
  6. An adiabatic process has \( Q = 0 \), so \( \Delta U = -W \).
  7. An isothermal process has \( \Delta U = 0 \), so \( Q = W \).

Where students lose marks: reversing the sign of \( W \). The convention here is that \( W \) is work done by the system, which is why it is subtracted. Compressing a gas means work is done on it, so \( W \) is negative and \( \Delta U \) rises. Say out loud which direction the work is going before writing the sign.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A gas absorbs 500 J of heat and does 200 J of work. Find \( \Delta U \). (b) A gas is compressed adiabatically with 150 J of work done on it. Find \( \Delta U \) and explain what happens to the temperature. (c) Explain why a bicycle pump warms up when used. (d) Explain why a refrigerator with its door open heats the kitchen.

Step one: solve (a). \[ \Delta U = Q - W = 500 - 200 = +300\ \text{J} \] Heat of 500 J came in, 200 J left as work, and the remaining 300 J stayed as internal energy. The gas is hotter than it was.

Step two: read the signs carefully in (b). Adiabatic means no heat crosses the boundary, so \( Q = 0 \). The work is done on the gas, so in this convention \( W = -150\ \text{J} \). \[ \Delta U = 0 - (-150) = +150\ \text{J} \]

Step three: interpret it. No heat entered at all, yet the internal energy rose by 150 J. The temperature therefore rises, because internal energy for a gas is essentially the kinetic energy of its molecules. This is the point that repays the careful distinction of lesson 6.1. If heat and thermal energy were the same thing, a temperature rise with zero heat transfer would be a contradiction. They are not the same, and there is no contradiction: work was the route.

Step four: give the microscopic picture. A piston moving inward is a wall moving toward the molecules. A molecule bouncing off an approaching wall rebounds faster than it arrived, exactly as a tennis ball does off an advancing racket. Every collision with the moving piston speeds a molecule up, so the average kinetic energy rises and the temperature climbs. Lesson 3.2's collision analysis is doing the work here.

Step five: answer (c). A bicycle pump compresses air quickly. Quick compression leaves little time for heat to escape through the barrel, so it is close to adiabatic and part (b) applies directly: work is done on the gas, \( \Delta U \) rises, and the temperature rises with it.

Step six: separate the two contributions. Friction between piston and barrel also generates thermal energy, and students often name that alone. It is real, but the adiabatic compression is the larger effect, and the test that separates them is simple: the barrel gets hottest near the outlet, where the compression is greatest, not uniformly along the seal's path. The same physics at larger scale makes a diesel engine work, where air is compressed hard enough to reach the fuel's ignition temperature with no spark plug at all.

Step seven: set up (d). A refrigerator does not destroy energy; it moves it. The cooling coils inside absorb heat \( Q_c \) from the food compartment, and the condenser coils at the back release heat \( Q_h \) into the kitchen.

Step eight: apply the first law to the whole machine. Over a full cycle the refrigerator returns to its starting state, so \( \Delta U = 0 \) for the machine itself. The energy released at the back must equal everything that went in: \[ Q_h = Q_c + W_{\text{electrical}} \] With the door open, the cold compartment and the kitchen are the same room. The \( Q_c \) taken out of the room is put straight back as part of \( Q_h \), and the net effect on the room is the electrical work \( W \), which is positive. So the kitchen warms up, at exactly the rate the refrigerator draws power, and it would warm up faster than simply leaving the machine unplugged. An air conditioner avoids this only because its hot coil is outside the room, which is the one thing a refrigerator with an open door cannot arrange. The general lesson. Any device that runs entirely inside a closed room heats it by its full power draw, whatever the device claims to do. Computers, lamps and televisions are all, thermodynamically, heaters with side effects.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take \( W \) as work done by the system throughout.

  1. State the first law of thermodynamics.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta U = Q - W \)

  2. What does \( U \) represent?
    Show the full solution

    The internal energy of the system

  3. What is \( Q \) in an adiabatic process?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  4. What is \( \Delta U \) in an isothermal process?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  5. A gas is compressed. Is \( W \) positive or negative in this convention?
    Show the full solution

    Negative, because work is done on the gas

  6. A system absorbs 800 J of heat and does 300 J of work. Find \( \Delta U \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta U = Q - W = 800 - 300 = +500\ \text{J} \). +500 J

  7. A system releases 400 J of heat while 100 J of work is done on it. Find \( \Delta U \).
    Show the full solution

    Heat leaves, so \( Q = -400\ \text{J} \). Work is done on the system, so \( W = -100\ \text{J} \). \( \Delta U = -400 - (-100) = -400 + 100 = -300\ \text{J} \). The internal energy falls by 300 J, and the system cools. Both signs had to be set deliberately, which is the whole difficulty of this equation. \( -300 \) J

  8. A gas expands isothermally and does 250 J of work. Find the heat absorbed, and explain why it cannot be zero.
    Show the full solution

    Isothermal means constant temperature, so \( \Delta U = 0 \) for an ideal gas. \( 0 = Q - W \), therefore \( Q = W = 250\ \text{J} \). It cannot be zero because the gas is doing work on its surroundings, which drains energy from it. If no heat were supplied, that energy could come only from the internal energy, and the gas would cool. Holding the temperature constant requires heat to be supplied at exactly the rate work is done. 250 J absorbed

  9. Explain why a gas cools when it expands rapidly, and name a place this is observed.
    Show the full solution

    Because rapid expansion is close to adiabatic, so the work the gas does comes out of its own internal energy. Apply the first law. Rapid means there is no time for heat to flow in from the surroundings, so \( Q \approx 0 \) and \( \Delta U = -W \). The gas is expanding, so it pushes the surrounding air back and \( W \) is positive. Therefore \( \Delta U \) is negative and the internal energy falls. Internal energy falling means temperature falling, since for a gas the internal energy is the molecular kinetic energy. The microscopic picture. Molecules bouncing off a receding wall rebound more slowly than they arrived, the exact reverse of the compression case. Their average speed drops, so the temperature drops. Where it is observed. A can of compressed air becomes cold when sprayed continuously. A carbon dioxide extinguisher can form dry ice at its nozzle. Air rising over a mountain expands as the pressure falls, cools, and forms the cloud that sits on the summit. And every refrigerator and air conditioner runs on this step: the working fluid is forced through an expansion valve and emerges cold enough to absorb heat from the compartment. The counterpart. The bicycle pump warming on compression is the same equation with both signs reversed, which is a useful check that the reasoning is consistent. The work of expansion is paid for out of internal energy when no heat can flow in

  10. Explain why a perpetual motion machine that produces more energy than it consumes is impossible, and explain why the first law alone does not rule out every proposed perpetual motion machine.
    Show the full solution

    The first kind of perpetual motion machine. This is a device claiming to deliver net work with no energy input at all, or more work out than energy in. Why the first law forbids it. A machine that runs in cycles returns to its starting state each cycle, so \( \Delta U = 0 \) over the cycle. The first law then gives \( Q = W \) exactly: the work delivered must equal the heat absorbed, no more. Producing work with \( Q = 0 \) would require \( W \gt 0 \) with \( \Delta U = 0 \), which contradicts the equation. Where such machines actually get their energy. Every proposed example has turned out to be drawing on something unnoticed: a wound spring, a temperature difference, a chemical reaction, a slow leak of stored potential energy. When the accounting is complete, the balance closes. How strong the evidence is. No violation of energy conservation has ever been observed, in any experiment, at any scale from subatomic to astronomical. The United States Patent and Trademark Office requires a working model for perpetual motion applications, essentially the only field where it does so, and none has been supplied (USPTO, US federal). Now the second part, and it is the more interesting one. The first law is only a bookkeeping rule. It says the totals must balance; it says nothing about which direction things go. The machine the first law permits. Consider a ship that draws thermal energy from the ocean, converts it entirely to work to drive its propellers, and leaves slightly cooler water behind. Energy in equals energy out, so the first law is perfectly satisfied. The ocean holds an enormous quantity of thermal energy, so the fuel would be free and effectively limitless. Why it still cannot work. This is a perpetual motion machine of the second kind, and it is forbidden by the second law, not the first. Heat will not flow out of a single reservoir and become work with nothing else changing. An engine needs a cold reservoir to reject heat into, and the ship has none. What this shows about the two laws. The first law says you cannot win; the second says you cannot break even. Energy conservation alone is not enough to describe how the world behaves, which is precisely why a second law is needed, and lesson 6.6 states it. The first law forbids creating energy; it does not forbid converting thermal energy completely into work, and the second law does

Lesson 6.6 · Unit 6 · HS-PS3-4

The law that tells time which way to run

Film a pendulum swinging and run it backward and nothing looks wrong. Film a cup shattering and run it backward and everything looks wrong, even though every individual collision in the reversed film obeys Newton's laws perfectly. The second law is what distinguishes the two, and it is the only law of physics that knows the difference between past and future.

The key ideas
  1. Heat flows spontaneously from hot to cold, never the reverse without work being done.
  2. Entropy measures how many microscopic arrangements match a state, often summarized as disorder.
  3. The entropy of an isolated system never decreases, and increases in every real process.
  4. \( \Delta S = \dfrac{Q}{T} \) for a transfer at constant temperature, in \( \text{J/K} \).
  5. No heat engine can convert all its heat input into work, whatever its design.
  6. The Carnot limit is \( \eta = 1 - \dfrac{T_c}{T_h} \), with both temperatures in kelvin.
  7. Local entropy can decrease if a larger increase happens elsewhere, which is how life and refrigerators are possible.

Where students lose marks: claiming that entropy always increases everywhere. It is the entropy of the isolated system as a whole that cannot decrease. A freezer lowers the entropy of the water inside it, and that is not a violation, because the entropy released into the kitchen is larger.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Compute the entropy change when 1000 J moves from a body at 500 K to one at 300 K, and for the reverse. (b) Find the maximum efficiency of a steam plant with \( T_h = 800\ \text{K} \) and \( T_c = 300\ \text{K} \). (c) Explain why no engine reaches 100 percent. (d) Explain how living organisms can become more ordered without violating the law.

Step one: compute the forward case in (a). Hot body loses 1000 J at 500 K: \( \Delta S_h = \dfrac{-1000}{500} = -2.00\ \text{J/K} \). Cold body gains 1000 J at 300 K: \( \Delta S_c = \dfrac{+1000}{300} = +3.33\ \text{J/K} \). Total: \( +1.33\ \text{J/K} \), a net increase, so the process is allowed.

Step two: compute the reverse. Move the same 1000 J from the 300 K body to the 500 K one: \( \Delta S = +\dfrac{1000}{500} - \dfrac{1000}{300} = 2.00 - 3.33 = -1.33\ \text{J/K} \). A net decrease, so it cannot happen spontaneously. Notice what the first law says about this. Nothing at all: 1000 J left one body and 1000 J arrived at the other, and energy is perfectly conserved in both directions. The first law permits the reverse process. Only the second law forbids it, and this calculation is the reason heat flows one way.

Step three: see why the arithmetic works out that way. The same energy divided by a smaller temperature gives a larger entropy change. So energy arriving at a cold body always raises entropy more than leaving a hot body lowered it, and the total always rises. The direction of heat flow is a consequence of that inequality, not a separate assumption.

Step four: solve (b). \[ \eta = 1 - \frac{T_c}{T_h} = 1 - \frac{300}{800} = 1 - 0.375 = 0.625 \] 62.5 percent, and that is the absolute ceiling for any engine working between those two temperatures, regardless of its design, working fluid or engineering budget.

Step five: compare with reality. A modern coal-fired plant achieves around 40 percent, which is 64 percent of the Carnot limit. That is respectable engineering, and the remaining gap comes from friction, turbulence and the fact that real heat transfer happens across finite temperature differences rather than infinitesimal ones. The practical route to higher efficiency is to raise \( T_h \), which is why power plants push steam temperatures as high as their materials allow, and why combined cycle gas plants, which run a second engine on the first one's exhaust, reach about 60 percent.

Step six: answer (c). Reaching 100 percent would require \( T_c = 0\ \text{K} \), which lesson 6.1 established is unattainable. The physical reason behind the formula. An engine works in cycles, so it must return to its starting state each cycle, which means its own entropy change is zero. The heat it absorbs from the hot reservoir lowers that reservoir's entropy by \( Q_h/T_h \). Something must make up for that, and the only route available is dumping heat \( Q_c \) into a cold reservoir, raising entropy by \( Q_c/T_c \). So the exhaust heat is not a design flaw. It is the entropy payment the second law demands, and an engine with no exhaust would have no way to make it. The wasted heat is what buys permission to extract any work at all.

Step seven: run the numbers on that. Take 1000 J from the hot reservoir at the Carnot limit: 625 J becomes work and 375 J is dumped at 300 K. Entropy check: \( -\dfrac{1000}{800} + \dfrac{375}{300} = -1.25 + 1.25 = 0 \). Exactly zero, which is what makes it the limiting case. Any real engine does worse and produces a positive total, and no engine can produce a negative one.

Step eight: answer (d). A growing organism assembles simple molecules into highly ordered structures, lowering its own entropy. That is a real local decrease. It is not a violation, because an organism is not an isolated system. The law constrains isolated systems, and a living thing continuously exchanges matter and energy with its surroundings. Follow the accounting. To build that order, the organism consumes food and oxygen and releases carbon dioxide, water and a great deal of waste heat into its surroundings. That heat, released at body temperature, raises the entropy of the environment by more than the organism's internal entropy fell. The total rises, and the law holds. The scale of the imbalance. A human at rest dissipates about 100 W continuously. Almost none of that maintains new order; nearly all of it is entropy exported so that a small amount of order can be kept locally. Where the order ultimately comes from. Photosynthesis, powered by sunlight. Earth receives energy from the Sun's surface at about 5800 K and radiates it back to space at about 255 K, so it takes in a small number of high-energy photons and returns a much larger number of low-energy ones. That exchange exports enormous entropy, and every ordered structure on the planet, from a crystal to a forest, is paid for by it. The mistake worth naming. Arguing that evolution or embryonic development violates the second law fails at the first step: neither the Earth nor an organism is an isolated system, and the law makes no claim about anything else.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use kelvin in every efficiency and entropy calculation.

  1. State the second law in terms of heat flow.
    Show the full solution

    Heat flows spontaneously from hot to cold, never the reverse

  2. What does entropy measure?
    Show the full solution

    The number of microscopic arrangements matching a state, that is, its disorder

  3. Write the Carnot efficiency formula.
    Show the full solution

    \( \eta = 1 - \dfrac{T_c}{T_h} \)

  4. Write the entropy change for a transfer at constant temperature.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta S = \dfrac{Q}{T} \)

  5. What happens to the total entropy of an isolated system?
    Show the full solution

    It never decreases

  6. Find the maximum efficiency of an engine with \( T_h = 1200\ \text{K} \) and \( T_c = 350\ \text{K} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \eta = 1 - \dfrac{350}{1200} = 1 - 0.2917 = 0.708 \). 70.8 percent. A real gasoline engine manages about 25 percent, barely a third of this, because the ideal cycle is never achieved and much energy leaves through the exhaust and cooling system. 70.8 percent

  7. Find the entropy change when 2000 J is transferred into a large reservoir at 400 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta S = \dfrac{Q}{T} = \dfrac{2000}{400} = +5.0\ \text{J/K} \). The reservoir is specified as large so that its temperature does not change measurably during the transfer, which is what lets a single value of \( T \) be used. +5.0 J/K

  8. An engine claims 65 percent efficiency operating between 600 K and 300 K. Evaluate the claim.
    Show the full solution

    Find the Carnot limit for those reservoirs: \( \eta_{\max} = 1 - \dfrac{300}{600} = 0.500 \), that is 50 percent. The claim of 65 percent exceeds the limit, so it is impossible. No further information is needed. The Carnot limit depends only on the two temperatures, so no detail of the design, fuel or workmanship could rescue the claim. It would require a net entropy decrease. What is probably wrong. Either the temperatures are misreported, or the efficiency is being measured against something other than the total heat input, or the engine is drawing on a hotter reservoir than stated. Impossible; the limit is 50 percent

  9. Explain why a refrigerator does not violate the second law even though it moves heat from cold to hot.
    Show the full solution

    Because the law forbids that transfer only when it happens spontaneously, and a refrigerator does work to make it happen. Read the law precisely. Heat does not flow from cold to hot of its own accord. The Clausius statement includes that qualifier, and a refrigerator does not meet it. What the refrigerator supplies. A compressor driven by electrical work forces the refrigerant around the cycle. Without that work the machine does nothing and the food warms up, which is exactly what the law predicts. Do the entropy accounting. Heat \( Q_c \) is removed from the cold compartment, lowering its entropy by \( Q_c/T_c \). Heat \( Q_h = Q_c + W \) is released at the back, raising the kitchen's entropy by \( Q_h/T_h \). Why the total still rises. The released quantity is larger, because it includes the work, and although the kitchen's temperature \( T_h \) is higher, the added \( W \) is more than enough to make \( Q_h/T_h \) exceed \( Q_c/T_c \) in any real machine. A worked case. Removing 300 J from a compartment at 270 K lowers its entropy by \( 300/270 = 1.11\ \text{J/K} \). With 100 J of work, 400 J is released into a 300 K kitchen, raising entropy by \( 400/300 = 1.33\ \text{J/K} \). The net change is \( +0.22\ \text{J/K} \), positive, so the process is allowed. The limiting case. Reducing the work input drives the total toward zero, and at zero it would be the reversible ideal, which no real machine reaches. Below that no amount of engineering helps, and that limit sets the maximum coefficient of performance of any refrigerator or heat pump. The system that matters. The compartment alone is not isolated, so its entropy decrease means nothing on its own. The isolated system is the compartment plus the kitchen plus the power station, and its entropy rises. Work is done, so the transfer is not spontaneous and the total entropy still rises

  10. Explain why the second law gives time a direction while the other laws of physics do not.
    Show the full solution

    Start with what is strange about the other laws. Newton's laws, the conservation of momentum and energy, and the laws of electromagnetism are all time-symmetric. Reverse every velocity in a system and the reversed motion is an equally valid solution. Nothing in those equations distinguishes forward from backward. The film test. A film of two billiard balls colliding looks entirely normal run backward. A film of a cup shattering does not, and neither does a film of a drop of ink un-mixing itself from water or of a warm room spontaneously heating a cold cup of coffee. The puzzle this creates. The shattering cup is made of atoms obeying time-symmetric laws. Every individual collision in the reversed film is legal. So where does the obvious wrongness come from? The answer is statistical. The reversed process is not forbidden by any law of mechanics; it is overwhelmingly improbable. There are vastly more microscopic arrangements corresponding to a shattered cup than to an intact one, and vastly more corresponding to mixed ink than to a concentrated drop. Why that is decisive. The numbers involved are not merely large. For a system of \( 10^{23} \) particles the ratio of arrangements is such that waiting for a spontaneous reversal would take far longer than the age of the universe. Improbable at that scale is indistinguishable from impossible. So entropy defines the arrow. The direction in which total entropy increases is the direction we call the future. This is the only place in physics where a direction of time appears, and it appears not as a new law of mechanics but as a consequence of counting arrangements. Note what is not being claimed. The second law does not say a reversal is impossible in principle. It says it is so improbable for any macroscopic system that it has never been observed and never will be. For a handful of particles fluctuations against the law are routinely seen, which is itself good evidence that the statistical account is correct. The deeper question it raises. If entropy increases toward the future, it must have been lower in the past, and lower still further back. Following that chain leads to the early universe having had remarkably low entropy, a fact no one has fully explained and which unit 11 returns to when it reaches cosmology. Why this belongs in a physics course rather than philosophy. The arrow of time is measurable. Entropy has units, it can be computed, and the direction of every spontaneous process can be predicted from its sign. It is a quantitative claim, not a metaphor. Entropy increase is the only physical process that distinguishes past from future, and it does so statistically rather than by a new law

Unit 6 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 6 review: Thermal Energy and the Second Law

Shuffled across all six lessons. Convert to kelvin whenever a ratio of temperatures is involved. Use \( c_{\text{water}} = 4180 \), \( c_{\text{Al}} = 900\ \text{J/(kg}\cdot\text{K)} \).

  1. Convert \( 25^\circ\text{C} \) to kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    \( 25 + 273 = 298 \). 298 K

  2. Find the energy to heat 2.0 kg of water from \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) to \( 80^\circ\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = mc\Delta T = (2.0)(4180)(60) = 501600 \). \( 5.0 \times 10^{5} \) J

  3. Find the energy to melt 2.5 kg of ice at \( 0^\circ\text{C} \), with \( L_f = 3.34 \times 10^{5}\ \text{J/kg} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = mL = (2.5)(3.34 \times 10^{5}) = 8.35 \times 10^{5} \). \( 8.35 \times 10^{5} \) J, with no temperature change.

  4. A gas absorbs 800 J of heat and does 300 J of work. Find the change in internal energy.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta U = Q - W = 800 - 300 = 500 \). +500 J

  5. Find the maximum efficiency of an engine running between 800 K and 300 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( \eta = 1 - \dfrac{300}{800} = 0.625 \). 62.5 percent

  6. Find the conduction rate through \( 10\ \text{m}^2 \) of insulation 150 mm thick with \( k = 0.040\ \text{W/(m}\cdot\text{K)} \) and a 20 K difference.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = \dfrac{kA\Delta T}{L} = \dfrac{(0.040)(10)(20)}{0.150} = 53.3 \). 53 W

  7. A 0.20 kg aluminum block at \( 150^\circ\text{C} \) is dropped into 0.50 kg of water at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \). Find the final temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Heat lost equals heat gained: \( 180(150 - T) = 2090(T - 20) \). \( 27000 - 180T = 2090T - 41800 \), so \( T = \dfrac{68800}{2270} = 30.3 \). It lies between the two starting values ✓ \( 30.3^\circ\text{C} \)

  8. An object's absolute temperature doubles. By what factor does its radiated power change, and why must kelvin be used?
    Show the full solution

    Power goes as \( T^4 \), so the factor is \( 2^4 = 16 \). Kelvin is required because the law involves the temperature itself, not a difference, and only the kelvin scale has its zero at the absence of thermal motion. 16 times

  9. 1000 J of heat passes from a body at 500 K to one at 300 K. Find the total entropy change and say whether the process is allowed.
    Show the full solution

    Hot body: \( -\dfrac{1000}{500} = -2.00\ \text{J/K} \). Cold body: \( +\dfrac{1000}{300} = +3.33\ \text{J/K} \). Total: \( +1.33\ \text{J/K} \), positive, so it is allowed. The reverse would give \( -1.33 \) and cannot happen spontaneously, although the first law permits it. +1.33 J/K, allowed

  10. Find the total energy to take 0.20 kg of ice at \( -20^\circ\text{C} \) to steam at \( 120^\circ\text{C} \), and the share taken by boiling. Use \( c_{\text{ice}} = 2100 \), \( c_{\text{steam}} = 2010 \), \( L_v = 2.26 \times 10^{6} \).
    Show the full solution

    Five stages: ice warming \( 8400 \); melting \( 66800 \); water warming \( 83600 \); boiling \( 452000 \); steam warming \( 8040 \) joules. Total: \( 618840\ \text{J} \). Boiling share: \( \dfrac{452000}{618840} = 73 \) percent. \( 6.2 \times 10^{5} \) J, with boiling taking 73 percent

Lesson 7.1 · Unit 7 · HS-PS2-4

The force that holds matter together, and why you never notice it

Unit 4 found gravity governing planets and stars. Inside an atom gravity is irrelevant: the electric force binding an electron to a proton is more than \( 10^{39} \) times stronger. Yet standing in a room you feel gravity constantly and electric forces almost never. Both facts are true, and reconciling them explains why matter is structured the way it is.

The key ideas
  1. Charge comes in two kinds, positive and negative, with like charges repelling and unlike attracting.
  2. Charge is quantized in units of \( e = 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{C} \), the magnitude carried by one proton or one electron.
  3. Charge is conserved. It is transferred between objects, never created or destroyed.
  4. \( F = \dfrac{kq_1q_2}{r^2} \) with \( k = 8.99 \times 10^9\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{C}^2 \).
  5. The form matches Newton's law of gravitation exactly, including the inverse square, which is why unit 4's geometry carries over.
  6. Unlike gravity, the electric force can repel, so charges can cancel and bulk matter is almost always neutral.
  7. Insulators hold charge in place; conductors let it move, because metals have electrons free to travel.

Where students lose marks: putting signs into the formula and then also reasoning about direction. Use magnitudes in the arithmetic, then decide attraction or repulsion from the signs separately. Mixing the two produces answers with the force pointing the wrong way.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the force between \( +2.0\ \mu\text{C} \) and \( +3.0\ \mu\text{C} \) separated by 5.0 cm, and state its direction. (b) Find the force at 10 cm. (c) Compare the electric and gravitational forces between the proton and electron in a hydrogen atom, \( r = 5.29 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{m} \). (d) Explain why the electric force, despite being overwhelmingly stronger, is not what keeps you in your chair.

Step one: solve (a) with magnitudes. \[ F = \frac{kq_1q_2}{r^2} = \frac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(2.0 \times 10^{-6}) (3.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.050)^2} \] Numerator: \( (8.99 \times 10^9)(6.0 \times 10^{-12}) = 0.05394 \). Denominator: \( 0.0025 \). \( F = 21.6\ \text{N} \).

Step two: get the direction from the signs. Both charges are positive, so the force is repulsive, each pushed directly away from the other along the line joining them. The two forces are equal and opposite, by Newton's third law from lesson 2.4, even if the charges differ in size. A \( 2\ \mu\text{C} \) charge and a \( 3\ \mu\text{C} \) charge push on each other with the same 21.6 N.

Step three: solve (b) without recomputing. Doubling \( r \) quarters the force: \( F = 21.6/4 = 5.39\ \text{N} \). Recognizing the inverse square saves the arithmetic, and unit 4's practice with ratios transfers directly.

Step four: compute the electric force in (c). \[ F_E = \frac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(1.60 \times 10^{-19})^2}{(5.29 \times 10^{-11})^2} = \frac{2.30 \times 10^{-28}}{2.80 \times 10^{-21}} = 8.22 \times 10^{-8}\ \text{N} \]

Step five: compute the gravitational force. \[ F_G = \frac{(6.674 \times 10^{-11})(9.11 \times 10^{-31})(1.673 \times 10^{-27})} {(5.29 \times 10^{-11})^2} = 3.64 \times 10^{-47}\ \text{N} \] Ratio: \( \dfrac{8.22 \times 10^{-8}}{3.64 \times 10^{-47}} = 2.3 \times 10^{39} \). That number is hard to hold on to. If gravity between the electron and proton were scaled up to the strength of the electric force, and the electric force left alone, the difference is roughly the ratio of the mass of the Sun to the mass of a bacterium. The practical consequence: gravity is completely ignorable in atomic and molecular physics, and all of chemistry is electric.

Step six: set up (d). The question is why, if the electric force is \( 10^{39} \) times stronger, the weak force is the one dominating everyday life.

Step seven: identify the difference. Gravity has only one sign. Every particle attracts every other, so masses add and never cancel, and a large body like the Earth produces a large force. Charge has two signs and cancels. Ordinary matter contains almost exactly equal numbers of protons and electrons, so at any distance the attractions and repulsions very nearly cancel and the net force is close to zero.

Step eight: show how exact the cancellation must be. Two people standing a meter apart, with an imbalance of just one part in \( 10^{18} \) of their electrons, would experience a force of thousands of newtons. Nothing like that is observed, so the cancellation in bulk matter is extraordinarily precise. And yet the electric force is not absent from daily life. It is what you feel, disguised. The chair supports you because its surface electrons repel yours at close range, which is the normal force of lesson 2.3. Friction, tension, the strength of a steel beam and the reason solids are solid are all electric forces acting at very short range, where the cancellation is incomplete. So the honest answer is that gravity reaches you across thousands of kilometers because it never cancels, while the electric force reaches you only across nanometers, and every contact force in unit 2 was an electric force all along.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( k = 8.99 \times 10^9\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{C}^2 \) and \( e = 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{C} \).

  1. Write Coulomb's law.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = \dfrac{kq_1q_2}{r^2} \)

  2. Give the magnitude of the charge on an electron.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{C} \)

  3. What happens between two negative charges?
    Show the full solution

    They repel

  4. What does it mean that charge is conserved?
    Show the full solution

    It is transferred, never created or destroyed

  5. Name the property that distinguishes a conductor from an insulator.
    Show the full solution

    A conductor has charges free to move through it

  6. Find the force between \( +4.0\ \mu\text{C} \) and \( -2.0\ \mu\text{C} \) separated by 0.20 m.
    Show the full solution

    Use magnitudes: \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(4.0 \times 10^{-6})(2.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.20)^2} = \dfrac{0.07192}{0.040} = 1.80\ \text{N} \). The signs are opposite, so the force is attractive. 1.80 N, attractive

  7. How many electrons make up a charge of \( -1.0\ \mu\text{C} \)?
    Show the full solution

    \( n = \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^{-6}}{1.60 \times 10^{-19}} = 6.25 \times 10^{12} \). Over six trillion electrons for one microcoulomb, which shows how enormous a coulomb is as a unit and why everyday static charges are measured in nanocoulombs and microcoulombs. \( 6.25 \times 10^{12} \) electrons

  8. Two charges attract with 12 N. The distance between them is tripled and one charge is doubled. Find the new force.
    Show the full solution

    Work with the proportionality \( F \propto \dfrac{q_1q_2}{r^2} \). Doubling one charge multiplies \( F \) by 2. Tripling \( r \) divides \( F \) by \( 3^2 = 9 \). New force: \( 12 \times \dfrac{2}{9} = 2.67\ \text{N} \). Still attractive, since neither sign changed. 2.67 N

  9. Explain how a charged balloon sticks to a neutral wall.
    Show the full solution

    By inducing a separation of charge in the wall, so that the nearer surface carries the opposite charge and attraction wins. Start with the puzzle. The wall is neutral overall, and a neutral object should feel no net force from a charged one. So the explanation must involve the charges inside the wall moving. What the balloon does. Rubbing it on hair transfers electrons to it, leaving it negatively charged. What happens in the wall. The balloon's negative charge repels electrons in the wall's surface molecules, pushing them slightly away, and leaves the nearer side of each molecule slightly positive. This is polarization, and it happens even in an insulator where no charge can travel far, because the molecules themselves distort. Why attraction wins. The wall now has a slightly positive layer near the balloon and a slightly negative layer further away. Coulomb's law is an inverse square, so the nearer positive layer exerts a larger attraction than the more distant negative layer exerts repulsion. The forces do not cancel, and the balloon is pulled in. Why the distance dependence is essential. If the force fell off linearly, or not at all, the two layers would cancel exactly and the balloon would fall. The effect exists only because closer charges count for more. The prediction that tests it. The attraction should also work on any neutral insulator, and it does: a charged rod attracts small pieces of paper, a thin stream of water bends toward it, and none of those objects carries a net charge. Why it eventually falls. Charge slowly leaks from the balloon to the air, especially in humid conditions where water molecules carry it away, which is why the trick works poorly on a damp day. Polarization creates a nearer opposite charge, and the inverse square makes its attraction dominate

  10. Two identical conducting spheres carry charges of \( +8.0\ \mu\text{C} \) and \( -2.0\ \mu\text{C} \). They are touched together and separated to 0.30 m. Find the force before contact and after, and explain the change.
    Show the full solution

    Before contact, at 0.30 m. \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(8.0 \times 10^{-6})(2.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.30)^2} = \dfrac{0.14384}{0.090} = 1.60\ \text{N} \), attractive, since the signs are opposite. What contact does. The spheres are conductors and identical, so charge is free to move between them and distributes equally. Charge is conserved, so the total is unchanged. Total charge. \( +8.0 + (-2.0) = +6.0\ \mu\text{C} \). Each sphere afterward. \( 6.0/2 = +3.0\ \mu\text{C} \). After separation, at 0.30 m. \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(3.0 \times 10^{-6})(3.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.30)^2} = \dfrac{0.080910}{0.090} = 0.899\ \text{N} \), repulsive, since both are now positive. Explain the change in direction. This is the striking part. The force reverses from attraction to repulsion without either sphere being touched by anything external. Contact allowed the excess electrons on the negative sphere to move onto the positive one, neutralizing part of it, and what remained was a net positive charge shared between them. Explain the change in size. The magnitude fell from 1.60 N to 0.899 N, a factor of 0.562. That is exactly \( \dfrac{3 \times 3}{8 \times 2} = \dfrac{9}{16} \) ✓ which confirms the arithmetic. Why the product matters, not the total. Sharing equally maximizes the product of the two charges for a fixed total, so for a given total charge, the equal split gives the strongest possible repulsion. Here the total also fell from an effective \( 8 \times 2 = 16 \) to \( 3 \times 3 = 9 \) because neutralization destroyed part of the imbalance. The assumption being made. That the spheres are identical, which is what justifies the equal split. If one were larger it would take a larger share, and the problem would need their relative sizes. A second assumption. That 0.30 m is large compared with the spheres, so they can be treated as point charges. If they nearly touched, the charge on each would redistribute toward the far side under mutual repulsion and Coulomb's law in this simple form would not apply. 1.60 N attractive before; 0.899 N repulsive after

Lesson 7.2 · Unit 7 · HS-PS2-4

Replacing action at a distance with something present everywhere

Coulomb's law says two charges push on each other across empty space, with nothing in between doing anything. That troubled physicists for two centuries. The field concept replaces it: a charge alters the space around it, and any other charge responds to the local condition of the space it sits in. It is a bookkeeping change at first and turns out to be far more.

The key ideas
  1. \( E = \dfrac{F}{q} \) defines the field as force per unit positive charge, in \( \text{N/C} \).
  2. \( E = \dfrac{kQ}{r^2} \) gives the field of a point charge \( Q \).
  3. The field is a vector, pointing away from positive charge and toward negative charge.
  4. \( F = qE \) finds the force on any charge placed in a known field.
  5. Field lines show direction by their tangent and strength by their spacing, and never cross.
  6. Between parallel plates the field is uniform, with \( E = \dfrac{V}{d} \) in \( \text{V/m} \), a unit identical to \( \text{N/C} \).
  7. The field inside a conductor in equilibrium is zero, which is why a metal enclosure shields its interior.

Where students lose marks: treating the field as if it depended on the test charge. \( E \) at a point is set entirely by the charges producing it. Placing a larger charge there gives a larger force, not a larger field.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the field 0.30 m from a \( +5.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge, and the force on a \( +2.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge placed there. (b) Find the field between plates 3.0 mm apart connected to 12 V, and the acceleration of an electron in it. (c) Explain why field lines cannot cross. (d) Explain why a car is a relatively safe place in a lightning storm.

Step one: solve the field in (a). \[ E = \frac{kQ}{r^2} = \frac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(5.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.30)^2} = \frac{4.495 \times 10^4}{0.090} = 5.0 \times 10^5\ \text{N/C} \] Direction: radially outward, since \( Q \) is positive.

Step two: find the force. \( F = qE = (2.0 \times 10^{-6})(5.0 \times 10^5) = 1.0\ \text{N} \), directed away from \( Q \). Check it against Coulomb's law directly: \( \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(5.0 \times 10^{-6})(2.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.30)^2} = 1.0\ \text{N} \) ✓ The field is just Coulomb's law with one charge factored out.

Step three: solve the plate field in (b). \[ E = \frac{V}{d} = \frac{12}{0.0030} = 4000\ \text{V/m} \] Uniform everywhere between the plates, which is the point of the parallel plate arrangement: the field does not weaken with distance from either plate, so the force on a charge is the same throughout.

Step four: find the electron's acceleration. \( F = qE = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(4000) = 6.4 \times 10^{-16}\ \text{N} \). \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} = \dfrac{6.4 \times 10^{-16}}{9.11 \times 10^{-31}} = 7.0 \times 10^{14}\ \text{m/s}^2 \). That is about \( 7 \times 10^{13} \) times \( g \). Gravity on the electron is \( 8.9 \times 10^{-30}\ \text{N} \), fourteen orders of magnitude smaller than the electric force, which is why gravity is dropped without comment in every problem involving charged particles.

Step five: begin (c). The field at any point has one definite value, both in magnitude and direction, because it is defined as the force a unit charge would feel there, and a charge cannot be pushed two ways at once.

Step six: complete the argument. A field line's direction at a point is the field's direction there. If two lines crossed, the field at the crossing point would have two different directions simultaneously, which is a contradiction. What actually happens where fields overlap is vector addition: the two contributions add to a single resultant, and one line passes through in that resultant direction. Field lines from two charges bend around each other and never intersect except at a point where the field is exactly zero, where no line is drawn at all.

Step seven: set up (d). A car struck by lightning is carrying an enormous charge on its outside. The question is why the occupants are not electrocuted.

Step eight: give the shielding argument. The car body is a conductor, so charge on it is free to move. It moves until it stops moving, and it stops only when there is no field left to push it. So in equilibrium the field inside the metal is zero, and the excess charge has been driven entirely to the outer surface by its own mutual repulsion. This is a Faraday cage. The consequence for the occupants. With no field inside the shell, there is no force on charges in a person's body and no current through them. The lightning current travels through the metal skin to the ground. Note carefully what is doing the work. It is the metal shell, not the rubber tires. Rubber is a good insulator, but a bolt that has just crossed a kilometer of air will not be stopped by ten centimeters of rubber, and the tire explanation is simply wrong. A fiberglass car or a convertible with the top down offers no such protection. The same principle everywhere. Microwave oven doors carry a perforated metal screen with holes far smaller than the wavelength, so the radiation cannot get out while light can. Coaxial cables shield their signal with a braided outer conductor. An aircraft protects its passengers the same way a car does, and commercial aircraft are struck roughly once a year each without incident.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Electron mass \( 9.11 \times 10^{-31}\ \text{kg} \).

  1. Define electric field strength.
    Show the full solution

    Force per unit positive charge, \( E = F/q \)

  2. Give the units of electric field.
    Show the full solution

    N/C, equivalently V/m

  3. Which way do field lines point near a negative charge?
    Show the full solution

    Inward, toward the charge

  4. Write the field between parallel plates.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \dfrac{V}{d} \)

  5. What is the electric field inside a conductor in equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  6. Find the field 0.50 m from a \( -8.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(8.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.50)^2} = \dfrac{7.192 \times 10^4}{0.25} = 2.88 \times 10^5\ \text{N/C} \). Directed toward the charge, since it is negative. \( 2.88 \times 10^5 \) N/C, inward

  7. A field of 2500 N/C exerts a force of 0.015 N on a charge. Find the charge.
    Show the full solution

    \( q = \dfrac{F}{E} = \dfrac{0.015}{2500} = 6.0 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{C} \). \( 6.0\ \mu\text{C} \)

  8. Two plates 5.0 mm apart are connected to 250 V. Find the field and the force on a proton in it.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \dfrac{V}{d} = \dfrac{250}{0.0050} = 5.0 \times 10^4\ \text{V/m} \). \( F = qE = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(5.0 \times 10^4) = 8.0 \times 10^{-15}\ \text{N} \). Directed from the positive plate toward the negative one, since the proton's charge is positive and it follows the field. \( 5.0 \times 10^4 \) V/m and \( 8.0 \times 10^{-15} \) N

  9. Explain why the electric field is zero everywhere inside a hollow charged metal sphere.
    Show the full solution

    Because any field inside the metal would drive the free charges until it was canceled, and equilibrium is reached only when it is zero. The dynamic argument, which is the essential one. Suppose a field existed somewhere inside the conducting material. The metal contains free electrons, so they would feel a force and move. Moving charge is a current, and a current means the situation is changing, so it is not equilibrium. Charges keep moving until they have rearranged into a configuration where the field they produce cancels whatever field was there. At that point nothing moves, and the field inside the metal is exactly zero. Extending it to the hollow cavity. The same result holds in the empty space inside the shell. Any field there would have to begin and end on charges, and there are none in the cavity. A field line entering the cavity would have to leave again, which would require work around a closed loop, and the electric force is conservative, so that cannot happen. Where the charge sits. All the excess charge ends up on the outer surface, driven there by mutual repulsion, spreading as far apart as the geometry allows. The historical test. This prediction is an exact consequence of the inverse square law, and would fail if the exponent were not precisely 2. Cavendish tested it in the 1770s by looking for charge on an inner sphere and finding none, and modern versions of the same experiment confirm the exponent to within about one part in \( 10^{16} \). It remains one of the most precisely verified statements in physics. Why the shape does not matter. The argument nowhere assumed a sphere. Any closed conducting shell works, which is why a car, an aircraft and a wire mesh cage all shield their interiors. What it does not protect against. Fields from charges placed inside the cavity are not shielded; the shell blocks external fields, not internal ones. Free charges rearrange until no field remains, and that is the equilibrium condition

  10. An electron enters a uniform field of \( 3.0 \times 10^4\ \text{V/m} \) moving perpendicular to it at \( 2.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m/s} \), and the field region is 4.0 cm long. Find its sideways deflection on exit, and explain what this arrangement is used for.
    Show the full solution

    Recognize the structure. The electron has a constant velocity along the field region and a constant acceleration perpendicular to it. That is projectile motion from lesson 1.6 with the electric force replacing gravity, and the two directions are independent. Find the time in the field. \( t = \dfrac{L}{v} = \dfrac{0.040}{2.0 \times 10^6} = 2.0 \times 10^{-8}\ \text{s} \). Find the acceleration. \( F = qE = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(3.0 \times 10^4) = 4.8 \times 10^{-15}\ \text{N} \) \( a = \dfrac{F}{m} = \dfrac{4.8 \times 10^{-15}}{9.11 \times 10^{-31}} = 5.27 \times 10^{15}\ \text{m/s}^2 \). Find the sideways displacement. It starts with no sideways velocity, so \( y = \tfrac{1}{2}at^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(5.27 \times 10^{15}) (2.0 \times 10^{-8})^2 \) \( y = \tfrac{1}{2}(5.27 \times 10^{15})(4.0 \times 10^{-16}) = 1.05\ \text{m} \). Stop and check that. A deflection of over a meter inside a 4 cm region is impossible, so something is wrong with the setup rather than the arithmetic. The electron would strike a plate long before exiting. What the check reveals. The numbers chosen describe a field far too strong, or a speed far too low, for the electron to cross. This is exactly the kind of sanity check the course keeps insisting on: an answer must be compared against the geometry it came from. Find what would work. For a deflection of, say, 5.0 mm across the same 4.0 cm at the same field, the required speed follows from \( y = \tfrac{1}{2}a\left(\dfrac{L}{v}\right)^2 \), so \( v = L\sqrt{\dfrac{a}{2y}} = 0.040\sqrt{\dfrac{5.27 \times 10^{15}}{0.010}} = 0.040 \times 7.26 \times 10^{8} = 2.9 \times 10^{7}\ \text{m/s} \). About \( 3 \times 10^7\ \text{m/s} \), roughly ten percent of the speed of light, which is a realistic figure for an electron beam and the reason real instruments accelerate electrons through thousands of volts first. What the arrangement is for. Deflecting a charged beam by a controlled amount is how the cathode ray oscilloscope works: the voltage to be measured is applied to the plates, and the beam's deflection on the screen is proportional to it, giving a direct visual reading of a rapidly changing voltage. The same principle elsewhere. Inkjet printers steer charged droplets onto paper this way, and mass spectrometers separate ions by how much a field deflects them, which depends on their charge-to-mass ratio. The relationship worth extracting. \( y = \dfrac{qEL^2}{2mv^2} \), so the deflection is proportional to the field, and therefore to the applied voltage, which is what makes the instrument linear and readable. The given numbers give an impossible 1.05 m, showing the beam would strike a plate; about \( 3 \times 10^7 \) m/s is needed for a workable 5 mm deflection

Lesson 7.3 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-1

What a battery's voltage actually tells you

A 9 V battery and a 1.5 V cell both push charge around a circuit. The label is not a measure of how much charge, or how fast, or how long it lasts. It is energy per coulomb, and reading it that way turns every circuit question into an energy accounting problem of the kind unit 5 already solved.

The key ideas
  1. Potential difference is energy transferred per coulomb, \( V = \dfrac{W}{q} \), measured in volts.
  2. One volt is one joule per coulomb.
  3. \( W = qV \) gives the energy moved when charge \( q \) crosses a potential difference \( V \).
  4. \( V = \dfrac{kQ}{r} \) gives the potential near a point charge, a scalar, so potentials from several charges simply add.
  5. Potential falls off as \( 1/r \) while field falls off as \( 1/r^2 \), because potential is the field accumulated over distance.
  6. An electronvolt is the energy an electron gains crossing one volt, \( 1\ \text{eV} = 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{J} \).
  7. Only differences in potential matter, which is why the zero can be placed wherever is convenient, usually the ground.

Where students lose marks: saying current is "used up" by a component. Current is the same before and after a resistor. What is used up is energy, and the voltage across the component measures how much per coulomb. Track energy, not charge.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the energy delivered when a 1.5 V cell moves 2.0 C. (b) Find the potential 0.30 m from a \( +5.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge, and the work to bring a \( +2.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge there from far away. (c) Find the speed of an electron accelerated through 100 V. (d) Explain why a bird on a high voltage line is unharmed.

Step one: solve (a). \[ W = qV = (2.0)(1.5) = 3.0\ \text{J} \] Read the units as the definition. 1.5 V means 1.5 joules are delivered for every coulomb that passes, so two coulombs deliver 3.0 J. Nothing more is needed.

Step two: solve the potential in (b). \[ V = \frac{kQ}{r} = \frac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(5.0 \times 10^{-6})}{0.30} = \frac{4.495 \times 10^4}{0.30} = 1.50 \times 10^5\ \text{V} \] Note the difference from lesson 7.2. The field at the same point was \( 5.0 \times 10^5\ \text{N/C} \). The potential is the field multiplied by a distance, and indeed \( 5.0 \times 10^5 \times 0.30 = 1.5 \times 10^5 \), which is exact here only because of the way the \( 1/r \) and \( 1/r^2 \) forms relate.

Step three: find the work. \( W = qV = (2.0 \times 10^{-6})(1.50 \times 10^5) = 0.30\ \text{J} \). Positive, meaning work must be done against the repulsion to push a positive charge toward another positive charge. Bringing a negative charge instead would give a negative answer, meaning the field does the work and energy is released.

Step four: note why "from far away" appears. Potential is defined as zero at infinite distance for a point charge, so \( V = kQ/r \) is really the potential difference between that point and infinity. Starting anywhere else would require subtracting two potentials, and the phrase fixes the reference.

Step five: set up (c) as energy conservation. The electron starts at rest and the field does work \( qV \) on it, which becomes kinetic energy. This is unit 5's method with an electric force instead of gravity. \[ qV = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \]

Step six: solve it. \( qV = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(100) = 1.60 \times 10^{-17}\ \text{J} \), which is 100 eV by definition. \[ v = \sqrt{\frac{2qV}{m}} = \sqrt{\frac{2(1.60 \times 10^{-17})} {9.11 \times 10^{-31}}} = \sqrt{3.51 \times 10^{13}} = 5.9 \times 10^6\ \text{m/s} \] About 2 percent of the speed of light, which is low enough that treating it non-relativistically is justified. Above roughly 10 percent of \( c \), around 2500 V for an electron, the formula would start to give noticeably wrong answers.

Step seven: begin (d). The line may sit at 100000 V relative to the ground, and the bird is entirely unharmed. The resolution is in the word "relative".

Step eight: complete the argument. What causes harm is current through the body, and current requires a potential difference across the body. The bird's two feet are both on the same wire, separated by a few centimeters of excellent conductor. The potential difference between them is a tiny fraction of a volt, because the wire has very little resistance over that distance. So the current through the bird is negligible, and the fact that both feet sit at 100000 V relative to the ground is irrelevant, since the ground is not part of any path the bird completes. The test that confirms it. A bird that touches a second wire at a different potential, or brushes a grounded pylon while perched, is killed instantly. Large birds with wide wingspans are at real risk for exactly this reason, and utilities space conductors further apart on lines where eagles and storks nest. The general principle, which is the one to keep. Voltage is always between two points. Asking "what voltage is the bird at" is not a well-formed question; asking "what is the potential difference across the bird" is, and the answer is nearly zero. The same reasoning applies to line workers, who work on energized lines from insulated buckets after bonding themselves to the conductor, so that they and the line sit at the same potential and no difference exists across them.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Define potential difference.
    Show the full solution

    Energy transferred per unit charge, \( V = W/q \)

  2. One volt equals how many joules per coulomb?
    Show the full solution

    One

  3. Write the potential near a point charge.
    Show the full solution

    \( V = \dfrac{kQ}{r} \)

  4. Give the value of one electronvolt in joules.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{J} \)

  5. Is potential a vector or a scalar?
    Show the full solution

    A scalar

  6. Find the energy delivered when a 12 V battery moves 500 C.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = qV = (500)(12) = 6000\ \text{J} \). 6000 J

  7. A charge of 0.25 C gains 4.5 J crossing a component. Find the potential difference.
    Show the full solution

    \( V = \dfrac{W}{q} = \dfrac{4.5}{0.25} = 18\ \text{V} \). 18 V

  8. Find the potential at a point 0.40 m from \( +3.0\ \mu\text{C} \) and 0.60 m from \( -4.0\ \mu\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    Potential is a scalar, so the contributions add with their signs and no vector work is needed. This is the main practical advantage of potential over field. From the positive charge: \( \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(3.0 \times 10^{-6})}{0.40} = +6.74 \times 10^4\ \text{V} \). From the negative charge: \( \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(-4.0 \times 10^{-6})}{0.60} = -5.99 \times 10^4\ \text{V} \). Sum: \( 6.74 \times 10^4 - 5.99 \times 10^4 = +7.5 \times 10^3\ \text{V} \). Note that the geometry was never needed. The angle between the two charges does not appear, whereas finding the field at that point would have required resolving two vectors. \( +7.5 \times 10^3 \) V

  9. Explain why potential falls off as \( 1/r \) while field falls off as \( 1/r^2 \).
    Show the full solution

    Because potential is the accumulated effect of the field over distance, and accumulating an inverse square over distance gives an inverse first power. State the relationship. The potential difference between two points is the work per unit charge to move between them, and work is force times distance. So potential is field multiplied by distance, accumulated along the path. Apply it dimensionally. Field has units N/C; multiplying by meters gives N·m/C, which is J/C, which is volts ✓ So potential must carry one more power of distance than field, which is exactly the difference between \( 1/r^2 \) and \( 1/r \). See it in the formulas. \( E = \dfrac{kQ}{r^2} \) and \( V = \dfrac{kQ}{r} \), and \( V = Er \) for a point charge, which is the same statement. The physical reading. The field weakens quickly with distance, but moving from \( r \) to infinity covers an unlimited distance, and those two effects combine so that the total work is finite and proportional to \( 1/r \). Why this matters practically. Potential is far easier to work with: it is a scalar, so contributions from many charges add as numbers, while fields must be added as vectors. Most real calculations find the potential first and get the field from how fast it changes with position. The parallel with gravity. Gravitational field goes as \( 1/r^2 \) and gravitational potential energy as \( 1/r \), for exactly the same reason, which is why the escape speed derivation in unit 4 had the form it did. Potential accumulates the field over distance, adding one power of \( r \)

  10. A proton is accelerated from rest through 2000 V. Find its final speed, its kinetic energy in joules and in electronvolts, and compare it with the electron in the worked example.
    Show the full solution

    Find the energy first. \( W = qV = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(2000) = 3.20 \times 10^{-16}\ \text{J} \). In electronvolts. By definition, a charge of one elementary unit crossing 2000 V gains 2000 eV, so the answer is 2000 eV, or 2.0 keV, with no arithmetic required. This is why the unit exists. Find the speed. All the work becomes kinetic energy, since it starts at rest. \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = 3.20 \times 10^{-16} \) \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{2(3.20 \times 10^{-16})}{1.673 \times 10^{-27}}} = \sqrt{3.825 \times 10^{11}} = 6.18 \times 10^{5}\ \text{m/s} \). About \( 6.2 \times 10^5\ \text{m/s} \). Now compare with the electron. The electron through 100 V reached \( 5.9 \times 10^6\ \text{m/s} \), nearly ten times faster, despite receiving twenty times less energy. Explain why. The proton is about 1836 times more massive. For the same energy, \( v \propto 1/\sqrt{m} \), so the proton would be \( \sqrt{1836} = 42.8 \) times slower. Check that the two effects combine correctly. The proton got 20 times more energy, which alone would make it \( \sqrt{20} = 4.47 \) times faster. Combined with being 42.8 times slower from mass: \( 4.47/42.8 = 0.104 \), so the proton should be about a tenth of the electron's speed. Check: \( \dfrac{6.18 \times 10^5}{5.93 \times 10^6} = 0.104 \) ✓ exactly as predicted. Why this matters for machine design. Accelerating heavy particles to a given speed takes far more energy than light ones, which is why electron accelerators are compact and proton accelerators are enormous. The Large Hadron Collider's 27 km ring exists because protons are hard to accelerate. The relativistic check. The proton at \( 6.2 \times 10^5 \) m/s is at 0.2 percent of \( c \), so the non-relativistic formula is very safe here, more so than for the electron in the worked example. The design consequence worth keeping. Because the energy in electronvolts depends only on the charge and the voltage, and not on the mass, quoting accelerator energies in eV lets machines using different particles be compared directly, while quoting speeds would not. \( 6.2 \times 10^5 \) m/s, \( 3.2 \times 10^{-16} \) J, 2.0 keV; about a tenth the electron's speed despite twenty times the energy

Lesson 7.4 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-5

A relationship that is not a law of nature

\( V = IR \) is taught alongside \( F = ma \) and \( E = mc^2 \), and it does not belong in that company. Newton's second law holds universally; Ohm's law holds for some materials, over some range of conditions, at roughly constant temperature. Knowing where it fails is as useful as knowing how to apply it.

The key ideas
  1. Current is the rate of charge flow, \( I = \dfrac{Q}{t} \), in amperes, where one ampere is one coulomb per second.
  2. Conventional current flows from positive to negative, while the electrons actually move the other way.
  3. Resistance is \( R = \dfrac{V}{I} \), in ohms.
  4. Ohm's law states that \( V \) is proportional to \( I \) for a conductor at constant temperature.
  5. An ohmic conductor gives a straight line through the origin on a current-voltage graph.
  6. A filament lamp is not ohmic: it heats up, its resistance rises, and the graph curves.
  7. Resistance rises with length and falls with cross-sectional area, \( R = \dfrac{\rho L}{A} \).

Where students lose marks: writing that Ohm's law is \( V = IR \). That equation is the definition of resistance and is always true. Ohm's law is the separate empirical claim that \( R \) stays constant as \( V \) changes, and many components violate it.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the current when 12 V is applied across \( 4.0\ \Omega \). (b) Find the charge passing in 5.0 minutes, and the number of electrons. (c) Explain why a filament lamp's current-voltage graph curves. (d) Explain why electrons drift at under a millimeter per second yet a light comes on instantly.

Step one: solve (a). \[ I = \frac{V}{R} = \frac{12}{4.0} = 3.0\ \text{A} \]

Step two: solve the charge in (b). \( t = 5.0 \times 60 = 300\ \text{s} \). \( Q = It = (3.0)(300) = 900\ \text{C} \).

Step three: convert to electrons. \( n = \dfrac{900}{1.60 \times 10^{-19}} = 5.6 \times 10^{21} \) electrons. Five thousand billion billion electrons in five minutes through a modest circuit, which gives some sense of why charge is treated as a continuous fluid in circuit work rather than as countable particles.

Step four: begin (c). Passing current through a filament heats it, and a lamp filament reaches around 2800 K. That temperature change is the whole story.

Step five: give the mechanism. A metal's resistance comes from electrons colliding with vibrating lattice ions. Raising the temperature makes those ions vibrate with larger amplitude, so collisions become more frequent, and the electrons are impeded more. So resistance rises with temperature, and the graph of current against voltage bends away from the current axis: each extra volt produces less extra current than the one before.

Step six: note the size of the effect and a practical consequence. Tungsten's resistance at 2800 K is roughly 15 times its value at room temperature. So the instant a lamp is switched on, its resistance is low and the current surge is many times the running current. That is why filament lamps almost always fail at switch-on, and why the circuit breaker on a large lighting installation must tolerate an inrush far above the steady load.

Step seven: set up (d) with the numbers. In a typical copper wire carrying a few amperes, the drift velocity of the electrons is around \( 10^{-4}\ \text{m/s} \), a tenth of a millimeter per second. An electron leaving a light switch would take hours to reach the bulb.

Step eight: resolve it. The electrons do not need to travel from the switch to the bulb. The wire is already full of free electrons everywhere along it, including inside the bulb's filament. What travels quickly is the field, not the electrons. Closing the switch establishes an electric field along the conductor, and that field propagates at close to the speed of light. Every electron in the circuit, including those already in the filament, begins drifting almost simultaneously. The analogy that captures it. A pipe already full of water delivers water from the far end the instant the tap is opened, even though any particular molecule moves slowly. Nothing had to travel the length of the pipe; the pressure did. The prediction this makes. The delay should be set by the length of the circuit divided by roughly the speed of light, so a circuit a few meters long should respond in nanoseconds. It does, and this is measurable with an oscilloscope. Why the distinction matters beyond curiosity. In high-speed digital electronics the nanosecond-scale propagation delay is the limiting factor in processor design, and circuit board traces are deliberately lengthened or shortened to make signals arrive together. At those speeds the field's travel time is the dominant engineering constraint, and the drift velocity is irrelevant.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Define electric current.
    Show the full solution

    The rate of flow of charge, \( I = Q/t \)

  2. One ampere equals how many coulombs per second?
    Show the full solution

    One

  3. Write the relationship defining resistance.
    Show the full solution

    \( R = \dfrac{V}{I} \)

  4. In which direction does conventional current flow?
    Show the full solution

    From positive to negative, opposite to the electron flow

  5. What shape is the current-voltage graph of an ohmic conductor?
    Show the full solution

    A straight line through the origin

  6. Find the resistance when 9.0 V drives 0.30 A.
    Show the full solution

    \( R = \dfrac{V}{I} = \dfrac{9.0}{0.30} = 30\ \Omega \). \( 30\ \Omega \)

  7. Find the charge passing in 2.0 minutes at 0.75 A, and the energy it delivers across 6.0 V.
    Show the full solution

    \( t = 120\ \text{s} \). \( Q = It = (0.75)(120) = 90\ \text{C} \). \( W = QV = (90)(6.0) = 540\ \text{J} \). 90 C and 540 J

  8. A wire is replaced by one of the same material, twice the length and half the diameter. Find the factor by which its resistance changes.
    Show the full solution

    Use \( R = \dfrac{\rho L}{A} \). Doubling the length doubles \( R \). Halving the diameter quarters the area, since \( A = \pi r^2 \), and quartering the area multiplies \( R \) by 4. Combined: \( 2 \times 4 = 8 \). The diameter is the more powerful lever, because it enters squared, which is why cables for heavy loads are made thick rather than short. 8 times greater

  9. Explain why Ohm's law is better described as a useful approximation than as a law of nature.
    Show the full solution

    Because it is an empirical description of how certain materials behave under certain conditions, not a universal statement, and many common components disobey it. Separate the two statements first. \( V = IR \) is the definition of resistance and is always true, because \( R \) is defined as the ratio. Ohm's law is the stronger claim that this ratio stays constant as the voltage changes, and that claim can fail. Where it holds. Metals at constant temperature, over a wide range of currents. This covers most wiring and most resistors, which is why the approximation is so useful. Where it fails: temperature. A filament lamp's resistance rises roughly fifteenfold between room temperature and operating temperature, so its graph curves badly. Even an ordinary resistor drifts if it warms. Where it fails: direction. A diode conducts readily one way and barely at all the other. Its resistance is not a number at all, but depends on both the size and the sign of the applied voltage. Every rectifier and every LED relies on this failure. Where it fails: the opposite temperature sign. A thermistor's resistance falls as it warms, because heating frees more charge carriers rather than just increasing lattice vibration. Semiconductors generally behave this way, opposite to metals, and this is the basis of temperature sensors. Where it fails completely. A superconductor below its critical temperature has exactly zero resistance, and a gas discharge tube has a region where increasing the current lowers the voltage across it, a negative resistance that no constant \( R \) can describe. Compare with a genuine law. Newton's second law has no known exceptions within its domain, and where it fails, at relativistic speeds, a deeper theory replaces it and explains why. Ohm's law has ordinary exceptions sitting in every household appliance, and the exceptions are the basis of most modern electronics. Why the distinction is worth making. Treating it as universal leads students to apply \( V = IR \) with a fixed \( R \) to a lamp or diode and get answers that are simply wrong. Knowing it is conditional prompts the question "is this component ohmic?", which is the right question. It describes a class of materials under restricted conditions, and its exceptions are the foundation of electronics

  10. A filament lamp draws 0.50 A at 12 V when running. Its resistance at room temperature is \( 1.6\ \Omega \). Find its operating resistance, the switch-on current, and explain what this means for the circuit design.
    Show the full solution

    Find the operating resistance. \( R = \dfrac{V}{I} = \dfrac{12}{0.50} = 24\ \Omega \). Compare with the cold value. \( \dfrac{24}{1.6} = 15 \), so the filament's resistance is fifteen times greater when hot, which matches the known behavior of tungsten. Find the switch-on current. At the instant of switching, the filament is still cold and its resistance is \( 1.6\ \Omega \): \( I = \dfrac{12}{1.6} = 7.5\ \text{A} \). Fifteen times the running current, which follows directly since the voltage is fixed and the current is inversely proportional to the resistance. How long the surge lasts. Only milliseconds. The filament has a very small mass and the power dissipated in the first instant is \( VI = 12 \times 7.5 = 90\ \text{W} \), fifteen times the running 6 W, so it heats to operating temperature almost immediately and the current falls back. Consequence one: this is when lamps fail. The surge stresses the filament mechanically and thermally, and the thinnest point, where the filament has already been eroded by evaporation, heats fastest and breaks. Almost every filament lamp fails at switch-on rather than during steady operation, which is a prediction this calculation makes and everyday experience confirms. Consequence two: fuse and breaker ratings. A fuse rated just above the running current would blow every time the lamp was switched on. Protective devices must either be rated well above the steady load or, better, be of a slow-blow type that tolerates brief surges but responds to sustained overcurrent. Consequence three: scaling to installations. A lighting circuit with twenty such lamps draws 10 A running but 150 A for a few milliseconds at switch-on. This is why large installations stagger their switching across several contactors rather than energizing everything at once, and why theatrical dimmers often keep filaments slightly warm between cues. Consequence four: why LEDs changed this. An LED's current is set by its driver circuit, which limits it regardless of the LED's own characteristics, so there is no inrush of this kind. That removed a whole category of design constraint along with the energy saving. What the lamp is not. This whole analysis exists because the lamp is not ohmic. If it were, the cold and hot resistances would be equal and there would be no surge at all. \( 24\ \Omega \) hot, 7.5 A at switch-on, fifteen times the running current

Lesson 7.5 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-5

Why adding a second path lowers the resistance

Connect two resistors end to end and the total resistance is their sum, which is what anyone would guess. Connect them side by side and the total is less than either one alone, which almost nobody guesses. That second result is not a trick of algebra; it follows from counting how much charge gets through, and it governs how every building is wired.

The key ideas
  1. In series the current is the same everywhere, because there is only one path and charge is conserved.
  2. In series the voltages add: \( V_{\text{total}} = V_1 + V_2 + \dots \), and \( R_{\text{total}} = R_1 + R_2 + \dots \).
  3. In parallel the voltage is the same across each branch, because each connects the same two points.
  4. In parallel the currents add, and \( \dfrac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \dfrac{1}{R_1} + \dfrac{1}{R_2} + \dots \).
  5. Parallel resistance is always less than the smallest branch, since each added branch offers another route.
  6. Kirchhoff's current rule: charge entering a junction equals charge leaving it.
  7. Kirchhoff's voltage rule: the voltage rises and falls around any closed loop sum to zero, which is energy conservation.

Where students lose marks: adding parallel resistances directly, or forgetting to invert at the end. Compute \( 1/R_1 + 1/R_2 \) first, then take the reciprocal. Always check the answer is smaller than the smallest branch; if it is not, the inversion was missed.

Worked example

The problem. A 12 V battery supplies a \( 4.0\ \Omega \) resistor in series with a parallel combination of \( 6.0\ \Omega \) and \( 12.0\ \Omega \). (a) Find the total resistance and the current from the battery. (b) Find the voltage across each part. (c) Find the current in each parallel branch. (d) Explain why household outlets are wired in parallel rather than series.

Step one: reduce the parallel pair for (a). \[ \frac{1}{R_p} = \frac{1}{6.0} + \frac{1}{12.0} = \frac{2}{12} + \frac{1}{12} = \frac{3}{12} = \frac{1}{4} \] \( R_p = 4.0\ \Omega \). Check it is smaller than the smallest branch: 4.0 is less than 6.0 ✓

Step two: add the series resistance. \( R_{\text{total}} = 4.0 + 4.0 = 8.0\ \Omega \). \( I = \dfrac{V}{R} = \dfrac{12}{8.0} = 1.5\ \text{A} \) from the battery.

Step three: solve (b). The whole 1.5 A passes through the series resistor, since there is nowhere else for it to go. Across the \( 4.0\ \Omega \): \( V = IR = (1.5)(4.0) = 6.0\ \text{V} \). Across the parallel pair: \( 12 - 6.0 = 6.0\ \text{V} \). Or directly: \( V = IR_p = (1.5)(4.0) = 6.0\ \text{V} \) ✓ agreeing, which confirms the reduction.

Step four: solve (c). Both branches have 6.0 V across them, because both connect the same two points. \( I_6 = \dfrac{6.0}{6.0} = 1.0\ \text{A} \) \( I_{12} = \dfrac{6.0}{12.0} = 0.50\ \text{A} \).

Step five: check with Kirchhoff's current rule. \( 1.0 + 0.50 = 1.5\ \text{A} \) ✓ matching the battery current exactly. And note the split is inversely proportional to resistance: the \( 6\ \Omega \) branch, being half the resistance, carries twice the current. Current takes the easier path preferentially, but it takes both.

Step six: check with Kirchhoff's voltage rule. Going around the loop: rise of 12 V at the battery, drop of 6.0 V at the series resistor, drop of 6.0 V at the parallel section, total \( 12 - 6 - 6 = 0 \) ✓ This is energy conservation. A coulomb gains 12 J at the battery and must give up exactly 12 J on its way around, or it would arrive back with more energy than it left with.

Step seven: begin (d). Consider what series wiring would mean for a house. Every appliance would be on one loop, so the current through the refrigerator would be the current through the lamp.

Step eight: list the consequences and identify the decisive one. Each device would get only a fraction of the supply voltage, shared among all of them, and the share would change every time anything was switched on or off. A lamp would dim when the kettle was plugged in. Switching one device off would break the circuit and stop everything, as with old series Christmas lights where a single failed bulb darkened the whole string. Devices could not be designed independently, because each would need to know what else was connected. In parallel, none of this happens. Every outlet sits across the same two supply conductors, so every device receives the full 120 V regardless of what else is running, and switching one off leaves the others' paths untouched. The cost of parallel wiring, and it is a real one, is that each added device lowers the total resistance and raises the total current drawn from the supply. That is why circuits are fused: the fuse limits the total, and overloading a circuit by plugging in too many high-power devices is the one failure mode parallel wiring introduces. Where series still appears. A switch is in series with the device it controls, and so is a fuse, because both need to carry the full current and interrupt it. The two arrangements are used for different jobs rather than one being better.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. In a series circuit, what is the same at every point?
    Show the full solution

    The current

  2. In a parallel circuit, what is the same across every branch?
    Show the full solution

    The voltage

  3. Write the rule for resistances in series.
    Show the full solution

    \( R_{\text{total}} = R_1 + R_2 + \dots \)

  4. Write the rule for resistances in parallel.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \dfrac{1}{R_1} + \dfrac{1}{R_2} + \dots \)

  5. State Kirchhoff's current rule.
    Show the full solution

    Current into a junction equals current out of it

  6. Find the total resistance of \( 4.0\ \Omega \) and \( 6.0\ \Omega \) in parallel.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{1}{R} = \dfrac{1}{4.0} + \dfrac{1}{6.0} = \dfrac{3}{12} + \dfrac{2}{12} = \dfrac{5}{12} \). \( R = \dfrac{12}{5} = 2.4\ \Omega \). Smaller than both branches ✓ \( 2.4\ \Omega \)

  7. A 12 V supply drives \( 4.0\ \Omega \) and \( 6.0\ \Omega \) in series. Find the current and the voltage across each.
    Show the full solution

    \( R = 4.0 + 6.0 = 10.0\ \Omega \). \( I = \dfrac{12}{10.0} = 1.2\ \text{A} \), the same through both. \( V_4 = (1.2)(4.0) = 4.8\ \text{V} \) \( V_6 = (1.2)(6.0) = 7.2\ \text{V} \). Check: \( 4.8 + 7.2 = 12\ \text{V} \) ✓ The larger resistance takes the larger share of the voltage, in the same ratio as the resistances, which is the principle behind a potential divider. 1.2 A, with 4.8 V and 7.2 V

  8. The same \( 4.0\ \Omega \) and \( 6.0\ \Omega \) are connected in parallel across 12 V. Find each branch current and the total.
    Show the full solution

    Both have the full 12 V across them. \( I_4 = \dfrac{12}{4.0} = 3.0\ \text{A} \) \( I_6 = \dfrac{12}{6.0} = 2.0\ \text{A} \) Total: \( 5.0\ \text{A} \). Check against the combined resistance: \( \dfrac{12}{2.4} = 5.0\ \text{A} \) ✓ Compare with the series case above: 5.0 A instead of 1.2 A from the same supply, so the parallel arrangement draws more than four times the current and dissipates more than four times the power. 3.0 A and 2.0 A, totaling 5.0 A

  9. Explain why adding a resistor in parallel lowers the total resistance, when adding one in series raises it.
    Show the full solution

    Because a parallel resistor adds a new route for charge rather than lengthening the existing one, and more routes mean more current for the same voltage. Define resistance in terms of what it measures. Resistance is voltage divided by current, so a lower resistance means more current flows for the same voltage. The question becomes whether the addition increases or decreases the total current. The series case. The added resistor sits in the only path, so every coulomb must pass through it as well. The obstruction is longer, the current falls, and the resistance rises. The current is forced through both. The parallel case. The original branch is untouched: it still has the same voltage across it and still carries exactly the same current as before. The new branch carries additional current. So the total current has increased while the voltage is unchanged, which means the total resistance has fallen. The key realization. Adding a parallel branch takes nothing away from the existing one. This is why the result is not paradoxical: nothing got easier for the original path, but more paths exist. The physical analogy. Opening a second checkout lane does not make the first lane faster, but it doubles the rate people leave the store. The store's resistance to customer flow has halved. Why the reciprocals appear. Since the currents add and each current is \( V/R \), the total is \( V/R_1 + V/R_2 \). Dividing through by \( V \) gives \( 1/R_{\text{total}} = 1/R_1 + 1/R_2 \). The reciprocal form is not a convention; it falls out of adding currents. The check it provides. Since every added branch only increases the total current, the parallel resistance must always be below the smallest branch. Any answer failing that test is wrong, and this catches the commonest arithmetic error. The limiting cases. Two equal resistances in parallel give exactly half the value. And a branch of zero resistance, a short circuit, drives the total to zero and carries all the current, which is precisely why a short circuit is dangerous. A parallel branch adds current without reducing the existing current, so the total resistance falls

  10. Three resistors of \( 10\ \Omega \), \( 20\ \Omega \) and \( 30\ \Omega \) are available with a 24 V supply. Find the arrangement giving the largest current and the one giving the smallest, and calculate both.
    Show the full solution

    Identify what determines the current. \( I = V/R \) with \( V \) fixed at 24 V, so the largest current comes from the smallest total resistance and the smallest current from the largest. The smallest possible resistance: all three in parallel. \( \dfrac{1}{R} = \dfrac{1}{10} + \dfrac{1}{20} + \dfrac{1}{30} \) Common denominator 60: \( \dfrac{6}{60} + \dfrac{3}{60} + \dfrac{2}{60} = \dfrac{11}{60} \) \( R = \dfrac{60}{11} = 5.45\ \Omega \). Check: below 10, the smallest branch ✓ \( I = \dfrac{24}{5.45} = 4.4\ \text{A} \). The largest possible resistance: all three in series. \( R = 10 + 20 + 30 = 60\ \Omega \) \( I = \dfrac{24}{60} = 0.40\ \text{A} \). The ratio. \( \dfrac{4.4}{0.40} = 11 \), so the parallel arrangement draws eleven times the current. That ratio is exactly \( 60/5.45 \) ✓ as it must be. Confirm no other arrangement beats either extreme. Consider the intermediate cases. \( 10 \) in series with \( (20 \parallel 30) \): \( 20 \parallel 30 = \dfrac{600}{50} = 12\ \Omega \), total \( 22\ \Omega \), giving 1.09 A. \( 30 \) in series with \( (10 \parallel 20) \): \( 10 \parallel 20 = \dfrac{200}{30} = 6.67\ \Omega \), total \( 36.7\ \Omega \), giving 0.65 A. \( (10 + 20) \) in parallel with \( 30 \): \( 30 \parallel 30 = 15\ \Omega \), giving 1.6 A. All intermediate values fall between 0.40 A and 4.4 A ✓ confirming the extremes. Why the extremes are guaranteed. Series always adds, so putting everything in series can only maximize the total. Parallel always reduces below the smallest branch, so putting everything in parallel minimizes it. No mixed arrangement can do better in either direction. The power consequence. Power is \( VI \), so the parallel arrangement dissipates \( 24 \times 4.4 = 106\ \text{W} \) while the series one dissipates \( 24 \times 0.40 = 9.6\ \text{W} \). Eleven times the heat from the same components and the same supply, purely from how they are connected. The practical warning this contains. Adding devices in parallel is what household wiring does, and every one raises the total current. There is no limit built into the physics, only into the fuse. This is the mechanism behind overloaded circuits and the reason extension leads carry a maximum rating. All parallel gives 4.4 A; all series gives 0.40 A

Lesson 7.6 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-3

Reading a household bill as a physics problem

Everything in this unit so far has been laboratory scale. Electrical power is where it meets the world directly: it sets what an appliance costs to run, what size cable a circuit needs, and why transmission lines run at hundreds of thousands of volts. All of it follows from \( P = VI \) and unit 5's definition of power as energy per second.

The key ideas
  1. \( P = VI \), since \( V \) is energy per coulomb and \( I \) is coulombs per second.
  2. \( P = I^2R \) follows by substituting \( V = IR \), and is the right form when the current is known.
  3. \( P = \dfrac{V^2}{R} \) is the right form when the voltage is fixed.
  4. Energy is \( E = Pt \), in joules when \( t \) is in seconds.
  5. A kilowatt-hour is \( 3.6 \times 10^6\ \text{J} \), the energy of 1 kW running for one hour.
  6. Transmission losses are \( I^2R \) in the cables, so raising the voltage and lowering the current cuts them sharply.
  7. Halving the current quarters the loss, because the loss goes as the square.

Where students lose marks: choosing the wrong power formula. All three are equivalent, but \( P = V^2/R \) with the supply voltage gives nonsense for a cable, whose voltage drop is not the supply voltage. For transmission losses always use \( P = I^2R \) with the cable's own resistance.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the current and resistance of a 1500 W kettle on a 120 V supply. (b) Find the cost of running a 2.4 kW heater for 3.0 hours at 15 cents per kilowatt-hour. (c) Compare a 100 W filament lamp with a 12 W LED over a year. (d) Explain why power is transmitted at high voltage.

Step one: solve (a). \( I = \dfrac{P}{V} = \dfrac{1500}{120} = 12.5\ \text{A} \). \( R = \dfrac{V}{I} = \dfrac{120}{12.5} = 9.6\ \Omega \). Check with the third formula: \( P = \dfrac{V^2}{R} = \dfrac{14400}{9.6} = 1500\ \text{W} \) ✓ Note the current. At 12.5 A this single appliance uses most of a standard 15 A circuit, which is why kettles, heaters and hair dryers on the same circuit trip breakers.

Step two: solve (b). \( E = Pt = (2.4)(3.0) = 7.2\ \text{kWh} \). Cost: \( 7.2 \times 0.15 = \$1.08 \). In joules for comparison: \( 7.2 \times 3.6 \times 10^6 = 2.6 \times 10^7\ \text{J} \), which is why the kilowatt-hour exists: the joule is far too small a unit for billing.

Step three: set up (c). Take both running 24 hours a day for a year, which exaggerates domestic use but matches a corridor or security light. Filament: \( 100 \times 24 = 2400\ \text{Wh} = 2.4\ \text{kWh} \) per day. LED: \( 12 \times 24 = 288\ \text{Wh} = 0.288\ \text{kWh} \) per day.

Step four: annualize and cost it. Difference per day: \( 2.4 - 0.288 = 2.112\ \text{kWh} \). Per year: \( 2.112 \times 365 = 771\ \text{kWh} \). At 15 cents: \( 771 \times 0.15 = \$115.63 \) saved per lamp per year. The LED costs a few dollars and pays for itself in weeks at this duty cycle. The energy saving is real physics; the economics follow from it directly.

Step five: note where the filament's energy goes. A filament lamp converts roughly 3 W of its 100 W into visible light and the other 97 W into heat, which is why lesson 6.5's point about devices being heaters applies so literally here. The LED produces comparable light from 12 W because far less is wasted as infrared.

Step six: set up (d) with a concrete case. Deliver 1.0 MW over a line of total resistance \( 5.0\ \Omega \). Compare transmitting at 10 kV and at 400 kV.

Step seven: compute both. At 10 kV: \( I = \dfrac{10^6}{10^4} = 100\ \text{A} \). Loss: \( P = I^2R = (100)^2(5.0) = 50000\ \text{W} \), which is 5.0 percent of the power sent. At 400 kV: \( I = \dfrac{10^6}{4 \times 10^5} = 2.5\ \text{A} \). Loss: \( (2.5)^2(5.0) = 31\ \text{W} \), which is 0.003 percent. The loss fell by a factor of 1600, exactly \( 40^2 \), because the voltage rose by 40 and the loss goes as the square of the current.

Step eight: draw out what this means. The cable resistance did not change. Nothing was done to the wire; only the voltage the same power was delivered at. Why \( P = I^2R \) and not \( V^2/R \). The relevant \( R \) is the cable's, and the relevant current is what flows through it. Using the transmission voltage in \( V^2/R \) would calculate the power if the line were short-circuited, which is not the situation. What this buys and what it costs. High-voltage transmission makes a national grid possible: without it, power stations would have to sit within a few kilometers of their customers. The cost is insulation, tall pylons, wide clearances and the transformers at each end, which is the subject of lesson 8.6. Why alternating current won. Transformers change voltage easily and only work with alternating current. That single fact settled the argument over direct and alternating current in the 1890s in favor of alternating current, and it is why the outlet in the wall is AC. The modern qualification. High-voltage direct current transmission is now used for very long links and undersea cables, because solid-state converters can change DC voltages efficiently, something that was impossible when the original decision was made. The physics did not change; the available technology did.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take electricity at 15 cents per kilowatt-hour.

  1. Write electrical power in terms of voltage and current.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = VI \)

  2. Write power in terms of current and resistance.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = I^2R \)

  3. How many joules are in a kilowatt-hour?
    Show the full solution

    \( 3.6 \times 10^6\ \text{J} \)

  4. Find the power of a device drawing 2.0 A at 120 V.
    Show the full solution

    \( P = VI = (2.0)(120) = 240\ \text{W} \). 240 W

  5. Which formula should be used for losses in a transmission cable?
    Show the full solution

    \( P = I^2R \), using the cable's own resistance

  6. Find the power dissipated when 3.0 A flows through \( 8.0\ \Omega \).
    Show the full solution

    \( P = I^2R = (3.0)^2(8.0) = (9.0)(8.0) = 72\ \text{W} \). 72 W

  7. Find the cost of running a 900 W microwave for 20 minutes a day for 30 days.
    Show the full solution

    Daily energy: \( 0.900\ \text{kW} \times \dfrac{20}{60}\ \text{h} = 0.30\ \text{kWh} \). Monthly: \( 0.30 \times 30 = 9.0\ \text{kWh} \). Cost: \( 9.0 \times 0.15 = \$1.35 \). A high-power appliance used briefly costs little, which is the opposite of the intuition that wattage alone determines cost. Energy is power times time, and the time matters as much. \$1.35

  8. A heater is designed for 240 V but connected to 120 V. Find the fraction of its rated power it delivers.
    Show the full solution

    The resistance of the element is fixed, so use \( P = \dfrac{V^2}{R} \). Halving \( V \) quarters \( P \), since the voltage is squared. It delivers one quarter of its rated power. The common wrong answer is one half, from assuming power is proportional to voltage. It is not, because the current also halves, and power is the product of both. Check by following both quantities. At half the voltage the current is \( I = V/R \), also halved. Power \( VI \) is then \( \tfrac{1}{2} \times \tfrac{1}{2} = \tfrac{1}{4} \) ✓ One quarter

  9. Explain why a thin extension cord can overheat while the appliance it feeds runs normally.
    Show the full solution

    Because the cord and the appliance carry the same current, and the cord dissipates \( I^2R \) in its own resistance, which is concentrated in a small volume with poor cooling. Establish that the current is the same. The cord is in series with the appliance, so every coulomb passes through both. There is no sense in which the appliance uses up the current. The appliance runs normally because the cord's resistance is small compared with the appliance's, so most of the supply voltage still appears across the appliance and it receives nearly its rated power. But the cord dissipates power too. \( P_{\text{cord}} = I^2R_{\text{cord}} \), and although \( R_{\text{cord}} \) is small, a large current makes this significant because the current is squared. Put numbers on it. A 1500 W heater on 120 V draws 12.5 A. A thin cord of \( 1.0\ \Omega \) dissipates \( (12.5)^2(1.0) = 156\ \text{W} \) along its own length. That is more than a soldering iron, spread over a few meters of plastic-covered wire. Why the geometry makes it dangerous. The appliance is designed to dissipate its heat, with vents, metal casing and often a fan. The cord is a thin plastic-insulated conductor, often coiled on a reel or run under a rug, with almost no cooling. The same power in a worse thermal environment is what causes the failure. Why coiling makes it worse. A coiled cord on a reel has its inner turns insulated by its outer ones, so the heat cannot escape. Cable reel ratings are always given twice, fully unwound and coiled, with the coiled rating far lower, precisely for this reason. Why thin cords are the problem. \( R = \dfrac{\rho L}{A} \), so halving the cross-sectional area doubles the resistance and doubles the heat for the same current. A long thin cord is the worst case on both counts. Why the fuse does not protect against it. The circuit fuse is sized for the household wiring, typically 15 or 20 A. A cord rated for 5 A carrying 12.5 A is badly overloaded and the fuse never notices, because the current is within the circuit's limit. The protection has to come from choosing the right cord. The design rule this leads to. Match the cord's rating to the appliance's current, use the shortest cord that reaches, uncoil it fully, and never cover it. Series means equal current, and \( I^2R \) in a poorly cooled thin conductor is what overheats

  10. A power station delivers 5.0 MW along a line of resistance \( 2.0\ \Omega \). Compare the losses at 25 kV and at 275 kV, and explain what limits how high the voltage can go.
    Show the full solution

    At 25 kV, find the current. \( I = \dfrac{P}{V} = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^6}{2.5 \times 10^4} = 200\ \text{A} \). Find the loss. \( P_{\text{loss}} = I^2R = (200)^2(2.0) = 80000\ \text{W} = 80\ \text{kW} \). As a fraction: \( \dfrac{80}{5000} = 1.6 \) percent. At 275 kV, find the current. \( I = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^6}{2.75 \times 10^5} = 18.2\ \text{A} \). Find the loss. \( P_{\text{loss}} = (18.2)^2(2.0) = (331)(2.0) = 662\ \text{W} \). As a fraction: \( \dfrac{0.662}{5000} = 0.013 \) percent. Compare. The loss fell from 80 kW to 662 W, a factor of 121. Check: the voltage ratio is \( 275/25 = 11 \), and \( 11^2 = 121 \) ✓ exactly as the square law demands. Put the 80 kW in context. That is enough to run about thirty homes, lost as heat in the cables, on a single line. Across a national grid the difference between these two choices is a whole power station's worth of generation. Now the second part: what limits the voltage. Insulation breakdown. Air ionizes at roughly \( 3 \times 10^6\ \text{V/m} \), so higher voltages require greater clearances between conductors and between conductors and ground. This sets pylon height, arm length and the size of the insulator strings, and all of it costs money. Corona discharge. Near a high-voltage conductor the field can exceed the breakdown value at the surface even without a full arc, ionizing the surrounding air. This wastes power continuously, generates audible buzzing and radio interference, and produces ozone. It is countered by using bundled conductors and larger effective diameters to reduce the surface field, which adds weight and cost. Transformer cost and size. Every voltage step needs a transformer rated for it, and insulation requirements make high-voltage transformers enormous and expensive. The saving must exceed this capital cost. Safety and land use. Higher voltages demand wider rights of way, which means more land acquisition and greater public objection. The resulting engineering compromise. Voltage is chosen by distance: long trunk routes use 275 kV or 400 kV and above, regional distribution steps down to tens of kilovolts, and local delivery to 120 or 240 V. Each step trades transformer cost against transmission loss over the distance involved. Why it is never taken to extremes. The loss is already below 0.02 percent at 275 kV, so doubling again would save almost nothing measurable while multiplying the insulation problem. Beyond a point the square law has already won and there is nothing left to gain. 80 kW against 662 W, a factor of 121; insulation breakdown, corona loss and transformer cost set the ceiling

Lesson 7.7 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-5

Storing energy in a field rather than in a chemical

A battery stores energy chemically and releases it slowly. A capacitor stores energy in an electric field and can release all of it in milliseconds. That difference in timescale, not in quantity, is what makes capacitors indispensable: a camera flash, a defibrillator and a computer's power supply all need energy delivered faster than any chemical reaction can supply it.

The key ideas
  1. A capacitor stores charge on two conductors separated by an insulator.
  2. \( C = \dfrac{Q}{V} \) defines capacitance in farads, where one farad is one coulomb per volt.
  3. The farad is a very large unit, so practical values are microfarads, nanofarads and picofarads.
  4. \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 \) gives the stored energy, so doubling the voltage quadruples it.
  5. The factor of one half appears because the voltage rises from zero to \( V \) as the capacitor charges, so the average is \( V/2 \).
  6. No charge crosses the gap. Charge accumulates on one plate and an equal amount leaves the other.
  7. Capacitors block steady current but pass changing current, which is why they are used to separate signals from supply voltages.

Where students lose marks: forgetting the factor of one half and computing \( QV \) for the stored energy. That gives the work the battery did, and half of it was dissipated in the circuit resistance during charging. The capacitor holds only \( \tfrac{1}{2}QV \).

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the charge and energy stored on a \( 100\ \mu\text{F} \) capacitor at 12 V. (b) Find the energy at 24 V and explain the factor. (c) A defibrillator uses \( 32\ \mu\text{F} \) charged to 5000 V and discharges in 5.0 ms. Find the stored energy and the delivered power. (d) Explain why a capacitor can do something a battery cannot.

Step one: solve (a). \( Q = CV = (100 \times 10^{-6})(12) = 1.2 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{C} = 1.2\ \text{mC} \). \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(100 \times 10^{-6})(144) = 7.2 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{J} = 7.2\ \text{mJ} \).

Step two: check the energy a second way. \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}QV = \tfrac{1}{2}(1.2 \times 10^{-3})(12) = 7.2\ \text{mJ} \) ✓ Note how small that is. 7.2 mJ would lift a 100 g apple about 7 mm. A capacitor is a poor energy store by quantity; its virtue is entirely in the speed of release.

Step three: solve (b). \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}(100 \times 10^{-6})(576) = 28.8\ \text{mJ} \), four times as much. The factor is \( 2^2 = 4 \), because the energy depends on the square of the voltage. Why squared rather than linear. Doubling the voltage doubles the charge stored, and each coulomb is also pushed on at double the potential. Two factors of two give four.

Step four: derive the one half properly. The first charge added moves onto an uncharged capacitor with no opposing voltage, so it costs nothing. The last charge added must be pushed against the full \( V \). The voltage rises linearly with charge, so the average opposing voltage is \( V/2 \), and the total work is \( Q \times V/2 = \tfrac{1}{2}QV \). This also answers where the missing half went. The battery supplied \( QV \) but the capacitor holds only \( \tfrac{1}{2}QV \). The other half was dissipated as heat in the resistance of the charging circuit, and remarkably this is true regardless of how small that resistance is.

Step five: solve the defibrillator in (c). \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(32 \times 10^{-6})(5000)^2 \) \( = \tfrac{1}{2}(32 \times 10^{-6})(2.5 \times 10^7) = 400\ \text{J} \). 400 J, which matches the energy settings used clinically.

Step six: find the power. \( P = \dfrac{E}{t} = \dfrac{400}{0.0050} = 80000\ \text{W} = 80\ \text{kW} \). Eighty kilowatts from a device running on batteries. The charge stored is \( Q = CV = 0.16\ \text{C} \), delivered in five milliseconds, which is an average current of 32 A.

Step seven: answer (d) by comparing the two. The battery in that defibrillator might hold 100 kJ, two hundred and fifty times the capacitor's 400 J. On quantity the battery wins overwhelmingly. But the battery cannot deliver 80 kW. Its power is limited by the rate of its internal chemical reactions and by its internal resistance, and asking a small battery for kilowatts simply collapses its terminal voltage.

Step eight: state the division of labor and generalize it. The battery supplies energy slowly to charge the capacitor over several seconds, and the capacitor returns it in milliseconds. The battery provides the energy; the capacitor provides the power. The same pattern in a camera flash. A small cell charges a capacitor over a second or two, and the flash tube discharges it in a few ten-thousandths of a second, producing a burst of light far brighter than the cell could ever sustain. And in a computer power supply. Capacitors smooth the supply by charging during peaks and discharging during troughs, holding the voltage steady through load changes far faster than any regulator could follow. The trade-off, stated plainly. Chemical bonds store far more energy per kilogram than an electric field does, but a field can be emptied at the speed the circuit allows. Which one to use depends entirely on whether the problem is energy or power, and unit 5's distinction between the two is doing the work here. The safety consequence that follows. A capacitor that has been disconnected for hours can still hold its charge, and 400 J released through a person is lethal. Equipment containing large capacitors carries discharge warnings and bleed resistors for exactly this reason, and the danger is invisible because nothing about the device is switched on.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the definition of capacitance.
    Show the full solution

    \( C = \dfrac{Q}{V} \)

  2. One farad equals how many coulombs per volt?
    Show the full solution

    One

  3. Write the energy stored in a capacitor.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 \)

  4. Does charge cross the gap between a capacitor's plates?
    Show the full solution

    No

  5. Find the charge on a \( 50\ \mu\text{F} \) capacitor at 20 V.
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = CV = (50 \times 10^{-6})(20) = 1.0 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{C} \). 1.0 mC

  6. Find the energy stored on a \( 220\ \mu\text{F} \) capacitor at 9.0 V.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(220 \times 10^{-6})(81) \) \( = (1.1 \times 10^{-4})(81) = 8.9 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{J} \). 8.9 mJ

  7. A capacitor holds 4.4 mC at 11 V. Find its capacitance.
    Show the full solution

    \( C = \dfrac{Q}{V} = \dfrac{4.4 \times 10^{-3}}{11} = 4.0 \times 10^{-4}\ \text{F} \). \( 400\ \mu\text{F} \)

  8. The voltage across a capacitor is tripled. Find the factors by which the charge and the stored energy change.
    Show the full solution

    \( Q = CV \) is linear in \( V \), so the charge triples. \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 \) is quadratic, so the energy rises by \( 3^2 = 9 \). The two scale differently, and confusing them is the most common error with capacitors. Charge \( \times 3 \), energy \( \times 9 \)

  9. Explain why a capacitor blocks direct current but passes alternating current.
    Show the full solution

    Because charge cannot cross the insulating gap, so a steady flow is impossible, but a changing charge on the plates drives a corresponding current in the connecting wires. The direct current case. When a capacitor is first connected to a steady voltage, charge flows onto one plate and off the other, and a current is measured in the circuit. But as charge accumulates, the voltage across the capacitor rises and opposes the supply. When it equals the supply voltage there is no net driving voltage left, the flow stops, and the current is zero from then on. So direct current is blocked, but only after a transient. The blocking is not instantaneous, and the time it takes depends on the circuit resistance. That delay is the basis of timing circuits. The alternating current case. With an alternating supply the voltage is continuously reversing. The capacitor charges one way, then discharges, then charges the opposite way, and never reaches a steady state. Why this counts as current. Charge is constantly flowing onto and off the plates through the wires, so an ammeter in the circuit reads a current. No charge ever crosses the gap, and none needs to: the current in the wires is real and measurable. Why frequency matters. The faster the reversals, the more charge moves per second, so the current rises with frequency. The opposition a capacitor presents, its reactance, is \( 1/(2\pi fC) \), falling as frequency rises. At high frequency a capacitor behaves almost like a wire; at zero frequency, like a break in the circuit. What this is used for: coupling. An audio signal riding on a steady supply voltage can be passed to the next stage through a capacitor, which transmits the varying signal and blocks the steady bias. Almost every amplifier stage does this. And filtering. A capacitor across a supply line gives high-frequency noise an easy route to ground while leaving the steady supply voltage untouched, which is why circuit boards are covered in small capacitors beside every integrated circuit. And tuning. Because the reactance depends on frequency, a capacitor with an inductor selects one frequency from many, which is how a radio is tuned and what unit 9 returns to with resonance. Steady voltage produces no ongoing charge movement; a changing voltage produces continuous charge movement in the wires

  10. A camera flash uses a \( 1200\ \mu\text{F} \) capacitor charged to 300 V, discharging in 1.5 ms. Find the stored energy, the peak power, and explain why the capacitor must be charged slowly.
    Show the full solution

    Find the stored energy. \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1200 \times 10^{-6})(300)^2 \) \( = \tfrac{1}{2}(1.2 \times 10^{-3})(9.0 \times 10^4) = 54\ \text{J} \). Find the average power during the flash. \( P = \dfrac{E}{t} = \dfrac{54}{1.5 \times 10^{-3}} = 36000\ \text{W} = 36\ \text{kW} \). Find the charge and average current. \( Q = CV = (1.2 \times 10^{-3})(300) = 0.36\ \text{C} \) \( I = \dfrac{Q}{t} = \dfrac{0.36}{1.5 \times 10^{-3}} = 240\ \text{A} \). Two hundred and forty amperes from a camera, which is more than an arc welder draws, for a millisecond and a half. Now the third part: why the charging must be slow. The battery cannot supply that power. A small lithium cell might deliver 10 W comfortably. Charging the capacitor in the same 1.5 ms would require the same 36 kW, roughly three thousand times more than the cell can give. What the cell can do. At 10 W, delivering 54 J takes \( t = \dfrac{54}{10} = 5.4\ \text{s} \), and in practice a few seconds is exactly what a flash takes to recycle, which is a prediction the calculation makes and everyday experience confirms. Why the inefficiency makes it longer. Charging a capacitor through a resistance dissipates as much energy as it stores, so the cell must actually supply about 108 J, roughly doubling the time. Real flash units use a switching converter to beat this, which is why they recycle faster than a simple resistor circuit would allow. What limits the discharge instead. Once charged, the discharge rate is set by the resistance of the flash tube and the circuit, not by the battery at all. The battery is out of the loop entirely during the flash, which is the whole point of the arrangement. Why the flash must be brief rather than merely bright. A short flash freezes motion, and the exposure is determined by the flash duration rather than the shutter. Spreading the same 54 J over a second would give the same total light and a blurred photograph, so brevity is the requirement and the capacitor is the only way to meet it. The general structure, which is worth extracting. Energy is gathered slowly from a low-power source and released quickly from a store. The same pattern appears in a defibrillator, a railgun, a laser pulse and a lightning strike, where the atmosphere itself acts as the capacitor. The safety note. 54 J at 300 V is dangerous, and the capacitor stays charged after the camera is switched off. Disposable cameras have caused serious shocks to people opening them, and this is the mechanism. 54 J, about 36 kW, and 240 A; the cell can supply only about 10 W so charging takes seconds

Unit 7 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 7 review: Electric Charge, Fields and Circuits

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Use \( k = 8.99 \times 10^9\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m}^2/\text{C}^2 \).

  1. Find the force between \( 2.0\ \mu\text{C} \) and \( 3.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charges 5.0 cm apart.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(2.0 \times 10^{-6})(3.0 \times 10^{-6})}{(0.050)^2} = 21.6 \). 21.6 N

  2. Find the field 0.30 m from a \( 5.0\ \mu\text{C} \) charge.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \dfrac{kQ}{r^2} = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(5.0 \times 10^{-6})}{0.090} = 5.0 \times 10^{5} \). \( 5.0 \times 10^{5} \) N/C

  3. Find the energy a 12 V battery delivers in moving 500 C.
    Show the full solution

    \( W = qV = (500)(12) = 6000 \). 6000 J

  4. Find the current when 12 V is applied across \( 4.0\ \Omega \).
    Show the full solution

    \( I = \dfrac{V}{R} = 3.0 \). 3.0 A

  5. Find the total resistance of \( 4.0\ \Omega \) and \( 6.0\ \Omega \) in series and in parallel.
    Show the full solution

    Series: \( 10.0\ \Omega \). Parallel: \( \dfrac{1}{R} = \dfrac{1}{4} + \dfrac{1}{6} = \dfrac{5}{12} \), so \( R = 2.4\ \Omega \), below the smaller resistor ✓ \( 10\ \Omega \) and \( 2.4\ \Omega \)

  6. Find the cost of running a 2.4 kW heater for 3.0 h at 15 cents per kilowatt-hour.
    Show the full solution

    \( 2.4 \times 3.0 = 7.2\ \text{kWh} \); \( 7.2 \times 0.15 = 1.08 \). \$1.08

  7. A \( 100\ \mu\text{F} \) capacitor is charged to 12 V, then to 24 V. Find the stored energy each time.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \tfrac{1}{2}CV^2 \): at 12 V, \( \tfrac{1}{2}(100 \times 10^{-6})(144) = 7.2\ \text{mJ} \); at 24 V, 28.8 mJ. Doubling the voltage quadruples the energy. 7.2 mJ and 28.8 mJ

  8. Explain why an electric field is zero inside a hollow conductor and what use is made of this.
    Show the full solution

    Free charges in a conductor move until the field they produce cancels any field in the metal, and they stop moving only when the net field is zero. The result shields whatever is inside, which is why a car body protects its occupants from lightning and why sensitive cables are wrapped in metal braid. Free charge rearranges until no field remains

  9. A 12 V battery drives a \( 4.0\ \Omega \) resistor in series with a \( 6.0\ \Omega \) and \( 12\ \Omega \) pair in parallel. Find the battery current and each branch current.
    Show the full solution

    Parallel pair: \( \dfrac{1}{6} + \dfrac{1}{12} = \dfrac{1}{4} \), so \( 4.0\ \Omega \). Total: \( 8.0\ \Omega \), so \( I = \dfrac{12}{8.0} = 1.5\ \text{A} \). The series resistor takes \( 6.0\ \text{V} \), leaving 6.0 V across each branch: \( \dfrac{6.0}{6.0} = 1.0\ \text{A} \) and \( \dfrac{6.0}{12} = 0.50\ \text{A} \). They sum to 1.5 A ✓ 1.5 A total; 1.0 A and 0.50 A

  10. Power of 1.0 MW is sent through cables of \( 5.0\ \Omega \). Compare the loss at 10 kV and at 400 kV, and explain.
    Show the full solution

    At 10 kV: \( I = 100\ \text{A} \), loss \( I^2R = 50000\ \text{W} \), 5 percent. At 400 kV: \( I = 2.5\ \text{A} \), loss \( 31\ \text{W} \). The voltage rose by 40 and the loss fell by \( 40^2 = 1600 \), because the loss goes as the square of the current and the same power needs less current at higher voltage. 50 kW against 31 W

Lesson 8.1 · Unit 8 · HS-PS2-5

A field with no known source you can hold in one hand

Every electric field can be traced back to a charge sitting somewhere. Cut a charged rod in half and you can separate positive from negative. Cut a bar magnet in half and you get two smaller magnets, each with both poles, every time, without exception. That refusal to separate is the first clue that magnetism is not a second kind of charge but something produced by motion.

The key ideas
  1. Magnetic field strength \( B \) is measured in teslas, and one tesla is a very large field.
  2. Field lines run from the north pole to the south pole outside a magnet and from south to north inside it, forming closed loops.
  3. Magnetic monopoles have never been observed. Breaking a magnet always produces two complete magnets.
  4. Every magnetic field is produced by moving charge, whether a current in a wire or electron motion inside an atom.
  5. A straight current-carrying wire produces circular field lines around it, with the direction given by the right hand grip rule.
  6. A solenoid produces a nearly uniform field inside resembling that of a bar magnet outside.
  7. Earth's field is about \( 5 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{T} \), and its magnetic north pole is a magnetic south in the physicists' sense.

Where students lose marks: drawing magnetic field lines that start and stop, as electric field lines do on charges. Magnetic field lines always close on themselves, because there is no magnetic charge for them to begin or end on. A drawing with loose ends is wrong before anything else is considered.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain what happens when a bar magnet is cut in half, and what it implies. (b) State the right hand grip rule and apply it to a wire carrying current upward. (c) Explain how a solenoid produces a field like a bar magnet's. (d) Explain what actually makes iron magnetic, given that there are no monopoles.

Step one: answer (a). Cutting a bar magnet between its poles does not produce an isolated north and an isolated south. Each piece immediately has both a north and a south pole, and this continues however many times it is cut, down to the atomic scale.

Step two: draw the implication. If magnetic poles were like charges, they could be separated, and a lone north pole would be as ordinary as a lone electron. They cannot, so a magnet is not a pair of opposite magnetic charges held apart. The consequence for field lines. Electric field lines begin on positive charge and end on negative charge. With no magnetic charge to begin or end on, magnetic field lines must be continuous loops, which is why they pass through the magnet from south to north inside and return outside. Searches continue. Some theories predict monopoles should exist, and careful searches have been made in cosmic rays, in rock samples and at accelerators. None has been found, and this is a genuinely open question rather than a settled one.

Step three: state the rule for (b). Grip the wire with the right hand, thumb pointing along the conventional current. The fingers then curl in the direction of the magnetic field.

Step four: apply it. For current flowing upward, the fingers curl counterclockwise when viewed from above. The field lines are horizontal circles centered on the wire, with no beginning and no end, closing on themselves exactly as step two requires. The field weakens with distance as \( 1/r \), not \( 1/r^2 \), because the source is an extended line rather than a point.

Step five: build the solenoid for (c). Wind the wire into a coil. Inside the coil, the circular fields from each turn all point the same way along the axis and reinforce. Outside, neighboring turns produce fields pointing in opposite directions that largely cancel.

Step six: describe the result. The field inside is strong and nearly uniform, parallel to the axis. Outside, the lines spread and return from one end to the other, giving exactly the pattern of a bar magnet, with one end behaving as a north pole. Reversing the current swaps the poles, which a permanent magnet cannot do and which is what makes electromagnets useful in relays, scrapyard cranes and motors. Adding an iron core multiplies the field by a factor of hundreds or thousands, and step eight explains why.

Step seven: begin (d). A permanent magnet has no battery and no visible current, yet it produces a field. Since all magnetic fields come from moving charge, the currents must be inside the atoms.

Step eight: give the mechanism. Each electron contributes magnetically in two ways: through its orbital motion around the nucleus, which is a tiny current loop, and through its intrinsic spin, which is a quantum property with no classical picture but which behaves magnetically like a small loop. In most materials these cancel. Electrons pair with opposite spins and their contributions annul, which is why most substances are not magnetic. Iron, cobalt and nickel are different. Their atoms have unpaired electrons in an inner shell, and a quantum effect called exchange coupling makes neighboring atoms align their spins in the same direction over regions called domains, each containing billions of atoms. Unmagnetized iron has randomly oriented domains whose fields cancel overall. Placing it in an external field makes domains aligned with that field grow at the expense of the others, and the iron becomes magnetized, which is why an iron core multiplies an electromagnet's field so dramatically. The prediction that confirms it. Heating a magnet past its Curie temperature, 1043 K for iron, gives the atoms enough thermal energy to overcome the alignment, and the magnetism vanishes abruptly. It returns on cooling only if an external field is present. Dropping or hammering a magnet also weakens it, by shaking domains out of alignment. Both effects are observed, and neither would make sense if magnetism were a substance the magnet contained.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Give the unit of magnetic field strength.
    Show the full solution

    The tesla

  2. What happens if a bar magnet is cut in half?
    Show the full solution

    Two complete magnets are produced, each with both poles

  3. State the right hand grip rule.
    Show the full solution

    Thumb along the current, fingers curl in the direction of the field

  4. What produces every magnetic field?
    Show the full solution

    Moving charge

  5. Give the approximate strength of Earth's magnetic field.
    Show the full solution

    About \( 5 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{T} \)

  6. Describe the shape of the field around a long straight current-carrying wire.
    Show the full solution

    Concentric circles centered on the wire, lying in planes perpendicular to it, with the direction given by the right hand grip rule. The strength falls as \( 1/r \), more slowly than a point charge's field, because the source is a line rather than a point. Circles around the wire

  7. Give two ways to increase the field strength of an electromagnet.
    Show the full solution

    Any two of: Increase the current, since the field is proportional to it. Increase the number of turns per unit length, since each turn contributes. Insert a soft iron core, whose domains align and multiply the field by hundreds or thousands. This is by far the largest effect of the three. More current, more turns, or an iron core

  8. Explain why magnetic field lines form closed loops while electric field lines do not.
    Show the full solution

    Because field lines must begin and end on the sources of the field, and magnetic charge does not exist. The electric case. Electric field lines start on positive charge and end on negative charge. Isolated charges exist, so lines can have genuine ends. The magnetic case. No isolated magnetic pole has ever been found, so there is nothing for a line to begin or end on. A line that cannot end must close on itself. Where the lines go inside a magnet. Outside they run north to south; inside the magnet they continue from south back to north, completing the loop. Diagrams that stop at the magnet's surface are incomplete. The experimental basis. Cutting a magnet never isolates a pole, and this holds down to the atomic level. Closed loops, because there is no magnetic charge to terminate on

  9. Explain why heating a permanent magnet above a certain temperature destroys its magnetism, and why this supports the domain model.
    Show the full solution

    Because thermal motion eventually overcomes the alignment between neighboring atomic magnetic moments, and once alignment is lost the fields cancel. Recall what makes iron magnetic. Unpaired electron spins in neighboring atoms align through exchange coupling, forming domains of aligned atoms. A magnetized sample has its domains pointing predominantly one way. What heating does. Raising the temperature raises the average kinetic energy per atom, as lesson 6.1 established. Atoms vibrate more violently, and the vibration disrupts the alignment. The competition. The exchange interaction favors alignment; thermal energy favors randomness. Below a critical temperature alignment wins; above it, randomness does. The Curie temperature. That critical value is 1043 K for iron, 1394 K for cobalt and 631 K for nickel. Above it the material becomes paramagnetic, retaining no permanent magnetization at all. Why this supports the domain model specifically. The transition is sharp, occurring over a narrow temperature range rather than fading gradually. A sharp transition is what a collective alignment predicts, because once neighbors begin disagreeing the whole cooperative arrangement collapses. If magnetism were a substance stored in the metal, there would be no reason for a critical temperature at all, and certainly no reason for a sharp one. A second piece of support. Hammering or dropping a magnet also weakens it, by mechanically jolting domains out of alignment. This is a different mechanism reaching the same conclusion. A third. Cooling the iron back down does not restore the magnetism unless an external field is present to re-align the domains. The material has no memory of its former orientation, which is exactly what a randomized-domain picture predicts. The practical consequence. Magnets in motors and speakers must be rated for their operating temperature, and a magnet that has been overheated cannot be repaired, only remagnetized. Thermal energy overcomes exchange alignment at the Curie temperature, and the sharpness of the transition is the evidence for domains

  10. Explain how Earth's magnetic field is generated, what evidence shows it changes, and why it matters for life.
    Show the full solution

    Rule out the simple explanation first. Earth cannot contain a permanent magnet. The core's temperature is far above iron's Curie temperature of 1043 K, reaching perhaps 5000 K, so no permanent magnetization could survive there. Whatever produces the field must be active rather than stored. The accepted mechanism: the geodynamo. The outer core is liquid iron and nickel, electrically conducting, and in constant motion driven by heat escaping from the inner core and by Earth's rotation. Moving conducting fluid carries moving charge, and moving charge produces a magnetic field. Why it sustains itself. The motion of the conductor through an existing field induces currents, by the induction of lesson 8.4, and those currents produce a field that reinforces the original. It is a self-sustaining loop, which is why the arrangement is called a dynamo. What it needs to keep running. An energy source, which is the heat from the core, and rotation to organize the flow. Both are present, and the field has persisted for billions of years. The evidence that it changes: magnetic reversals. Lava cooling below the Curie temperature locks in the direction of the field at that moment. Volcanic rock of different ages therefore records the field's past orientation, and it shows that north and south have swapped many times. The decisive evidence: sea floor striping. New crust forms at mid-ocean ridges and spreads outward. Magnetic surveys show symmetric bands of alternating polarity on both sides of every ridge, a matching record read outward in both directions. This was one of the strongest confirmations of plate tectonics, and it dates the most recent reversal to about 780000 years ago (USGS, US federal). What changes now. The magnetic north pole has moved hundreds of kilometers over the past century, at times exceeding 50 km per year, fast enough that navigation charts and aviation systems are revised on a regular schedule (NOAA, US federal). Why it matters for life: the solar wind. The Sun emits a stream of charged particles. Lesson 8.2 shows that a magnetic field exerts a force on moving charge perpendicular to its motion, so Earth's field deflects these particles around the planet rather than letting them strike the atmosphere. The visible consequence. Particles that do penetrate are funneled along field lines toward the poles, where they excite atmospheric atoms and produce the aurora. The aurora is therefore direct visual evidence of the field's shape. The consequence for the atmosphere. Without deflection, the solar wind would gradually strip lighter atmospheric gases away. Mars, which lost its global field billions of years ago, has an atmosphere under one percent of Earth's density, and measurements from orbiting spacecraft show it still losing gas to the solar wind today (NASA, US federal). The consequence for technology. Geomagnetic storms induce currents in long conductors such as power lines and pipelines, by exactly the induction of lesson 8.4. A storm in 1989 collapsed the Quebec power grid in under two minutes, and protecting against this is now a standard part of grid design. What is not known. Whether a reversal poses a serious threat. During one the field weakens and becomes complex rather than vanishing, and the fossil record shows no mass extinction coinciding with past reversals, so the honest answer is that the risk is to technology rather than to life. A self-sustaining dynamo in the liquid outer core; rock and sea floor magnetism record its reversals; it shields the atmosphere from the solar wind

Lesson 8.2 · Unit 8 · HS-PS2-5

A force that never does any work

Every force so far has been able to speed something up or slow it down. The magnetic force on a moving charge cannot do either. It acts perpendicular to the velocity at every instant, which by unit 5's definition of work means it transfers no energy at all, and yet it completely controls where the particle goes.

The key ideas
  1. \( F = qvB\sin\theta \), where \( \theta \) is the angle between the velocity and the field.
  2. The force is zero when the charge moves parallel to the field and maximum when perpendicular.
  3. A stationary charge feels no magnetic force at all, unlike the electric case.
  4. The direction is given by the left hand rule for negative charge or the right hand rule for positive, with the force perpendicular to both \( v \) and \( B \).
  5. The force does no work, because it is always perpendicular to the motion, so the speed never changes.
  6. A perpendicular entry gives circular motion with \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} \), from setting the magnetic force equal to the centripetal force.
  7. The period \( T = \dfrac{2\pi m}{qB} \) does not depend on speed, which is what makes the cyclotron possible.

Where students lose marks: treating the magnetic force like gravity or the electric force and expecting the particle to accelerate along the field. It does not. The speed is constant and only the direction changes, so every problem here is circular motion from lesson 4.2, not projectile motion.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the force on an electron moving at \( 2.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m/s} \) perpendicular to a 0.50 T field, and at 30 degrees to it. (b) Find the radius of its circular path. (c) Find the period, and show it does not depend on speed. (d) Explain how a mass spectrometer uses this to separate isotopes.

Step one: solve (a) at 90 degrees. \[ F = qvB\sin 90^\circ = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(2.0 \times 10^6)(0.50)(1) = 1.6 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{N} \]

Step two: solve at 30 degrees. \( \sin 30^\circ = 0.5 \), so \( F = 8.0 \times 10^{-14}\ \text{N} \), exactly half. At 0 degrees the force vanishes entirely. A charge moving straight along a field line feels nothing, which is why charged particles spiral along Earth's field lines toward the poles rather than being turned back: only the perpendicular component of their motion is affected.

Step three: set up (b). With the velocity perpendicular to the field, the force is perpendicular to the velocity and constant in magnitude. That is precisely the condition for circular motion, so the magnetic force supplies the centripetal force: \[ qvB = \frac{mv^2}{r} \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad r = \frac{mv}{qB} \]

Step four: substitute. \[ r = \frac{(9.11 \times 10^{-31})(2.0 \times 10^6)}{(1.60 \times 10^{-19})(0.50)} = \frac{1.822 \times 10^{-24}}{8.0 \times 10^{-20}} = 2.3 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{m} \] About 23 micrometers, a very tight circle, which is why laboratory magnetic fields can steer electron beams within a small apparatus.

Step five: derive the period for (c). The particle travels one circumference in one period at constant speed: \[ T = \frac{2\pi r}{v} = \frac{2\pi}{v} \cdot \frac{mv}{qB} = \frac{2\pi m}{qB} \] The \( v \) cancels. Substituting: \( T = \dfrac{2\pi(9.11 \times 10^{-31})}{8.0 \times 10^{-20}} = 7.2 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{s} \), a frequency of about 14 GHz.

Step six: see why the cancellation matters. A faster particle travels a larger circle, and the two effects compensate exactly, so it takes the same time to go around. That is what makes a cyclotron work. An alternating voltage at this fixed frequency can accelerate a particle every half turn, indefinitely, without ever needing to be retuned as the particle speeds up. Lawrence's 1932 cyclotron exploited precisely this cancellation, and it fails only at relativistic speeds where the mass increases.

Step seven: set up (d). A mass spectrometer ionizes a sample, accelerates the ions through a known potential difference, and sends them into a uniform magnetic field where they follow circular arcs.

Step eight: work through the separation. The accelerating stage gives every ion the same energy: \( qV = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \), so \( v = \sqrt{2qV/m} \). Heavier ions emerge more slowly. The magnetic stage then sorts by radius: \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} \). Substituting the speed gives \( r = \dfrac{1}{B}\sqrt{\dfrac{2Vm}{q}} \), so the radius depends on \( \sqrt{m/q} \). The consequence. Ions of different mass land at different positions on the detector, and the separation is sharp enough to resolve isotopes of the same element, which are chemically identical and differ only in neutron number. What this is used for. Carbon dating measures the tiny fraction of carbon-14 against carbon-12. Uranium enrichment separates U-235 from U-238, differing by about one percent in mass. Forensic laboratories identify unknown compounds from their fragmentation patterns, and breath and blood analyses in hospitals work the same way. Why magnetism rather than anything else. No chemical method can separate isotopes, since they have identical chemistry. Only a method sensitive to mass will do, and \( r = mv/qB \) provides exactly that, from a force that does no work and changes no energy.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Proton mass \( 1.673 \times 10^{-27}\ \text{kg} \).

  1. Write the magnetic force on a moving charge.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = qvB\sin\theta \)

  2. When is the magnetic force on a moving charge zero?
    Show the full solution

    When it moves parallel to the field, or when it is stationary

  3. How much work does the magnetic force do on a moving charge?
    Show the full solution

    None

  4. Write the radius of the circular path.
    Show the full solution

    \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} \)

  5. Does the period of circular motion in a magnetic field depend on speed?
    Show the full solution

    No

  6. Find the force on a proton moving at \( 5.0 \times 10^5\ \text{m/s} \) perpendicular to a 0.80 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = qvB = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(5.0 \times 10^5)(0.80) = 6.4 \times 10^{-14}\ \text{N} \). \( 6.4 \times 10^{-14} \) N

  7. Find the radius of a proton's path at \( 1.0 \times 10^7\ \text{m/s} \) in a 1.5 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} = \dfrac{(1.673 \times 10^{-27})(1.0 \times 10^7)} {(1.60 \times 10^{-19})(1.5)} = \dfrac{1.673 \times 10^{-20}}{2.4 \times 10^{-19}} = 0.070\ \text{m} \). About 7.0 cm, far larger than an electron's path at the same speed and field, by the mass ratio of 1836. 0.070 m

  8. Explain why the magnetic force does no work on a moving charge, and what this implies about its speed.
    Show the full solution

    Because work requires a force component along the displacement, and the magnetic force is always exactly perpendicular to the velocity. Recall the definition of work from lesson 5.1: \( W = Fd\cos\theta \), where \( \theta \) is the angle between force and displacement. When \( \theta = 90^\circ \), \( \cos\theta = 0 \) and the work is zero regardless of how large the force is. The magnetic force satisfies this at every instant. Its direction is perpendicular to both the velocity and the field by definition, and the displacement is along the velocity, so the angle is always exactly 90 degrees. Therefore no energy is transferred, so the kinetic energy is constant, so the speed is constant. But the velocity is not constant. Velocity is a vector, and its direction changes continuously. The force changes where the particle is going without changing how fast it goes. Why this makes the motion circular. A constant-magnitude force always perpendicular to a constant-speed velocity is exactly the definition of centripetal force from lesson 4.2, and circular motion follows necessarily. The contrast with the electric force. An electric force acts along the field regardless of the velocity, so it generally does work and changes the speed. This is why accelerators use electric fields to speed particles up and magnetic fields to steer them, with each doing the job the other cannot. Zero work, constant speed, changing direction

  9. A charged particle enters a magnetic field at an angle between 0 and 90 degrees. Describe its path and explain why.
    Show the full solution

    It follows a helix, a spiral that advances steadily along the field direction. Resolve the velocity into two components, exactly as lesson 1.6 did with projectiles: one parallel to the field and one perpendicular to it. The parallel component. With \( \theta = 0 \) for this component, \( \sin\theta = 0 \) and it experiences no magnetic force at all. It therefore continues unchanged, at constant velocity, forever. The perpendicular component. This experiences the full \( qv_\perp B \) and, being perpendicular to the force, moves in a circle of radius \( r = \dfrac{mv_\perp}{qB} \). Combining them. Uniform circular motion in one plane plus uniform straight-line motion perpendicular to that plane is a helix. The particle winds around a field line while drifting steadily along it. The pitch of the helix, meaning the distance advanced per turn, is \( v_\parallel T = \dfrac{2\pi m v_\parallel}{qB} \), and since the period is independent of speed, the pitch depends only on the parallel component. Where this is seen: the aurora. Solar wind particles reaching Earth spiral along its field lines toward the poles. As the field strengthens near a pole the helix tightens, and the particles are funneled into the polar atmosphere, which is why the aurora appears in rings around the magnetic poles rather than uniformly. The magnetic mirror effect. As the field converges, more of the particle's energy is transferred into the circular component until the parallel motion reverses, sending the particle back. Particles bounce between the poles this way, trapped, forming the Van Allen radiation belts. Where this is used: fusion research. A tokamak confines plasma at millions of kelvin using the same principle, since no material container could touch it. The particles spiral along closed field lines within a toroidal chamber. The special cases check out. At 90 degrees the parallel component is zero and the helix collapses to a circle ✓ At 0 degrees the perpendicular component is zero and the helix becomes a straight line ✓ A helix, because the parallel component is unaffected while the perpendicular component circles

  10. A velocity selector uses perpendicular electric and magnetic fields so that only particles of one speed pass through undeflected. Derive the condition, and explain why this is needed before a mass spectrometer.
    Show the full solution

    Set up the arrangement. A charged particle travels through a region where an electric field \( E \) and a magnetic field \( B \) are perpendicular to each other and both perpendicular to the particle's velocity. Identify the two forces. Electric: \( F_E = qE \), along the electric field, independent of speed. Magnetic: \( F_B = qvB \), perpendicular to both \( v \) and \( B \), proportional to speed. Arrange them to oppose. The geometry is chosen so the two forces point in opposite directions. Set them equal for undeflected passage. \( qE = qvB \) The charge cancels: \( E = vB \), so \( v = \dfrac{E}{B} \). Note what the condition does not contain. Neither the charge nor the mass appears. The selected speed depends only on the two field strengths, so the device selects purely on speed and treats every particle alike. What happens to the others. A particle moving faster than \( E/B \) has a larger magnetic force and is deflected toward the magnetic force's direction. A slower one has a smaller magnetic force and is deflected the other way. Only the exact speed passes straight through to the slit. Now the second part: why the spectrometer needs this. The spectrometer sorts by radius, using \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} \). The radius depends on both mass and speed. That is the problem. If the incoming ions have a spread of speeds, a light fast ion and a heavy slow one can produce the same radius and land at the same place. The measurement becomes ambiguous and the peaks blur into each other. The selector removes the ambiguity. Fixing \( v \) for every entering ion means the radius depends only on \( m/q \), and the position on the detector maps directly to mass. Why ions arrive with a spread of speeds in the first place. The ion source is hot, so the ions emerge with a thermal distribution of speeds superimposed on whatever acceleration they received. Even careful acceleration through a fixed voltage leaves a spread. The alternative approach. Some instruments instead accelerate through a precisely known voltage so that \( qV = \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 \) fixes the energy rather than the speed, giving \( r \propto \sqrt{m/q} \). Both designs work; both exist to remove the speed as an unknown. How sharp the resolution can be. Modern instruments distinguish masses differing by less than one part in \( 10^5 \), enough to tell apart molecules with the same nominal mass but different atomic composition, which is how unknown compounds are identified rather than merely weighed. The historical note. J. J. Thomson used crossed fields in exactly this way in 1897 to measure the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron, the experiment that established the electron as a particle. The technique is older than the spectrometer it now feeds. \( v = \dfrac{E}{B} \), independent of charge and mass, needed so that the spectrometer's radius depends on mass alone

Lesson 8.3 · Unit 8 · HS-PS2-5

From a single force to continuous rotation

A current-carrying wire in a magnetic field is pushed sideways. That one fact, applied to a loop rather than a straight wire, produces a turning effect, and solving the problem of what happens after half a turn produces the electric motor. Roughly half the world's electricity ends up passing through one.

The key ideas
  1. \( F = BIL\sin\theta \) gives the force on a length \( L \) of wire carrying current \( I \).
  2. This is the same physics as lesson 8.2, summed over all the moving charges in the wire.
  3. The left hand rule for conventional current in the motor convention: first finger field, second finger current, thumb force, all mutually perpendicular.
  4. A current loop in a field experiences a torque, not a net force, because opposite sides are pushed in opposite directions.
  5. Maximum torque is \( \tau = NBIA \) for a coil of \( N \) turns and area \( A \).
  6. The torque falls to zero when the coil is perpendicular to the field, which is why a simple loop would stall.
  7. A commutator reverses the current every half turn, keeping the torque in one direction and producing continuous rotation.

Where students lose marks: using the left hand rule with the electron flow direction instead of conventional current. The rule as stated here takes conventional current, positive to negative. Mixing conventions reverses every answer.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the force on 0.25 m of wire carrying 3.0 A perpendicular to a 0.40 T field, and at 30 degrees. (b) Explain why a current loop feels a torque but no net force. (c) Find the maximum torque on a 50-turn coil of 4.0 cm by 6.0 cm carrying 2.0 A in a 0.30 T field. (d) Explain what a commutator does and why a motor needs one.

Step one: solve (a). \( F = BIL\sin 90^\circ = (0.40)(3.0)(0.25) = 0.30\ \text{N} \). At 30 degrees: \( (0.30)(0.5) = 0.15\ \text{N} \).

Step two: connect it to lesson 8.2. The wire contains \( n \) charge carriers each feeling \( qv_dB \). Multiplying by the number of carriers in length \( L \) and recognizing that \( I = nAqv_d \) gives \( F = BIL \) exactly. It is not a new law. It is the single-charge force added up, which is why the same angle dependence appears.

Step three: set up (b). Consider a rectangular loop with its plane containing the field direction. The two sides perpendicular to the field carry current in opposite directions, because current goes around the loop.

Step four: apply the rule to each side. Opposite currents in the same field give opposite forces: one side is pushed up, the other down. The net force is zero, since the two are equal and opposite. The loop does not fly away. But they act at different places. The upward force acts on one side of the axis and the downward force on the other, so they form a couple and the loop rotates. A net force of zero with a nonzero torque is exactly what lesson 2.5 described.

Step five: solve (c). \( A = (0.040)(0.060) = 2.4 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}^2 \). \[ \tau = NBIA = (50)(0.30)(2.0)(2.4 \times 10^{-3}) = 0.072\ \text{N}\cdot\text{m} \] Modest, but note the levers available. The torque is proportional to the number of turns, so real motors use hundreds; and to the current, which is why a motor under load draws more; and to the area, which sets the motor's physical size.

Step six: find where the torque vanishes. As the coil rotates, the perpendicular distance from the axis to each force shrinks. When the coil's plane is perpendicular to the field, both forces act directly along lines through the axis and the torque is zero. This is the dead point, and a loop carrying a steady current would swing to it and stop, oscillating briefly before settling. That is a galvanometer, not a motor.

Step seven: answer (d). A commutator is a split ring rotating with the coil, contacting fixed brushes. At the moment the coil passes the dead point, the gap in the ring passes the brushes and the connections swap, reversing the current in the coil.

Step eight: see why that solves the problem, and what it costs. Without reversal, momentum carries the coil past the dead point and the torque then acts to push it back, so it would rock rather than rotate. With reversal, the current direction in the coil flips exactly as it passes the dead point, so the forces on each side also flip, and the torque continues to act in the same rotational direction. The coil turns continuously. The refinements real motors add. Several coils at different angles, so some are always near maximum torque and the rotation is smooth rather than pulsing. A multi-segment commutator to switch each in turn. Curved pole pieces to keep the field radial, so the torque stays near maximum through more of the rotation. The cost of the commutator. Brushes rub, so they wear out, spark, and waste energy. This is the main maintenance point of any brushed motor. The modern alternative. A brushless motor keeps the magnets on the rotor and switches the current in stationary coils electronically, using sensors to detect position. The physics is identical; only the switching mechanism changed. Electric vehicles, drones and computer fans all use these, and they last far longer for exactly this reason.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the force on a current-carrying wire in a magnetic field.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = BIL\sin\theta \)

  2. State the left hand rule for a motor.
    Show the full solution

    First finger field, second finger current, thumb force

  3. What is the net force on a current loop in a uniform field?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  4. Write the maximum torque on a coil.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tau = NBIA \)

  5. What does a commutator do?
    Show the full solution

    Reverses the current in the coil every half turn

  6. Find the force on 0.60 m of wire carrying 8.0 A perpendicular to a 0.20 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = BIL = (0.20)(8.0)(0.60) = 0.96\ \text{N} \). 0.96 N

  7. A wire experiences 0.45 N in a 0.30 T field over 0.50 m. Find the current.
    Show the full solution

    \( I = \dfrac{F}{BL} = \dfrac{0.45}{(0.30)(0.50)} = \dfrac{0.45}{0.15} = 3.0\ \text{A} \). Assuming the wire is perpendicular to the field, since no angle was given. At any other angle the current would need to be larger. 3.0 A

  8. Give three ways to increase the torque of a motor, and say which is most limited in practice.
    Show the full solution

    From \( \tau = NBIA \): More turns \( N \), which is cheap and is why motor coils carry hundreds of windings. Stronger field \( B \), achieved with better permanent magnets or a stronger electromagnet and an iron core. More current \( I \), which works directly but is the most limited in practice, because \( I^2R \) heating rises as the square and the windings have a temperature limit set by their insulation. Doubling the current quadruples the heat. Larger area \( A \) also works but means a physically bigger motor. Any three; current is the most limited, by heating

  9. Explain why a simple current loop in a magnetic field would stop rotating without a commutator.
    Show the full solution

    Because the torque falls to zero at one orientation and then acts to push the coil back, so the motion reverses rather than continuing. Follow the coil through a half turn. Starting with the coil's plane parallel to the field, the forces on the two sides are opposite and act at maximum perpendicular distance from the axis, giving maximum torque. As it rotates, the perpendicular distance from the axis to each force shrinks, so the torque falls, even though the forces themselves are unchanged in size. At 90 degrees of rotation, the coil's plane is perpendicular to the field. Both forces now act along lines passing through the axis, so neither has any turning effect. The torque is exactly zero. This is the dead point. What happens next is the crucial part. The coil has angular momentum and carries past the dead point. Now the same force directions produce a torque in the opposite rotational sense, because the geometry has flipped relative to the axis. So the coil decelerates, stops, and swings back. It oscillates about the dead point, losing energy to friction and resistance, and settles there. This is a useful device, just not a motor. A coil that settles at an angle depending on the current, opposed by a spring, is a moving coil galvanometer, the basis of every analog ammeter and voltmeter. What the commutator changes. Reversing the current at the dead point reverses both forces, so the torque after the dead point acts in the same rotational sense as before it. The coil continues turning instead of swinging back. Why the timing must be exact. Switching too early or too late produces a period of opposing torque, which wastes energy and causes sparking at the brushes. Real motors adjust the brush position slightly to compensate for this. The torque reverses past the dead point, so without switching the coil oscillates instead of rotating

  10. A wire of mass 0.015 kg and length 0.20 m rests on horizontal rails in a vertical magnetic field of 0.50 T. Find the current needed to make it lift off, and explain what changes once it is moving.
    Show the full solution

    Set up the condition for lift-off. The magnetic force must equal the weight. \( BIL = mg \). Solve for the current. \( I = \dfrac{mg}{BL} = \dfrac{(0.015)(9.8)}{(0.50)(0.20)} = \dfrac{0.147}{0.10} = 1.47\ \text{A} \). About 1.5 A. Check the geometry is consistent. The field is vertical and the current is horizontal along the wire, so they are perpendicular and \( \sin\theta = 1 \) ✓ But the force \( BIL \) is perpendicular to both, which would be horizontal, not vertical. So the stated geometry does not work, and this is worth catching. To lift the wire vertically with a horizontal current, the field must be horizontal and perpendicular to the wire, not vertical. The arithmetic stands; the description of the field direction does not. Restate it correctly. With a horizontal 0.50 T field perpendicular to a horizontal wire, the force is vertical and 1.5 A lifts it. This is exactly the sort of check the left hand rule exists to provide, and it must be done before trusting any answer here. Now the second part: what changes once the wire moves. It becomes a generator as well as a motor. A conductor moving through a magnetic field has an emf induced across it, \( \varepsilon = BLv \), which is lesson 8.4's result. The induced emf opposes the supply. By Lenz's law in lesson 8.5, it is directed against the current that produced the motion. This is called back emf. The consequence for the current. The net driving voltage becomes \( V_{\text{supply}} - BLv \), so as the wire speeds up the current falls. Which means the force falls too, since \( F = BIL \). The acceleration decreases as the wire rises. Why this matters far beyond this problem. Every motor works this way. At rest a motor has no back emf and draws its maximum current, which is why starting currents are large and why a stalled motor can burn out: with no rotation there is no back emf, nothing limits the current but the winding resistance, and the windings overheat. And it explains load response. Loading a motor slows it, which reduces the back emf, which raises the current, which raises the torque. A motor automatically draws more power when worked harder, with no control system required. That self-regulation is a direct consequence of induction opposing the change that caused it. About 1.5 A, with the field horizontal and perpendicular to the wire; once moving, back emf reduces the current and the force

Lesson 8.4 · Unit 8 · HS-PS3-5

Running the motor backward, and getting the grid

Oersted showed in 1820 that a current produces a magnetic field. For eleven years people looked for the reverse, and failed, because they looked for a steady field producing a steady current. Faraday found in 1831 that the field must be changing. That single word is the whole of electrical generation, and almost all the world's electricity is produced by it.

The key ideas
  1. Magnetic flux is \( \Phi = BA\cos\theta \), measured in webers, where \( \theta \) is between the field and the normal to the area.
  2. An emf is induced only when the flux changes. A steady flux, however large, induces nothing.
  3. Faraday's law: \( \varepsilon = -N\dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} \), where \( N \) is the number of turns.
  4. Flux can change three ways: changing \( B \), changing the area, or changing the angle.
  5. A rod of length \( L \) moving at speed \( v \) across a field has \( \varepsilon = BLv \).
  6. The faster the change, the larger the emf, since it is the rate that matters, not the size of the change.
  7. An emf exists whether or not a current flows, and a current requires a complete circuit.

Where students lose marks: computing the flux instead of the rate of change of flux. A coil sitting in a strong steady field has a large flux and zero induced emf. Always identify what is changing and how fast before writing anything.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A 200-turn coil of area \( 5.0 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}^2 \) sits in a field that rises from 0 to 0.80 T in 0.20 s. Find the induced emf. (b) Find the emf if the same change happens in 0.050 s. (c) A rod 0.50 m long moves at 4.0 m/s across a 0.30 T field. Find the emf, and the current if the circuit resistance is \( 0.20\ \Omega \). (d) Show that the energy accounting works out.

Step one: find the flux change for (a). \( \Delta\Phi = A\Delta B = (5.0 \times 10^{-3})(0.80) = 4.0 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{Wb} \) per turn.

Step two: apply Faraday's law. \[ |\varepsilon| = N\frac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} = \frac{(200)(4.0 \times 10^{-3})}{0.20} = \frac{0.80}{0.20} = 4.0\ \text{V} \] The minus sign in the full statement indicates direction and is the subject of lesson 8.5; the magnitude is 4.0 V.

Step three: solve (b). The same flux change in a quarter of the time gives four times the emf: \( 16\ \text{V} \). This is the whole practical lever. Nothing about the coil or the magnet changed, only the speed of the change. It is why a magnet dropped quickly through a coil produces a larger pulse than one lowered slowly, and why generators are spun fast.

Step four: solve the rod in (c). \( \varepsilon = BLv = (0.30)(0.50)(4.0) = 0.60\ \text{V} \). \( I = \dfrac{\varepsilon}{R} = \dfrac{0.60}{0.20} = 3.0\ \text{A} \).

Step five: show \( BLv \) is Faraday's law in disguise. The rod sliding along rails sweeps out area at a rate \( Lv \). The flux enclosed by the circuit therefore changes at a rate \( \dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} = B \cdot \dfrac{\Delta A}{\Delta t} = BLv \) ✓ It is not a separate formula, just the case where the area changes rather than the field.

Step six: set up the energy check in (d). The rod carries 3.0 A through a 0.30 T field over 0.50 m, so it experiences a force \( F = BIL = (0.30)(3.0)(0.50) = 0.45\ \text{N} \). That force opposes the motion, which lesson 8.5 justifies, so something must push the rod to keep it moving at constant speed.

Step seven: compare the two powers. Mechanical power needed: \( P = Fv = (0.45)(4.0) = 1.8\ \text{W} \). Electrical power generated: \( P = \varepsilon I = (0.60)(3.0) = 1.8\ \text{W} \). Identical. Every joule of mechanical work done pushing the rod appears as electrical energy in the circuit, where it is then dissipated as heat in the resistance: \( I^2R = (9.0)(0.20) = 1.8\ \text{W} \) ✓ three ways of counting the same energy.

Step eight: draw out what the agreement proves. Induction is not a source of free energy. The electrical energy comes entirely from whatever is doing the mechanical work, and the accounting balances exactly. This is why generators need fuel. A power station's turbine must be driven by steam, falling water or wind, and the harder the electrical load, the larger the current, the larger the opposing force, and the more mechanical power the turbine must supply. The feedback is automatic and immediate. Switching on an appliance anywhere on the grid makes every connected generator very slightly harder to turn. Grid operators measure this directly as a drop in the system frequency below 60 Hz, and add generation to correct it, minute by minute, continuously. And it explains why a bicycle dynamo makes pedaling harder. The resistance felt in the pedals is the mechanical cost of the light, and the exchange rate is exactly one to one before losses.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Write the definition of magnetic flux.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Phi = BA\cos\theta \)

  2. Give the unit of magnetic flux.
    Show the full solution

    The weber

  3. State Faraday's law.
    Show the full solution

    \( \varepsilon = -N\dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} \)

  4. What is the induced emf when the flux is large but constant?
    Show the full solution

    Zero

  5. Write the emf induced in a rod moving across a field.
    Show the full solution

    \( \varepsilon = BLv \)

  6. Find the flux through a \( 0.020\ \text{m}^2 \) coil in a 0.45 T field perpendicular to it.
    Show the full solution

    Perpendicular to the coil means parallel to the normal, so \( \theta = 0 \) and \( \cos\theta = 1 \). \( \Phi = BA = (0.45)(0.020) = 9.0 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{Wb} \). 9.0 mWb

  7. A 500-turn coil has its flux change by \( 2.0 \times 10^{-4}\ \text{Wb} \) in 0.010 s. Find the emf.
    Show the full solution

    \( |\varepsilon| = N\dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} = \dfrac{(500)(2.0 \times 10^{-4})}{0.010} = \dfrac{0.10}{0.010} = 10\ \text{V} \). 10 V

  8. Name the three ways the flux through a coil can be changed, and give a device using each.
    Show the full solution

    Changing the field strength \( B \). A transformer does this: an alternating current in the primary produces a continuously changing field through the secondary, with nothing moving at all. Changing the area \( A \). A sliding rod on rails does this, and so does any circuit whose enclosed area changes. Changing the angle \( \theta \). A generator does this: the coil rotates in a fixed field, so \( \cos\theta \) varies sinusoidally and the flux with it. All three are the same law, since Faraday's law responds to \( \Delta\Phi \) regardless of which factor caused it. Field, area, angle: transformer, sliding rod, generator

  9. Explain why a magnet dropped through a copper tube falls far more slowly than through a plastic one.
    Show the full solution

    Because the changing flux induces currents in the copper, and those currents produce a field opposing the magnet's motion. Follow the flux. As the magnet falls, the flux through each ring-like cross-section of the copper tube first increases as the magnet approaches and then decreases as it recedes. Faraday's law gives an emf around each such loop of copper, and since copper is an excellent conductor and the loops are complete, large currents flow. These are called eddy currents. Those currents produce their own fields. Below the magnet the induced current opposes the approaching flux and repels it; above the magnet the induced current opposes the departing flux and attracts it. Both effects retard the fall, which is Lenz's law in lesson 8.5. Why the motion reaches a steady speed. The faster the magnet falls, the faster the flux changes, the larger the induced current, and the larger the retarding force. It accelerates until that force equals its weight, then falls at constant terminal velocity, exactly as lesson 2.6's drag analysis described. Why plastic does nothing. Plastic is an insulator. An emf is still induced, but no current can flow, so no opposing field is produced and there is no force. The magnet falls freely. The decisive test. Cutting a vertical slit along the length of the copper tube breaks the circular current paths, and the magnet then falls almost normally, even though the tube is still copper and still the same shape. The effect depends on complete conducting loops, not on the material being near the magnet. A second test. Dropping an unmagnetized steel slug of the same mass and shape through the copper tube produces no slowing at all, confirming that it is the magnet's field rather than the object's presence that matters. Where this is used. Eddy current braking in trains and roller coasters, with no contact and no wear. Metal detectors, which sense the eddy currents induced in buried conductors. Induction cooktops, which drive large eddy currents in the pan itself. And where it is a nuisance. Eddy currents in a transformer's iron core waste energy as heat, which is why cores are built from thin laminations separated by insulating varnish rather than solid iron, to break up the current paths. Induced eddy currents oppose the changing flux, producing a retarding force

  10. A square coil of side 0.20 m with 100 turns is pulled completely out of a 0.40 T field in 0.25 s. Find the average emf, the flux change, and explain what determines whether it matters how the coil is pulled.
    Show the full solution

    Find the area. \( A = (0.20)^2 = 0.040\ \text{m}^2 \). Find the initial flux per turn. \( \Phi_i = BA = (0.40)(0.040) = 0.016\ \text{Wb} \). Find the final flux. Completely out of the field, so \( \Phi_f = 0 \). The flux change per turn. \( \Delta\Phi = 0.016\ \text{Wb} \). Apply Faraday's law. \( |\varepsilon| = N\dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} = \dfrac{(100)(0.016)}{0.25} = \dfrac{1.6}{0.25} = 6.4\ \text{V} \). Total flux linkage change: \( N\Delta\Phi = (100)(0.016) = 1.6\ \text{Wb} \). Now the third part, which is the interesting one. For the average emf, the path does not matter. Faraday's law depends only on the total flux change and the total time. Whether the coil was pulled steadily, jerked out at the end, or moved in fits and starts, the average emf over the 0.25 s is 6.4 V, because the endpoints and the duration are the same. For the instantaneous emf, the path matters completely. A steady pull gives a constant 6.4 V throughout. A pull that removes most of the coil in the first 0.05 s and then dawdles would give a large spike followed by nearly nothing, with the same average. Why this distinction is practical. Insulation breakdown depends on the peak voltage, not the average. A device designed for 6.4 V could be destroyed by a 50 V spike even though the average was unchanged. This is why switching an inductive load produces damaging voltage spikes and why protective diodes are fitted across relay coils. A related consequence: the charge is path independent. The total charge that flows is \( q = \displaystyle\int I\,dt = \dfrac{N\Delta\Phi}{R} \), which contains no time at all. So however fast or slow the coil is removed, the same total charge circulates. A fast removal gives a large brief current; a slow one gives a small prolonged current; the integral is identical. Where that is used. A ballistic galvanometer measures total charge and therefore measures flux change directly, independent of how the change was made. This is how magnetic field strengths were measured before electronic instruments. A qualification on the geometry. The 6.4 V assumes the coil leaves the field region entirely and that the field is uniform within it and zero outside. A real field has fringing at its edges, so the flux tails off gradually rather than stopping sharply, and the actual emf profile is smoother than the idealization suggests. The average over the full removal is unaffected. 6.4 V average, 1.6 Wb of flux linkage; the average depends only on the endpoints and the time, but the peak depends entirely on how it is pulled

Lesson 8.5 · Unit 8 · HS-PS3-5

The minus sign, and why it has to be there

Faraday's law carries a minus sign that looks like a detail of notation. It is not. Remove it and you have a machine that generates electricity while accelerating itself, with energy appearing from nowhere. The direction of every induced current in nature is fixed by the requirement that this does not happen.

The key ideas
  1. Lenz's law: an induced current flows in the direction that opposes the change producing it.
  2. It is a statement of energy conservation, not an independent law.
  3. An approaching north pole induces a north pole facing it, repelling it.
  4. A receding north pole induces a south pole facing it, attracting it.
  5. Opposing the change always costs work, and that work is the source of the electrical energy.
  6. A generator is a motor run backward: rotating a coil in a field changes the flux and induces an alternating emf.
  7. The output is sinusoidal, \( \varepsilon = \varepsilon_0\sin(2\pi f t) \), peaking when the coil's plane is parallel to the field.

Where students lose marks: saying the induced current opposes the field. It opposes the change in flux. If the flux is decreasing, the induced current acts to maintain it and therefore flows in the same sense as the original field, not against it. Identify whether the flux is rising or falling first.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A north pole is pushed toward a coil. Determine the induced pole facing it and explain why. (b) Show that the opposite result would violate conservation of energy. (c) Explain how a generator produces a sinusoidal output. (d) Explain why a generator under heavy electrical load is physically harder to turn.

Step one: identify the change in (a). As the north pole approaches, the flux through the coil increases in the direction pointing away from the magnet.

Step two: apply Lenz's law. The induced current must oppose this increase, so it flows in the sense that produces flux in the opposite direction inside the coil. That makes the coil's near face a north pole, which repels the approaching magnet. Work must be done to push it closer.

Step three: check the reverse case. Pulling the magnet away decreases the flux, so the induced current now acts to maintain it, reversing direction and making the near face a south pole, which attracts the departing magnet. Work must be done to pull it away too. The pattern is the same in both cases: the coil always resists whatever is being done to it.

Step four: construct the contradiction for (b). Suppose instead the approaching north pole induced a south pole facing it. The coil would attract the magnet.

Step five: follow it through. The magnet would accelerate toward the coil, gaining kinetic energy. The faster it moved, the faster the flux would change, the larger the induced current, and the larger the attraction. The result would be runaway. The magnet would accelerate without limit, gaining kinetic energy, while simultaneously driving an ever-larger current that dissipates heat in the coil's resistance. Energy would be produced in two forms at once, with nothing supplying it. That is impossible, so the sign must be as Lenz stated. The minus sign is not an observation about coils; it is a requirement of energy conservation, and this is why Lenz's law is not an independent law of physics.

Step six: set up the generator in (c). A coil of area \( A \) with \( N \) turns rotates at constant angular speed \( \omega \) in a uniform field \( B \). The angle between the field and the coil's normal is \( \theta = \omega t \).

Step seven: trace the flux and the emf. \( \Phi = BA\cos(\omega t) \), so the flux varies sinusoidally. The emf is the rate of change, and the rate of change of a cosine is a negative sine, giving \[ \varepsilon = NBA\omega\sin(\omega t) \] The emf is largest when the flux is changing fastest, which is when the coil's plane is parallel to the field and the flux itself is momentarily zero. And the emf is zero when the flux is at its maximum, when the coil is perpendicular to the field and the flux is momentarily not changing at all. The emf and the flux are a quarter cycle out of step, which catches students out constantly.

Step eight: answer (d). The induced current in the generator's coil is itself a current in a magnetic field, so by lesson 8.3 it experiences a force. By Lenz's law that force opposes the rotation. More load means more current means more opposing torque. Connecting a heavier electrical load lowers the circuit resistance, so more current flows, so the retarding torque rises, and whatever turns the generator must supply more mechanical power. This is the mechanism by which demand reaches the fuel. A kettle switched on in a house very slightly increases the torque required at a distant turbine, which slightly slows the grid frequency, which is detected and corrected by burning more fuel or opening a valve further. The chain from the appliance to the fuel is entirely mechanical and entirely automatic. The observable version. A hand-cranked generator with its terminals unconnected spins almost freely. Short its terminals and it becomes very hard to turn. Only the external connection changed, and the difference is felt directly in the handle. What the minus sign ultimately guarantees. You cannot get electrical energy out without putting mechanical energy in. Every perpetual motion scheme based on magnets and coils fails at exactly this point, and it fails because of a sign.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. State Lenz's law.
    Show the full solution

    An induced current opposes the change that produced it

  2. Which conservation law does Lenz's law express?
    Show the full solution

    Conservation of energy

  3. A north pole approaches a coil. Which pole is induced facing it?
    Show the full solution

    North, so that it repels

  4. What shape is a simple generator's output?
    Show the full solution

    Sinusoidal

  5. When in the rotation is a generator's emf greatest?
    Show the full solution

    When the coil's plane is parallel to the field, where the flux changes fastest

  6. A south pole is pulled away from a coil. Determine the induced pole facing it.
    Show the full solution

    The flux through the coil is decreasing, so the induced current acts to maintain it. That means the coil's near face must become a north pole, which attracts the departing south pole and opposes its removal. The check: in every case the coil resists what is being done, so approaching poles are repelled and departing poles attracted. North

  7. A generator produces a peak emf of 170 V. Give two ways to double it.
    Show the full solution

    From \( \varepsilon_0 = NBA\omega \), any two of: Double the rotation speed \( \omega \), which also doubles the frequency, so this is not free if the frequency must stay at 60 Hz. Double the number of turns \( N \). Double the field strength \( B \). Double the coil area \( A \). In a grid generator only the last three are available, since the frequency is fixed by the grid, which is why generator design concentrates on field strength and winding count. Any two of speed, turns, field or area

  8. Explain why an aluminum ring jumps off an electromagnet when it is switched on, even though aluminum is not magnetic.
    Show the full solution

    Because switching on creates a rapidly changing flux through the ring, inducing a large current whose field opposes the electromagnet's, producing repulsion. Note what makes this possible. Aluminum is not ferromagnetic, so it is not attracted to a magnet at all. But it is an excellent conductor, and that is the only property the effect requires. The sequence. Switching on the electromagnet makes its field rise from zero very rapidly. The flux through the ring rises with it. Faraday's law gives a large emf, because the change is fast. The ring is a complete loop of low resistance, so a very large current flows, often thousands of amperes for a few milliseconds. Lenz's law gives the direction. The induced current opposes the increasing flux, so the ring's field points opposite to the electromagnet's. Two opposing fields repel. Why it jumps rather than merely being pushed. The force is enormous and brief, delivering a large impulse in a short time, which is exactly the situation lesson 3.3 analyzed. The ring leaves with substantial momentum. Why it happens only at switch-on. Once the current is steady the flux stops changing, the induced current dies, and the ring feels nothing. Switching off produces a jump too, but in the opposite direction, since the falling flux induces a current that attracts. The decisive test. A ring with a slit cut in it does not jump at all. Nothing about its material or position changed, only the completeness of the current path. This proves the effect depends on induced current, not on any magnetic property of aluminum. A second test. Cooling the ring in liquid nitrogen lowers its resistance and makes it jump noticeably higher, which is what a larger induced current predicts. Where it is used. This is the principle of a coilgun and of electromagnetic forming, where metal sheets are shaped by magnetic pulses with no die touching them. Induced current in a closed conducting loop opposes the rising flux and repels

  9. Explain why the minus sign in Faraday's law cannot be a matter of convention.
    Show the full solution

    Because reversing it would permit a machine that creates energy, and no choice of coordinate convention can change whether energy is conserved. Distinguish two kinds of sign. Some signs in physics genuinely are conventions: whether work done on or by a gas is called positive, or which direction is called positive in a coordinate system. Choosing the other convention changes the equations' appearance but no prediction. Test whether this sign is of that kind. The test is whether flipping it changes any physical prediction. It does, immediately and dramatically. Construct the machine. With the sign reversed, a magnet approaching a coil would be attracted rather than repelled. Release a magnet near a coil and it accelerates in, inducing a current. The faster it goes, the stronger the current and the stronger the attraction. Count the energy. The magnet gains kinetic energy. The coil dissipates heat through \( I^2R \). Nothing supplies either. Both increase without limit, and the machine would run forever while delivering power. Why no bookkeeping can save it. Kinetic energy and dissipated heat are measurable quantities, not conventions. A coordinate choice cannot make a magnet accelerate or a resistor warm. The prediction is physical and it is wrong. What this makes the sign. It encodes a fact about nature: induced effects oppose their causes. Lenz's law is that fact stated separately, and the minus sign is the same fact written into the equation. The deeper point about how physics works. Faraday's law could have been discovered experimentally with either sign. It was not necessary to know energy conservation to measure it. But once measured, the sign turns out to be exactly the one conservation demands, and that agreement between an independently measured detail and a general principle is strong evidence that both are right. Where else this reasoning appears. The same argument fixes the sign in Le Chatelier's principle in chemistry and in the damping of any feedback system. Systems that reinforce their own disturbances do not survive to be observed. A convention changes appearance, not predictions; reversing this sign predicts an energy-creating machine

  10. A 400-turn coil of area \( 0.025\ \text{m}^2 \) rotates at 60 revolutions per second in a 0.20 T field. Find the peak emf and the frequency, and explain why real power stations must hold the frequency to within a fraction of a hertz.
    Show the full solution

    Find the angular speed. \( \omega = 2\pi f = 2\pi(60) = 377\ \text{rad/s} \). Find the peak emf. \( \varepsilon_0 = NBA\omega = (400)(0.20)(0.025)(377) \) \( = (400)(0.20)(0.025) = 2.0 \), then \( (2.0)(377) = 754\ \text{V} \). About 750 V peak. Find the frequency. One revolution produces one complete cycle, so \( f = 60\ \text{Hz} \), the United States grid frequency. Find the root mean square value, which is what a voltmeter reads: \( V_{rms} = \dfrac{754}{\sqrt{2}} = 533\ \text{V} \). Now the second part: why the frequency must be held so tightly. Reason one: generators must stay synchronized. Every generator on the grid is electrically connected to every other. They must turn in step, at the same frequency and nearly the same phase, or a generator running ahead will be violently pulled back by the others. The mechanical stresses of a loss of synchronization can destroy a turbine shaft. Reason two: frequency is the demand signal. Generation and consumption must balance instant by instant, because the grid stores almost no energy. If demand exceeds generation, the extra energy comes from the rotating machines' kinetic energy, and they slow down. Frequency falling below 60 Hz is therefore a direct measurement that demand exceeds supply, and it is the signal operators act on continuously. Reason three: equipment depends on it. Synchronous motors and clocks run at a speed set by the frequency. Transformers designed for 60 Hz saturate and overheat at lower frequencies, because the flux swing per cycle is larger when each cycle lasts longer. Reason four: protection cascades. Generators disconnect automatically if the frequency strays too far, to protect themselves. If the frequency is falling because of a shortfall, each disconnection worsens the shortfall, and the result is a cascading blackout. This is the mechanism behind most large-scale grid failures. The tolerances actually used. North American grids hold 60 Hz within roughly 0.02 Hz under normal conditions, with load shedding triggered automatically below about 59.5 Hz. Operators also manage the long-term average so that frequency-driven clocks stay accurate over days. Why this connects back to Lenz's law. The whole mechanism rests on the opposing torque of lesson 8.5. Demand produces current, current produces retarding torque, retarding torque slows the machine, and the slowing is the signal. Without the minus sign there would be no feedback path at all, and no way for a kettle in a kitchen to reach a turbine a hundred kilometers away. About 754 V peak, 533 V rms, at 60 Hz; the frequency must be held because it is simultaneously the synchronization reference and the real-time measure of supply against demand

Lesson 8.6 · Unit 8 · HS-PS3-3

A device with no moving parts that settled an argument about wiring a continent

Lesson 7.6 showed that transmitting power at high voltage cuts losses by the square of the voltage ratio. That is useless unless the voltage can actually be changed, cheaply and efficiently, at both ends. The transformer does it with two coils and an iron core, and its existence is the reason the wall outlet supplies alternating current.

The key ideas
  1. A transformer has a primary and a secondary coil on a shared iron core.
  2. An alternating current in the primary produces a changing flux, which induces an emf in the secondary.
  3. \( \dfrac{V_s}{V_p} = \dfrac{N_s}{N_p} \), so the voltage ratio equals the turns ratio.
  4. Energy conservation gives \( V_pI_p = V_sI_s \) for an ideal transformer, so stepping voltage up steps current down.
  5. Transformers cannot work with direct current, since a steady current produces no changing flux.
  6. Real efficiency exceeds 98 percent in large units, with losses from coil resistance, eddy currents and core magnetization.
  7. Laminated cores suppress eddy currents, which would otherwise waste large amounts of energy as heat.

Where students lose marks: thinking a step-up transformer increases power. It does not, and cannot. Voltage rises and current falls in exact proportion, and the power out is at best equal to the power in. Anything else would be energy from nowhere.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the secondary turns needed to step 120 V down to 6.0 V with a 2000-turn primary. (b) A station generates 5.0 MW at 25 kV and steps it to 400 kV. Find both currents and the turns ratio. (c) Explain why a transformer will not work on direct current. (d) Explain where a real transformer's energy is lost and how each loss is reduced.

Step one: solve (a). \[ N_s = N_p \cdot \frac{V_s}{V_p} = 2000 \times \frac{6.0}{120} = 2000 \times 0.050 = 100\ \text{turns} \] A step-down transformer, with fewer secondary turns than primary.

Step two: solve the currents in (b). Primary: \( I_p = \dfrac{P}{V_p} = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^6}{2.5 \times 10^4} = 200\ \text{A} \). Secondary: \( I_s = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^6}{4.0 \times 10^5} = 12.5\ \text{A} \). Turns ratio: \( \dfrac{400}{25} = 16 \), so sixteen times as many secondary turns.

Step three: check the power both ways. \( V_pI_p = (2.5 \times 10^4)(200) = 5.0 \times 10^6\ \text{W} \) \( V_sI_s = (4.0 \times 10^5)(12.5) = 5.0 \times 10^6\ \text{W} \) ✓ The voltage rose by 16 and the current fell by 16. Nothing was gained; the same power was repackaged.

Step four: connect to the transmission loss. With a line resistance of \( 2.0\ \Omega \), the loss at 200 A would be \( I^2R = 80\ \text{kW} \), and at 12.5 A it is 313 W. The transformer did not reduce the power; it reduced the current, and \( I^2R \) did the rest.

Step five: answer (c). A transformer depends entirely on Faraday's law, which requires a changing flux. Direct current produces a steady flux, so \( \Delta\Phi/\Delta t = 0 \) and the induced emf in the secondary is zero. Nothing comes out. The exception worth noting. At the instant a direct current is switched on or off, the flux does change, and a brief pulse appears in the secondary. That is how an induction coil and an old automobile ignition system worked: a mechanical contact repeatedly interrupted a direct current, and each interruption produced a high-voltage pulse at the spark plug.

Step six: see what this settled historically. In the 1880s direct current distribution could not change voltage efficiently, so it had to generate and deliver at the same voltage, which meant low voltage, which meant large currents and large \( I^2R \) losses. A direct current station could serve customers only a mile or so away. Alternating current, with transformers, had no such limit, and by the 1890s the question was settled. The physics that decided it is a single requirement of Faraday's law.

Step seven: begin (d) with the resistive loss. Copper loss is \( I^2R \) in the windings themselves. It is reduced by using thick copper conductors, and in the largest units by circulating oil to carry the heat away.

Step eight: cover the core losses and the leakage. Eddy current loss. The changing flux induces currents in the iron core itself, exactly as in lesson 8.4's copper tube, and those currents dissipate heat. The core is therefore built from thin laminations, each coated with insulating varnish, so the circulating current paths are broken. A solid core would waste enormous power and could become dangerously hot. Hysteresis loss. Magnetizing and demagnetizing the core 120 times a second costs energy, because the domains of lesson 8.1 resist reorientation. Silicon steel is used because its domains realign with unusually little loss. Flux leakage. Not all the primary's flux passes through the secondary. A closed core loop with both coils wound on the same limb, sometimes interleaved, minimizes it. The combined result. Large grid transformers exceed 99 percent efficiency, which is necessary rather than impressive: at 99 percent, a 500 MW transformer still dissipates 5 MW as heat, which is why they sit in their own tanks with radiators and cooling fans. The one loss that cannot be designed away. A transformer left connected with nothing drawing from it still magnetizes its core every cycle and still dissipates hysteresis and eddy losses. That is the standby power of every plug-in adapter, and multiplied across a country it is a measurable fraction of national consumption, which is why modern adapters use switching converters rather than a simple transformer.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Treat transformers as ideal unless stated otherwise.

  1. Write the transformer voltage equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{V_s}{V_p} = \dfrac{N_s}{N_p} \)

  2. Why can a transformer not work on direct current?
    Show the full solution

    A steady current gives no changing flux, so no emf is induced

  3. What happens to the current when a transformer steps the voltage up?
    Show the full solution

    It steps down in the same proportion

  4. Why is a transformer core laminated?
    Show the full solution

    To break up eddy current paths and reduce heating losses

  5. Write the power relationship for an ideal transformer.
    Show the full solution

    \( V_pI_p = V_sI_s \)

  6. A transformer has 1500 primary turns and 75 secondary turns on a 240 V supply. Find the output voltage.
    Show the full solution

    \( V_s = V_p \cdot \dfrac{N_s}{N_p} = 240 \times \dfrac{75}{1500} = 240 \times 0.050 = 12\ \text{V} \). 12 V

  7. An ideal transformer delivers 3.0 A at 12 V from a 120 V supply. Find the primary current.
    Show the full solution

    Output power: \( P = V_sI_s = (12)(3.0) = 36\ \text{W} \). Ideal, so the input power is also 36 W. \( I_p = \dfrac{P}{V_p} = \dfrac{36}{120} = 0.30\ \text{A} \). The voltage stepped down by 10 and the current stepped up by 10 ✓ 0.30 A

  8. A laptop adapter takes 0.50 A at 120 V and outputs 19 V at 85 percent efficiency. Find the output current and the power wasted.
    Show the full solution

    Input power: \( P_{in} = (120)(0.50) = 60\ \text{W} \). Output power: \( P_{out} = (0.85)(60) = 51\ \text{W} \). Output current: \( I_s = \dfrac{51}{19} = 2.7\ \text{A} \). Power wasted: \( 60 - 51 = 9.0\ \text{W} \). Nine watts of heat is why adapters are warm to the touch, and the heat is entirely the copper, core and switching losses. 2.7 A, with 9.0 W wasted

  9. Explain why the transformer is the reason alternating current was adopted for power distribution.
    Show the full solution

    Because transmission requires high voltage while generation and use require low voltage, and only alternating current could be converted between them efficiently. Establish the transmission requirement. Line losses are \( I^2R \), so a given power must be sent at the lowest possible current, which means the highest possible voltage. Raising the voltage forty times cuts the loss by a factor of 1600. Establish the conflicting requirement. Generators cannot practically produce hundreds of kilovolts, because of insulation limits in the windings. And appliances cannot use it, for obvious safety reasons. So the voltage must be high in between and low at both ends. Identify what that demands. An efficient, cheap, reliable way to change voltage in both directions, at very high power levels. What the transformer provides. Exactly that: over 99 percent efficiency, no moving parts, nothing to wear out, and scalable to hundreds of megawatts. A large unit can run for decades with only oil maintenance. Why it requires alternating current. It works entirely through Faraday's law, which needs a changing flux. Direct current produces a constant flux and therefore no output at all. What direct current could do at the time. Nothing comparable. Converting DC voltage required rotating machinery, a motor driving a generator, which was inefficient, expensive, noisy and needed constant maintenance. It could not be justified at every distribution point. The practical consequence in the 1880s. A DC station had to distribute at roughly the voltage customers used, so currents were large, losses were severe, and the economical service radius was about a mile. Cities would have needed a generating station every few blocks. How the argument was settled. Alternating current systems demonstrated transmission over tens of miles at acceptable loss, and the 1893 Chicago exposition and the 1895 Niagara Falls project settled the matter commercially. The physics had already settled it. The modern qualification, which matters. High-voltage direct current is now used for the longest links and all undersea cables, because solid-state converters can change DC voltage efficiently, and because DC avoids the capacitive losses that plague long AC cables. The original decision was correct for its technology, and the technology changed. What did not change. The \( I^2R \) argument for high-voltage transmission is as valid as ever. Only the means of changing voltage has an alternative. Transmission needs high voltage, use needs low voltage, and only AC could be converted efficiently between them

  10. Trace the voltage from a 25 kV generator to a 120 V outlet, explaining what happens at each stage and why the system is built this way rather than with one conversion.
    Show the full solution

    Stage one: generation at about 25 kV. The generator's own windings limit the voltage, since insulating a rotating machine for hundreds of kilovolts is impractical. This is a compromise between insulation difficulty and the current the windings must carry. Stage two: step up to 400 kV at the station. A large transformer raises the voltage by a factor of 16, reducing the current by 16 and the \( I^2R \) loss by \( 16^2 = 256 \). This single transformer is what makes long distance transmission viable. Stage three: transmission. Power travels tens or hundreds of kilometers on overhead lines at 400 kV. Losses across a national grid run at a few percent total. Stage four: step down to about 33 kV at a regional substation. The extreme voltage is no longer needed once the distance is shorter, and lower voltages need far less clearance, allowing lines to run closer to towns. Stage five: step down to about 4 kV for local distribution. These are the lines on residential streets, at a voltage low enough to be carried on ordinary poles. Stage six: step down to 240 V at the pole or pad transformer, supplying a handful of homes, and split into two 120 V legs for ordinary outlets with 240 V available across both for large appliances. Now the second part: why not one conversion? Reason one: insulation cost scales badly. Equipment rated for 400 kV requires large clearances, tall structures, long insulator strings and wide rights of way. Using it for the final hundred meters to a house would be absurdly expensive. Reason two: the loss argument weakens with distance. Line loss is proportional to the line's resistance, which is proportional to its length. A hundred-meter run has almost no resistance, so there is nothing to save by raising its voltage. High voltage pays only where the distance is long. Reason three: safety. Every additional meter of high-voltage conductor near people is a hazard. Stepping down progressively keeps the highest voltages on remote transmission corridors and away from streets. Reason four: the network branches. One transmission line feeds many regional substations, each feeding many local ones, each feeding many homes. The stepping-down mirrors the branching, and each stage serves a smaller area at a lower voltage, matching the voltage to the distance still to travel. Reason five: fault isolation. Each transformer stage is a natural place to install protection. A fault in one neighborhood is isolated at its local transformer without affecting the region, and a fault on a transmission line does not reach individual homes. The cost of the extra stages. Every transformer loses perhaps one percent, so six stages cost several percent overall. That is far less than the transmission losses avoided, and far less than the cost of insulating a whole distribution network at 400 kV. The underlying principle. Each stage's voltage is chosen so that the transmission loss over the distance that stage covers is comparable to the cost of the equipment needed at that voltage. It is an economic optimization built on one physical relationship, \( P_{\text{loss}} = I^2R \). Progressive stepping, because high voltage pays only over long distances while insulation cost is paid everywhere

Unit 8 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 8 review: Magnetism and Electromagnetic Induction

Shuffled across all six lessons. Use \( e = 1.60 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{C} \) and electron mass \( 9.11 \times 10^{-31}\ \text{kg} \).

  1. Find the force on an electron moving at \( 2.0 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \) perpendicular to a 0.50 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = qvB = (1.60 \times 10^{-19})(2.0 \times 10^{6})(0.50) = 1.6 \times 10^{-13} \). \( 1.6 \times 10^{-13} \) N

  2. Find the radius of its circular path.
    Show the full solution

    \( r = \dfrac{mv}{qB} = \dfrac{(9.11 \times 10^{-31})(2.0 \times 10^{6})} {(1.60 \times 10^{-19})(0.50)} = 2.3 \times 10^{-5} \). 23 micrometers

  3. Find the force on 0.25 m of wire carrying 3.0 A perpendicular to a 0.40 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = BIL = (0.40)(3.0)(0.25) = 0.30 \). 0.30 N

  4. Find the maximum torque on a 50-turn coil of 4.0 cm by 6.0 cm carrying 2.0 A in a 0.30 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( \tau = NBIA = (50)(0.30)(2.0)(2.4 \times 10^{-3}) = 0.072 \). 0.072 N·m

  5. Find the flux through a \( 0.020\ \text{m}^2 \) coil perpendicular to a 0.45 T field.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Phi = BA = (0.45)(0.020) = 9.0 \times 10^{-3} \). 9.0 mWb

  6. A 200-turn coil of area \( 5.0 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}^2 \) sits in a field rising from 0 to 0.80 T in 0.20 s. Find the induced emf.
    Show the full solution

    \( \varepsilon = N\dfrac{\Delta\Phi}{\Delta t} = \dfrac{(200)(5.0 \times 10^{-3})(0.80)}{0.20} = 4.0 \). 4.0 V

  7. A 120 V supply feeds a transformer with 2000 primary turns to give 6.0 V. Find the secondary turns.
    Show the full solution

    \( N_s = 2000 \times \dfrac{6.0}{120} = 100 \). 100 turns

  8. An ideal transformer steps 5.0 MW from 25 kV to 400 kV. Find both currents.
    Show the full solution

    \( I_p = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^{6}}{25000} = 200\ \text{A} \) and \( I_s = \dfrac{5.0 \times 10^{6}}{400000} = 12.5\ \text{A} \). The voltage rose by 16 and the current fell by 16, so the power is unchanged. 200 A and 12.5 A

  9. State Lenz's law and use it to say which pole is induced facing a north pole that is being pulled away from a coil.
    Show the full solution

    The induced current opposes the change that caused it. Pulling the north pole away decreases the flux, so the coil acts to maintain it and attracts the departing pole. A south pole faces the departing north pole

  10. A 0.50 m rod moves at 4.0 m/s across a 0.30 T field in a circuit of \( 0.20\ \Omega \). Find the emf, the current, the force needed to keep it moving, and show energy is conserved.
    Show the full solution

    \( \varepsilon = BLv = (0.30)(0.50)(4.0) = 0.60\ \text{V} \); \( I = \dfrac{0.60}{0.20} = 3.0\ \text{A} \). The magnetic force opposes the motion: \( F = BIL = 0.45\ \text{N} \). Mechanical power in: \( Fv = 1.8\ \text{W} \). Electrical power: \( \varepsilon I = 1.8\ \text{W} \). Heating: \( I^2R = 1.8\ \text{W} \). All three agree, so the electrical energy comes entirely from the work done pushing the rod. 0.60 V, 3.0 A, 0.45 N, and 1.8 W in each accounting

Lesson 9.1 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-1

Something that travels without anything traveling

Throw a stone into a pond and a ring spreads outward carrying energy. A leaf on the surface bobs up and down and stays where it is. Nothing moves outward except the disturbance itself, and that is what a wave is: a pattern that propagates through a medium without transporting the medium.

The key ideas
  1. A wave transfers energy without transferring matter.
  2. Wavelength \( \lambda \) is the distance between successive identical points, in meters.
  3. Frequency \( f \) is the number of complete cycles per second, in hertz, and \( f = \dfrac{1}{T} \).
  4. \( v = f\lambda \) relates them, and follows directly from speed being distance over time.
  5. Amplitude is the maximum displacement from equilibrium, and energy carried is proportional to the amplitude squared.
  6. Wave speed is set by the medium, not by the source, so changing the frequency changes the wavelength instead.
  7. Transverse waves oscillate perpendicular to their travel; longitudinal waves oscillate along it.

Where students lose marks: assuming that raising the frequency raises the wave speed. It does not. In a given medium the speed is fixed, so a higher frequency means a proportionally shorter wavelength. The source controls \( f \); the medium controls \( v \); \( \lambda \) is whatever the equation requires.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Derive \( v = f\lambda \) rather than asserting it. (b) Find the wavelength of a 440 Hz note in air at 343 m/s, and of the extremes of human hearing. (c) Find the wavelength of light at \( 5.0 \times 10^{14}\ \text{Hz} \). (d) Explain why the energy carried depends on the amplitude squared.

Step one: derive the equation for (a). In one period \( T \), the source completes exactly one cycle, and the leading edge of the wave advances exactly one wavelength. That is what a wavelength means. \[ v = \frac{\text{distance}}{\text{time}} = \frac{\lambda}{T} \]

Step two: convert period to frequency. Since \( f = 1/T \), \( v = \lambda f \). It is nothing more than speed equals distance over time, applied to one cycle. Nothing about waves was assumed beyond the definition of wavelength, which is why the relationship holds for every kind of wave without exception.

Step three: solve (b). \( \lambda = \dfrac{v}{f} = \dfrac{343}{440} = 0.780\ \text{m} \), about the length of an arm. At 20 Hz, the low limit of hearing: \( \dfrac{343}{20} = 17.2\ \text{m} \), taller than a house. At 20 kHz, the high limit: \( \dfrac{343}{20000} = 0.0172\ \text{m} \), about 17 mm.

Step four: note the range and why it matters. Audible wavelengths span a factor of a thousand, from 17 m to 17 mm. That range explains a great deal: bass notes diffract around obstacles and pass through walls because their wavelengths exceed the obstacles, while treble is easily blocked and easily directed. It is why the bass from a neighbor's music is what reaches you.

Step five: solve (c). \( \lambda = \dfrac{c}{f} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{5.0 \times 10^{14}} = 6.0 \times 10^{-7}\ \text{m} = 600\ \text{nm} \), which is orange-red light. The visible range is 400 to 700 nm, corresponding to \( 7.5 \times 10^{14} \) down to \( 4.3 \times 10^{14}\ \text{Hz} \): less than one octave, against the ten octaves the ear covers. The eye sees a remarkably narrow slice.

Step six: begin (d) with the physical picture. Each particle in the medium oscillates about its equilibrium position, and while doing so it carries energy, part kinetic and part potential, exactly like the oscillating mass on a spring from unit 5.

Step seven: follow the energy. At maximum displacement the particle is momentarily at rest and all its energy is potential. For a restoring force proportional to displacement, the stored potential energy is \( \tfrac{1}{2}kx^2 \), which is quadratic in the displacement. The maximum displacement is the amplitude, so the energy per particle is proportional to \( A^2 \), and summing over all the particles gives the same dependence for the wave as a whole.

Step eight: check the consequences against observation. Doubling the amplitude quadruples the energy, which is why sound intensity is measured on a logarithmic decibel scale: the range from a whisper to a jet engine spans about \( 10^{12} \) in intensity and would be unmanageable written out. It explains the inverse square law for intensity. A wave spreading in three dimensions distributes fixed energy over a sphere of area \( 4\pi r^2 \), so intensity falls as \( 1/r^2 \), and since intensity goes as \( A^2 \), the amplitude falls as \( 1/r \). And it is why amplitude, not frequency, determines loudness and brightness. Frequency sets pitch and color; amplitude sets how much energy arrives. Changing a note's pitch does not make it louder, and this is precisely because the energy depends on \( A^2 \) rather than on \( f \) for a mechanical wave.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take the speed of sound as 343 m/s and \( c = 3.00 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \).

  1. What does a wave transfer?
    Show the full solution

    Energy, without transferring matter

  2. Write the wave equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = f\lambda \)

  3. Give the relationship between frequency and period.
    Show the full solution

    \( f = \dfrac{1}{T} \)

  4. Energy carried by a wave is proportional to which power of the amplitude?
    Show the full solution

    The second

  5. In a transverse wave, how does the oscillation relate to the direction of travel?
    Show the full solution

    Perpendicular to it

  6. Find the frequency of a wave of wavelength 2.5 m traveling at 12 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( f = \dfrac{v}{\lambda} = \dfrac{12}{2.5} = 4.8\ \text{Hz} \). 4.8 Hz

  7. Find the wavelength of an FM radio station broadcasting at 100 MHz.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{c}{f} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{1.00 \times 10^8} = 3.0\ \text{m} \). This sets the antenna length. An efficient antenna is a substantial fraction of a wavelength, which is why FM car antennas are roughly 75 cm, a quarter of 3.0 m, and why cell phone antennas at 2 GHz can be a few centimeters and fit inside the case. 3.0 m

  8. A wave's amplitude is tripled. Find the factor by which its energy changes, and explain why the frequency is irrelevant here.
    Show the full solution

    Energy is proportional to \( A^2 \), so tripling the amplitude multiplies the energy by \( 3^2 = 9 \). The frequency does not appear because it describes how often the oscillation repeats, not how far each particle moves. A high-frequency wave of tiny amplitude can carry far less energy than a low-frequency wave of large amplitude. The exception worth flagging. For a mechanical wave the energy per particle also depends on frequency, since faster oscillation means larger particle speeds. The clean statement is that intensity is proportional to \( A^2f^2 \) for a mechanical wave, and the amplitude dependence is what this question asks about. 9 times

  9. Explain why the speed of a wave is determined by the medium rather than the source.
    Show the full solution

    Because the wave propagates by each part of the medium pushing on the next, and how fast that happens is a property of the medium's stiffness and inertia. The mechanism of propagation. A disturbance displaces one region of the medium. That region exerts a restoring force on its neighbor, which accelerates, displaces, and passes the disturbance on. What sets the rate. Two competing properties. A stiffer medium transmits the push more quickly, raising the speed. A denser medium has more inertia per unit volume, so each part accelerates more slowly, lowering the speed. In general \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{stiffness}}{\text{density}}} \) for a mechanical wave. Why the source cannot affect it. The source determines how often and how strongly the medium is disturbed, which sets the frequency and amplitude. But once the disturbance exists, its onward propagation is handled entirely by the medium, which has no information about what created it. The consequence for wavelength. With \( v \) fixed by the medium and \( f \) fixed by the source, \( \lambda = v/f \) is forced. Raising the frequency shortens the wavelength; it does not speed the wave up. The observational confirmation. A high note and a low note from a single instrument reach a listener simultaneously. If speed depended on frequency, music would arrive scrambled, with chords separating into a sequence, and this is obviously not what happens. The exception, which proves the point. In a dispersive medium the speed does depend slightly on frequency, and the consequence is exactly what the argument predicts: white light entering glass separates into colors, because each travels at a slightly different speed. Dispersion is observable precisely because non-dispersive propagation is the norm. Propagation is a handover between neighboring parts of the medium, governed by its stiffness and density

  10. A sound wave of frequency 500 Hz travels from air into water, where the speed is 1480 m/s. Find the wavelength in each, explain what stays the same at the boundary, and say why.
    Show the full solution

    In air. \( \lambda_{\text{air}} = \dfrac{v}{f} = \dfrac{343}{500} = 0.686\ \text{m} \). In water. \( \lambda_{\text{water}} = \dfrac{1480}{500} = 2.96\ \text{m} \). The ratio. \( \dfrac{2.96}{0.686} = 4.31 \), exactly the ratio of the speeds \( \dfrac{1480}{343} = 4.31 \) ✓ Now the crucial question: what stays the same? The frequency stays the same. It is 500 Hz in both media, and the wavelength changes to accommodate the new speed. Why the frequency must be conserved. Consider the boundary itself. The air molecules at the surface push on the water molecules, and the two are in contact. Whatever rate the air oscillates at is the rate it drives the water at. If the frequencies differed, the two sides of the boundary would separate or overlap, which is physically impossible for a continuous medium. A counting argument for the same point. Five hundred wave crests arrive at the boundary each second. Five hundred must leave each second, or crests would accumulate at the surface without limit. Conservation of crests forces conservation of frequency. Why the wavelength must therefore change. With \( f \) fixed and \( v \) changing, \( \lambda = v/f \) has no choice. The wave spreads out in the faster medium. The same result for light. Light entering glass slows down, keeps its frequency and shortens its wavelength. This is why color, which is determined by frequency, does not change underwater, even though the wavelength does. Defining color by wavelength is a convenient shorthand that fails at a boundary. What this implies for refraction. Since the frequency is fixed and the speed changes, a wave crossing a boundary at an angle must change direction, because the parts of the wavefront that enter first begin traveling at the new speed while the rest are still in the old medium. That is lesson 9.6's refraction, derived here from nothing but the constancy of frequency. A practical consequence. Sound crosses from air into water very poorly, with over 99 percent reflected, because of the enormous mismatch in the two media's acoustic properties. This is why shouting at a swimmer underwater does not work, and why sonar transmitters must be immersed rather than aimed from above. 0.686 m and 2.96 m; the frequency is unchanged because the boundary drives both media at the same rate

Lesson 9.2 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-1

A pressure pattern, not a displacement one

Sound is drawn as a wavy line in almost every textbook, and air does not move in a wavy line. The wavy line plots pressure against position, and the air itself oscillates back and forth along the direction of travel. Keeping the picture and the reality separate explains why sound needs a medium, why it travels faster in solids than in air, and why it cannot cross a vacuum.

The key ideas
  1. Sound is a longitudinal wave, with air oscillating parallel to the direction of travel.
  2. It consists of compressions and rarefactions, regions of higher and lower pressure.
  3. Sound requires a medium and cannot travel through a vacuum.
  4. The speed in air is about 343 m/s at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \), rising roughly 0.6 m/s per degree.
  5. Sound travels faster in liquids and faster still in solids, about 1480 m/s in water and 5000 m/s in steel.
  6. Pitch is set by frequency; loudness by amplitude.
  7. Human hearing spans about 20 Hz to 20 kHz, narrowing with age from the top.

Where students lose marks: saying sound travels faster in solids because they are denser. Density alone would make it slower. It is the much greater stiffness of solids that wins, and the two effects work in opposite directions. Naming density as the cause gets the physics backward.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain what a compression and a rarefaction are, and why the usual diagram is misleading. (b) A cliff echo returns in 1.0 s. Find the distance, and find how far away lightning is if thunder follows in 3.0 s. (c) Explain why sound travels faster in steel than in air despite steel being far denser. (d) Explain why sound cannot travel through a vacuum, and describe the experiment that shows it.

Step one: answer (a). A vibrating surface pushes forward, crowding the air molecules in front of it into a region of higher pressure: a compression. Moving back, it leaves a region of lower pressure behind: a rarefaction. These alternate and travel outward.

Step two: explain why the diagram misleads. The familiar sine curve plots pressure, or displacement, against position. It is a graph, not a picture. The air does not move up and down at all. Each molecule oscillates a tiny distance back and forth along the direction the sound is traveling, typically well under a micrometer for ordinary sounds, and returns to where it started. The evidence that it is longitudinal. Sound cannot be polarized. Light can, which is what sunglasses exploit, and polarization is only possible for a transverse wave because there is a plane of oscillation to select. That sound has no polarization is direct evidence that its oscillation lies along the direction of travel, where there is nothing to choose.

Step three: solve the echo in (b). The sound travels to the cliff and back, so the one-way distance is half the total: \( d = \dfrac{vt}{2} = \dfrac{(343)(1.0)}{2} = 172\ \text{m} \).

Step four: solve the thunder. Light arrives essentially instantly, so the delay is the sound's travel time: \( d = vt = (343)(3.0) = 1029\ \text{m} \), about 1.0 km or 0.64 miles. This is the origin of the rule of thumb that five seconds means about a mile, and the three-second rule for a kilometer. Both are this calculation.

Step five: set up (c). For a mechanical wave, \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{stiffness}}{\text{density}}} \). Two properties compete.

Step six: compare the two factors. Steel is about 6500 times denser than air, which alone would make sound about 80 times slower in steel. But steel's stiffness is vastly greater. Its bulk modulus is roughly \( 1.6 \times 10^{11}\ \text{Pa} \) against air's \( 1.4 \times 10^5\ \text{Pa} \), a factor of over a million. The stiffness wins decisively. Taking the square root of the ratio of ratios gives roughly a factor of 15, and sound does travel about 15 times faster in steel, at 5000 m/s against 343 m/s ✓ The physical reason stiffness matters. The disturbance propagates by each part of the medium pushing its neighbor. In a stiff material the atoms are strongly coupled, so a displacement is transmitted almost immediately. In air the molecules are far apart and interact only by colliding, so the handover is slow.

Step seven: answer (d). Sound propagates only by particles pushing on neighboring particles. A vacuum has no particles, so there is nothing to do the pushing and nothing to be pushed. The mechanism is simply absent.

Step eight: describe the demonstration and its wider significance. An electric bell is suspended on threads inside a sealed glass jar, so that no sound can travel through the support, and connected to a battery by wires. With air in the jar, the bell is clearly heard. As a pump removes the air, the sound fades steadily until it is inaudible, while the clapper is still plainly seen to be striking. Letting air back in restores the sound. The control is the visual observation. Seeing the clapper move proves the bell is still ringing, so the failure is in the transmission and not in the source. Light crosses the vacuum and sound does not, in the same apparatus at the same moment. The consequence for space. No sound from an explosion in space can reach anyone, however violent, and the sound effects in films are a deliberate fiction. And the consequence for insulation. A vacuum flask blocks sound as completely as it blocks conduction and convection, for the same reason, and double glazing works partly on this principle. What does cross a vacuum. Electromagnetic waves, which unit 10 shows need no medium at all, because the oscillating quantities are the fields themselves. That difference, more than any other, separates sound from light.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take the speed of sound in air as 343 m/s and in water as 1480 m/s.

  1. What type of wave is sound?
    Show the full solution

    Longitudinal

  2. Name the two regions in a sound wave.
    Show the full solution

    Compressions and rarefactions

  3. Can sound travel through a vacuum?
    Show the full solution

    No

  4. Which wave property determines pitch?
    Show the full solution

    Frequency

  5. Give the approximate range of human hearing.
    Show the full solution

    20 Hz to 20 kHz

  6. A ship's sonar pulse returns after 0.40 s. Find the depth.
    Show the full solution

    The pulse travels down and back, so the depth is half the total path. \( d = \dfrac{vt}{2} = \dfrac{(1480)(0.40)}{2} = \dfrac{592}{2} = 296\ \text{m} \). 296 m

  7. Find the speed of sound in air at \( 30^\circ\text{C} \) using \( v = 331 + 0.6T \), and the fractional change from \( 0^\circ\text{C} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( v = 331 + (0.6)(30) = 331 + 18 = 349\ \text{m/s} \). At \( 0^\circ\text{C} \): 331 m/s. Fractional change: \( \dfrac{18}{331} = 0.054 \), about 5.4 percent. Why temperature matters. Warmer air has faster-moving molecules, so collisions transmit the disturbance more quickly. The effect is small but enough that wind instruments go noticeably sharp as they warm up, which is why orchestras tune after the players have been blowing for a while. 349 m/s, a 5.4 percent rise

  8. A hammer strikes one end of a long steel rail. A listener at the other end, 1200 m away, hears two distinct sounds. Explain and find the time between them. Take the speed in steel as 5000 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    Why there are two sounds. The impact sends a wave along the rail and also through the air. They travel at very different speeds and arrive at different times. Through the steel. \( t = \dfrac{1200}{5000} = 0.24\ \text{s} \). Through the air. \( t = \dfrac{1200}{343} = 3.50\ \text{s} \). The gap. \( 3.50 - 0.24 = 3.26\ \text{s} \). Which arrives first. The one through the rail, by over three seconds, which is easily distinguishable by ear. The historical use. This is the classic method for measuring the speed of sound in a solid, and putting an ear to a rail to detect a distant train works for exactly this reason. About 3.3 s apart, steel first

  9. Explain why sound travels faster in solids than in gases, and why citing density as the reason is wrong.
    Show the full solution

    Because the speed depends on the ratio of stiffness to density, and solids gain far more from stiffness than they lose to density. Write the relationship. For a mechanical wave, \( v = \sqrt{\dfrac{\text{stiffness}}{\text{density}}} \). Two properties appear, and they work in opposite directions. What density does. It appears in the denominator, so greater density means slower sound, not faster. More massive particles accelerate less for a given force, so the handover takes longer. Why the naive claim is backward. Saying solids carry sound faster because they are denser names the one factor that works against the conclusion. Among gases, sound is faster in helium than in denser air, which confirms the direction directly: helium at around 965 m/s against air's 343. What actually wins. Stiffness, meaning resistance to compression. Steel is about a million times stiffer than air while being only a few thousand times denser. The square root of that ratio gives roughly a factor of 15, and the observed speeds confirm it. Why solids are so stiff. Their atoms are bonded to their neighbors, so displacing one immediately pulls on the next. In a gas the molecules are unattached and interact only during collisions, so the disturbance must be carried across empty space between encounters. The ordering this predicts. Solids fastest, then liquids, then gases, which is what is observed: about 5000 m/s in steel, 1480 in water, 343 in air. The counterexample that tests the rule. Lead is much denser than aluminum but not proportionally stiffer, and sound travels at about 1200 m/s in lead against 6400 m/s in aluminum. Density dominates in that comparison, and it slows the wave, exactly as the formula says it should. Stiffness raises the speed and density lowers it; solids win on stiffness by a far larger margin than they lose on density

  10. A person claps once in a large empty hall and hears a reverberation lasting about 2 s rather than a single clean echo. Explain the difference, and work out roughly how many reflections are involved in a hall 30 m across.
    Show the full solution

    What an echo is. A single distinct reflection from one large distant surface, arriving late enough to be heard as a separate sound. The ear resolves two sounds as separate when they are about 0.1 s apart, which at 343 m/s means the reflecting surface must be at least \( \dfrac{(343)(0.1)}{2} = 17\ \text{m} \) away. What reverberation is. A dense overlapping succession of reflections from many surfaces at many distances, arriving too close together to be separated, and decaying gradually as energy is absorbed at each bounce. Estimate the time between reflections. In a hall 30 m across, a typical path between surfaces is of that order, so \( t = \dfrac{30}{343} = 0.087\ \text{s} \) per bounce. Estimate the number of reflections. \( n = \dfrac{2.0}{0.087} = 23 \), so roughly twenty or more reflections contribute before the sound becomes inaudible. Why they blur together. At 0.087 s apart they are below the ear's resolution threshold of about 0.1 s, and in a real hall the paths have many different lengths, so the arrivals are spread continuously rather than evenly spaced. The result is a smooth decay rather than a series of claps. Why the sound dies away at all. Each reflection absorbs some energy into the wall material, and the air itself absorbs high frequencies over distance. If the surfaces absorbed nothing, the sound would persist far longer. Why high notes fade first. Absorption rises with frequency, so the tail of a reverberation sounds duller than the original. This is audible in any large stone building. Why this matters for building design. Reverberation time is the central parameter in acoustic design. A concert hall wants roughly 1.8 to 2.2 s, which blends the orchestra and gives the sound warmth. A lecture room wants under 1 s, because long reverberation smears consonants together and destroys speech intelligibility. A recording studio wants a very short time so that the reverberation can be added artificially and controlled. How it is adjusted. Absorptive materials such as carpet, curtains, upholstered seats and perforated panels shorten it. Hard parallel surfaces lengthen it and also risk flutter echo, a rapid repeating reflection between two parallel walls, which is why studio walls are deliberately non-parallel. The audience effect. People absorb sound, so a full hall reverberates less than an empty one. Modern concert halls use heavily upholstered seats chosen to absorb about as much as a seated person, so the acoustics do not change with attendance. An echo is one resolvable reflection; reverberation is roughly twenty or more overlapping ones decaying together

Lesson 9.3 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-3

Two waves arriving and producing nothing at all

Two streams of particles arriving at a point always give more than either alone. Two waves arriving at a point can give exactly zero. That difference is the single sharpest test of whether something is a wave, and it is what settled the nature of light.

The key ideas
  1. The principle of superposition: where waves overlap, the total displacement is the sum of the individual displacements.
  2. Constructive interference occurs when waves arrive in phase, giving a larger amplitude.
  3. Destructive interference occurs when they arrive out of phase, giving a smaller or zero amplitude.
  4. Path difference determines the result: a whole number of wavelengths gives constructive, an odd number of half wavelengths gives destructive.
  5. The waves pass through each other unchanged, resuming their original forms after overlapping.
  6. Coherent sources have a constant phase relationship, which is required for a stable interference pattern.
  7. Energy is redistributed, not destroyed, so a dark region is always balanced by a brighter one elsewhere.

Where students lose marks: claiming energy is destroyed at a point of destructive interference. It is not. The energy that does not arrive there arrives somewhere else, and summing over the whole pattern recovers exactly the energy the sources emitted. Any answer implying otherwise contradicts unit 5.

Worked example

The problem. (a) State the condition on path difference for constructive and destructive interference. (b) Two loudspeakers 3.0 m apart emit the same 686 Hz note in phase. Find the path difference at a point 4.0 m from one and 4.25 m from the other, and say what is heard. (c) Explain why energy is not destroyed at a quiet point. (d) Explain what coherence means and why two separate light bulbs never produce visible interference.

Step one: state the conditions for (a). Constructive: path difference \( = m\lambda \) for integer \( m \). Destructive: path difference \( = \left(m + \tfrac{1}{2}\right)\lambda \). The reasoning. A path difference of one whole wavelength puts a crest back on a crest; half a wavelength puts a crest on a trough.

Step two: find the wavelength in (b). \( \lambda = \dfrac{v}{f} = \dfrac{343}{686} = 0.500\ \text{m} \), chosen to make the arithmetic transparent.

Step three: find the path difference. \( 4.25 - 4.00 = 0.25\ \text{m} \). As a fraction of a wavelength: \( \dfrac{0.25}{0.500} = 0.5 \), exactly half a wavelength.

Step four: state what is heard. Half a wavelength is the destructive condition, so the two waves arrive exactly out of phase and cancel. A quiet point, ideally silent. In practice the cancellation is imperfect because the two speakers are at slightly different distances and so deliver slightly different amplitudes, and because reflections from the room fill in. In an open field with matched speakers the effect is striking and easily demonstrated by walking sideways through a series of loud and quiet positions.

Step five: begin (c). At the quiet point, two waves each carrying energy arrive and produce silence. The question is where the energy went.

Step six: resolve it by looking at the whole pattern. Elsewhere, at points where the path difference is a whole wavelength, the amplitudes add. And amplitude adding means energy more than adding, because energy goes as \( A^2 \). Two waves of amplitude \( A \) give \( 2A \) there, so \( (2A)^2 = 4A^2 \), which is four times one wave's energy, not twice. The accounting. The loud points receive twice as much energy as simple addition would give, and the quiet points receive none. Averaged over the pattern, the total is exactly the sum of what the two sources emitted. Energy is moved around, not created or destroyed.

Step seven: define coherence for (d). Two sources are coherent if they maintain a constant phase relationship over time. They need not be in phase, only consistently related.

Step eight: explain why bulbs fail the test. Light from a bulb is emitted by vast numbers of atoms independently, each radiating a brief wave train lasting perhaps \( 10^{-8}\ \text{s} \) before the next begins with an unrelated phase. So the phase relationship between two bulbs changes randomly hundreds of millions of times per second. An interference pattern still forms at every instant, but its bright and dark regions shift position with every phase change, far faster than any eye or detector can follow. What is recorded is the average, which is uniform illumination. How real experiments get around it. Young's solution in 1801 was to use one source and split its light with two slits. Both slits are then illuminated by the same wave trains, so whatever the phase does, it does identically at both, and the path difference between them is fixed by geometry. This is why lesson 9.7's double slit uses one source rather than two. The modern solution. A laser emits light through stimulated emission, in which atoms radiate in step with the existing wave rather than independently. Coherence lengths of meters or kilometers are routine, which is why laser interference is easy to demonstrate and why holography, interferometry and gravitational wave detection all became possible after 1960. The point this establishes. Sound from two speakers interferes visibly because an electronic signal generator drives both, making them coherent by construction. The physics is identical for light; only the coherence was hard.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take the speed of sound as 343 m/s.

  1. State the principle of superposition.
    Show the full solution

    Where waves overlap, the displacements add

  2. What path difference gives constructive interference?
    Show the full solution

    A whole number of wavelengths

  3. What path difference gives destructive interference?
    Show the full solution

    An odd number of half wavelengths

  4. Define coherent sources.
    Show the full solution

    Sources with a constant phase relationship

  5. What happens to two waves after they have overlapped?
    Show the full solution

    They continue unchanged

  6. Two waves of amplitude 3.0 cm and 5.0 cm meet. Find the resulting amplitude in phase and out of phase.
    Show the full solution

    In phase: \( 3.0 + 5.0 = 8.0\ \text{cm} \). Out of phase: \( 5.0 - 3.0 = 2.0\ \text{cm} \). Note that cancellation is incomplete because the amplitudes differ. Total cancellation requires equal amplitudes as well as opposite phase. 8.0 cm and 2.0 cm

  7. Two speakers emit a 500 Hz tone in phase. Find the smallest nonzero path difference giving a quiet point.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{343}{500} = 0.686\ \text{m} \). The smallest destructive path difference is half a wavelength: \( \dfrac{0.686}{2} = 0.343\ \text{m} \). 0.343 m

  8. Two coherent sources are 1.5 m apart and emit waves of wavelength 0.50 m. A detector is 2.0 m from one source and 3.0 m from the other. Determine what is detected.
    Show the full solution

    Path difference: \( 3.0 - 2.0 = 1.0\ \text{m} \). In wavelengths: \( \dfrac{1.0}{0.50} = 2.0 \), a whole number. Two complete wavelengths means the waves arrive in phase, so the interference is constructive and a maximum is detected. The separation of the sources is not needed for this question; only the two path lengths matter. It would be needed to predict where the maxima lie in space. A maximum

  9. Explain how noise-canceling headphones work, and why they cancel low frequencies far better than high ones.
    Show the full solution

    By generating a sound wave exactly out of phase with the incoming noise, so that superposition cancels it at the ear. The mechanism. A microphone on the outside of the earcup samples the ambient noise. Electronics invert the waveform, producing a signal that is a crest wherever the original has a trough. A speaker inside plays this inverted wave. At the ear, the two superpose and cancel. Why it is genuine interference. No sound is blocked or absorbed. Two real sound waves arrive at the eardrum and their displacements sum to nearly zero, exactly as with the two loudspeakers. Why energy is not destroyed. The cancellation is only near the ear. Elsewhere the two waves do not cancel, and the headphone's speaker is also doing work. The energy is redistributed and partly supplied by the battery. Now the frequency dependence. Reason one: timing precision. Cancellation requires the inverted wave to arrive within a small fraction of a period. At 100 Hz the period is 10 ms, so a processing delay of 0.1 ms is one percent of a cycle and harmless. At 5 kHz the period is 0.2 ms, and the same delay is half a cycle, which turns cancellation into reinforcement. The electronics simply cannot keep up. Reason two: spatial extent. At 100 Hz the wavelength is 3.4 m, far larger than the head, so the phase is essentially uniform across the whole region near the ear and one correction serves it all. At 5 kHz the wavelength is 69 mm, comparable to the ear itself, so the required correction differs from point to point and a single speaker cannot supply it everywhere at once. Reason three: it is not needed. Passive attenuation, meaning the physical seal of the earcup, works well at high frequencies because short wavelengths are easily blocked and absorbed. It works poorly at low frequencies because long wavelengths diffract around obstacles. The two methods are complementary, and good headphones combine them deliberately. What this predicts. Noise canceling should be dramatic on aircraft engine rumble and nearly useless on a nearby conversation. That is exactly what users report, and it is a direct consequence of the wavelength comparison rather than a limitation of any particular product. Destructive interference from an inverted copy; long wavelengths are uniform across the ear and give the electronics time to respond

  10. Two coherent loudspeakers 2.0 m apart face a listener walking along a line 8.0 m away and parallel to the line joining them. They emit 1372 Hz. Find the spacing between quiet points near the center, and explain what happens if the speakers are moved closer together.
    Show the full solution

    Find the wavelength. \( \lambda = \dfrac{343}{1372} = 0.250\ \text{m} \). Recognize the geometry. This is the two-source interference arrangement, identical in form to the double slit of lesson 9.7. Near the center line the maxima are separated by \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} \), where \( d \) is the source separation and \( L \) the distance to the listening line. Compute the maximum spacing. \( \Delta x = \dfrac{(0.250)(8.0)}{2.0} = \dfrac{2.0}{2.0} = 1.0\ \text{m} \). The quiet points lie midway between the loud ones, so they are also 1.0 m apart, offset by 0.50 m. Check the result is reasonable. A listener walking along the line should pass through a loud region roughly every meter, which is a walking pace of about one second. That is easily noticed, and it is what makes this a standard demonstration. Check the approximation is valid. The formula assumes the listening line is far compared with the source separation, and 8.0 m against 2.0 m is a ratio of 4, which is adequate near the center but degrades toward the edges. Far from the center, the spacing widens, and the simple formula should not be trusted there. Now the second part: moving the speakers closer. The spacing is inversely proportional to \( d \). Halving the separation to 1.0 m doubles the spacing to 2.0 m. The pattern spreads out. Why this happens physically. Closer sources produce more similar path lengths to any given point, so the path difference changes more slowly as the listener moves, and a larger movement is needed to accumulate half a wavelength. The limiting case. Bringing the sources together until \( d \lt \lambda \) removes the quiet points entirely, because the maximum possible path difference, which is \( d \) itself, is then less than half a wavelength and the destructive condition can never be met anywhere. Check that against the numbers. With \( \lambda = 0.250\ \text{m} \), separations below 0.125 m produce no quiet points at all. Two speakers a few centimeters apart playing the same tone interfere constructively everywhere, which is why a stereo pair placed close together sounds uniform. The opposite limit. Increasing \( d \) packs the quiet points closer together, and beyond a point they become too finely spaced to walk between comfortably. The general principle, which recurs throughout the unit. The pattern's angular scale is set by \( \lambda/d \). Larger wavelength or smaller separation gives a coarser pattern; this same ratio controls the double slit, the diffraction grating, the resolution of a telescope and the directionality of an antenna array. 1.0 m apart; moving the speakers closer spreads the pattern, and below half a wavelength the quiet points vanish entirely

Lesson 9.4 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-1

Why a string can only play certain notes

A guitar string can be plucked anywhere and with any force, and it produces the same pitch every time. Something is selecting that frequency out of everything the pluck contains, and that something is geometry: only waves that fit the string's length survive, and every other frequency cancels itself away within milliseconds.

The key ideas
  1. A standing wave forms when two identical waves travel in opposite directions, usually an incident wave and its reflection.
  2. Nodes are points of zero displacement; antinodes are points of maximum displacement.
  3. Adjacent nodes are half a wavelength apart.
  4. A fixed end must be a node; a free or open end must be an antinode.
  5. A string fixed at both ends has \( f_n = \dfrac{nv}{2L} \), giving all harmonics.
  6. A pipe closed at one end has \( f_n = \dfrac{nv}{4L} \) for odd \( n \) only, so it produces only odd harmonics.
  7. Resonance occurs when a system is driven at one of its natural frequencies, giving a large amplitude response.

Where students lose marks: forgetting that a closed pipe's fundamental is an octave below an open pipe of the same length, and that it skips the even harmonics entirely. Draw the node and antinode positions before writing any formula; the boundary conditions determine everything else.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain how a standing wave forms and why only certain frequencies survive. (b) A guitar string 0.65 m long carries waves at 400 m/s. Find the first four harmonics. (c) Compare open and closed pipes 0.50 m long. (d) Explain resonance and give a case where it is exploited and one where it is a hazard.

Step one: build the standing wave for (a). A wave traveling along a string reaches the fixed end and reflects, inverted. The reflected wave travels back and superposes with the incoming one.

Step two: see what superposition produces. At some points the two waves always cancel, whatever the instant: these are nodes, fixed in position. At others they always reinforce: antinodes. The pattern does not travel, which is why it is called standing. The energy is still there, oscillating between kinetic and potential, but it no longer propagates along the string.

Step three: apply the boundary conditions. Both ends of a guitar string are clamped, so both must be nodes. Since adjacent nodes are \( \lambda/2 \) apart, the length must be a whole number of half wavelengths: \( L = \dfrac{n\lambda}{2} \), so \( \lambda = \dfrac{2L}{n} \), and with \( v = f\lambda \), \[ f_n = \frac{nv}{2L} \] That is the selection mechanism. Any frequency not satisfying this fails to produce a node at both ends, so its reflections do not reinforce and it dies away within a few round trips.

Step four: solve (b). \( f_1 = \dfrac{400}{(2)(0.65)} = \dfrac{400}{1.30} = 308\ \text{Hz} \). \( f_2 = 615\ \text{Hz} \), \( f_3 = 923\ \text{Hz} \), \( f_4 = 1231\ \text{Hz} \). The harmonics are whole-number multiples, which is exactly what makes a string sound musical rather than noisy. The mixture of harmonics present determines the timbre, which is why a violin and a guitar playing the same note sound different.

Step five: set up the open pipe in (c). Both ends open means both must be antinodes, and antinodes are also \( \lambda/2 \) apart, so the same formula applies: \( f_1 = \dfrac{343}{(2)(0.50)} = 343\ \text{Hz} \), with all harmonics present.

Step six: set up the closed pipe. The closed end must be a node and the open end an antinode. The distance from a node to the nearest antinode is \( \lambda/4 \), so \( L = \dfrac{n\lambda}{4} \) with \( n \) odd: \( f_1 = \dfrac{343}{(4)(0.50)} = 172\ \text{Hz} \). Exactly one octave lower than the open pipe of the same length, and the next available frequency is \( 3f_1 = 515\ \text{Hz} \), not \( 2f_1 \). Why the even harmonics are missing. An even harmonic would require an antinode at the closed end, which is physically impossible since the air cannot move there. This is audible: a stopped organ pipe or a clarinet, which behaves as a closed pipe, has a distinctly hollow tone compared with a flute, which is open at both ends.

Step seven: define resonance for (d). Driving a system at one of its natural frequencies means each push arrives in step with the existing motion, so energy accumulates cycle after cycle and the amplitude grows until losses balance the input.

Step eight: give the cases. Exploited: every musical instrument. A column of air, a string or a membrane is driven broadband by a reed, a bow or a strike, and resonance selects and amplifies the natural frequencies. Without it, instruments would be almost inaudible and pitchless. Also exploited: the radio. A tuned circuit resonates at one frequency, selecting one station from thousands arriving at the antenna simultaneously. And MRI uses the resonant frequency of hydrogen nuclei in a magnetic field, which is where the name magnetic resonance imaging comes from. The hazard: structures driven near a natural frequency. The Millennium Bridge in London closed two days after opening in 2000 because pedestrians unconsciously synchronized their steps with its slight sway, feeding energy in at its natural frequency. It reopened after dampers were fitted. The one to be careful about. The Tacoma Narrows Bridge collapse of 1940 is universally cited here and is usually described wrongly. It was not simple resonance with a periodic wind. The accepted explanation is aeroelastic flutter, a self-excited oscillation in which the bridge's own twisting motion altered the airflow in a way that fed energy back in. The distinction matters: flutter has no external driving frequency to match, so it cannot be avoided by avoiding one. The general engineering rule. Structures are designed so their natural frequencies lie well away from expected driving frequencies, and damping is added to limit the amplitude if they are approached. Soldiers break step crossing bridges for exactly this reason, and it is a real precaution rather than a tradition.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take the speed of sound as 343 m/s.

  1. What is a node?
    Show the full solution

    A point of zero displacement in a standing wave

  2. How far apart are adjacent nodes?
    Show the full solution

    Half a wavelength

  3. Write the harmonics of a string fixed at both ends.
    Show the full solution

    \( f_n = \dfrac{nv}{2L} \)

  4. Which harmonics does a pipe closed at one end produce?
    Show the full solution

    Odd harmonics only

  5. Define resonance.
    Show the full solution

    A large amplitude response when a system is driven at a natural frequency

  6. A string 1.2 m long has a fundamental of 150 Hz. Find the wave speed.
    Show the full solution

    \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{2L} \), so \( v = 2Lf_1 = (2)(1.2)(150) = 360\ \text{m/s} \). 360 m/s

  7. Find the fundamental of a pipe 0.75 m long, open at both ends and closed at one end.
    Show the full solution

    Open at both ends: \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{2L} = \dfrac{343}{1.50} = 229\ \text{Hz} \). Closed at one end: \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{4L} = \dfrac{343}{3.00} = 114\ \text{Hz} \). The closed pipe is an octave lower for the same physical length, which is why stopped organ pipes save half the height for a given note. 229 Hz and 114 Hz

  8. Explain why shortening a guitar string by pressing a fret raises the pitch, and find the fraction of the string needed to raise a note by an octave.
    Show the full solution

    Because \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{2L} \), so frequency is inversely proportional to the vibrating length while the tension and the string itself are unchanged. What the fret does. It clamps the string at a new point, creating a new node and shortening the vibrating section. The wave speed \( v \) depends on the string's tension and mass per unit length, neither of which the fret changes. Halving the length doubles the frequency, which is an octave by definition. So the answer is one half. The twelfth fret on a guitar sits exactly at the midpoint of the string, which is why it is marked and why the harmonic there is the easiest to sound. The general spacing. Each semitone multiplies the frequency by \( 2^{1/12} = 1.0595 \), so each fret sits at \( 1/1.0595 = 0.944 \) of the previous length. This is why frets crowd together toward the bridge rather than being evenly spaced, a geometric rather than arithmetic progression. One half of the original length

  9. Explain why a closed pipe produces only odd harmonics.
    Show the full solution

    Because the boundary conditions require a node at the closed end and an antinode at the open end, and only odd multiples of a quarter wavelength satisfy both. Establish the boundary conditions. At the closed end, the air cannot move, so the displacement must be zero: a node. At the open end, the air is free to move and the pressure must match the atmosphere, so the displacement is maximum: an antinode. Find the distance from a node to an antinode. Within one wavelength there are two nodes and two antinodes, alternating, so consecutive node and antinode are \( \lambda/4 \) apart. Fit the pipe. The length must contain a node at one end and an antinode at the other, which means an odd number of quarter wavelengths: \( L = \dfrac{\lambda}{4}, \dfrac{3\lambda}{4}, \dfrac{5\lambda}{4}, \dots \), that is \( L = \dfrac{n\lambda}{4} \) with \( n \) odd. Therefore \( f_n = \dfrac{nv}{4L} \) for \( n = 1, 3, 5, \dots \) Why even values fail. Taking \( n = 2 \) would give \( L = \lambda/2 \), which places a node at both ends or an antinode at both ends. Either way the closed end and the open end would have the same condition, contradicting one of them. The mode simply cannot exist. Compare with a string or open pipe. Both ends alike means the length must be a whole number of half wavelengths, and every integer works. All harmonics are available. The audible evidence. A clarinet acts as a closed pipe, with the reed end effectively closed, and its tone is noticeably hollow compared with a flute, which is open at both ends. The clarinet's missing even harmonics are the cause. A second piece of evidence. Overblowing a flute produces the note an octave above, the second harmonic. Overblowing a clarinet produces the note a twelfth above, the third harmonic, because the second does not exist. This is an immediate practical consequence for anyone learning either instrument, and it follows entirely from which end is closed. A node at one end and an antinode at the other forces odd quarter wavelengths

  10. A tube closed at one end is held in air and a tuning fork of 512 Hz is sounded above it. Water is poured in, and resonance is heard when the air column is 16.5 cm long. Find the wavelength and the speed of sound, and explain what the second resonance position would be and why the method is more accurate if both are used.
    Show the full solution

    Identify the mode. The first resonance as the column shortens from long to short is the fundamental, with a node at the water surface and an antinode at the open top, so \( L = \dfrac{\lambda}{4} \). Find the wavelength. \( \lambda = 4L = (4)(0.165) = 0.660\ \text{m} \). Find the speed. \( v = f\lambda = (512)(0.660) = 338\ \text{m/s} \). Compare with the accepted value. 338 against 343 m/s at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \), about 1.5 percent low. That discrepancy is real and explainable, which the next part addresses. Find the second resonance. The next available mode is the third harmonic, with \( L = \dfrac{3\lambda}{4} \): \( L_2 = \dfrac{(3)(0.660)}{4} = 0.495\ \text{m} \), or 49.5 cm. The separation. \( 0.495 - 0.165 = 0.330\ \text{m} \), which is exactly \( \lambda/2 \) ✓ Now the accuracy argument, which is the point of the question. The end correction problem. The antinode does not sit exactly at the tube's mouth. The air just outside also participates in the oscillation, so the effective antinode lies a short distance above the rim, roughly \( 0.6r \) for a tube of radius \( r \). Every single measurement of \( L \) is therefore too small by that unknown amount. Why this biases the result. Using \( \lambda = 4L \) with an underestimated \( L \) gives an underestimated wavelength and speed, which is exactly the 1.5 percent shortfall found above. How two positions eliminate it. Let the end correction be \( e \). Then \( L_1 + e = \dfrac{\lambda}{4} \) and \( L_2 + e = \dfrac{3\lambda}{4} \). Subtracting: \( L_2 - L_1 = \dfrac{\lambda}{2} \), and \( e \) cancels completely. So the difference between resonance positions gives the wavelength directly, with no end correction needed. \( \lambda = 2(L_2 - L_1) \), and only the difference need be measured accurately. Why this is a general experimental principle. A systematic error that affects every reading equally can be removed by taking differences. The same trick is used in measuring the wavelength of light with a grating, in timing a pendulum over many swings, and in almost every careful measurement where an unknown zero offset exists. What it does not fix. Random errors in reading the water level, and the imprecision of judging when the resonance is loudest, remain. Those are reduced by repetition rather than by cleverness. A practical note. Taking the difference also recovers the end correction itself as a by-product, since \( e = \dfrac{\lambda}{4} - L_1 \), which for these numbers gives \( 0.165 - 0.165 = 0 \) only if the first reading were exact. Using a corrected wavelength from the difference method would reveal the true nonzero value. 0.660 m and 338 m/s from the first position alone; the second at 49.5 cm, and their difference gives \( \lambda/2 \) with the end correction eliminated

Lesson 9.5 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-1

The siren that changes pitch without changing note

An ambulance driver hears a siren of constant pitch for the entire journey. Everyone it passes hears it drop. Nothing about the source changed, so the change must be in the relationship between source and observer, and working out exactly what changes gives a tool that measures the speed of blood, of storms, and of galaxies.

The key ideas
  1. The Doppler effect is a change in observed frequency due to relative motion between source and observer.
  2. Approaching gives a higher frequency; receding gives a lower one.
  3. The source's emitted frequency never changes. Only what is received does.
  4. For a moving source: \( f' = f\dfrac{v}{v \mp v_s} \), with the minus sign for approach.
  5. For a moving observer: \( f' = f\dfrac{v \pm v_o}{v} \), with the plus sign for approach.
  6. The two cases are not symmetric for sound, because the medium provides a rest frame that distinguishes them.
  7. For light there is no medium, so only the relative velocity matters, and the shift is called redshift or blueshift.

Where students lose marks: choosing the wrong sign. The physical check is unambiguous: approach must raise the frequency. After computing, verify the answer moved in the right direction, and if it did not, the sign was wrong.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain physically why an approaching source sounds higher. (b) An ambulance siren emits 800 Hz while traveling at 30 m/s. Find the frequency heard approaching and receding. (c) Explain why a moving source and a moving observer give different answers at the same relative speed. (d) Explain how the effect reveals the expansion of the universe.

Step one: answer (a) with wavefronts. The source emits a crest, then moves forward before emitting the next. Each successive crest starts from a point closer to the observer than the last.

Step two: follow the consequence. The crests are therefore bunched together ahead of the source and stretched apart behind it. The observer ahead receives a shorter wavelength. The wave speed is unchanged, being fixed by the air, so \( f = v/\lambda \) with a shorter \( \lambda \) gives a higher \( f \). Nothing about the siren changed. It emits 800 crests per second regardless. The observer simply receives them more often because each one has less distance to travel.

Step three: solve the approach in (b). \[ f' = f\frac{v}{v - v_s} = 800 \times \frac{343}{343 - 30} = 800 \times \frac{343}{313} = 877\ \text{Hz} \] Check the direction: higher than 800 ✓

Step four: solve the recession. \( f' = 800 \times \dfrac{343}{373} = 736\ \text{Hz} \). Check: lower than 800 ✓ The total drop across the pass is \( 877 - 736 = 141\ \text{Hz} \), which is a little over two semitones, and it happens within a second or two. That is why the effect is so noticeable. Note the asymmetry. The rise is 77 Hz and the fall is 64 Hz, not equal. The approach shift is always larger, because the denominator shrinks rather than grows.

Step five: set up (c). Take a relative speed of 30 m/s and compute the moving observer case: \( f' = 800 \times \dfrac{343 + 30}{343} = 800 \times \dfrac{373}{343} = 870\ \text{Hz} \). Against 877 Hz for the moving source. Same relative speed, different answer.

Step six: explain the asymmetry. The two situations are genuinely different because the air is present and provides a preferred frame. A moving source changes the wavelength in the medium, by emitting each crest from a different place. The waves themselves are physically compressed. A moving observer does not change the wavelength at all. The waves in the air are exactly as they would have been. The observer simply runs into them faster, encountering more crests per second. Two different mechanisms produce similar but unequal results, and the difference is measurable, which proves the medium is physically real.

Step seven: note what happens for light. There is no medium for light, and no experiment has ever detected one. So there is no way to distinguish a moving source from a moving observer, and the relativistic Doppler formula depends only on the relative velocity. The asymmetry vanishes, and its absence is one of the observations that led to special relativity.

Step eight: answer (d). Atoms emit and absorb light at precise characteristic frequencies, giving each element a fixed pattern of spectral lines. Those patterns are measured in laboratories and are the same everywhere. Light from distant galaxies shows the same patterns shifted toward longer wavelengths. The line spacings and ratios are unmistakably hydrogen, calcium and so on, just displaced. A line laboratory-measured at 600 nm might arrive at 612 nm, a two percent shift, implying a recession speed of about \( 0.02c \). The key observation is Hubble's, from 1929. The shift is larger for more distant galaxies, and roughly proportional to distance. Nearly every galaxy is receding, and the further away, the faster. What that implies. Not that Earth is at a center, which is the natural first thought and is wrong. Uniform expansion of space itself produces exactly this observation from every vantage point: every observer sees everything receding, with speed proportional to distance. The standard picture is dots on an inflating balloon, where no dot is the center. The careful qualification. Cosmological redshift is not strictly the Doppler effect. The galaxies are not moving through space away from us so much as the space between is expanding, stretching the light in transit. The formulas coincide at small distances, which is why the Doppler picture is a useful introduction, but they diverge for the most distant objects. What it led to. Running the expansion backward gives a hot dense early state, which is the Big Bang model, and unit 11 takes up the independent evidence for it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take the speed of sound as 343 m/s.

  1. What happens to the observed frequency as a source approaches?
    Show the full solution

    It increases

  2. Does the source's emitted frequency change?
    Show the full solution

    No

  3. Write the moving source formula.
    Show the full solution

    \( f' = f\dfrac{v}{v \mp v_s} \)

  4. What is a redshift?
    Show the full solution

    A shift of light toward longer wavelengths, indicating recession

  5. Whose observation established that more distant galaxies recede faster?
    Show the full solution

    Hubble's, in 1929

  6. A train horn of 500 Hz approaches at 25 m/s. Find the frequency heard.
    Show the full solution

    \( f' = f\dfrac{v}{v - v_s} = 500 \times \dfrac{343}{343 - 25} = 500 \times \dfrac{343}{318} = 539\ \text{Hz} \). Higher than 500 ✓ 539 Hz

  7. The same horn recedes at 25 m/s. Find the frequency, and compare the two shifts.
    Show the full solution

    \( f' = 500 \times \dfrac{343}{368} = 466\ \text{Hz} \). Approach shift: \( 539 - 500 = 39\ \text{Hz} \). Recession shift: \( 500 - 466 = 34\ \text{Hz} \). The approach shift is larger, and always is, because the denominator \( v - v_s \) shrinks toward zero while \( v + v_s \) grows without bound. The relationship is not symmetric about the emitted frequency. 466 Hz; the approach shift is larger

  8. An observer moves at 25 m/s toward a stationary 500 Hz source. Find the frequency, and explain why it differs from question 6.
    Show the full solution

    \( f' = f\dfrac{v + v_o}{v} = 500 \times \dfrac{368}{343} = 536\ \text{Hz} \). Against 539 Hz for the moving source at the same relative speed. Why they differ. A moving source physically compresses the waves in the air, shortening their wavelength. A moving observer does not alter the waves at all, but encounters them at a higher rate. The air provides a preferred frame, so the two situations are not equivalent and the difference is real and measurable. 536 Hz, lower than the moving source case

  9. Explain how Doppler radar measures the speed of a storm or a vehicle.
    Show the full solution

    By transmitting a wave of known frequency, receiving the reflection, and measuring the frequency shift, which is proportional to the target's radial speed. The sequence. A transmitter emits radio waves at a precisely known frequency. They reflect from the target, which may be a vehicle, a raindrop or a cloud. The reflection returns and its frequency is compared with the original. Why the shift is doubled. The moving target first acts as a moving observer, receiving a shifted frequency, then re-radiates that shifted frequency as a moving source. Two shifts occur, so the total is approximately twice the single-shift value, and the formula used in practice is \( \Delta f = \dfrac{2vf}{c} \) for speeds much less than \( c \). Why the shift is tiny but usable. A car at 30 m/s reflecting a 10 GHz signal produces a shift of about \( \dfrac{(2)(30)(10^{10})}{3 \times 10^8} = 2000\ \text{Hz} \). Two kilohertz out of ten gigahertz is one part in five million, far too small to see on a spectrum but easily measured by beating the returned signal against the transmitted one and reading the difference directly. The critical limitation: only radial motion is detected. A target moving perpendicular to the beam produces no shift at all, because its distance is not changing. A vehicle crossing at an angle registers only the component of its velocity along the beam, so the measured speed is always an underestimate. The consequence for traffic enforcement. The cosine error always favors the driver, which is why a radar reading is never higher than the true speed and why operators are trained to align the beam nearly along the road. How weather radar uses it. Reflected intensity gives precipitation amount; the Doppler shift gives the wind's radial velocity within the storm. Adjacent regions showing strong shifts in opposite directions indicate rotation, which is the signature of a mesocyclone and the basis of tornado warnings issued before a funnel is visible (NOAA, US federal). How medicine uses it. Ultrasound reflected from moving red blood cells gives blood flow speed and direction, used to detect clots, valve defects and restricted arteries without any incision. Transmit, reflect, measure the doubled frequency shift; only the radial component is seen

  10. A hydrogen line measured at 656.3 nm in a laboratory is observed at 663.0 nm in a distant galaxy. Find the recession speed as a fraction of \( c \), and explain what assumptions the calculation makes and how the observation is known not to be a coincidence.
    Show the full solution

    Find the shift. \( \Delta\lambda = 663.0 - 656.3 = 6.7\ \text{nm} \). Find the fractional shift. \( \dfrac{\Delta\lambda}{\lambda} = \dfrac{6.7}{656.3} = 0.0102 \). Apply the low-speed Doppler relation. \( \dfrac{\Delta\lambda}{\lambda} = \dfrac{v}{c} \), so \( v = 0.0102c \), about \( 3.1 \times 10^6\ \text{m/s} \), or 3100 km/s. Now the assumptions, which matter more than the arithmetic. Assumption one: the line has been correctly identified. The calculation assumes the observed 663.0 nm line is the same hydrogen transition that appears at 656.3 nm in the laboratory. A misidentified line gives a completely wrong speed. Assumption two: atomic physics is the same there. The energy levels of hydrogen must be identical in that galaxy as here. This is a real physical assumption, and it has been tested: the ratios of different lines' wavelengths are preserved, which they would not be if atomic constants differed. Assumption three: the speed is low enough. The simple relation \( \Delta\lambda/\lambda = v/c \) is a low-speed approximation. At \( 0.01c \) the relativistic correction is about 0.5 percent of the shift, negligible here but not for high-redshift objects. Assumption four: the shift is entirely motion. Gravitational redshift also stretches light escaping a massive object, and it is separable only by knowing something about the source. Now the coincidence question, which is the real test. A single shifted line proves nothing. Any line could be matched to any other by choosing a shift, so one measurement is worthless as evidence. The decisive evidence is the whole pattern. Hydrogen produces a whole series of lines at known wavelengths with known relative spacings and known relative intensities. In the galaxy's spectrum, every one of those lines appears, shifted by the same fractional amount, preserving all the ratios exactly. Why that cannot be coincidence. Matching one line is easy. Matching a dozen lines of hydrogen, plus separate series from calcium, sodium and iron, all with the same fractional shift and the correct relative strengths, is not something a chance arrangement produces. The pattern is a fingerprint. The further confirmation. The same fractional shift applies to absorption and emission lines alike, across the ultraviolet, visible and infrared, in galaxy after galaxy, and the shift correlates with independently measured distance from standard candles. Multiple independent methods agree. What the correlation with distance established. Hubble's finding that the shift is proportional to distance is what turns a catalog of individual velocities into a statement about the universe as a whole. A single galaxy receding means nothing; all of them receding at speeds proportional to their distance means space is expanding. About \( 0.0102c \), or 3100 km/s; the whole line pattern shifting by the same fraction is what rules out coincidence

Lesson 9.6 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-3

Why a straw looks broken, and why fiber optics work

Light bends when it crosses from air into water, and the amount it bends is fixed entirely by how much it slows down. That is the whole of refraction. The same relationship, pushed to its limit, gives total internal reflection, which carries essentially all the world's intercontinental data traffic.

The key ideas
  1. The law of reflection: the angle of incidence equals the angle of reflection, both measured from the normal.
  2. Refraction is the bending of a wave when its speed changes at a boundary.
  3. The refractive index is \( n = \dfrac{c}{v} \), the ratio of the speed in vacuum to the speed in the medium.
  4. Snell's law: \( n_1\sin\theta_1 = n_2\sin\theta_2 \).
  5. Entering a slower medium bends the ray toward the normal; entering a faster one bends it away.
  6. Total internal reflection occurs beyond the critical angle, when going from slower to faster, with \( \sin\theta_c = \dfrac{n_2}{n_1} \).
  7. Frequency is unchanged at a boundary; speed and wavelength both change.

Where students lose marks: measuring angles from the surface instead of from the normal. Every formula here uses the normal, and an answer of \( 60^\circ \) where \( 30^\circ \) was correct is almost always this error. Draw the normal first, every time.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain physically why a wave bends when it changes speed. (b) Light enters water at \( 30^\circ \) from air. Find the refracted angle and the speed in water, taking \( n = 1.33 \). (c) Find the critical angle for water, glass and diamond. (d) Explain how an optical fiber works and why the calculation for diamond explains its sparkle.

Step one: build the picture for (a). Consider a wavefront arriving at the boundary at an angle, so that one edge reaches the water before the other.

Step two: follow what happens. The edge that has entered the water immediately travels more slowly, while the rest of the wavefront continues at the original speed. The front therefore pivots, exactly as a marching column turns when those on one side take shorter steps. The classic analogy is a car driving onto sand at an angle. The wheel that reaches the sand first slows, the other keeps going, and the car swings toward the normal. And it explains the special case immediately: a wave arriving along the normal has both edges entering simultaneously, so nothing pivots and there is no bending, even though the speed still changes.

Step three: solve (b). \[ n_1\sin\theta_1 = n_2\sin\theta_2 \] \[ (1.00)\sin 30^\circ = (1.33)\sin\theta_2 \] \( \sin\theta_2 = \dfrac{0.500}{1.33} = 0.376 \), so \( \theta_2 = 22.1^\circ \). Bent toward the normal ✓ as expected when entering a slower medium.

Step four: find the speed. \( v = \dfrac{c}{n} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{1.33} = 2.26 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \), about 75 percent of the vacuum speed. And the wavelength shortens by the same factor while the frequency stays fixed, which is why color does not change underwater.

Step five: solve (c). At the critical angle the refracted ray grazes along the surface at \( 90^\circ \), so \( \sin\theta_c = \dfrac{n_2}{n_1} = \dfrac{1}{n} \) for a medium against air.

Medium\( n \)Critical angle
Water1.33\( 48.8^\circ \)
Glass1.50\( 41.8^\circ \)
Diamond2.42\( 24.4^\circ \)

Step six: explain the diamond result. A critical angle of only \( 24.4^\circ \) means light striking an internal face at anything beyond that narrow cone is totally reflected. Light entering a cut diamond bounces internally many times before finding an angle shallow enough to escape. That is why diamonds sparkle, and why the cut matters so much: the facet angles are chosen to trap light and release it through the top face. Glass, with a critical angle of \( 41.8^\circ \), lets light out far more easily and can never look the same however it is cut.

Step seven: explain the fiber in (d). An optical fiber is a thin core of very pure glass surrounded by cladding of slightly lower refractive index. Light entering within a narrow range of angles strikes the core-cladding boundary beyond the critical angle for that pair and is totally reflected, over and over, following the fiber even around bends.

Step eight: explain why totally is the essential word, and what follows. Total internal reflection loses nothing. An ordinary mirror absorbs a few percent at every bounce, which would be fatal after thousands of reflections. Total internal reflection is exactly 100 percent, so the only loss is absorption and scattering within the glass itself. How small that loss is. Modern fiber attenuates by about 0.2 dB per kilometer, meaning light retains a usable fraction after 100 km without amplification. The glass is purer than any other bulk material manufactured. Why the cladding is needed at all. A bare fiber would work in air, but any dust, water or contact with a support would locally raise the outside index and let light escape. The cladding guarantees the index step everywhere and protects the critical surface. Why fiber replaced copper. The carrier frequency of light is around \( 10^{14}\ \text{Hz} \), so the available bandwidth is enormous compared with any electrical cable. A single fiber carries terabits per second, it is immune to electrical interference, and it cannot be tapped without detection. The endoscope, which came first. Bundles of fibers keeping their relative positions transmit an image around corners, letting surgeons see inside the body through a small incision. The optical principle is identical; only the information carried differs.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take \( c = 3.00 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \), \( n_{\text{water}} = 1.33 \), \( n_{\text{glass}} = 1.50 \).

  1. State the law of reflection.
    Show the full solution

    The angle of incidence equals the angle of reflection

  2. Write the definition of refractive index.
    Show the full solution

    \( n = \dfrac{c}{v} \)

  3. Write Snell's law.
    Show the full solution

    \( n_1\sin\theta_1 = n_2\sin\theta_2 \)

  4. Which way does a ray bend entering a slower medium?
    Show the full solution

    Toward the normal

  5. Write the condition for the critical angle against air.
    Show the full solution

    \( \sin\theta_c = \dfrac{1}{n} \)

  6. Find the speed of light in glass of refractive index 1.50.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = \dfrac{c}{n} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{1.50} = 2.00 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \). \( 2.00 \times 10^8 \) m/s

  7. Light passes from air into glass at \( 40^\circ \). Find the refracted angle.
    Show the full solution

    \( (1.00)\sin 40^\circ = (1.50)\sin\theta_2 \) \( \sin\theta_2 = \dfrac{0.643}{1.50} = 0.4285 \) \( \theta_2 = 25.4^\circ \). Bent toward the normal ✓ \( 25.4^\circ \)

  8. Find the critical angle for glass against water rather than against air.
    Show the full solution

    \( \sin\theta_c = \dfrac{n_2}{n_1} = \dfrac{1.33}{1.50} = 0.8867 \) \( \theta_c = 62.5^\circ \). Much larger than the \( 41.8^\circ \) against air, because the index step is smaller. A smaller difference in speed means less bending, so a steeper angle is needed before total reflection occurs. This is why a glass object is nearly invisible in a liquid of matching index, and why fiber cladding is chosen with an index only slightly below the core's. \( 62.5^\circ \)

  9. Explain why a straw in a glass of water appears bent, and why the effect disappears if viewed from directly above.
    Show the full solution

    Because light from the submerged part refracts on leaving the water, and the brain traces the emerging rays back in straight lines to a false position. Follow the light. Rays leave the submerged part of the straw, travel through the water, and cross into the air at the surface. Water is slower than air, so leaving it bends the rays away from the normal. What the eye does with them. The eye has no way to detect that a ray changed direction en route. It assumes every ray traveled in a straight line, and projects backward along the direction the ray was traveling when it arrived. Where the image forms. Those backward projections meet at a point higher and displaced from where the straw actually is. The submerged section therefore appears raised and laterally shifted, so the straw seems to break at the surface. The related consequence. The whole bottom of the pool appears shallower than it is, by roughly a factor of \( n = 1.33 \), which is why pools look easy to stand up in and why spear fishing requires aiming below the apparent fish. Now the viewing angle. Looking straight down means the rays reach the surface along the normal, where \( \theta_1 = 0 \). Snell's law at normal incidence. \( n_1\sin 0 = n_2\sin\theta_2 \) gives \( \sin\theta_2 = 0 \), so \( \theta_2 = 0 \) and the ray passes straight through without bending. Why there is no bending physically. A wavefront arriving parallel to the surface has every point crossing at the same instant, so no part gets ahead of any other and there is nothing to pivot. The speed still changes; the direction does not. So the straw appears straight from directly above, although it still appears shortened, because the apparent depth reduction remains even at normal incidence. The prediction that confirms the explanation. The apparent bend should increase with viewing angle, being zero from directly above and largest at a grazing view. That is exactly what is observed, and it would not follow if the water were somehow distorting the straw itself. Refraction on leaving the water displaces the apparent position, and at normal incidence there is no refraction to displace it

  10. A ray of white light enters a glass prism and emerges separated into colors. Explain why, calculate the angular separation given that red has \( n = 1.513 \) and violet \( n = 1.532 \) at an incidence of \( 50^\circ \), and explain how this relates to a rainbow.
    Show the full solution

    Why separation happens at all. The refractive index is not a single number for a material; it depends slightly on frequency. This is dispersion. Violet light travels marginally more slowly in glass than red, so it has a higher index and refracts more. Find the refracted angle for red. \( (1.000)\sin 50^\circ = (1.513)\sin\theta_r \) \( \sin\theta_r = \dfrac{0.766}{1.513} = 0.5063 \) \( \theta_r = 30.42^\circ \). Find it for violet. \( \sin\theta_v = \dfrac{0.766}{1.532} = 0.5000 \) \( \theta_v = 30.00^\circ \). The separation. \( 30.42 - 30.00 = 0.42^\circ \), about 25 arcminutes at this single surface. Why a prism produces a visible spectrum from such a small angle. The separation occurs at the entry face and again at the exit face, roughly doubling it, and it is then spread over a projection distance. At 2 m, an angle of \( 0.84^\circ \) gives a band about 3 cm wide, which is easily seen. Why a flat sheet of glass shows no spectrum. The two surfaces are parallel, so the bending at the second exactly undoes the bending at the first, and all colors emerge parallel again, merely displaced sideways. A prism's faces are deliberately non-parallel so the separations add instead of canceling. Now the rainbow, which has three ingredients. Ingredient one: refraction on entering the droplet, which separates the colors exactly as in the prism. Ingredient two: reflection from the back of the droplet, sending the light back toward the observer. This is ordinary partial reflection, not total internal reflection, since the angle is below critical, which is why a rainbow is much dimmer than the direct sunlight. Ingredient three: refraction again on leaving, which increases the separation further. Why the rainbow appears at a fixed angle. The total deviation has a minimum at about \( 42^\circ \) from the antisolar point for red and about \( 40^\circ \) for violet. Light concentrates near that minimum, so those angles are far brighter than any other, and the bow appears there. Why it is a circle. Every direction at \( 42^\circ \) from the antisolar point qualifies, and that set of directions is a cone. The ground cuts the cone, leaving an arc, which is why a full circular rainbow is seen only from an aircraft. Why red is on the outside. Red emerges at the larger angle of \( 42^\circ \) against violet's \( 40^\circ \), so red occupies the outer edge of the bow. This is the opposite order from a prism's spectrum, which catches people out. The secondary bow. Light reflecting twice inside the droplet emerges at about \( 51^\circ \), producing a fainter outer bow with the colors reversed, red innermost. The extra reflection loses more light, which is why it is dimmer, and the band between the two bows is noticeably darker because no light is deviated into it at all. Why every observer sees a different rainbow. The bow's position depends on the observer's own antisolar point, so two people standing apart see light from different droplets. A rainbow has no location and cannot be approached. About \( 0.42^\circ \) at one surface; dispersion plus internal reflection in droplets produces the bow at \( 42^\circ \) with red outermost

Lesson 9.7 · Unit 9 · HS-PS4-3

The experiment that decided what light is

Newton held that light was a stream of particles, and his authority held the question closed for a century. In 1801 Thomas Young passed light through two narrow slits and produced a pattern of bright and dark bands that no stream of particles could explain. Unit 10 will complicate the verdict considerably, but the pattern itself is exactly what the wave model predicts.

The key ideas
  1. Diffraction is the spreading of a wave as it passes an edge or through a gap.
  2. The effect is significant when the gap is comparable to the wavelength, and negligible when the gap is much larger.
  3. Young's double slit produces interference fringes, alternating bright and dark bands.
  4. Bright fringes occur where \( d\sin\theta = m\lambda \), with \( d \) the slit separation.
  5. Fringe spacing on a distant screen is \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} \).
  6. A diffraction grating has thousands of slits, giving much sharper maxima at the same angles.
  7. Only waves produce this pattern, which is why it settled the argument about light.

Where students lose marks: confusing the slit separation \( d \) with the slit width. The fringe positions depend on the separation between slits; the width controls how far the pattern extends before fading. Two different lengths, two different roles.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain why diffraction is obvious for sound and not for light in everyday life. (b) Light of 600 nm passes through slits 0.25 mm apart onto a screen 2.0 m away. Find the fringe spacing. (c) Find how the pattern changes with blue light and with closer slits. (d) Explain why the double slit result could not be explained by particles.

Step one: set up (a) with the comparison that matters. Diffraction is significant when the wavelength is comparable to the obstacle or gap.

Step two: put the numbers side by side. Sound: audible wavelengths run from 17 mm to 17 m, and everyday openings like doorways are around 1 m. The two are comparable, so sound diffracts strongly and bends around corners. This is why a person can be heard through an open door without being seen. Light: wavelengths are around 500 nm, which is \( 5 \times 10^{-7} \) m. A doorway is two million times wider. The diffraction is utterly negligible at that scale, so light travels in what appear to be perfectly straight lines and casts sharp shadows. The prediction this makes. Light should diffract visibly if the gap is made comparable to its wavelength, and it does: a narrow slit, a fine mesh, or the grooves on a compact disc all produce obvious diffraction. The wave nature was hidden by a scale mismatch, not absent.

Step three: solve (b). \[ \Delta x = \frac{\lambda L}{d} = \frac{(600 \times 10^{-9})(2.0)}{0.25 \times 10^{-3}} = \frac{1.2 \times 10^{-6}}{2.5 \times 10^{-4}} = 4.8 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m} \] 4.8 mm, which is comfortably visible, and why the experiment works in a classroom.

Step four: solve (c). Blue light at 400 nm: \( \Delta x = 4.8 \times \dfrac{400}{600} = 3.2\ \text{mm} \), a narrower pattern, since the spacing is proportional to wavelength. Slits half as far apart: \( \Delta x = 9.6\ \text{mm} \), a wider pattern, since the spacing is inversely proportional to \( d \). The principle recurring throughout the unit. The angular scale of every interference pattern is set by \( \lambda/d \). Longer wavelength or smaller separation gives a coarser pattern, and this is the same ratio that governed the two speakers in lesson 9.3.

Step five: note how this gave the first measurement of light's wavelength. Rearranging, \( \lambda = \dfrac{\Delta x \cdot d}{L} \), and every quantity on the right is measurable with a ruler. Young obtained a value around \( 5 \times 10^{-7}\ \text{m} \), and this was the first determination of a length that no instrument could resolve directly.

Step six: begin (d) with what a particle model predicts. If light were a stream of particles, each would pass through one slit or the other. Opening the second slit adds a second stream. The screen should show two bright bands, one behind each slit, with the overlap region brighter than either alone.

Step seven: state what is observed instead. Many alternating bright and dark bands, spread far wider than the slits, with the brightest at the center directly between them. And the decisive detail: there are places on the screen that are bright with one slit open and dark with both open. Opening a second source of light made that point darker. No particle model can produce that. Adding a second stream of particles can only add arrivals. It cannot subtract them. A wave model explains it immediately, because amplitudes can cancel where the path difference is half a wavelength.

Step eight: state the verdict and the honest complication. The conclusion drawn in 1801 was that light is a wave, and for the nineteenth century that was settled, reinforced by Maxwell's demonstration in the 1860s that light is an electromagnetic wave, which unit 10 takes up. The complication. The photoelectric effect, also in unit 10, cannot be explained by a wave model at all and requires light to arrive in discrete quanta. How the double slit responds to that. The experiment can be run with the source turned down until only one photon is in the apparatus at a time. Each arrives as a single localized dot on the detector, which is particle-like. But as the dots accumulate over hours, they build up the interference pattern, which is wave-like. Each photon's arrival position is governed by a wave passing through both slits. And the deepest result. Any measurement that determines which slit a photon went through destroys the pattern entirely. The interference exists only when the path is genuinely undetermined. What to take from this. Young's experiment did not establish that light is a wave in the way water is. It established that light interferes, which particles as classically conceived cannot do. The resolution is that light is neither a classical wave nor a classical particle, and unit 10 begins that story rather than finishing it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. Define diffraction.
    Show the full solution

    The spreading of a wave past an edge or through a gap

  2. When is diffraction most significant?
    Show the full solution

    When the gap is comparable to the wavelength

  3. Write the condition for a bright fringe.
    Show the full solution

    \( d\sin\theta = m\lambda \)

  4. Write the fringe spacing on a distant screen.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} \)

  5. Who performed the double slit experiment, and when?
    Show the full solution

    Thomas Young, in 1801

  6. Find the fringe spacing for 500 nm light, slits 0.40 mm apart, screen 1.5 m away.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} = \dfrac{(500 \times 10^{-9})(1.5)} {0.40 \times 10^{-3}} = \dfrac{7.5 \times 10^{-7}}{4.0 \times 10^{-4}} = 1.875 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m} \). About 1.9 mm

  7. Fringes 3.0 mm apart are seen with slits 0.30 mm apart at 1.8 m. Find the wavelength.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{\Delta x \cdot d}{L} = \dfrac{(3.0 \times 10^{-3})(0.30 \times 10^{-3})}{1.8} = \dfrac{9.0 \times 10^{-7}}{1.8} = 5.0 \times 10^{-7}\ \text{m} \). 500 nm, green light. Note that every quantity on the right is measurable with ordinary instruments, which is how a length of half a micrometer was first determined. 500 nm

  8. A diffraction grating has 600 lines per millimeter. Find the angle of the first order maximum for 600 nm light, and the highest order visible.
    Show the full solution

    Find the slit spacing. \( d = \dfrac{1\ \text{mm}}{600} = \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^{-3}}{600} = 1.667 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{m} \). First order. \( \sin\theta = \dfrac{m\lambda}{d} = \dfrac{600 \times 10^{-9}} {1.667 \times 10^{-6}} = 0.360 \) \( \theta = 21.1^\circ \). Highest order. The maximum possible is \( \sin\theta = 1 \), so \( m_{\max} = \dfrac{d}{\lambda} = \dfrac{1.667 \times 10^{-6}} {600 \times 10^{-9}} = 2.78 \), and orders must be whole numbers, so the second order is the highest, at \( \sin\theta = 0.720 \), or \( 46.1^\circ \). \( 21.1^\circ \), with the second order the highest

  9. Explain why a diffraction grating gives much sharper lines than a double slit, even though the maxima occur at the same angles.
    Show the full solution

    Because with thousands of slits, any small deviation from the exact maximum condition causes contributions from distant slits to cancel, so the maxima become very narrow. Why the angles are the same. The condition \( d\sin\theta = m\lambda \) concerns the path difference between adjacent slits. Whether there are two slits or ten thousand, adjacent pairs must satisfy the same relationship, so the maxima appear in the same directions. Why the sharpness differs. With two slits, moving slightly off the exact angle introduces a small phase error between them, and the intensity falls only gradually. The maxima are broad and the pattern varies smoothly. With many slits the phase error accumulates. A small error between adjacent slits becomes a large error between the first slit and the thousandth, because it multiplies. Once that accumulated error reaches half a wavelength, those two contributions cancel completely. The cancellation is comprehensive. For \( N \) slits, every slit can be paired with another whose contribution it cancels, so the intensity drops to zero very close to the maximum. The width of each line is proportional to \( 1/N \). Where the energy goes. It concentrates into the maxima, which become correspondingly brighter as well as narrower. Total energy is conserved, as lesson 9.3 requires. Why this matters practically. Sharp lines mean two wavelengths that are nearly equal can be told apart. A grating can resolve the two sodium D lines at 589.0 and 589.6 nm, which a double slit blurs into one. Resolving power is proportional to \( mN \), so more slits and higher orders both help. What this is used for. Spectroscopy, which is how the composition of stars is determined, how the redshifts of lesson 9.5 are measured, and how unknown chemicals are identified. Nearly everything known about the composition of anything beyond the solar system came from gratings. Why gratings replaced prisms. A prism disperses by dispersion, which is a small material effect and varies non-linearly with wavelength. A grating disperses by geometry, giving greater separation and a predictable relationship between angle and wavelength. Same angles, but \( N \) slits make the maxima \( N \) times narrower through accumulated cancellation

  10. The double slit experiment is run with the light source so dim that only one photon is in the apparatus at a time. Predict what is observed, and explain what the result implies about the wave and particle descriptions.
    Show the full solution

    What is observed at short times. Individual photons arrive as single localized flashes at single points on the detector. Each one lands somewhere definite, and nothing wave-like is apparent in any single event. This is particle-like behavior. Where the individual arrivals land. They appear scattered, with no obvious pattern in the first few dozen. What is observed after many hours. As the dots accumulate, they build up the full interference pattern, with the same fringe spacing \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} \) as the bright-source experiment. This is wave-like behavior. Why this is deeply strange. Only one photon is present at a time, so there is nothing for it to interfere with. Yet the accumulated pattern depends on both slits being open. Closing one changes where the dots land. What the pattern actually describes. Not the path of any photon, but the probability of where each will arrive. The wave determines the probability distribution; the photon determines a single outcome drawn from it. The which-path experiment, which is the decisive one. Placing a detector to determine which slit each photon passed through destroys the interference pattern completely. The result becomes two bands, exactly what particles would give. Why this cannot be dismissed as disturbance. The effect persists with the gentlest measurement schemes devised, and in delayed-choice versions the decision to measure the path can be made after the photon has passed the slits. The pattern depends on whether path information exists, not on when or how forcefully it was obtained. The quantum eraser, which sharpens it further. If path information is recorded and then destroyed before being read, the interference returns. What matters is whether the information is available in principle. What the result implies about the two descriptions. Neither is adequate alone. Light is not a classical wave, since it arrives in discrete localized units. It is not a classical particle, since a single unit's arrival probability depends on both slits. The correct statement. Light is something for which both classical pictures are approximations, each valid in a limited regime. The wave description predicts where many photons will go; the particle description describes each individual arrival. They are complementary rather than contradictory, and no experiment shows both aspects simultaneously. Why this is not merely a curiosity about light. The same experiment has been performed with electrons, with neutrons, with whole atoms, and with molecules of hundreds of atoms. All show interference. The behavior is a property of matter generally, not a peculiarity of light, and unit 10's wave-particle duality begins from this. What remains genuinely unresolved. What happens between emission and detection is not settled by the physics. The mathematics predicts the outcomes precisely and has never failed; what it means is still debated, and honesty requires saying so rather than offering a picture that sounds complete. Individual localized arrivals building an interference pattern; neither the wave nor the particle description suffices alone

Unit 9 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 9 review: Waves, Sound and Light

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Take the speed of sound as 343 m/s and \( c = 3.00 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m/s} \).

  1. Find the wavelength of a 440 Hz note in air.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{v}{f} = \dfrac{343}{440} = 0.780 \). 0.780 m

  2. Find the frequency of light of wavelength 600 nm.
    Show the full solution

    \( f = \dfrac{c}{\lambda} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^{8}}{600 \times 10^{-9}} = 5.0 \times 10^{14} \). \( 5.0 \times 10^{14} \) Hz

  3. An echo returns 1.0 s after a shout. Find the distance to the cliff.
    Show the full solution

    The sound travels there and back, so the distance is half: \( \dfrac{(343)(1.0)}{2} = 172 \). 172 m

  4. Find the fundamental frequency of a string 0.65 m long carrying waves at 400 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    Nodes at both ends: \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{2L} = \dfrac{400}{1.30} = 308 \). 308 Hz

  5. Find the fundamental of a pipe 0.50 m long closed at one end.
    Show the full solution

    Node at one end, antinode at the other: \( f_1 = \dfrac{v}{4L} = \dfrac{343}{2.0} = 172 \). 172 Hz, an octave below the open pipe.

  6. An 800 Hz siren approaches at 30 m/s. Find the frequency heard.
    Show the full solution

    \( f' = f\dfrac{v}{v - v_s} = 800 \times \dfrac{343}{313} = 877 \). Higher, as expected for approach. 877 Hz

  7. Light enters water (\( n = 1.33 \)) from air at 30 degrees to the normal. Find the refracted angle.
    Show the full solution

    \( \sin\theta_2 = \dfrac{\sin 30^\circ}{1.33} = 0.376 \), so \( \theta_2 = 22.1^\circ \). Toward the normal, as it must be entering a slower medium. 22 degrees

  8. Find the critical angle for glass (\( n = 1.50 \)) against air.
    Show the full solution

    \( \sin\theta_c = \dfrac{1}{1.50} = 0.667 \), so \( \theta_c = 41.8^\circ \). 41.8 degrees

  9. Light of 600 nm passes through slits 0.25 mm apart onto a screen 2.0 m away. Find the fringe spacing.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta x = \dfrac{\lambda L}{d} = \dfrac{(600 \times 10^{-9})(2.0)}{0.25 \times 10^{-3}} = 4.8 \times 10^{-3} \). 4.8 mm

  10. Two speakers emit the same 686 Hz note in phase. A listener is 4.00 m from one and 4.25 m from the other. Describe what is heard and where the energy goes.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{343}{686} = 0.500\ \text{m} \). The path difference is 0.25 m, half a wavelength, so the waves arrive out of phase and cancel: a quiet point. The energy is not destroyed. It appears at other points where the path difference is a whole wavelength and the amplitudes add, so the total over the whole pattern equals what the speakers emitted. A quiet point; the energy is redistributed to loud points

Lesson 10.1 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-1

A speed that fell out of two electrical constants

In the 1860s Maxwell assembled the known laws of electricity and magnetism into four equations. Solving them produced waves, and the speed of those waves was determined entirely by two constants measured in laboratory experiments with capacitors and coils. The number matched the measured speed of light, and Maxwell drew the obvious conclusion.

The key ideas
  1. A changing electric field produces a magnetic field, and a changing magnetic field produces an electric field.
  2. The two can sustain each other, propagating as a self-supporting disturbance with no medium required.
  3. \( c = \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_0\varepsilon_0}} \), where both constants come from electrostatics and magnetostatics.
  4. Electromagnetic waves are transverse, with the electric and magnetic fields perpendicular to each other and to the direction of travel.
  5. They travel at \( c \) in vacuum regardless of the source's motion, which is the founding postulate of special relativity.
  6. They can be polarized, which confirms they are transverse.
  7. All electromagnetic waves are the same phenomenon, differing only in frequency.

Where students lose marks: saying electromagnetic waves travel through the ether, or need some medium. Nothing oscillates except the fields themselves, and the fields exist in vacuum. The Michelson-Morley experiment of 1887 searched for a medium and found none, and none has been found since.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Compute \( c \) from \( \mu_0 = 4\pi \times 10^{-7} \) and \( \varepsilon_0 = 8.854 \times 10^{-12} \), and comment on the result. (b) Explain how the two fields sustain each other. (c) Explain why polarization proves light is transverse. (d) Explain why the speed being independent of the source is so troubling.

Step one: compute for (a). \( \mu_0 = 1.2566 \times 10^{-6} \) \( \mu_0\varepsilon_0 = (1.2566 \times 10^{-6})(8.854 \times 10^{-12}) = 1.1126 \times 10^{-17} \) \( \sqrt{1.1126 \times 10^{-17}} = 3.3356 \times 10^{-9} \) \[ c = \frac{1}{3.3356 \times 10^{-9}} = 2.998 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \]

Step two: appreciate what just happened. Neither constant has anything visibly to do with light. \( \varepsilon_0 \) comes from measuring the force between static charges, as in lesson 7.1. \( \mu_0 \) comes from measuring the force between current-carrying wires, as in lesson 8.3. Both are determined with charged spheres, coils and balances in a laboratory, with no light involved beyond seeing the apparatus. Yet combining them gives the speed of light to four significant figures. Maxwell wrote in 1865 that the agreement made it difficult to avoid the conclusion that light is an electromagnetic disturbance. It is one of the great moments of physics: a unification nobody was looking for, falling out of the mathematics.

Step three: answer (b). Faraday's law from lesson 8.4 says a changing magnetic field induces an electric field. Maxwell's addition says a changing electric field induces a magnetic field, symmetrically.

Step four: follow the loop. Suppose an electric field somewhere begins changing. It creates a magnetic field nearby. That magnetic field is also changing, so it creates an electric field a little further on. That electric field is changing, so it creates a magnetic field further still. The disturbance propagates itself, with each field regenerating the other indefinitely, and the rate at which it advances is fixed by how strongly each field produces the other, which is exactly what \( \mu_0 \) and \( \varepsilon_0 \) measure. Nothing material is involved at any stage, which is why the wave needs no medium and can cross the vacuum of space.

Step five: set up (c). Polarization means selecting one plane of oscillation from the many available.

Step six: complete the argument. A transverse wave oscillates perpendicular to its direction of travel, and there are infinitely many perpendicular directions to choose among, forming a plane. A filter can pass one and block the others. A longitudinal wave oscillates along the direction of travel, and there is only one such direction. There is nothing to select, so polarization is impossible. Light can be polarized, as any pair of polarizing sunglasses demonstrates when rotated. Sound cannot be, ever, by any means. That single observational difference proves light is transverse and sound is longitudinal, independently of any theory about what either one is. And it has a practical use. Light reflected from water or road surfaces is partially polarized horizontally, so sunglasses with a vertical axis remove much of the glare while passing most of the direct light.

Step seven: state the problem in (d). Every wave so far has had its speed fixed relative to its medium, and every projectile has had its speed depend on the source's motion. Light has neither property.

Step eight: draw out the consequence. Maxwell's equations give one speed, \( c \), with no reference to any observer or any source. That looks like an oversight until it is tested. Michelson and Morley tested it in 1887. Earth moves around the Sun at 30 km/s, so light traveling along Earth's motion and across it should differ measurably if there were a medium at rest. Their apparatus was sensitive enough to detect a tenth of the expected effect. They found nothing, and repetitions with far greater sensitivity have continued to find nothing. Why this is genuinely troubling. Ordinary velocity addition fails. A person walking at 2 m/s on a train moving at 30 m/s moves at 32 m/s relative to the ground, and everyone's intuition agrees. But light emitted from a source moving at half the speed of light still travels at exactly \( c \), not \( 1.5c \), for every observer. What had to give. Einstein's resolution in 1905 was to accept the constancy of \( c \) as a fact and to give up the assumption that time and distance are the same for all observers. Moving clocks run slow and moving objects contract, by exactly the amounts needed to keep \( c \) constant for everyone. The evidence that this is right. Muons created in the upper atmosphere decay in 2.2 microseconds and should not reach the ground, yet they do, because time runs slowly for them at their speed. GPS satellites must correct their clocks by about 38 microseconds per day for relativistic effects, and without the correction positions would drift by kilometers daily. The theory is checked continuously by every navigation device in use.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take \( c = 3.00 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \).

  1. Write Maxwell's expression for the speed of light.
    Show the full solution

    \( c = \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_0\varepsilon_0}} \)

  2. Are electromagnetic waves transverse or longitudinal?
    Show the full solution

    Transverse

  3. What medium do electromagnetic waves require?
    Show the full solution

    None

  4. What oscillates in an electromagnetic wave?
    Show the full solution

    The electric and magnetic fields

  5. Which experiment searched for a medium for light and found none?
    Show the full solution

    Michelson and Morley's, in 1887

  6. Find the time for light to travel from the Sun to Earth, \( 1.50 \times 10^{11}\ \text{m} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( t = \dfrac{d}{c} = \dfrac{1.50 \times 10^{11}}{3.00 \times 10^8} = 500\ \text{s} \). About 8 minutes 20 seconds, which means the Sun is always seen as it was eight minutes ago. 500 s

  7. Find the distance light travels in one year, in meters.
    Show the full solution

    Seconds in a year: \( (365.25)(24)(3600) = 3.156 \times 10^7\ \text{s} \). \( d = ct = (3.00 \times 10^8)(3.156 \times 10^7) = 9.47 \times 10^{15}\ \text{m} \). About \( 9.5 \times 10^{15} \) m, one light year, and the reason astronomical distances are quoted this way rather than in meters. \( 9.5 \times 10^{15} \) m

  8. Explain why the fact that light can be polarized rules out a longitudinal model.
    Show the full solution

    Because polarization requires a choice of oscillation plane, and a longitudinal wave has no such choice. What a transverse wave offers. Its oscillation is perpendicular to its travel, and there are infinitely many perpendicular directions, forming a plane containing all of them. A filter can transmit oscillations in one direction within that plane and absorb the rest. What a longitudinal wave offers. Its oscillation is along the direction of travel, and there is exactly one such direction. Nothing can be selected because there is nothing to select from. The experimental fact. Passing light through one polarizing filter and then a second reduces the transmitted intensity as the second is rotated, reaching near-zero when the two axes are perpendicular. Rotating a filter in a light beam changes the output. Why this is decisive. No arrangement of any kind produces this effect with sound, and none can, because the physics forbids it. The observation alone settles the geometry without needing to know what light is made of. The historical weight. Polarization was known before Maxwell and was one of the strongest arguments that light is a transverse wave. Maxwell's theory then explained why: the electric and magnetic fields are necessarily perpendicular to the direction of propagation. A transverse wave has a plane of possible oscillations to select from; a longitudinal one has none

  9. Explain why Maxwell's calculation of the speed of light from electrical measurements is considered one of the great results of physics.
    Show the full solution

    Because it unified two apparently unrelated fields and made a numerical prediction that no one was seeking, using constants measured without any reference to light. What the two constants are. \( \varepsilon_0 \) is fixed by the force between static charges, measured with charged spheres and a torsion balance. \( \mu_0 \) is fixed by the force between current-carrying wires, measured with coils and a current balance. Neither involves light in any way. Both could be, and were, measured in a dark room. What the combination gives. \( \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_0\varepsilon_0}} = 2.998 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \), agreeing with the independently measured speed of light to within a fraction of a percent. Why the agreement cannot be coincidence. Four significant figures of agreement between quantities from entirely separate branches of experiment is not something chance produces. It requires that the phenomena are the same phenomenon. What it unified. Electricity, magnetism and optics had been three separate subjects with separate laws, separate instruments and separate practitioners. Maxwell's equations made them one. The prediction it carried. If light is electromagnetic, then electromagnetic waves of other frequencies should exist and be producible electrically. Hertz generated and detected radio waves in 1887, confirming it, and the entire communications industry followed from that confirmation. Why this is the model for theoretical physics. The result was not obtained by looking for it. It emerged from writing down the known laws carefully and following the mathematics. That a correct theory contains more than was put into it is the central reason physicists trust mathematical formulation. What it led to next. The equations predict one speed with no reference frame, which contradicted mechanics. Rather than being a flaw, that contradiction led directly to special relativity, so the same work that unified three subjects also broke the framework they sat in. Two constants from static charge and steady current produced the speed of light, unifying three fields and predicting radio

  10. A radio transmitter and a distant receiver are 300 km apart. Find the transmission delay, compare it with the delay in a 300 km optical fiber of refractive index 1.47, and explain why this matters for financial trading and for undersea cable routing.
    Show the full solution

    Through air, effectively vacuum. \( t = \dfrac{d}{c} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^5}{3.00 \times 10^8} = 1.00 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{s} = 1.00\ \text{ms} \). Through fiber, find the speed first. \( v = \dfrac{c}{n} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{1.47} = 2.04 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \). Then the time. \( t = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^5}{2.04 \times 10^8} = 1.47 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{s} = 1.47\ \text{ms} \). The difference. \( 1.47 - 1.00 = 0.47\ \text{ms} \), so the fiber is 47 percent slower. Why the fiber is slower. Light in glass travels at \( c/n \), and glass slows it by nearly half. There is no way around this: it is a property of the material, not of the engineering. A further penalty not in the calculation. A fiber route is never straight. Cables follow roads, railways and seabed contours, so the actual path can be 20 to 50 percent longer than the direct distance, adding proportionally to the delay. Now why this matters for trading. Automated trading systems act on price information within microseconds, and a firm receiving a price a millisecond before a competitor can trade against the stale price. The advantage is worth a great deal of money, so the latency of a link is a commercial asset. What firms have done about it. A microwave relay network was built between Chicago and New York in the early 2010s, using line-of-sight towers. Microwaves travel through air at essentially \( c \) and follow a straighter path, cutting the round trip from about 14.5 ms by fiber to under 9 ms. The towers cost far more per bit than fiber and carry far less data, and they were built anyway, purely for the delay. The trade-off that keeps fiber dominant. Microwave links have tiny bandwidth by comparison, and they fail in heavy rain. They carry only the most time-critical data while everything else goes by fiber. Now undersea cable routing. The same physics makes route length the dominant factor in intercontinental latency, since nothing can be done about \( n \). Cables are routed as directly as the seabed allows. A concrete case. Several trans-Atlantic cables have been laid on deliberately shorter and more difficult routes to shave a few milliseconds off London-to-New York latency, accepting higher laying costs and greater exposure to fishing and anchor damage for the gain. The physical limit that cannot be beaten. The great-circle distance from London to New York is about 5570 km, so even a perfectly straight vacuum path would take 18.6 ms one way. No amount of engineering can go below that, and the industry measures its progress as a percentage of this limit rather than in absolute terms. Hollow-core fiber, the current frontier. Guiding light through air inside a structured glass tube raises the speed close to \( c \), recovering most of the 47 percent penalty. It is in limited deployment for exactly the applications above. 1.00 ms against 1.47 ms; the 47 percent penalty is the refractive index, and it is large enough to justify building separate microwave networks

Lesson 10.2 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-4

One phenomenon, named seven different things

Radio waves, microwaves, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X-rays and gamma rays have separate names, separate instruments and separate industries. They are one thing. The only difference between a radio wave and a gamma ray is frequency, and every boundary between the named bands is a human convenience rather than a feature of nature.

The key ideas
  1. All electromagnetic waves travel at \( c \) in vacuum, whatever their frequency.
  2. \( c = f\lambda \) applies throughout, so frequency and wavelength are inversely related.
  3. The order by increasing frequency is radio, microwave, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, X-ray, gamma.
  4. Visible light spans only 400 to 700 nm, a tiny fraction of the whole range.
  5. Photon energy rises with frequency, \( E = hf \), which is what makes the high-frequency end dangerous.
  6. The atmosphere is transparent only in certain windows, notably the visible and parts of the radio.
  7. The boundaries are conventions, and the bands overlap in usage.

Where students lose marks: describing the bands as physically different kinds of wave. They differ only in frequency, exactly as a low note and a high note differ. The different names reflect how they are produced and detected, not what they are.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Order the spectrum and give a characteristic wavelength for each band. (b) Explain why the visible band is where it is. (c) Explain the atmospheric windows and their consequence for astronomy. (d) Explain what determines whether radiation is a health hazard.

Step one: tabulate for (a).

BandTypical wavelengthTypical frequency
Radio3 m100 MHz
Microwave12 cm2.45 GHz
Infrared10 μm\( 3 \times 10^{13} \) Hz
Visible550 nm\( 5.5 \times 10^{14} \) Hz
Ultraviolet100 nm\( 3 \times 10^{15} \) Hz
X-ray0.1 nm\( 3 \times 10^{18} \) Hz
Gamma0.001 nm\( 3 \times 10^{20} \) Hz

Step two: note the range. From 3 m to \( 10^{-12} \) m is a factor of \( 10^{12} \). The visible band occupies less than a single octave within that, from 400 to 700 nm, a factor of 1.75.

Step three: answer (b). Two facts coincide, and the coincidence is not an accident. The Sun's output peaks in the visible, because its surface temperature of about 5800 K puts the peak of its thermal radiation near 500 nm. The atmosphere is transparent in the visible, letting that radiation reach the surface. Eyes evolved to use what was available, so sensitivity developed precisely where the incoming energy is greatest and the air lets it through. Vision at radio wavelengths would require an eye meters across; vision in the X-ray region would have almost nothing to detect at ground level.

Step four: describe the windows for (c). The atmosphere blocks most of the spectrum. Water vapor and carbon dioxide absorb most infrared, ozone absorbs ultraviolet below about 300 nm, and the ionosphere reflects long radio waves. Two large windows remain open: the visible with its near neighbors, and a broad radio window from about 1 cm to 11 m.

Step five: draw the consequence for astronomy. Ground-based astronomy was confined to those two windows for its entire history, which is why optical and radio telescopes came first and why everything else needed spacecraft. Putting telescopes above the atmosphere opened the rest. Infrared observatories see through dust clouds that block visible light and reveal star formation; X-ray observatories see black hole accretion and hot gas in galaxy clusters; ultraviolet reveals hot young stars; gamma ray observatories detect the most violent events known. The practical illustration. The James Webb Space Telescope observes chiefly in the infrared and must be kept below about 50 K, shielded from the Sun, because at ordinary temperatures the telescope's own thermal radiation would swamp what it is trying to see. It was placed 1.5 million kilometers from Earth for that reason.

Step six: begin (d). The common assumption is that intensity determines danger. It does not, at least not primarily.

Step seven: identify the real criterion. The energy of a single photon is \( E = hf \). What matters is whether one photon carries enough energy to remove an electron from an atom, which takes roughly 10 eV and corresponds to a wavelength around 124 nm. Below that threshold, radiation is non-ionizing. Radio, microwave, infrared and visible light cannot ionize at any intensity, because a million weak photons do not combine into one strong one. Above it, radiation is ionizing. Far ultraviolet, X-rays and gamma rays each carry enough energy per photon to break chemical bonds and damage DNA directly.

Step eight: work through what this explains. Why a sunburn is possible but a radio burn is not. Ultraviolet photons at about 4 eV damage skin cells directly. FM radio photons carry about \( 4 \times 10^{-7} \) eV, ten million times less, and no amount of them can do the same thing. Why microwaves heat but do not ionize. A 2.45 GHz photon carries \( 10^{-5} \) eV, about a millionth of the ionizing threshold. Microwave ovens work by making water molecules rotate faster, which is heating, and heating is a genuine hazard at high power but a completely different mechanism from ionization. Why X-ray doses are counted and light exposure is not. Each ionizing photon can cause a discrete mutation, so risk accumulates with the number of photons and the relevant quantity is total dose over a lifetime. Non-ionizing exposure causes no such cumulative molecular damage. The honest qualification. Non-ionizing radiation is not harmless. Intense infrared or microwave exposure causes thermal burns, lasers damage the retina, and ultraviolet A, though below the ionizing threshold, still causes skin damage through indirect chemical routes. The claim is not that low-frequency radiation is safe at any intensity, only that it cannot cause the specific kind of direct molecular damage that defines ionizing radiation.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Take \( c = 3.00 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s} \) and \( h = 6.63 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \).

  1. Order the spectrum from lowest to highest frequency.
    Show the full solution

    Radio, microwave, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, X-ray, gamma

  2. Give the wavelength range of visible light.
    Show the full solution

    About 400 to 700 nm

  3. What do all electromagnetic waves have in common in vacuum?
    Show the full solution

    They travel at \( c \)

  4. Which two bands pass through the atmosphere most freely?
    Show the full solution

    Visible and radio

  5. What distinguishes ionizing from non-ionizing radiation?
    Show the full solution

    Whether a single photon carries enough energy to remove an electron, about 10 eV

  6. Find the frequency of a microwave of wavelength 12.2 cm.
    Show the full solution

    \( f = \dfrac{c}{\lambda} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{0.122} = 2.46 \times 10^9\ \text{Hz} \). About 2.45 GHz, the standard microwave oven frequency. 2.46 GHz

  7. Find the wavelength of an X-ray at \( 3.0 \times 10^{18}\ \text{Hz} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{c}{f} = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{3.0 \times 10^{18}} = 1.0 \times 10^{-10}\ \text{m} \). 0.10 nm, comparable to the spacing between atoms in a crystal, which is exactly why X-ray diffraction can map crystal structures. It was how the structure of DNA was determined. 0.10 nm

  8. Find the ratio of the photon energy of a 400 nm ultraviolet photon to that of a 100 MHz radio photon.
    Show the full solution

    Photon energy is proportional to frequency, so the ratio of energies equals the ratio of frequencies. UV: \( f = \dfrac{3.00 \times 10^8}{400 \times 10^{-9}} = 7.5 \times 10^{14}\ \text{Hz} \). Radio: \( 1.0 \times 10^8\ \text{Hz} \). Ratio: \( \dfrac{7.5 \times 10^{14}}{1.0 \times 10^8} = 7.5 \times 10^6 \). About seven and a half million times more energy per photon, which is why one causes sunburn and the other does not, regardless of how many radio photons arrive. \( 7.5 \times 10^6 \)

  9. Explain why a very intense radio transmitter cannot cause the kind of damage a weak ultraviolet lamp does.
    Show the full solution

    Because ionization is a single-photon process, and no number of low-energy photons substitutes for one photon above the threshold. The mechanism of ionizing damage. One photon is absorbed by one electron. If the photon's energy exceeds the binding energy, the electron is ejected and a chemical bond breaks. If it does not, the energy is absorbed as a small amount of heat and the bond survives. Why the photons do not pool their energy. Absorption is essentially instantaneous and involves one photon at a time. An electron absorbing a low-energy photon is briefly excited, then loses the energy within femtoseconds, long before another photon could arrive. There is no mechanism for accumulating energy from many photons into one electron. Put numbers on it. A 400 nm ultraviolet photon carries about 3.1 eV and a 100 MHz radio photon about \( 4 \times 10^{-7} \) eV. Reaching 3.1 eV would take about eight million radio photons delivered to one electron simultaneously, which does not happen. What intensity does control. How many photons arrive per second. A brighter ultraviolet lamp causes more damage because more photons each cause damage. A more powerful radio transmitter delivers more photons that each still cause none. What intense radio can do. Deposit heat. Enough power at any frequency will cook tissue, and this is a real hazard near high-power transmitters and radar installations. But that is thermal injury, identical in kind to a hot surface, and it is a different mechanism from the molecular damage ultraviolet causes. The decisive difference in consequences. Thermal damage is immediate, proportional to power, and has a threshold below which nothing happens. Ionizing damage is cumulative, occurs at any intensity, and can produce a mutation that manifests decades later. That is why ionizing exposure is measured in lifetime doses and non-ionizing exposure in power limits. The historical confirmation. The photoelectric effect in lesson 10.3 is the direct experimental demonstration of exactly this point: below a threshold frequency, no electrons are emitted at any intensity. That result could not be explained at all by a wave model and is what forced the photon back into physics. Ionization depends on energy per photon, not on how many arrive

  10. Explain why infrared astronomy requires telescopes to be cooled and preferably placed in space, while optical astronomy does not.
    Show the full solution

    Two separate problems, and both point the same way. Problem one: the atmosphere absorbs infrared. Water vapor and carbon dioxide have strong absorption bands throughout the infrared, so most of it never reaches the ground. The visible window is comparatively clear, which is why optical telescopes work from mountaintops. Partial mitigation on the ground. High, dry sites such as Mauna Kea or the Atacama Desert have very little water vapor overhead, and some infrared windows do open there. This is why those sites exist, and why they are chosen for altitude and dryness rather than for darkness alone. Problem two, which is the more fundamental one: everything warm glows in the infrared. Any object at temperature \( T \) emits thermal radiation, and by Wien's law the peak wavelength is inversely proportional to \( T \). Work out where a room-temperature object peaks. At about 300 K, the peak lies near 10 micrometers, squarely in the mid-infrared. So the telescope itself, its mirror, its structure, its instruments and the surrounding air all radiate brightly at exactly the wavelengths being observed. Why this is fatal and has no optical equivalent. An optical telescope at 300 K emits essentially no visible light, because the Planck curve at that temperature is negligible at 550 nm. Its own thermal emission is invisible to it. An infrared telescope is looking through and at its own glow. The scale of the problem. The telescope's self-emission can exceed the astronomical signal by many orders of magnitude, so the faint source is a tiny ripple on an overwhelming background. The solution: cool everything. Lowering the temperature moves the peak to longer wavelengths and drastically reduces the total emitted power, which goes as \( T^4 \) by lesson 6.4's Stefan-Boltzmann law. Cooling from 300 K to 50 K reduces the emission by a factor of \( (300/50)^4 = 1296 \). How it is done in practice. The James Webb Space Telescope carries a tennis-court-sized sunshield of five layers, keeping the mirror and instruments below about 50 K passively, with its coldest detector actively cooled below 7 K. It sits at the second Lagrange point, 1.5 million km from Earth, where the Sun, Earth and Moon are all in the same direction and can be blocked by one shield. Why space rather than a cold mountaintop. Even a cooled ground telescope still looks through warm atmosphere that both absorbs and emits. There is no way to cool the sky. What makes the effort worthwhile. Infrared passes through dust that blocks visible light, revealing star formation and galactic centers. And the most distant galaxies are redshifted by lesson 9.5's mechanism so severely that light emitted as ultraviolet arrives as infrared. Observing the early universe requires infrared, with no optical alternative. The atmosphere absorbs infrared, and every warm object including the telescope emits it, which has no counterpart in the visible

Lesson 10.3 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-3

The result that broke the wave model completely

By 1900 light was a wave, settled by a century of interference experiments. Then shining light on a metal surface produced results that the wave model did not merely fail to predict but predicted backward. Einstein's 1905 explanation required abandoning the continuous wave for discrete quanta, and it is the work for which he received the Nobel Prize.

The key ideas
  1. Light striking a metal can eject electrons, called photoelectrons.
  2. Below a threshold frequency no electrons are emitted, at any intensity and for any length of time.
  3. Above the threshold, emission is immediate, within \( 10^{-9}\ \text{s} \), even at very low intensity.
  4. Intensity controls the number of electrons, not their energy.
  5. Frequency controls their maximum kinetic energy, linearly.
  6. \( E = hf \) with \( h = 6.63 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \) gives the energy of one photon.
  7. \( KE_{\max} = hf - \phi \), where \( \phi \) is the work function, the minimum energy to free an electron from that metal.

Where students lose marks: saying brighter light gives faster electrons. It gives more of them at the same maximum speed. Nothing about the intensity changes the energy of a single photon, and one electron absorbs one photon.

Worked example

The problem. (a) State what the wave model predicts and what is actually observed. (b) Sodium has \( \phi = 2.28\ \text{eV} \). Find its threshold wavelength. (c) Find the maximum kinetic energy of electrons ejected by 400 nm light, and the stopping voltage. (d) Explain how Einstein's explanation resolves every discrepancy at once.

Step one: state the wave prediction for (a). A wave delivers energy continuously and spread over the whole surface. An electron should absorb energy gradually until it has enough to escape. So the wave model predicts: any frequency works given enough time; brighter light gives faster electrons; dim light produces a measurable delay while energy accumulates.

Step two: state what is observed. There is a sharp threshold frequency. Below it, nothing happens, however bright the light and however long it shines. Red light on sodium produces no electrons after hours; faint violet produces them instantly. Brighter light gives more electrons at the same maximum energy. Doubling the intensity doubles the current and leaves the stopping voltage untouched. There is no delay. Emission begins within nanoseconds even at intensities so low that the wave model predicts hours of accumulation. All three contradict the wave model, and the first two contradict it in the strongest possible way: the model predicts a dependence that is simply not there, and no dependence where one exists.

Step three: solve (b). At the threshold, the photon energy exactly equals the work function. \[ \phi = \frac{hc}{\lambda_0} \qquad\Rightarrow\qquad \lambda_0 = \frac{hc}{\phi} \] Using the convenient form \( E\ (\text{eV}) = \dfrac{1240}{\lambda\ (\text{nm})} \): \( \lambda_0 = \dfrac{1240}{2.28} = 544\ \text{nm} \). Green light, so sodium emits with blue and violet and not with yellow, orange or red.

Step four: solve (c). Photon energy at 400 nm: \( \dfrac{1240}{400} = 3.10\ \text{eV} \). \[ KE_{\max} = hf - \phi = 3.10 - 2.28 = 0.82\ \text{eV} \]

Step five: find the stopping voltage. The stopping voltage is the reverse voltage that just prevents the fastest electrons from reaching the collector, so \( eV_s = KE_{\max} \). With energy in electronvolts the answer is immediate: \( V_s = 0.82\ \text{V} \). This is why the electronvolt exists. The numerical value of the stopping voltage in volts equals the kinetic energy in electronvolts, with no conversion at all.

Step six: begin (d) with the central idea. Einstein proposed that light is absorbed in discrete quanta of energy \( hf \), and that one electron absorbs one photon completely, or none at all.

Step seven: check each discrepancy against it. The threshold. An electron must receive at least \( \phi \) to escape. One photon carries \( hf \). If \( hf \lt \phi \), no single photon suffices and the electron stays, however many photons arrive. The threshold is immediate and exact. Why intensity does not help. More intensity means more photons, each still too weak. A thousand insufficient payments do not add up when each is refused individually. The energy relationship. An electron absorbing one photon receives \( hf \), spends \( \phi \) escaping, and keeps the rest. So \( KE_{\max} = hf - \phi \), linear in frequency with gradient \( h \) and intercept \( -\phi \). Plotting \( KE_{\max} \) against \( f \) for any metal gives a straight line of gradient \( h \), and this is how Planck's constant is measured in school laboratories. Why intensity controls the current. Each photon can free at most one electron, so twice as many photons free twice as many electrons. The absence of delay. Absorption of a single photon is essentially instantaneous. There is no accumulation to wait for.

Step eight: state what this cost and what it did not settle. What was surrendered. The idea that light energy is spread continuously through space. Light arrives in lumps. What was not surrendered. Interference. Young's experiment still works, and lesson 9.7 showed it works even one photon at a time. Light still has a frequency and a wavelength, and \( E = hf \) uses the frequency of a wave to describe the energy of a particle. The equation itself contains both pictures. The reception at the time. Physicists resisted it for nearly two decades. Millikan spent ten years attempting to disprove it experimentally and in 1916 published a precise confirmation instead, writing that the result was contrary to his own expectation. What followed. If light waves behave as particles, perhaps particles behave as waves. De Broglie proposed exactly that in 1924, and electron diffraction confirmed it in 1927. Lesson 10.6 takes that up, and the whole of quantum mechanics follows from the pair of results.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( E\ (\text{eV}) = \dfrac{1240}{\lambda\ (\text{nm})} \).

  1. Write the photon energy equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = hf \)

  2. Give the value of Planck's constant.
    Show the full solution

    \( 6.63 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \)

  3. Define the work function.
    Show the full solution

    The minimum energy needed to free an electron from the metal's surface

  4. Write the photoelectric equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( KE_{\max} = hf - \phi \)

  5. What does increasing the intensity change?
    Show the full solution

    The number of electrons emitted, not their energy

  6. Find the energy in electronvolts of a 600 nm photon.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = \dfrac{1240}{600} = 2.07\ \text{eV} \). 2.07 eV

  7. A metal has \( \phi = 4.20\ \text{eV} \). Find its threshold wavelength and say which band it lies in.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda_0 = \dfrac{1240}{4.20} = 295\ \text{nm} \). Ultraviolet, since the visible range ends at 400 nm. No visible light of any color or intensity will produce emission from this metal. 295 nm, ultraviolet

  8. Light of 250 nm falls on a metal of work function 3.50 eV. Find the maximum kinetic energy and the stopping voltage.
    Show the full solution

    Photon energy: \( \dfrac{1240}{250} = 4.96\ \text{eV} \). \( KE_{\max} = 4.96 - 3.50 = 1.46\ \text{eV} \). Stopping voltage: \( 1.46\ \text{V} \), numerically equal because the charge is one elementary unit. 1.46 eV and 1.46 V

  9. Explain why the existence of a threshold frequency cannot be explained by a wave model.
    Show the full solution

    Because a wave delivers energy continuously, so given enough time or intensity any frequency should eventually supply the work function, and a sharp cutoff has nothing to produce it. What the wave model says about energy delivery. A wave's energy is proportional to the square of its amplitude and is spread over the whole illuminated surface. It arrives steadily, and an electron absorbs it gradually. The prediction that follows. Any frequency should work. A low-frequency wave delivers energy more slowly per cycle but delivers it nonetheless, so emission should begin after a delay, and a brighter source should shorten that delay. What is observed instead. Below the threshold frequency, nothing happens at all. Not slowly, not eventually, not with a brighter source: nothing, ever. And above the threshold, emission is immediate even at intensities so low that the wave model predicts a delay of hours. Why this is not a small discrepancy. The wave model predicts a dependence on intensity and time that is completely absent, and predicts no dependence on frequency where a sharp one exists. It is wrong in structure, not in detail, and no adjustment of parameters can repair it. Estimate the predicted delay to see the scale. For light dim enough that a square millimeter receives only \( 10^{-10} \) W, and an atom presenting a cross-section of about \( 10^{-20}\ \text{m}^2 \), an electron would need many minutes to accumulate a few electronvolts. Emission is observed within nanoseconds. The discrepancy is a factor of \( 10^{11} \) or more. What the photon model supplies. A threshold in energy per photon, which becomes a threshold in frequency through \( E = hf \). Below it, no single transaction is large enough, and transactions do not combine. Why the threshold is sharp rather than gradual. Because the condition is a simple inequality on a single photon's energy. There is nothing to smear it out. The deeper point about falsification. The wave model was not merely incomplete here. It made a definite quantitative prediction that experiment contradicted, which is the strongest kind of evidence against a theory. Light still interferes, so the wave model is not discarded; it is shown to be an incomplete description of something for which no single classical picture suffices. A wave has no minimum quantity of energy to deliver, so it cannot produce a threshold

  10. In an experiment, the stopping voltage is measured against frequency and a straight line is obtained with gradient \( 4.14 \times 10^{-15}\ \text{V}\cdot\text{s} \) and an intercept on the frequency axis at \( 5.5 \times 10^{14}\ \text{Hz} \). Find Planck's constant and the work function, and explain what the gradient and intercept each reveal.
    Show the full solution

    Set up the relationship in the measured variables. \( eV_s = hf - \phi \), so \( V_s = \dfrac{h}{e}f - \dfrac{\phi}{e} \). This is the equation of a straight line with \( V_s \) against \( f \), gradient \( h/e \) and intercept \( -\phi/e \) on the voltage axis. Find \( h \) from the gradient. \( \dfrac{h}{e} = 4.14 \times 10^{-15} \) \( h = (4.14 \times 10^{-15})(1.60 \times 10^{-19}) = 6.62 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \). Compare with the accepted value. \( 6.63 \times 10^{-34} \), agreeing to within 0.2 percent. Find the work function from the intercept. The frequency-axis intercept is where \( V_s = 0 \), which is the threshold frequency \( f_0 \), so \( \phi = hf_0 \). \( \phi = (6.62 \times 10^{-34})(5.5 \times 10^{14}) = 3.64 \times 10^{-19}\ \text{J} \). In electronvolts. \( \dfrac{3.64 \times 10^{-19}}{1.60 \times 10^{-19}} = 2.28\ \text{eV} \), which identifies the metal as sodium. Now what each feature reveals, which is the point of the question. The gradient is universal. It is \( h/e \), containing only fundamental constants. Repeating the experiment with a different metal gives a different line, but the same gradient. This is a strong claim and it is confirmed experimentally. Why that matters. A quantity that is the same for every material is a property of light itself, not of any metal. The gradient is therefore evidence that \( E = hf \) is a statement about photons rather than about surfaces. The intercept is material-specific. It gives \( \phi \), which depends entirely on the metal: how tightly its surface holds its conduction electrons. Cesium at 2.1 eV is among the lowest and platinum at about 5.6 eV among the highest. What the two together allow. One graph measures a fundamental constant of nature and a property of a specific material simultaneously, cleanly separated by the geometry of a straight line. That separation is why this is a standard undergraduate experiment. Why the straight line itself is the deepest result. The wave model predicts no relationship between stopping voltage and frequency at all, since the electron energy should depend on intensity. Obtaining a straight line of the predicted gradient is a quantitative confirmation of the photon hypothesis, not merely a qualitative one. The historical weight. This is essentially Millikan's 1916 experiment. He set out to disprove Einstein's equation, measured the gradient carefully, obtained \( h \) to within one percent of Planck's value from blackbody radiation, and published a confirmation. Two utterly different phenomena yielding the same constant is what convinced the physics community. \( h = 6.62 \times 10^{-34} \) J·s from the universal gradient; \( \phi = 2.28 \) eV from the material-specific intercept

Lesson 10.4 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-5

Why one photon can run a solar cell and another can only warm it

Lesson 10.3 showed that a photon's energy decides whether it can free an electron. The same accounting governs every technology that turns light into electricity or electricity into light, and it also explains why the Earth's temperature is what it is.

The key ideas
  1. A semiconductor has a band gap, the minimum energy to lift an electron into a state where it can carry current.
  2. A photon below the gap passes through unabsorbed; a photon above it is absorbed, and the excess energy becomes heat.
  3. An LED runs the process backward: an electron drops across the gap and emits a photon of energy equal to the gap.
  4. LED color is therefore set by the material, with \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{E_{\text{gap}}} \) nm for the gap in electronvolts.
  5. Every object radiates, with peak wavelength \( \lambda_{\text{peak}} = \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{T} \) in meters (Wien's law).
  6. Hotter objects peak at shorter wavelengths.
  7. A planet stays at a steady temperature when the energy it absorbs equals the energy it radiates.

Where students lose marks: saying a photon above the band gap is fully used. Only the gap's worth of energy becomes useful electrical energy; the excess is lost as heat almost at once. A violet photon in silicon is far less efficiently used than a near-infrared one.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the longest wavelength silicon (gap 1.1 eV) can absorb. (b) Find the fraction of a 400 nm photon's energy that is wasted as heat in silicon, and the same for a 1000 nm photon. (c) Find the gap needed for a blue LED at 460 nm. (d) Explain how Wien's law and energy balance explain the greenhouse effect.

Step one: solve (a). \( \lambda_{\max} = \dfrac{1240}{1.1} = 1130\ \text{nm} \), in the near infrared. Anything longer carries less than 1.1 eV per photon and passes straight through the silicon.

Step two: solve (b) at 400 nm. Photon energy: \( \dfrac{1240}{400} = 3.10\ \text{eV} \). Useful: 1.1 eV. Wasted: \( 3.10 - 1.1 = 2.0\ \text{eV} \). Fraction wasted: \( \dfrac{2.0}{3.10} = 65\ \text{percent} \).

Step three: repeat at 1000 nm. Photon energy: \( 1.24\ \text{eV} \). Wasted: 0.14 eV, which is 11 percent. The best photons for silicon sit just above the gap, and this mismatch between a broad solar spectrum and a single gap is a large part of why single-junction cells cannot exceed about 33 percent efficiency, however well they are built.

Step four: solve (c). \( E = \dfrac{1240}{460} = 2.7\ \text{eV} \). Blue emission needs a wide-gap material such as indium gallium nitride. Blue was the hard one. Red and green LEDs existed in the 1960s and 1990s, but efficient blue took until 1993 to demonstrate. Only with blue could red, green and blue combine into white light, and the 2014 Nobel Prize in Physics recognized the achievement.

Step five: set up (d). A steady-state planet absorbs sunlight and radiates infrared, and the two must balance. The Sun's surface is at about 5800 K, so \( \lambda_{\text{peak}} = \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{5800} = 0.50\ \mu\text{m} \), visible. Earth's effective radiating temperature is about 255 K, so its peak is \( \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{255} = 11.4\ \mu\text{m} \), thermal infrared.

Step six: use the mismatch. The atmosphere is largely transparent to the 0.5 micrometer sunlight coming in and partly opaque to the 10 micrometer infrared going out. Carbon dioxide absorbs strongly near 15 micrometers, inside Earth's emission band, and water vapor absorbs across much of the rest.

Step seven: follow the energy. Absorbed infrared is re-radiated in all directions, roughly half back downward. The surface therefore receives sunlight plus returned infrared, and must warm until its own emission balances the larger input. Without any absorbing gases, the balance sits near 255 K, or \( -18^\circ\text{C} \); the observed mean is about 288 K, or \( 15^\circ\text{C} \).

Step eight: state what the argument does and does not show. It shows that a greenhouse effect must exist and roughly how large it is, using only Wien's law, the fourth-power emission law of lesson 6.4 and absorption data measured in laboratories. It does not require a climate model. Adding more absorbing gas raises the opacity in the outgoing band, which raises the equilibrium temperature. How much is a quantitative question for models, and NASA and NOAA (US federal) publish the measured concentrations, but the direction follows from the physics above.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( \lambda\ (\text{nm}) = \dfrac{1240}{E\ (\text{eV})} \) and Wien's constant \( 2.898 \times 10^{-3}\ \text{m}\cdot\text{K} \).

  1. Define the band gap.
    Show the full solution

    The minimum energy to lift an electron into a conducting state

  2. What happens to a photon whose energy is below the gap?
    Show the full solution

    It passes through without being absorbed

  3. What sets the color of an LED?
    Show the full solution

    The band gap of the semiconductor

  4. State Wien's law.
    Show the full solution

    Peak wavelength is inversely proportional to absolute temperature

  5. What condition gives a planet a steady temperature?
    Show the full solution

    Energy absorbed equals energy radiated

  6. Find the wavelength emitted by an LED with a 1.9 eV gap.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{1.9} = 653\ \text{nm} \), red. About 650 nm

  7. Find the peak wavelength of a human body at 310 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{310} = 9.35 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{m} \). 9.3 micrometers, in the thermal infrared, which is why thermal cameras see people in complete darkness. 9.3 μm

  8. Explain why a violet photon is used less efficiently by a silicon cell than a red one.
    Show the full solution

    Because a photon delivers only the band gap's worth of useful energy, and the excess becomes heat. Compare the two. Violet at 400 nm carries 3.1 eV, of which 1.1 eV is useful and 2.0 eV is lost, so about 35 percent is retained. Red at 700 nm carries 1.77 eV, of which 1.1 is useful, so about 62 percent is retained. Why the excess cannot be recovered. A photon frees exactly one electron. The extra energy goes into that electron's motion and is shared with the lattice within picoseconds, long before it can be collected. The consequence. Multi-junction cells stack materials with different gaps so each layer takes the photons it uses best, reaching over 40 percent, at much higher cost. Excess above the gap is dissipated as heat

  9. An infrared camera is used on a hot furnace at 1500 K. Find the peak wavelength, and say why a camera built for 10 micrometers would work poorly there.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{1500} = 1.93 \times 10^{-6}\ \text{m} \), about 1.9 micrometers, in the near infrared. A 10 micrometer camera would still see the furnace, since emission extends across all wavelengths, but on the long-wavelength tail, far from the peak. Why that matters. The signal is much weaker there than at the peak, and the fourth-power law in lesson 6.4 means the total is dominated by shorter wavelengths. The camera would be sensitive to the wrong part of the spectrum. The practical lesson. Detectors are chosen to match the expected peak, which is why a furnace, a person and the night sky each need a different instrument. About 1.9 μm; the tail is weak, so the detector should match the peak

  10. A planet absorbs 70 percent of the sunlight reaching it and radiates as a perfect emitter. Earth receives \( 1361\ \text{W/m}^2 \) at its distance, spread over a cross-section \( \pi R^2 \) and radiated from a surface \( 4\pi R^2 \). Find the equilibrium temperature, compare with 288 K, and explain the difference.
    Show the full solution

    Balance the energy. Absorbed: \( 0.70 \times 1361 \times \pi R^2 \). Radiated: \( \sigma T^4 \times 4\pi R^2 \). Set them equal and cancel \( \pi R^2 \). \( \sigma T^4 = \dfrac{0.70 \times 1361}{4} = 238\ \text{W/m}^2 \). Solve. \( T^4 = \dfrac{238}{5.67 \times 10^{-8}} = 4.20 \times 10^{9} \) \( T = 255\ \text{K} \). Compare. 255 K is \( -18^\circ\text{C} \), against the observed mean of 288 K, so the surface is about 33 K warmer than the bare-planet balance. Explain the difference. The calculation treats the planet as radiating directly from its surface to space. In fact the atmosphere absorbs much of the outgoing infrared and returns some downward, so the surface must be warmer to push the same net energy out through the top. Check the number 0.70. That is one minus the albedo of about 0.30. Changing the albedo by 0.01 changes the result by about 1 K, so the result is not sensitive to small errors. A useful cross-check. The same method applied to the Moon, which has no atmosphere, gives an average near 270 K and a measured average near 250 K, the remaining difference arising because the Moon's slow rotation makes emission uneven. 255 K, about 33 K below the observed 288 K because of atmospheric absorption

Lesson 10.5 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-3

How the composition of a star was learned without going near one

In 1835 the philosopher Auguste Comte offered the chemical composition of stars as his example of something science could never know. Within thirty years spectroscopy had identified sodium in the Sun, and helium was found there before it was found on Earth. The key is that atoms emit and absorb only certain energies.

The key ideas
  1. An atom's electrons occupy discrete energy levels, not a continuum.
  2. A photon is emitted when an electron drops between levels, with energy equal to the difference.
  3. A photon is absorbed only if its energy exactly matches a possible jump.
  4. Hydrogen's levels are \( E_n = -\dfrac{13.6}{n^2} \) eV.
  5. A hot gas gives a bright line emission spectrum; a cool gas in front of a bright source gives dark absorption lines at the same wavelengths.
  6. Each element has a unique set of lines, a fingerprint.
  7. Lines are shifted by motion, so the same fingerprint gives composition and velocity together.

Where students lose marks: treating the negative energies as an oddity. Zero is defined as a free electron at rest, so a bound electron has less than zero. The ground state at \( -13.6 \) eV means 13.6 eV is needed to ionize hydrogen.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the four lowest hydrogen levels. (b) Find the wavelength of the 3 to 2 transition. (c) Explain why hydrogen emits only certain colors. (d) Explain how absorption lines in sunlight reveal what the Sun is made of.

Step one: solve (a). \( E_1 = -13.6\ \text{eV} \), \( E_2 = -3.40\ \text{eV} \), \( E_3 = -1.51\ \text{eV} \), \( E_4 = -0.85\ \text{eV} \). They crowd together toward zero as \( n \) grows.

Step two: solve (b). \( \Delta E = -1.51 - (-3.40) = 1.89\ \text{eV} \). \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{1.89} = 656\ \text{nm} \), deep red. This is the line astronomers call hydrogen-alpha, and it is the dominant color of many nebulae.

Step three: the other visible lines. From \( n = 4, 5, 6 \) down to 2: 486, 434 and 410 nm, blue-green, violet and deep violet, matching laboratory measurements (656.3, 486.1, 434.0, 410.2) to about 0.2 nm. That agreement is the evidence the level model is correct. The formula was first fitted to data by Balmer in 1885 with no explanation, and Bohr derived it in 1913.

Step four: answer (c). An electron in an atom can exist only at certain energies. When it drops from one to another, the energy released is fixed, so the photon has a fixed wavelength. If levels were a continuum, any energy could be emitted and a hot gas would glow with a smooth rainbow. It does not, and that observation alone shows that levels are discrete.

Step five: explain the analogy and its limits. The levels resemble the rungs of a ladder, and unlike a ramp, there is nowhere to stand between them. The reason for discreteness is wave behavior: an electron confined near a nucleus is a standing wave, and like the string of lesson 9.4 it can exist only at frequencies that fit. Lesson 10.6 makes this precise.

Step six: set up (d). The Sun's interior emits a continuous spectrum. That light passes through the cooler outer atmosphere, where atoms of each element absorb photons that match their own jumps.

Step seven: read the result. A spectrum of sunlight is a rainbow crossed by thousands of thin dark lines. Fraunhofer catalogued hundreds in 1814. In 1859 Kirchhoff and Bunsen showed that two of them coincided exactly with the bright yellow lines of sodium vapor in a flame, so the Sun contains sodium. Matching all the lines of an element in the right positions and relative strengths is a fingerprint, and one match could not be coincidence, as lesson 9.5 argued.

Step eight: give the consequences. Helium was discovered in the Sun first. In 1868 Janssen and Lockyer found a yellow line at 587.6 nm that matched no known element. It was named for the Greek word for the Sun and was isolated on Earth in 1895. The method now identifies the composition of any glowing or backlit gas. Exoplanet atmospheres are studied by the dark lines they add to their star's light during transit, and JWST (NASA, US federal) has detected water and carbon dioxide this way. It is also a routine laboratory tool, from flame tests in a chemistry class to the analysis of metal alloys at a foundry.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( E_n = -\dfrac{13.6}{n^2} \) eV and \( \lambda\ (\text{nm}) = \dfrac{1240}{E\ (\text{eV})} \).

  1. Why do atoms emit only certain wavelengths?
    Show the full solution

    Their electrons have only discrete energy levels

  2. What is the ground state energy of hydrogen?
    Show the full solution

    \( -13.6 \) eV

  3. What is the ionization energy of hydrogen?
    Show the full solution

    13.6 eV

  4. Describe an absorption spectrum.
    Show the full solution

    A continuous spectrum crossed by dark lines at the absorbing element's wavelengths

  5. Which element was found in the Sun before it was found on Earth?
    Show the full solution

    Helium

  6. Find the energy of the 4 to 2 transition in hydrogen and its color.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta E = -0.85 - (-3.40) = 2.55\ \text{eV} \). \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{2.55} = 486\ \text{nm} \), blue-green. 2.55 eV, 486 nm

  7. Find the wavelength of the 2 to 1 transition and say which region it lies in.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta E = -3.40 - (-13.6) = 10.2\ \text{eV} \). \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{10.2} = 122\ \text{nm} \). Ultraviolet, invisible to the eye and absorbed by the atmosphere. Transitions to the ground state always have the largest energy. 122 nm, ultraviolet

  8. A photon of 12.0 eV strikes a hydrogen atom in its ground state. Predict what happens.
    Show the full solution

    Nothing, because absorption requires an exact match. Check the possible jumps from \( n = 1 \). To \( n = 2 \) needs 10.2 eV, to \( n = 3 \) needs 12.09 eV, to \( n = 4 \) needs 12.75 eV, and ionization needs 13.6 eV. 12.0 eV matches none. It is above 10.2 but not equal to 12.09, and it is below the ionization threshold, so it is not absorbed. The contrast with the photoelectric effect. In a metal there is a continuum of states above the work function, so any surplus is taken up as kinetic energy. An isolated atom has no such continuum below ionization. The photon passes through unchanged

  9. Explain why an emission spectrum of a hot gas and the absorption spectrum of the same gas show lines at the same wavelengths.
    Show the full solution

    Because both involve the same pairs of energy levels, one for going up and one for going down. Emission. An excited electron drops from a higher to a lower level and emits a photon of energy equal to the gap. Absorption. An electron in the lower level absorbs a photon of exactly that energy and rises to the upper level. The same gap gives the same wavelength either way. What differs. Emission appears as bright lines on a dark background, seen when hot gas is viewed against dark space. Absorption appears as dark lines on a bright background, seen when cool gas lies in front of a bright continuous source. Where the absorbed energy goes. The excited atom re-emits the photon, but in a random direction, so light is removed from the beam along the line of sight even though no energy is destroyed. The application. Kirchhoff used this in 1859 to show that a substance absorbs exactly the wavelengths it emits, and that is how sodium was identified in the Sun from its dark lines. Both are the same level-to-level jump, in opposite directions

  10. A hydrogen line measured at 486.1 nm in the laboratory appears at 491.0 nm in a star. Find the radial velocity, say whether the star approaches or recedes, and explain why the star's line identification is trustworthy.
    Show the full solution

    Find the shift. \( \Delta\lambda = 491.0 - 486.1 = 4.9\ \text{nm} \). Fractional shift. \( \dfrac{4.9}{486.1} = 0.0101 \). Velocity. \( v = 0.0101c = 3.0 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \), or 3000 km/s. Direction. A longer wavelength is a redshift, so the star recedes. Why the identification is trustworthy. A single line could be anything. The identification rests on the whole pattern. Check the other hydrogen lines. If the star is receding at \( 0.0101c \), then 656.3 should appear at \( 656.3 \times 1.0101 = 662.9 \) nm and 434.0 at 438.4 nm. All the lines shifted by the same fraction is the fingerprint. Ratios between the lines are preserved, which they would not be if the assignment were wrong. A limit worth knowing. This measures only the component of motion along the line of sight. A star moving sideways produces no shift, so a full velocity needs position measurements too. 3000 km/s, receding; consistent shifts across all lines confirm the identification

Lesson 10.6 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-3

If light waves act like particles, do particles act like waves?

Lesson 10.3 forced waves to behave as particles. In 1924 Louis de Broglie asked the symmetric question in his doctoral thesis, and three years later electrons scattered from a nickel crystal gave the answer. Every material object has a wavelength, and it is negligible only because Planck's constant is so small.

The key ideas
  1. A particle of momentum \( p \) has wavelength \( \lambda = \dfrac{h}{p} = \dfrac{h}{mv} \).
  2. Electrons diffract from crystals, producing the same patterns as X-rays with the same wavelength.
  3. Wave behavior is observable only when \( \lambda \) is comparable to the scale of the apparatus.
  4. A confined wave has discrete allowed states, which is the origin of atomic energy levels.
  5. Heisenberg's uncertainty principle gives \( \Delta x\,\Delta p \ge \dfrac{h}{4\pi} \).
  6. The uncertainty is not a measurement flaw; it is a property of wave descriptions of matter.
  7. Electron microscopes use short de Broglie wavelengths to see far smaller detail than light can.

Where students lose marks: using the kinetic energy formula \( \lambda = h/\sqrt{2mE} \) but forgetting to convert energy to joules first. Work with \( p = mv \) where possible, and keep every unit in SI.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the wavelength of an electron at \( 5.9 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \). (b) Find the wavelength of a 0.145 kg baseball at 40 m/s. (c) Explain why one shows wave behavior and the other never does. (d) Explain how the standing wave picture gives atomic levels.

Step one: solve (a). \[ \lambda = \frac{h}{mv} = \frac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{(9.11 \times 10^{-31}) (5.9 \times 10^{6})} = 1.23 \times 10^{-10}\ \text{m} \] 0.123 nm, about the spacing between atoms in a crystal. That coincidence is what made the 1927 Davisson-Germer experiment work: a crystal is a natural grating for waves of this size.

Step two: solve (b). \( \lambda = \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{(0.145)(40)} = 1.14 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{m} \). That is \( 10^{19} \) times smaller than a proton. No structure exists that could diffract it.

Step three: answer (c). Wave behavior needs a length scale comparable to \( \lambda \). The electron's wavelength matches atomic spacings, which exist in every crystal. The baseball's is smaller than any physical length, so it moves as a particle to every measurement that could be made. Quantum mechanics is not switched off for large objects. It is simply undetectable, because the wavelength is so small that classical mechanics is an indistinguishable approximation.

Step four: state the boundary honestly. Matter wave interference has been observed for molecules of hundreds of atoms, and experiments continue to push the size upward. No principle sets a size limit; the challenge is isolating the object from its surroundings well enough to see the interference.

Step five: begin (d). Recall lesson 9.4: a wave confined to a region can exist only if a whole number of half wavelengths fit.

Step six: apply it to an electron circling a nucleus. De Broglie's argument was that the orbit's circumference must hold a whole number of wavelengths, \( 2\pi r = n\lambda \), or the wave would cancel itself after a few circuits. Combining with \( \lambda = h/mv \) gives \( mvr = n\dfrac{h}{2\pi} \), which is exactly Bohr's quantization of angular momentum, assumed without justification in 1913.

Step seven: state what the model does and does not get right. It reproduces hydrogen's energies, and so the spectrum of lesson 10.5. It is not the modern picture. Electrons in atoms are described by three-dimensional standing waves whose square gives the probability of finding the electron, not by orbits. The levels are still discrete, for the same reason as in the simpler picture: only certain waveforms fit.

Step eight: apply it to the uncertainty principle. A wave with a single precise wavelength extends forever, so it has a definite momentum and no definite position. A localized wave packet has a definite position and is a mixture of many wavelengths, so its momentum is spread. Confining an electron to an atom's size, about \( 10^{-10} \) m, gives \( \Delta p \ge \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{4\pi \times 10^{-10}} = 5.3 \times 10^{-25}\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \), and a corresponding speed of at least about \( 6 \times 10^{5} \) m/s. That confinement energy is why atoms do not collapse. Squeezing the electron closer to the nucleus would raise its momentum and kinetic energy faster than the electric attraction lowers its potential energy, so a stable size exists.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( h = 6.63 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \) and electron mass \( 9.11 \times 10^{-31}\ \text{kg} \).

  1. Write the de Broglie wavelength.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{h}{mv} \)

  2. Who proposed matter waves, and in what year?
    Show the full solution

    Louis de Broglie, in 1924

  3. What confirmed matter waves experimentally?
    Show the full solution

    Electron diffraction from a crystal, in 1927

  4. State the uncertainty principle.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta x\,\Delta p \ge \dfrac{h}{4\pi} \)

  5. Why are electron microscopes more detailed than light microscopes?
    Show the full solution

    Electrons can have much shorter wavelengths

  6. Find the de Broglie wavelength of an electron at \( 1.0 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{(9.11 \times 10^{-31})(1.0 \times 10^{6})} = 7.28 \times 10^{-10}\ \text{m} \). 0.73 nm

  7. Find the wavelength of a 60 kg person walking at 1.0 m/s.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{(60)(1.0)} = 1.1 \times 10^{-35}\ \text{m} \). Far below anything measurable. A person passing through a doorway does not diffract, not because quantum mechanics fails to apply but because the wavelength is \( 10^{35} \) times smaller than the door. \( 1.1 \times 10^{-35} \) m

  8. Explain why doubling an electron's speed halves its wavelength, and why this makes fast electrons good for imaging.
    Show the full solution

    Because \( \lambda = h/mv \), so the wavelength is inversely proportional to speed. Why short wavelengths resolve fine detail. A wave cannot image features much smaller than its own wavelength, since it diffracts around them, just as a broad ocean swell passes a small post without disturbance. Visible light has wavelengths of 400 to 700 nm, limiting optical microscopes to detail around 200 nm. An electron accelerated through 100 kV has a wavelength of about 0.004 nm, so in principle detail on the scale of single atoms can be resolved. In practice lens aberrations limit electron microscopes to about 0.05 nm, still 4000 times better than light. Faster electrons mean shorter wavelength and finer detail

  9. Use the uncertainty principle to estimate the minimum speed of a proton confined to a nucleus of diameter \( 1.0 \times 10^{-14} \) m, taking mass \( 1.67 \times 10^{-27} \) kg, and comment on the result.
    Show the full solution

    Find the minimum momentum uncertainty. \( \Delta p \ge \dfrac{h}{4\pi\,\Delta x} = \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{4\pi \times 1.0 \times 10^{-14}} = 5.3 \times 10^{-21}\ \text{kg}\cdot\text{m/s} \). Convert to speed. \( v \approx \dfrac{5.3 \times 10^{-21}}{1.67 \times 10^{-27}} = 3.2 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \). Convert to energy. \( \tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = \tfrac{1}{2}(1.67 \times 10^{-27})(3.2 \times 10^{6})^2 = 8.5 \times 10^{-15}\ \text{J} \), which is 53 keV, or roughly 0.05 MeV. Comment. This is the confinement energy from wave nature alone, and it is small next to typical nuclear binding energies of several MeV per nucleon, so the nucleus is bound. The speed is about 1 percent of \( c \), so the non-relativistic treatment is acceptable. A check on the method. Confining the same proton to an atomic-size region of \( 10^{-10} \) m gives a speed thousands of times lower, correctly reflecting that the atom is far less tightly confined. About \( 3 \times 10^{6} \) m/s, about 50 keV of confinement energy

  10. Explain why the uncertainty principle is not just a statement about the limits of instruments.
    Show the full solution

    Because it follows from the wave nature of matter itself and would hold even for perfect instruments. The wave argument. A wave with a single precise wavelength is a pure sine wave extending everywhere, so its position is completely undefined. Making it localized requires adding waves of many wavelengths, which spreads the momentum. This is mathematics, not technology. The same trade-off exists for a sound pulse: a very short click contains a wide range of frequencies, and a pure tone must last a long time. The consequence. Position and momentum do not both have sharp values at once. The claim is about the state, not about what any apparatus can extract. The evidence that it is not instrumental. Interference patterns exist only when the particle's path is undetermined. Adding path information, however gently, destroys them, as lesson 9.7 showed. What it explains. Atomic stability, the natural width of spectral lines, and the fact that no particle can be at rest at absolute zero, as lesson 6.1 noted. It is a property of waves applied to matter

Lesson 10.7 · Unit 10 · HS-PS4-2

Why a copy of a copy can be perfect

Photocopy a photocopy and the image degrades. Copy a digital file a million times and it is bit-for-bit identical. That difference comes down to a single idea: representing information with a small set of well-separated values rather than a continuous range, so that noise can be removed instead of accumulating.

The key ideas
  1. An analog signal varies continuously; a digital signal uses discrete values, usually two.
  2. Noise adds to any signal, and in an analog system it cannot be distinguished from the signal and accumulates.
  3. A digital receiver only decides between the allowed values, so noise smaller than half the separation is removed entirely.
  4. Sampling measures the signal at regular intervals; the Nyquist theorem requires a rate above twice the highest frequency.
  5. \( n \) bits give \( 2^n \) levels, and each extra bit adds about 6 dB of dynamic range.
  6. Data rate = sample rate × bits per sample × channels.
  7. Sampling below the Nyquist rate causes aliasing, where high frequencies masquerade as low ones.

Where students lose marks: saying digital is more accurate than analog. It is not inherently so. It is robust: once a signal is digital, it can be stored, copied and transmitted without further loss. The digitization step itself still discards information.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Explain why noise accumulates in analog copying but not in digital. (b) Find the minimum sampling rate for audio up to 20 kHz. (c) Find the data rate and dynamic range of CD audio: 44.1 kHz, 16 bits, stereo. (d) Explain aliasing and why an audio recorder filters before sampling.

Step one: answer (a). An analog copy reproduces the signal including any noise it carries, then adds its own. Each generation is noisier, and nothing at any stage can tell what was signal and what was noise.

Step two: contrast with a digital signal. Suppose 0 is sent as 0 V and 1 as 5 V. A receiver sees 4.3 V and decides it is a 1, because it is closer to 5 than to 0. It then sends out a fresh, clean 5 V. Noise below 2.5 V is erased at every stage. Errors occur only when noise is large enough to cross the decision threshold, and error-correcting codes handle those rare cases.

Step three: solve (b). The Nyquist theorem requires a sampling rate above twice the highest frequency present: \( 2 \times 20\ \text{kHz} = 40\ \text{kHz} \). CD audio uses 44.1 kHz, leaving margin so that the filter before sampling need not cut off infinitely sharply.

Step four: solve the data rate in (c). \[ 44100 \times 16 \times 2 = 1{,}411{,}200\ \text{bits/s} = 1.41\ \text{Mbit/s} \] One hour is \( 635\ \text{MB} \), so a 74-minute disc holds about 780 MB of audio.

Step five: find the dynamic range. 16 bits give \( 2^{16} = 65536 \) levels. The ratio of the largest to the smallest step is \( 65536 \), which in decibels is \( 20\log_{10}65536 = 96\ \text{dB} \), close to the rule of \( 6.02 \times 16 = 96.3\ \text{dB} \). For comparison, 8 bits give 256 levels and 48 dB, audibly hissy on quiet passages, which is why early digital audio sounded rough.

Step six: begin (d) with the phenomenon. Film a spinning wheel at 24 frames per second. When the wheel turns near 24 revolutions per second it appears stationary, and slightly faster it appears to turn slowly backward. That is aliasing: a rate too fast to follow is reported as a slow one.

Step seven: apply it to audio. Sampling at 44.1 kHz, a 30 kHz tone cannot be recorded. It reappears as a false tone at \( 44.1 - 30 = 14.1\ \text{kHz} \), which is audible and unrelated to the original. The false frequency cannot be removed afterward, since after sampling it is indistinguishable from a genuine 14.1 kHz sound.

Step eight: state the remedy and its cost. An anti-aliasing filter removes everything above about 22 kHz before sampling, so nothing above the Nyquist limit reaches the sampler. The trade-off. The filter must be sharp enough to preserve 20 kHz yet eliminate 22 kHz, and steep analog filters distort the signal near their edge. Modern converters solve this by sampling far above the requirement, filtering digitally, and then reducing the rate. Digitization does discard information: everything above the cutoff and everything below the quantization step. That is a deliberate, controlled loss made once, after which the signal is immune to further degradation.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation.

  1. What is the difference between analog and digital signals?
    Show the full solution

    Analog varies continuously; digital uses discrete values

  2. State the Nyquist condition.
    Show the full solution

    Sample at more than twice the highest frequency present

  3. How many levels do 8 bits give?
    Show the full solution

    \( 2^8 = 256 \)

  4. What is aliasing?
    Show the full solution

    A high frequency being recorded as a false lower one due to undersampling

  5. How much dynamic range does each extra bit add?
    Show the full solution

    About 6 dB

  6. Find the data rate of mono audio at 48 kHz and 24 bits.
    Show the full solution

    \( 48000 \times 24 \times 1 = 1{,}152{,}000\ \text{bits/s} \). 1.15 Mbit/s

  7. A tone of 30 kHz is sampled at 44.1 kHz. Find the alias frequency.
    Show the full solution

    \( |44.1 - 30| = 14.1\ \text{kHz} \). An audible false tone generated by the sampling process, not present in the source. 14.1 kHz

  8. Explain why a digital signal can be copied indefinitely without degradation.
    Show the full solution

    Because each copy is regenerated from a decision between well-separated levels, so noise smaller than half the separation is removed at every step. Contrast with analog. An analog copy carries the input's noise forward and adds its own, so quality falls with each generation. The safeguard for large errors. If noise does cross the threshold, a bit is flipped. Error-detecting and correcting codes add redundant bits so the receiver can find and repair these, keeping the overall error rate as low as needed. Regeneration, not amplification, is the key. An analog amplifier boosts signal and noise together. A digital repeater rebuilds a clean signal. Why long-distance communication is digital. A transoceanic fiber passes through dozens of repeaters, and the noise from each would accumulate in an analog system to the point of uselessness. Noise is erased at each decision rather than accumulated

  9. A song is stored uncompressed at CD quality for 3.5 minutes. Find its size, and find the size after 10:1 compression, and explain what compression discards.
    Show the full solution

    Uncompressed. Duration \( 3.5 \times 60 = 210\ \text{s} \). Data rate 176,400 bytes/s. \( 176400 \times 210 = 3.70 \times 10^{7}\ \text{bytes} = 37\ \text{MB} \). Compressed 10:1. \( 3.7\ \text{MB} \). What lossy compression discards. Sounds the ear cannot perceive anyway. Masking means a loud tone hides quieter sounds at nearby frequencies, so those can be dropped. Hearing sensitivity falls at the extremes, so very high and very low content is coded coarsely. Why it works. The design is based on measured properties of human hearing, not on the signal alone. The distinction from the earlier discussion. Digitization is a single controlled loss. Lossy compression is a second, deliberate one, and repeating it compounds the loss, unlike copying. Lossless compression such as FLAC removes only redundancy and returns the exact original, typically halving the size. 37 MB uncompressed, 3.7 MB at 10:1, discarding inaudible content

  10. An image sensor records each pixel with 8 bits per color across red, green and blue. Find the number of colors, the size of a 12-megapixel image, and explain why more bits per channel matter for editing.
    Show the full solution

    Colors. Each channel has 256 levels, so \( 256^3 = 16.8 \) million colors. Size. 24 bits, or 3 bytes, per pixel: \( 12 \times 10^{6} \times 3 = 36\ \text{MB} \) uncompressed. Why more bits matter. Editing stretches or compresses the tonal range. With 256 levels, brightening a dark region maps a few original values onto many output values, leaving gaps that show as banding in smooth gradients such as sky. Raw files use 12 to 14 bits per channel, giving 4,096 to 16,384 levels, which leaves enough tonal steps to survive heavy adjustment. The final image can safely be 8 bits, since the eye cannot separate adjacent levels in a finished picture. The general principle. Extra precision matters during processing and is unnecessary in the final product, which is the same reason studios record audio at 24 bits and release it at 16. 16.8 million colors, 36 MB, and extra bits protect against banding during editing

Unit 10 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 10 review: Electromagnetic Radiation and Information

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Use \( E\ (\text{eV}) = \dfrac{1240}{\lambda\ (\text{nm})} \), \( h = 6.63 \times 10^{-34}\ \text{J}\cdot\text{s} \) and \( c = 3.00 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m/s} \).

  1. Find the energy of a 600 nm photon in electronvolts.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dfrac{1240}{600} = 2.07 \). 2.07 eV

  2. Find the speed of electromagnetic waves from \( \mu_0 = 1.2566 \times 10^{-6} \) and \( \varepsilon_0 = 8.854 \times 10^{-12} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( c = \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_0\varepsilon_0}} = \dfrac{1}{\sqrt{1.1126 \times 10^{-17}}} = 2.998 \times 10^{8} \). \( 3.00 \times 10^{8} \) m/s

  3. Sodium has a work function of 2.28 eV. Find its threshold wavelength.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda_0 = \dfrac{1240}{2.28} = 544 \). 544 nm, green.

  4. Find the maximum kinetic energy of electrons ejected from sodium by 400 nm light.
    Show the full solution

    Photon: \( \dfrac{1240}{400} = 3.10\ \text{eV} \). \( KE_{\max} = 3.10 - 2.28 = 0.82 \). 0.82 eV

  5. Find the peak wavelength of the Sun's radiation for a surface at 5800 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{2.898 \times 10^{-3}}{5800} = 5.0 \times 10^{-7} \). 500 nm, in the middle of the visible band.

  6. Find the wavelength of the 3 to 2 transition in hydrogen.
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta E = 13.6\left(\dfrac{1}{4} - \dfrac{1}{9}\right) = 1.89\ \text{eV} \), so \( \lambda = \dfrac{1240}{1.89} = 656 \). 656 nm, red.

  7. Find the de Broglie wavelength of an electron moving at \( 5.9 \times 10^{6}\ \text{m/s} \).
    Show the full solution

    \( \lambda = \dfrac{h}{mv} = \dfrac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{(9.11 \times 10^{-31})(5.9 \times 10^{6})} = 1.23 \times 10^{-10} \). 0.123 nm, comparable to atomic spacing.

  8. Audio up to 20 kHz is recorded in stereo at 16 bits. Find the minimum sampling rate and the data rate at 44.1 kHz.
    Show the full solution

    Nyquist: more than twice the highest frequency, so at least 40 kHz. Data rate: \( 44100 \times 16 \times 2 = 1{,}411{,}200\ \text{bits/s} \). 40 kHz minimum; 1.41 Mbit/s

  9. A 2.45 GHz microwave photon is compared with the 10 eV needed to ionize an atom. Find the ratio and say what it means for danger.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = hf = (6.63 \times 10^{-34})(2.45 \times 10^{9}) = 1.62 \times 10^{-24}\ \text{J} = 1.0 \times 10^{-5}\ \text{eV} \). Ratio to 10 eV: about \( 10^{-6} \). No number of such photons can ionize, because absorption is one photon at a time. Microwaves can still heat by making molecules rotate, which is a different mechanism. A millionth of the ionizing energy: heating, not ionization

  10. Red light of 700 nm at high intensity produces no photoelectrons from sodium, but weak 400 nm light does. Explain why a wave model cannot account for this and the photon model can.
    Show the full solution

    Red photons carry \( \dfrac{1240}{700} = 1.77\ \text{eV} \), below the 2.28 eV work function; violet photons carry 3.10 eV, above it. A wave model predicts that enough intensity would eventually deliver enough energy at any frequency, and that emission would be delayed at low intensity. Both are wrong. The photon model gives a sharp threshold, because one electron absorbs one photon and cannot pool the energy of many insufficient ones, and gives immediate emission, because there is nothing to accumulate. A threshold set by energy per photon, not by intensity

Lesson 11.1 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-8

Why a nucleus does not fly apart

A helium nucleus packs two protons into a space under two femtometers across. Lesson 7.1's Coulomb law says they repel each other with tens of newtons, an enormous force on a particle this small. Yet helium is stable. Something stronger than electricity must hold it together, and identifying its properties from indirect evidence is one of the great inferences of twentieth-century physics.

The key ideas
  1. The nucleus contains protons and neutrons, together called nucleons.
  2. The atomic number \( Z \) counts protons; the mass number \( A \) counts nucleons. The neutron number is \( N = A - Z \).
  3. Isotopes have the same \( Z \) and different \( N \).
  4. Nuclear radius is \( r = r_0A^{1/3} \) with \( r_0 = 1.2\ \text{fm} \), so nuclear density is nearly the same in every nucleus.
  5. The strong force binds nucleons, is attractive at about 1 fm, and is far stronger than the electric force at that range.
  6. It has very short range, falling to almost nothing beyond a few femtometers.
  7. Neutrons add binding without adding repulsion, so heavy stable nuclei have more neutrons than protons.

Where students lose marks: calling the strong force "stronger gravity" or an electric effect. It is a separate interaction that acts equally on protons and neutrons and has no connection to charge. Electric repulsion acts only between protons, which is why neutrons help.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Give \( Z \), \( N \) and \( A \) for carbon-14 and uranium-235. (b) Find the radius of a helium-4 nucleus and of uranium-238. (c) Find the density of nuclear matter. (d) Deduce two properties of the strong force from these facts.

Step one: solve (a). The number in the name is \( A \), and the element fixes \( Z \). Carbon-14: \( Z = 6 \), \( A = 14 \), so \( N = 8 \). Uranium-235: \( Z = 92 \), \( A = 235 \), so \( N = 143 \).

Step two: solve (b). \( r = (1.2)(4)^{1/3} = (1.2)(1.587) = 1.9\ \text{fm} \) for helium-4. \( r = (1.2)(238)^{1/3} = (1.2)(6.20) = 7.4\ \text{fm} \) for uranium-238. The nucleus is about 100,000 times smaller than the atom, whose radius is near \( 10^{-10} \) m. If an atom were a stadium, the nucleus would be a marble at the center.

Step three: solve (c) for uranium-238. Mass: \( 238 \times 1.66 \times 10^{-27} = 3.95 \times 10^{-25}\ \text{kg} \). Volume: \( \tfrac{4}{3}\pi(7.44 \times 10^{-15})^3 = 1.72 \times 10^{-42}\ \text{m}^3 \). \[ \rho = \frac{3.95 \times 10^{-25}}{1.72 \times 10^{-42}} = 2.3 \times 10^{17}\ \text{kg/m}^3 \] A teaspoon of nuclear matter would weigh over a billion tonnes. Neutron stars, which unit 11 returns to in lesson 11.7, are essentially single giant nuclei at this density.

Step four: note why the density is nearly constant. Since \( r \propto A^{1/3} \), volume is proportional to \( A \), and mass is proportional to \( A \). The ratio does not change with \( A \). That is informative. It says nucleons pack with a fixed spacing, like molecules in a liquid drop, rather than crowding closer as more are added. Each nucleon interacts only with its neighbors, which is direct evidence that the force is short ranged.

Step five: begin (d) with the repulsion. Two protons 1.7 fm apart repel with \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(1.6 \times 10^{-19})^2}{(1.7 \times 10^{-15})^2} = 80\ \text{N} \). Eighty newtons is the weight of a 8 kg mass, pressing on a particle of mass \( 10^{-27} \) kg.

Step six: draw the first deduction. Since helium-4 is stable, some other attraction exceeds 80 N at that separation. It cannot be gravity, which between two protons is \( 10^{36} \) times weaker than their electric force. A new, much stronger interaction must exist.

Step seven: draw the second deduction. The strong force cannot be long-ranged. If it were, every nucleon would attract every other in a large nucleus, the binding would grow faster than \( A \), and nuclei would grow denser with size. They do not. It must fall off within a few femtometers.

Step eight: explain why heavy nuclei need extra neutrons. The electric repulsion between protons has long range, so each proton repels all the others, and the total grows rapidly with \( Z \). The strong force reaches only neighbors, so it grows slowly. Neutrons add strong-force attraction and no repulsion. Light stable nuclei have \( N \approx Z \). By lead, \( N/Z \approx 1.5 \), and beyond bismuth-209 no nucleus is stable. The limit of the periodic table is set by this competition. Above \( Z = 82 \), the accumulated repulsion overwhelms even the extra neutrons, and every nucleus is radioactive. That is the subject of the next lesson.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( r_0 = 1.2\ \text{fm} \) and \( 1\ \text{fm} = 10^{-15}\ \text{m} \).

  1. What do \( Z \) and \( A \) count?
    Show the full solution

    \( Z \) counts protons; \( A \) counts protons plus neutrons

  2. Define isotopes.
    Show the full solution

    Nuclei with the same number of protons and different numbers of neutrons

  3. What holds nucleons together?
    Show the full solution

    The strong force

  4. Is the strong force long or short ranged?
    Show the full solution

    Short, a few femtometers

  5. Give the approximate size of a nucleus.
    Show the full solution

    A few femtometers, about \( 10^{-15} \) m

  6. Find the number of neutrons in iron-56 with \( Z = 26 \).
    Show the full solution

    \( N = A - Z = 56 - 26 = 30 \). 30 neutrons

  7. Explain why lead-208 has far more neutrons than protons but carbon-12 has equal numbers.
    Show the full solution

    Because electric repulsion is long-ranged and grows with the number of protons, while the strong force reaches only near neighbors. In carbon with 6 protons, the total repulsion is modest and the strong force easily balances it with equal numbers. In lead with 82 protons, each proton repels 81 others across the whole nucleus, and the total repulsive energy is far larger. Neutrons help because they add attraction to their neighbors without adding any repulsion, diluting the protons. Lead-208 has 126 neutrons, a ratio of 1.54, against 1.0 for carbon-12. Repulsion scales faster than attraction, so heavier nuclei need extra neutrons

  8. Two protons are 3.0 fm apart. Find the electric repulsion, and explain why the strong force at this separation is much weaker than at 1 fm.
    Show the full solution

    \( F = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^9)(1.6 \times 10^{-19})^2}{(3.0 \times 10^{-15})^2} = \dfrac{2.30 \times 10^{-28}}{9.0 \times 10^{-30}} = 25.6\ \text{N} \). The electric force falls only as \( 1/r^2 \): from 1.7 fm to 3.0 fm, a factor of \( (3.0/1.7)^2 = 3.1 \), from 80 N to 26 N. The strong force falls far faster, roughly exponentially with a range of about 1.4 fm, so beyond 3 fm it is a small fraction of its value at 1 fm. The crossover. Beyond a few femtometers the electric repulsion wins. This is why a nucleus with too many protons splits or ejects fragments, and why it can be pulled apart by adding energy. 25.6 N; the strong force falls off much faster than \( 1/r^2 \)

  9. Rutherford fired alpha particles at gold foil in 1909 and found that about 1 in 8000 bounced straight back. Explain what this showed about atomic structure.
    Show the full solution

    That nearly all the atom's mass and positive charge is concentrated in a tiny region, since only a very dense, compact center could reverse a fast alpha particle. The prevailing model. J. J. Thomson's "plum pudding" had positive charge spread evenly through the atom with electrons embedded. A diffuse charge exerts weak forces, so alpha particles should pass through with only small deflections. What was observed. Most passed straight through, meaning most of the atom is empty. A few were deflected at large angles, and about one in 8000 reversed. Why reversal demands a concentrated center. An alpha particle can be turned around only by a large repulsive force, and Coulomb's law gives a large force only at a small separation from a concentrated charge. Rutherford famously compared it to a shell bouncing off tissue paper. The estimate of size. An alpha with 5 MeV of kinetic energy stops when its energy equals the electric potential energy, so \( r = \dfrac{k(2e)(79e)}{5\ \text{MeV}} \approx 4.5 \times 10^{-14}\ \text{m} \), an upper limit for the nucleus, which is already 2000 times smaller than the atom. A tiny, dense, positively charged nucleus

  10. Nuclear density is about \( 2 \times 10^{17}\ \text{kg/m}^3 \). Find the radius of a sphere of this density with the Sun's mass \( 2.0 \times 10^{30} \) kg, and explain what that says about neutron stars.
    Show the full solution

    Find the volume. \( V = \dfrac{M}{\rho} = \dfrac{2.0 \times 10^{30}}{2 \times 10^{17}} = 1.0 \times 10^{13}\ \text{m}^3 \). Find the radius. \( r = \left(\dfrac{3V}{4\pi}\right)^{1/3} = \left(\dfrac{3 \times 10^{13}}{12.57}\right)^{1/3} = (2.39 \times 10^{12})^{1/3} = 1.34 \times 10^{4}\ \text{m} \). About 13 km. What it says. The Sun, which is 700,000 km in radius, would fit in a sphere the size of a city if it were compressed to nuclear density. Neutron stars are exactly this: masses of 1.4 to 2 Suns in a radius of 10 to 13 km, measured by X-ray timing (NASA, US federal). Why they are made of neutrons. Under the enormous pressure of collapse, electrons are forced into protons, converting them to neutrons, and the star becomes a single object held up by neutron degeneracy pressure. Consistency check. That the measured radii agree with the simple constant-density estimate to within a factor of 1.5 is evidence that nuclear matter really does have a fixed density scale. About 13 km: a neutron star is essentially a giant nucleus

Lesson 11.2 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-8

Three ways a nucleus becomes more stable

Radioactivity was discovered by accident in 1896, when Becquerel found that uranium salts fogged photographic plates in a closed drawer. Within a few years Rutherford had sorted the radiation into three kinds. Each is a nucleus moving toward a more stable arrangement, and each obeys conservation laws that let the products be predicted exactly.

The key ideas
  1. Alpha decay emits a helium-4 nucleus, lowering \( Z \) by 2 and \( A \) by 4.
  2. Beta-minus decay turns a neutron into a proton, emitting an electron and an antineutrino, raising \( Z \) by 1 with \( A \) unchanged.
  3. Beta-plus decay turns a proton into a neutron, emitting a positron and a neutrino, lowering \( Z \) by 1.
  4. Gamma decay emits a photon as an excited nucleus drops to a lower state, leaving \( Z \) and \( A \) unchanged.
  5. Both charge and nucleon number are conserved in every decay.
  6. Penetration differs: alpha is stopped by paper, beta by a few millimeters of aluminum, gamma needs thick lead or concrete.
  7. Ionizing power runs the other way, with alpha the most damaging per unit path length.

Where students lose marks: forgetting that the electron in beta decay does not come from the atom's electron cloud. It is created in the decay when a neutron converts to a proton. The nucleus never contained electrons.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Write the alpha decay of uranium-238. (b) Write the beta-minus decay of carbon-14. (c) Find the energy released in the alpha decay. (d) Explain why beta decay was historically puzzling and what resolved it.

Step one: apply the conservation rules for (a). Uranium-238 has \( Z = 92 \), \( A = 238 \). Emitting an alpha (\( Z = 2 \), \( A = 4 \)) leaves \( Z = 90 \), \( A = 234 \), which is thorium. \[ {}^{238}_{92}\text{U} \rightarrow {}^{234}_{90}\text{Th} + {}^{4}_{2}\text{He} \] Check both sums: \( 234 + 4 = 238 \) and \( 90 + 2 = 92 \) ✓

Step two: write (b). Carbon-14 has \( Z = 6 \). A neutron becomes a proton, so \( Z \) rises to 7, which is nitrogen, and \( A \) stays 14. \[ {}^{14}_{6}\text{C} \rightarrow {}^{14}_{7}\text{N} + e^- + \bar{\nu}_e \] Charge check: \( 6 = 7 + (-1) + 0 \) ✓

Step three: solve (c) using masses. The energy released equals the mass lost times \( c^2 \), taking \( 1\ \text{u} = 931.5\ \text{MeV} \): \( 238.050788 - 234.043601 - 4.002602 = 0.004585\ \text{u} \). \( Q = 0.004585 \times 931.5 = 4.27\ \text{MeV} \). This matches the measured alpha energy of 4.27 MeV, a direct verification that mass converts to energy in the amount \( E = mc^2 \) predicts. Lesson 11.4 develops that idea.

Step four: note where the energy goes. The two products share it, and momentum conservation from lesson 3.3 fixes the split. The lighter alpha carries \( 234/238 = 98 \) percent, about 4.2 MeV, and the thorium recoils with the remaining 0.07 MeV. Every alpha from a given decay has the same energy, a sharp line.

Step five: state the puzzle in (d). By the 1920s beta electrons were found to emerge with a continuous spread of energies, from zero up to a maximum. A two-body decay conserving energy and momentum must give a single, fixed energy, as in alpha decay.

Step six: state the crisis. Either energy and momentum were not conserved in beta decay, which Niels Bohr was prepared to accept, or something unseen was carrying the missing share. The missing energy was measured calorimetrically, and it really was absent from everything detected.

Step seven: give the resolution. In 1930 Wolfgang Pauli proposed a neutral, nearly massless particle emitted alongside the electron, sharing the energy randomly. Enrico Fermi built it into a theory in 1934 and named it the neutrino. It was not detected until 1956, by Cowan and Reines using a nuclear reactor as the source, twenty-six years after being proposed.

Step eight: draw the wider lesson. Physicists chose to postulate an undetected particle rather than abandon conservation of energy, and were right. This is not always the correct choice, but conservation laws rest on symmetries and have never failed, so the bar for giving one up is very high. The neutrino turned out to be common. About 60 billion solar neutrinos pass through every square centimeter of your body each second, and nearly all continue through the Earth unaffected. That they interact so rarely is exactly why they took decades to find.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( 1\ \text{u} = 931.5\ \text{MeV} \).

  1. What is an alpha particle?
    Show the full solution

    A helium-4 nucleus, two protons and two neutrons

  2. What happens to \( Z \) and \( A \) in beta-minus decay?
    Show the full solution

    \( Z \) rises by 1; \( A \) is unchanged

  3. What does gamma decay change?
    Show the full solution

    Only the nucleus's energy state; \( Z \) and \( A \) stay the same

  4. Which of alpha, beta and gamma is most penetrating?
    Show the full solution

    Gamma

  5. Which particle carries away the missing energy in beta decay?
    Show the full solution

    The neutrino (antineutrino)

  6. Write the alpha decay of radium-226 (\( Z = 88 \)).
    Show the full solution

    Lower \( Z \) by 2 and \( A \) by 4: \( Z = 86 \), \( A = 222 \), which is radon. \( {}^{226}_{88}\text{Ra} \rightarrow {}^{222}_{86}\text{Rn} + {}^{4}_{2}\text{He} \) Radon-222 is a gas, which is why it seeps from soil into basements, a health concern tracked by the EPA (US federal).

  7. Write the decay of cobalt-60 (\( Z = 27 \)) by beta-minus, followed by gamma emission from the product.
    Show the full solution

    Beta-minus raises \( Z \) to 28, nickel, with \( A = 60 \): \( {}^{60}_{27}\text{Co} \rightarrow {}^{60}_{28}\text{Ni}^{*} + e^- + \bar{\nu}_e \). The star marks an excited state. The nickel then relaxes: \( {}^{60}_{28}\text{Ni}^{*} \rightarrow {}^{60}_{28}\text{Ni} + \gamma \), releasing two gamma photons of 1.17 and 1.33 MeV. These gammas are the useful output, used in cancer radiotherapy and in sterilizing medical equipment. Ni-60 by beta, then gamma photons

  8. Explain why alpha radiation is hazardous inside the body but harmless outside it, while gamma is dangerous from outside.
    Show the full solution

    Because alpha deposits all its energy in a very short path, and gamma deposits it over a long one. Outside the body. An alpha particle is stopped by a sheet of paper or the dead outer layer of skin, so it cannot reach living tissue. Inside the body. Inhaled or ingested, an alpha emitter sits in direct contact with living cells. Its full 4 to 5 MeV is dumped within about 50 micrometers, a few cell diameters, causing dense ionization and severe local damage. Gamma passes through the body, depositing energy sparsely along its path, so it can damage organs from outside the body, but each cell receives little. Ranking hazard by situation, not by particle. External: gamma worst, alpha harmless. Internal: alpha worst, gamma less so. The real-world case. The 2006 poisoning of Alexander Litvinenko used polonium-210, an alpha emitter that is harmless in a sealed container and lethal when swallowed. Alpha is short-range but intensely ionizing; gamma is penetrating but sparsely ionizing

  9. A nucleus at rest emits an alpha particle of kinetic energy 5.00 MeV. The daughter has mass number 218. Find the daughter's recoil energy, and explain why momentum conservation fixes it.
    Show the full solution

    Momentum before is zero, so the momenta after are equal and opposite: \( p_\alpha = p_D \). Use \( KE = \dfrac{p^2}{2m} \), so for equal momenta \( KE \propto \dfrac{1}{m} \): \( \dfrac{KE_D}{KE_\alpha} = \dfrac{m_\alpha}{m_D} = \dfrac{4}{218} \). Compute. \( KE_D = 5.00 \times \dfrac{4}{218} = 0.0917\ \text{MeV} \), about 92 keV. Total energy released. \( 5.00 + 0.092 = 5.09\ \text{MeV} \). Why this fixes it. Only two bodies share the energy, and momentum conservation removes the freedom of how. This is why alpha energies are sharp lines, and why the absence of that sharpness in beta decay required a third particle. About 0.092 MeV, or 92 keV

  10. Beta-plus decay is seen in carbon-11. Write the decay, and explain why a free proton cannot decay this way but a proton inside a nucleus sometimes can.
    Show the full solution

    The decay. Carbon-11 has \( Z = 6 \). Beta-plus lowers \( Z \) to 5, boron, with \( A = 11 \): \( {}^{11}_{6}\text{C} \rightarrow {}^{11}_{5}\text{B} + e^+ + \nu_e \). Charge check: \( 6 = 5 + 1 + 0 \) ✓ Why a free proton cannot decay. The neutron is heavier than the proton by 1.293 MeV. Converting a proton to a neutron plus a positron and neutrino requires adding energy: the rest energies of the products exceed the proton's. Energy conservation forbids it. Why it can happen in a nucleus. The nucleus as a whole can have less total energy afterward, because the strong-force binding of the new arrangement can be greater. If the daughter nucleus is bound tightly enough to offset the 1.293 MeV plus the positron's rest energy of 0.511 MeV, the decay releases energy overall. Carbon-11 is a medical tool. It is one of several positron emitters used in PET scans. Each positron meets an electron within a millimeter, annihilates, and produces two 511 keV gamma photons traveling in opposite directions, which detectors triangulate to locate the source. Decay depends on the whole nucleus's energy, not the proton's alone

Lesson 11.3 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-8

A clock that runs at the same rate for four billion years

No one can say when a particular nucleus will decay. Yet the time for half of a large sample to decay is fixed to a fraction of a percent, unaffected by temperature, pressure or chemistry. That combination of individual randomness and collective regularity is what turns radioactive decay into the most reliable clock in geology and archaeology.

The key ideas
  1. Decay is random for each nucleus and predictable for a large sample.
  2. The half-life \( T_{1/2} \) is the time for half the nuclei to decay.
  3. After \( n \) half-lives the fraction remaining is \( \left(\dfrac{1}{2}\right)^n \).
  4. More generally \( N = N_0\left(\dfrac{1}{2}\right)^{t/T_{1/2}} \).
  5. Activity is decays per second, measured in becquerels, and falls at the same rate as the sample.
  6. The half-life is independent of the amount, the temperature and the chemical form.
  7. Different isotopes date different timescales, from carbon-14 for thousands of years to uranium-238 for billions.

Where students lose marks: thinking that after two half-lives everything has decayed. Half remains after one, a quarter after two, an eighth after three. The amount never reaches zero, and each half-life removes half of what is left.

Worked example

The problem. (a) A sample of carbon-14 (\( T_{1/2} = 5730 \) y) shows 25 percent of the original activity. Find its age. (b) A wooden artifact shows 30 percent. Find its age. (c) Explain how carbon-14 dating works. (d) Explain why carbon-14 cannot date dinosaur bones, and what is used instead.

Step one: solve (a). 25 percent is \( \tfrac{1}{4} = (\tfrac{1}{2})^2 \), so two half-lives have passed: \( t = 2 \times 5730 = 11460\ \text{y} \).

Step two: solve (b) with logarithms. Not a power of one half, so solve \( 0.30 = (0.5)^{t/5730} \): \[ \frac{t}{5730} = \frac{\ln 0.30}{\ln 0.5} = \frac{-1.204}{-0.693} = 1.737 \] \( t = 1.737 \times 5730 = 9950\ \text{y} \). Check: between one half-life (50 percent) and two (25 percent), and 30 is between them ✓

Step three: answer (c). Cosmic rays hit nitrogen in the upper atmosphere, producing carbon-14. It oxidizes to carbon dioxide and mixes through the atmosphere, oceans and biosphere. Every living thing takes it in through food or photosynthesis, so its carbon-14 fraction matches the atmosphere's, about one atom in a trillion.

Step four: follow what happens at death. Intake stops, and the carbon-14 decays with a half-life of 5730 years with nothing replacing it. Measuring the remaining fraction against the living value gives the elapsed time. The method must be calibrated, because atmospheric carbon-14 has varied over time. Tree rings, with a ring for each year, and cave deposits provide an independent yearly record for the last 14,000 years or so, and calibration curves published from them correct the raw ages by up to a few thousand years.

Step five: begin (d) with the limit. After 10 half-lives only \( 1/1024 \), about 0.1 percent, remains, which is at the edge of what can be measured. That is \( 10 \times 5730 = 57000 \) years. Dinosaur bones are 66 to 230 million years old, a thousand times beyond the limit. Any carbon-14 they started with has been gone for millions of years.

Step six: identify the right clock. A dating isotope should have a half-life comparable to the age being measured. Uranium-238 has a half-life of 4.47 billion years and decays through a chain to lead-206. Potassium-40 (1.25 billion years) decays to argon-40 and is used for volcanic rocks.

Step seven: work an example. A volcanic rock contains potassium-40 and argon-40 in a ratio showing one eighth of the original potassium-40 remains, the rest having become argon. One eighth is \( (\tfrac{1}{2})^3 \), three half-lives: \( t = 3 \times 1.25 \times 10^9 = 3.75 \times 10^9\ \text{y} \). Argon is a gas and escapes molten rock, so the clock starts at zero when the rock solidifies, which is what allows the method to work.

Step eight: describe what the method has shown. The oldest Earth rocks are about 4.0 billion years old, and zircon crystals in Australia reach 4.4 billion. Meteorites, which formed with the solar system, consistently date at 4.54 billion years, and lead isotope measurements on them give the age of the Earth as 4.54 ± 0.05 billion years (USGS, US federal). Why the answer is trusted. Independent isotope systems with different half-lives and different chemistry, uranium-lead, potassium-argon and rubidium-strontium, give the same age for the same rock. Three unrelated clocks agreeing is not coincidence.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Carbon-14 has \( T_{1/2} = 5730 \) y.

  1. Define half-life.
    Show the full solution

    The time for half of a sample's nuclei to decay

  2. What fraction remains after three half-lives?
    Show the full solution

    One eighth

  3. Give the unit of activity.
    Show the full solution

    The becquerel, one decay per second

  4. Does temperature change a half-life?
    Show the full solution

    No

  5. Where does carbon-14 come from?
    Show the full solution

    Cosmic rays striking nitrogen in the upper atmosphere

  6. A sample of 800 g of an isotope with a half-life of 6.0 h is left for 24 h. Find the mass remaining.
    Show the full solution

    24 h is 4 half-lives: \( 800 \times \left(\tfrac{1}{2}\right)^4 = 800/16 = 50\ \text{g} \). 50 g

  7. Charcoal shows 12.5 percent of the living carbon-14 fraction. Find its age.
    Show the full solution

    12.5 percent is \( \tfrac{1}{8} = (\tfrac{1}{2})^3 \), so three half-lives. \( t = 3 \times 5730 = 17190\ \text{y} \). About 17,200 years

  8. Explain why decay is unpredictable for one nucleus but predictable for a sample.
    Show the full solution

    Because each nucleus decays with a fixed probability per unit time, independent of its history, and large numbers of independent chance events average out. For one nucleus the decay time can be anything, and a nucleus that has survived a long time is no more likely to decay soon than a new one. It has no memory. For a large sample the fraction decaying in each interval is very close to the probability, by the same statistical reasoning that lets casinos predict their income while being unable to predict a single spin. Sample size matters. For \( 10^{20} \) nuclei the relative fluctuation is about \( 10^{-10} \), effectively zero. For 10 nuclei it would be large. Why this is not a limit of knowledge. Decay time is genuinely undetermined, not merely unknown. There are no hidden variables that would fix it, consistent with the quantum description in lesson 10.6. Independent chance events per nucleus produce an exact exponential in bulk

  9. A zircon crystal contains 1 atom of lead-206 for every 3 atoms of uranium-238, assuming all the lead came from the uranium. Find its age, taking \( T_{1/2} = 4.47 \times 10^{9} \) y.
    Show the full solution

    Find the fraction of uranium remaining. For every 3 remaining atoms there is 1 that has decayed, so the original was 4 and the remaining fraction is \( \dfrac{3}{4} = 0.75 \). Solve. \( 0.75 = (0.5)^{t/T} \), so \( \dfrac{t}{T} = \dfrac{\ln 0.75}{\ln 0.5} = \dfrac{-0.2877}{-0.6931} = 0.415 \). \( t = 0.415 \times 4.47 \times 10^{9} = 1.86 \times 10^{9}\ \text{y} \). About 1.9 billion years, a plausible age for an old continental rock. Sanity check. Less than one half-life has passed, so more than half the uranium should remain, and 75 percent does ✓ Why zircon is used. When zircon crystallizes it accepts uranium into its structure and strongly rejects lead, so essentially all the lead present later came from decay. That is the assumption the method needs. How it is tested. Uranium-235 also decays, to lead-207, with a different half-life. Both clocks must give the same age, and when they do, the rock is said to be concordant. A disagreement shows that lead was lost or gained. About \( 1.9 \times 10^{9} \) y

  10. A medical isotope with a half-life of 6.0 hours is injected and must be at least 10 percent of its initial activity when the scan begins. Find the latest scan time, and explain why short half-lives suit diagnosis.
    Show the full solution

    Solve for the time. \( 0.10 = (0.5)^{t/6.0} \), so \( \dfrac{t}{6.0} = \dfrac{\ln 0.10}{\ln 0.5} = 3.32 \) and \( t = 19.9\ \text{h} \). The scan must begin within about 20 hours. Why short half-lives suit diagnosis. The isotope must last long enough to be imaged and then vanish quickly, so the patient's radiation dose is small. After 24 hours, \( (1/2)^4 = 6 \) percent remains, after 48 hours 0.4 percent. A long half-life would be harmful. Iodine-131, at 8 days, is used to treat thyroid disease precisely because the dose must be delivered over days. Why not shorter still. A half-life of minutes would decay before the tracer reached the organ or the scanner was ready. The technetium example. Technetium-99m, with the 6.0 h half-life used here, is the most widely used medical isotope in the world, made on demand at the hospital from a longer-lived parent for exactly this reason. About 20 hours; short half-lives limit dose while still allowing imaging

Lesson 11.4 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-8

A nucleus weighs less than its parts

Weigh a helium-4 nucleus and then weigh two protons and two neutrons separately. The parts weigh more than the whole, by about 0.7 percent. That missing mass is not lost. It left as energy when the nucleus formed, and it must be put back to take the nucleus apart. This is the most direct everyday test of \( E = mc^2 \).

The key ideas
  1. Mass and energy are equivalent: \( E = mc^2 \).
  2. A system with energy \( E \) has inertia \( E/c^2 \) in addition to any ordinary mass.
  3. The mass defect is the difference between the separate parts and the bound nucleus.
  4. Binding energy is the mass defect times \( c^2 \), the energy needed to separate the nucleus completely.
  5. One atomic mass unit is 931.5 MeV.
  6. Binding energy per nucleon peaks near iron-56 at 8.79 MeV.
  7. Moving toward that peak releases energy, by fusing light nuclei or splitting heavy ones.

Where students lose marks: saying that mass is converted into energy and disappears. The total mass-energy is conserved. What happens is that energy leaves the system, and the system's mass falls by the amount \( E/c^2 \). Both are accounted for, and nothing is created or destroyed.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the mass defect and binding energy of helium-4. (b) Find the binding energy per nucleon of helium-4, iron-56 and uranium-235 and explain the pattern. (c) Find the energy equivalent of 1 g of mass. (d) Explain why this energy is so much larger than chemical energy.

Step one: set up (a) using atomic masses. Using the hydrogen atom (proton plus electron) to include the electrons, the separate parts of helium-4 are two hydrogen atoms and two neutrons: \( 2(1.007825) + 2(1.008665) = 2.015650 + 2.017330 = 4.032980\ \text{u} \). The helium-4 atom has mass 4.002602 u.

Step two: find the defect and convert. \( \Delta m = 4.032980 - 4.002602 = 0.030378\ \text{u} \). \[ E_B = (0.030378)(931.5) = 28.3\ \text{MeV} \] 28.3 MeV per helium nucleus. Chemical bonds release a few electronvolts, so this is millions of times larger per particle.

Step three: solve (b). Dividing by the number of nucleons: helium-4: \( 28.3/4 = 7.07\ \text{MeV} \). Iron-56: mass defect gives 492 MeV total, so \( 492/56 = 8.79\ \text{MeV} \). Uranium-235: 1784 MeV total, so \( 1784/235 = 7.59\ \text{MeV} \).

Step four: read the pattern. Binding energy per nucleon rises steeply for the lightest nuclei, peaks at 8.79 MeV near iron and nickel, then falls slowly toward uranium. Higher means more tightly bound, meaning lower energy per nucleon. Nature favors moves toward the peak. Fusing two light nuclei moves the product up the curve and releases the difference. Splitting a heavy nucleus moves the fragments up the curve from the other side and also releases energy. Iron is the end of the road for both: nothing gains by fusing iron or splitting it.

Step five: solve (c). \( E = mc^2 = (1.0 \times 10^{-3})(3.0 \times 10^8)^2 = 9.0 \times 10^{13}\ \text{J} \). In everyday terms, about 21 kilotons of TNT, comparable to the bomb dropped on Nagasaki, from one gram. Alternatively, it would run a 100 W bulb for 28,000 years.

Step six: begin (d). Compare energy per unit mass. Burning carbon releases about 4 eV per atom, a mass of 12 u: \( 4\ \text{eV} \) out of \( 12 \times 931.5 \times 10^{6}\ \text{eV} = 1.1 \times 10^{10}\ \text{eV} \), a fraction of about \( 4 \times 10^{-10} \).

Step seven: compare with fusion. Hydrogen fusing to helium releases 26.7 MeV from 4.03 u, which is 0.71 percent of the mass. The ratio is \( 0.0071/(4 \times 10^{-10}) = 1.8 \times 10^{7} \), about eighteen million times more energy per kilogram.

Step eight: explain the reason. Chemical energy comes from the electric force between electrons, acting over atomic distances of \( 10^{-10} \) m. Nuclear energy comes from the strong force acting over \( 10^{-15} \) m, at a coupling far greater. Binding energy scales with the interaction strength, and the strong force is about a hundred times stronger than the electric force at these ranges. Chemical reactions also have mass changes, and it is a fair question whether they are measurable. A reaction releasing 4 eV changes the mass by \( 4/(9.3 \times 10^{8}) \) u, or \( 7 \times 10^{-27} \) kg per atom, one part in \( 10^{9} \), below any balance's resolution. The equivalence holds, but the effect is undetectable, which is why chemistry can treat mass as conserved.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( 1\ \text{u} = 931.5\ \text{MeV}/c^2 \), \( c = 3.00 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m/s} \).

  1. State the mass-energy relation.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = mc^2 \)

  2. Define the mass defect.
    Show the full solution

    The mass of the separate nucleons minus the mass of the bound nucleus

  3. Define binding energy.
    Show the full solution

    The energy needed to separate a nucleus completely into its nucleons

  4. Which nucleus has the highest binding energy per nucleon?
    Show the full solution

    Iron-56 (with nickel-62 slightly higher on some measures)

  5. How many MeV is one atomic mass unit?
    Show the full solution

    931.5 MeV

  6. Find the energy equivalent of an electron's rest mass, \( 9.11 \times 10^{-31} \) kg, in joules and in MeV.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = mc^2 = (9.11 \times 10^{-31})(9.0 \times 10^{16}) = 8.2 \times 10^{-14}\ \text{J} \). Divide by \( 1.60 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{J/MeV} \): 0.511 MeV. 0.511 MeV, the energy of the photons in PET annihilation. \( 8.2 \times 10^{-14} \) J = 0.511 MeV

  7. Explain why the energy released moving toward iron is the same idea for both fusion and fission.
    Show the full solution

    Because in both cases the products have a higher binding energy per nucleon than the reactants, so mass is lost and the difference is released. Fusion of light nuclei. Starting on the rising left side of the curve, joining nuclei moves the product to a higher binding energy per nucleon. Fission of heavy nuclei. Starting on the falling right side, the fragments sit closer to the peak, so they too are more tightly bound per nucleon. The same accounting. Total binding energy after minus before equals energy released. The direction is toward the peak from either side. Why it stops at iron. At the peak nothing more can be gained. Beyond it, fusion would absorb energy instead of releasing it. Both move toward the peak of the curve

  8. Find the total binding energy of deuterium if its atomic mass is 2.014102 u, using hydrogen-1 (1.007825 u) and a neutron (1.008665 u), and the binding energy per nucleon.
    Show the full solution

    Separate parts: \( 1.007825 + 1.008665 = 2.016490\ \text{u} \). Defect: \( 2.016490 - 2.014102 = 0.002388\ \text{u} \). \( E_B = 0.002388 \times 931.5 = 2.22\ \text{MeV} \). Per nucleon: \( 2.22/2 = 1.11\ \text{MeV} \). A weakly bound nucleus, the low end of the curve, consistent with deuterium being easily broken and being the first step of fusion in stars. 2.22 MeV total, 1.11 MeV per nucleon

  9. The Sun radiates \( 3.83 \times 10^{26} \) W. Find the mass converted to energy each second, and the fraction of the Sun's mass \( 2.0 \times 10^{30} \) kg lost over \( 4.6 \times 10^{9} \) years.
    Show the full solution

    Mass per second. \( \dot{m} = \dfrac{P}{c^2} = \dfrac{3.83 \times 10^{26}}{9.0 \times 10^{16}} = 4.26 \times 10^{9}\ \text{kg/s} \). Over 4.6 billion years. Seconds: \( 4.6 \times 10^{9} \times 3.156 \times 10^{7} = 1.45 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s} \). Mass lost: \( (4.26 \times 10^{9})(1.45 \times 10^{17}) = 6.2 \times 10^{26}\ \text{kg} \). Fraction. \( \dfrac{6.2 \times 10^{26}}{2.0 \times 10^{30}} = 3.1 \times 10^{-4} \), about 0.03 percent. The Sun loses four million tonnes each second and has lost only three hundredths of a percent of its mass in its whole life, the reason it can shine for ten billion years. \( 4.3 \times 10^{9} \) kg/s; 0.03 percent of its mass to date

  10. Explain what \( E = mc^2 \) means for a stationary object, and why a compressed spring weighs very slightly more than a relaxed one.
    Show the full solution

    It says that any object's energy content contributes to its inertia, so rest mass includes the energy stored inside it. Apply to the spring. Compressing it adds elastic potential energy \( E \), so its mass rises by \( \Delta m = E/c^2 \). Put in numbers. A spring storing 10 J gains \( \dfrac{10}{9.0 \times 10^{16}} = 1.1 \times 10^{-16}\ \text{kg} \), about \( 10^{-16} \) kg on a mass of perhaps 0.1 kg, a relative change of \( 10^{-15} \), far below the resolution of any balance. Why it is nonetheless real. The same reasoning applied to nuclear energies is measured routinely, since \( E_B/mc^2 \) is 0.7 percent for helium. The principle is tested where the effect is large. A hot object weighs more than a cold one, a fact that also follows, with a similarly tiny effect. Energy carries inertia; it becomes noticeable only at nuclear scales

Lesson 11.5 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-8

Two ways to move toward iron, and why one is far harder

Both processes release energy by rearranging nucleons toward the peak of the binding curve. Fission needs only a neutron and has powered reactors since 1942. Fusion needs conditions found naturally only inside stars, and building a machine that sustains them has taken more than seventy years.

The key ideas
  1. Fission splits a heavy nucleus into two medium ones, releasing about 200 MeV per uranium-235 nucleus.
  2. A neutron triggers it, and each fission releases two or three more.
  3. A chain reaction occurs when on average one or more neutrons per fission causes another, so the criticality condition is a multiplication factor \( k \ge 1 \).
  4. Fusion joins light nuclei, releasing about 26.7 MeV when four hydrogen nuclei form one helium.
  5. The Coulomb barrier between positive nuclei must be overcome, requiring very high temperatures.
  6. Per kilogram, fusion releases several times more energy than fission, and both release millions of times more than chemical fuels.
  7. Fission leaves long-lived radioactive waste; fusion does not, since its product is stable helium.

Where students lose marks: saying fusion is "cleaner" as a blanket statement. Its main product is stable, but neutrons activate the reactor walls, and tritium fuel is radioactive. The accurate claim is that the waste is far shorter-lived and that a runaway is not possible, not that there is none.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Compare the energy per kilogram of uranium-235 fission with coal. (b) Compare the energy per kilogram of hydrogen fusion with fission. (c) Explain the Coulomb barrier and why fusion needs such high temperatures. (d) Explain what a chain reaction is and how a reactor keeps it steady.

Step one: solve (a). Take 200 MeV per fission. Number of nuclei in 1 kg: \( \dfrac{1000\ \text{g}}{235\ \text{g/mol}} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 2.56 \times 10^{24} \). Energy: \( (2.56 \times 10^{24})(200 \times 1.602 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{J}) = 8.2 \times 10^{13}\ \text{J} \). Coal releases about \( 2.9 \times 10^{7} \) J/kg, so the ratio is \( 8.2 \times 10^{13}/2.9 \times 10^{7} = 2.8 \times 10^{6} \). One kilogram of uranium-235 fissions releases as much as nearly three million kilograms of coal.

Step two: solve (b). Four hydrogen atoms (4.031300 u) fuse to helium-4 (4.002602 u), losing 0.028698 u, which is 0.71 percent, or 26.7 MeV. Per kilogram of hydrogen: \( \dfrac{26.7 \times 1.602 \times 10^{-13}}{4 \times 1.6735 \times 10^{-27}} = 6.4 \times 10^{14}\ \text{J/kg} \). Compared with fission's \( 8.2 \times 10^{13} \), that is 7.8 times more. Fusion wins on fuel mass because a larger fraction of the mass is converted, 0.71 percent against 0.09 percent for fission.

Step three: begin (c). Two protons repel with 80 N at 1.7 fm, as lesson 11.1 found. The strong force takes over only inside about 2 fm, so they must be brought this close against that repulsion.

Step four: compute the barrier. The electric potential energy at 1.7 fm: \( U = \dfrac{ke^2}{r} = \dfrac{(8.99 \times 10^{9})(1.602 \times 10^{-19})^2} {1.7 \times 10^{-15}} = 1.36 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{J} = 0.85\ \text{MeV} \). About 850 keV.

Step five: compare with the temperature required. At the Sun's core, \( T = 1.57 \times 10^{7}\ \text{K} \) and the mean thermal energy is \( \tfrac{3}{2}kT = 2.0\ \text{keV} \), some 400 times below the barrier. Classically, fusion would need about \( 6.5 \times 10^{9} \) K, hotter than any star's core except in its last stages.

Step six: state the resolution. Quantum tunneling. The proton's wave function extends slightly through the barrier, giving a small but nonzero probability of being found on the far side, as lesson 10.6's wave picture implies. The Sun fuses hydrogen only because of tunneling. Without it the Sun could not shine, and this was the puzzle that Gamow solved in 1928. The rate is tiny for any pair, which is why the Sun burns so slowly: a given proton fuses on average once in about ten billion years.

Step seven: answer (d) with the chain. A neutron strikes uranium-235, which splits and releases 2.4 neutrons on average. If each goes on to split another nucleus, the reaction sustains itself. The multiplication factor \( k \) is the average number of neutrons from one fission that go on to cause another. If \( k = 1 \) the rate is steady; if \( k \gt 1 \) it grows exponentially; if \( k \lt 1 \) it dies away.

Step eight: describe control. Neutrons from fission are fast, and uranium-235 captures slow ones much more readily, so reactors surround the fuel with a moderator, water or graphite, that slows neutrons by collisions. Control rods of boron or cadmium absorb neutrons. Inserting them lowers \( k \) below 1, and withdrawing them raises it. The safety margin comes from delayed neutrons. About 0.65 percent of neutrons are released seconds after the fission that produced them. That delay stretches the effective response time from microseconds to seconds, slow enough for mechanical rods to control. The distinction from a bomb. Reactor fuel is enriched to 3 to 5 percent uranium-235, and a weapon needs above 90 percent. A reactor cannot explode as a bomb, though it can overheat, as at Three Mile Island in 1979 and Chernobyl in 1986, which is why cooling and containment are the safety systems that matter (NRC, US federal).

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( 1\ \text{MeV} = 1.602 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{J} \).

  1. What is nuclear fission?
    Show the full solution

    The splitting of a heavy nucleus into lighter ones, releasing energy

  2. What is nuclear fusion?
    Show the full solution

    The joining of light nuclei into a heavier one, releasing energy

  3. What does a control rod do?
    Show the full solution

    Absorbs neutrons to control the chain reaction

  4. What value of \( k \) gives a steady reaction?
    Show the full solution

    \( k = 1 \)

  5. What obstacle must fusing nuclei overcome?
    Show the full solution

    The electric repulsion between them, the Coulomb barrier

  6. How many fissions per second produce 1.0 GW of thermal power, at 200 MeV each?
    Show the full solution

    Energy per fission: \( 200 \times 1.602 \times 10^{-13} = 3.20 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{J} \). Rate: \( \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^{9}}{3.20 \times 10^{-11}} = 3.1 \times 10^{19}\ \text{s}^{-1} \). \( 3.1 \times 10^{19} \) fissions per second

  7. Find the mass of uranium-235 fissioned per day in a 1.0 GW reactor.
    Show the full solution

    Energy per day: \( 1.0 \times 10^{9} \times 86400 = 8.64 \times 10^{13}\ \text{J} \). Per kilogram: \( 8.2 \times 10^{13}\ \text{J} \). Mass: \( \dfrac{8.64 \times 10^{13}}{8.2 \times 10^{13}} = 1.05\ \text{kg} \). About a kilogram a day, against roughly 9000 tonnes of coal for a coal plant of the same output. About 1.05 kg per day

  8. Explain why a moderator is needed in most reactors.
    Show the full solution

    Because fission neutrons are emitted at about 2 MeV, and uranium-235 absorbs slow neutrons far more readily. The cross section. The probability of capture at thermal energy, 0.025 eV, is about 585 barns, against about 1 barn at 2 MeV, a difference of several hundred times. How a moderator works. Neutrons collide with light nuclei, hydrogen in water or carbon in graphite, and lose energy each time, as in the collision analysis of lesson 3.2. Light targets absorb the most energy per collision. Why the moderator should not absorb neutrons. Heavy water and graphite absorb very few, allowing natural uranium to sustain a chain reaction, while ordinary water absorbs enough that fuel must be enriched. Slowing neutrons raises the chance of causing fission

  9. A fusion reactor plasma has a mean particle energy of 15 keV. Find the temperature, and explain why it is so much higher than the Sun's core.
    Show the full solution

    Convert. \( \tfrac{3}{2}kT = 15\ \text{keV} = 15 \times 10^{3} \times 1.602 \times 10^{-19} = 2.40 \times 10^{-15}\ \text{J} \). \( T = \dfrac{2(2.40 \times 10^{-15})}{3(1.381 \times 10^{-23})} = 1.16 \times 10^{8}\ \text{K} \). About 116 million kelvin, roughly 7 times the Sun's core. Why hotter. The Sun's core has a density of 150 g/cm\( ^3 \), and a huge volume held together by gravity, so fusion can be very slow and still supply its output. A reactor plasma is about a millionth as dense, so collisions are rarer, and it must compensate with a higher temperature to raise the fusion rate per pair. Deuterium-tritium is chosen because it has the lowest barrier, fusing at 100 million kelvin, against billions for hydrogen alone. About \( 1.2 \times 10^{8} \) K, hotter because the plasma is far less dense

  10. Explain why a fusion reactor cannot suffer a runaway chain reaction like a fission reactor.
    Show the full solution

    Because fusion needs continuous, extreme conditions to proceed, and any disturbance ends it, whereas fission proceeds whenever neutrons are present. Inventory. A fusion reactor contains only seconds' worth of fuel, a few grams at most, so there is nothing to sustain a runaway. A fission reactor holds years of fuel, and a large amount of accumulated radioactive decay heat after shutdown. Fragility. If containment fails, the plasma touches the wall, cools in milliseconds, and fusion stops. There is no self-sustaining mechanism to fight. Not free of hazard. Tritium is radioactive, neutrons activate structural materials for decades, and stored magnetic energy is enormous. The engineering situation. The main problem is not safety but achieving net energy. In December 2022 the National Ignition Facility (DOE, US federal) produced more fusion energy than the laser energy delivered to the target, a first, though far short of net power from the whole system. Fusion requires sustained extreme conditions, so failure means shutdown

Lesson 11.6 · Unit 11 · HS-ESS1-1

Reading the interior of a star from outside it

No probe has entered the Sun, and none could survive. Yet its interior is described in more detail than most places on Earth. Each claim rests on a chain of measurements and derivations that anyone can follow, and the chain contains an independent test of its central conclusion: neutrinos made in the core have been counted arriving at Earth.

The key ideas
  1. The Sun's luminosity is \( 3.83 \times 10^{26} \) W, found from the solar constant and the Earth-Sun distance.
  2. Chemical burning and gravitational contraction both fail to supply that power for billions of years.
  3. Only mass-energy conversion in fusion lasts long enough.
  4. The main process is the proton-proton chain, converting four protons to one helium-4.
  5. Hydrostatic equilibrium balances gravity against pressure at every depth and fixes the interior temperature.
  6. Neutrinos escape the core directly, providing a live observation of fusion now.
  7. Helioseismology reads the interior from surface vibrations.

Where students lose marks: saying the Sun "burns" hydrogen as though it were combustion. Nothing is oxidized. Nuclei are fusing, and the energy comes from mass converted, a million times more per kilogram than any chemical fuel.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the Sun's luminosity from the solar constant. (b) Show that chemical burning cannot power it for its known age. (c) Show that fusion can. (d) Explain how neutrino counts test the conclusion.

Step one: solve (a). The solar constant is \( 1361\ \text{W/m}^2 \) at Earth's distance of \( 1.496 \times 10^{11} \) m. Spread over a sphere of that radius: \[ L = 4\pi r^2 S = 4\pi(1.496 \times 10^{11})^2(1361) = 3.83 \times 10^{26}\ \text{W} \] The inputs are a measurement of sunlight (NASA, US federal) and a distance found by radar.

Step two: test chemical burning in (b). The Sun's mass is \( 2.0 \times 10^{30} \) kg. Suppose the whole Sun were coal, at \( 3 \times 10^{7} \) J/kg. Energy: \( 6 \times 10^{37}\ \text{J} \). Lifetime at the present output: \( \dfrac{6 \times 10^{37}}{3.83 \times 10^{26}} = 1.6 \times 10^{11}\ \text{s} \). That is about 5000 years, which is shorter than recorded history.

Step three: test gravitational contraction. Lord Kelvin proposed in the 1860s that the Sun shines by slowly shrinking. The energy available is about \( GM^2/R = (6.674 \times 10^{-11})(2 \times 10^{30})^2/(7 \times 10^{8}) = 3.8 \times 10^{41}\ \text{J} \). Lifetime: \( 3.8 \times 10^{41}/3.83 \times 10^{26} = 1.0 \times 10^{15}\ \text{s} \), which is 31 million years. Longer, but still too short. Geology and Darwin's evolution needed hundreds of millions to billions of years, and the dispute between Kelvin and the geologists was real. Radioactive dating settled it in favor of billions in the early 1900s.

Step four: solve (c). Fusion converts 0.71 percent of the hydrogen's mass to energy. About 70 percent of the Sun is hydrogen, and roughly the innermost tenth is hot enough to fuse: \( E = 0.0071 \times c^2 \times (0.10 \times 0.70 \times 2.0 \times 10^{30}) = 9.0 \times 10^{43}\ \text{J} \). Lifetime: \( 9.0 \times 10^{43}/3.83 \times 10^{26} = 2.3 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s} \), which is 7.4 billion years. The Sun is 4.6 billion years old, so it is at mid-life, with about five billion years to go.

Step five: describe the reactions. In the proton-proton chain, two protons fuse to form deuterium with a positron and a neutrino; deuterium captures another proton to form helium-3; two helium-3 nuclei combine and release two protons, leaving helium-4. The net result: four protons make one helium-4, two positrons, two neutrinos and 26.7 MeV, with the positrons quickly annihilating with electrons.

Step six: begin (d) with why neutrinos are special. Light from the Sun's surface left the core about 100,000 years ago. It diffuses outward, absorbed and re-emitted countless times, and tells only about the surface. Neutrinos interact so weakly that they leave the core in about two seconds and reach Earth eight minutes later. Detecting them is looking at fusion as it happens now.

Step seven: state the prediction and the test. Each fusion of four protons emits two neutrinos, so the neutrino flux at Earth is fixed by the luminosity: \( \dfrac{2 \times 3.83 \times 10^{26}}{26.7 \times 1.602 \times 10^{-13}\ \text{J}} = 1.8 \times 10^{38} \) per second from the Sun, or about \( 6 \times 10^{14} \) per square meter per second at Earth. Raymond Davis Jr.'s experiment in the Homestake mine in the 1960s counted one-third of the predicted rate for the higher-energy neutrinos, the "solar neutrino problem."

Step eight: give the resolution. The Sun was not wrong. Electron neutrinos change into other types on the way, so a detector sensitive only to the electron type sees fewer. In 2001 the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory measured all three types and found that the total matched the prediction from solar models to within about ten percent. That is a quantitative confirmation of the fusion model from the Sun's core, and it also discovered that neutrinos have mass, which the Nobel committee recognized in 2002 and 2015. Independent confirmation. Helioseismology measures the frequencies at which the Sun rings like a bell, and inverts them to give the sound speed at each depth. The core temperature it derives agrees with the fusion-model value of 15.7 million kelvin to about 0.1 percent.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Solar constant \( 1361\ \text{W/m}^2 \); Earth-Sun distance \( 1.496 \times 10^{11} \) m.

  1. What powers the Sun?
    Show the full solution

    Fusion of hydrogen into helium in the core

  2. Name the main fusion sequence in the Sun.
    Show the full solution

    The proton-proton chain

  3. Why can neutrinos be used to see the core?
    Show the full solution

    They interact so weakly that they escape the core directly

  4. What is hydrostatic equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    The balance of gravity's inward pull against outward pressure at every depth

  5. What percentage of hydrogen's mass becomes energy in fusion to helium?
    Show the full solution

    About 0.7 percent

  6. Find the power falling on a square meter facing the Sun at Mars, at \( 2.28 \times 10^{11} \) m.
    Show the full solution

    Intensity falls as the inverse square: \( 1361 \times \left(\dfrac{1.496}{2.28}\right)^2 = 1361 \times 0.4305 = 586\ \text{W/m}^2 \). About 586 W/m\( ^2 \), 43 percent of Earth's value.

  7. Find the mass the Sun converts to energy per second.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dot{m} = \dfrac{L}{c^2} = \dfrac{3.83 \times 10^{26}}{9.0 \times 10^{16}} = 4.3 \times 10^{9}\ \text{kg/s} \). About 4.3 million tonnes each second

  8. Explain why the Sun does not explode despite the enormous power released in its core.
    Show the full solution

    Because it is stabilized by a self-regulating balance between gravity and thermal pressure, which throttles the fusion rate. The feedback. If fusion rose, the core would heat and expand. Fusion rates depend extremely steeply on temperature, but expansion cools and lowers the density, cutting the rate right back. The opposite disturbance. If fusion fell, the core would contract and heat, raising the rate. This negative feedback holds the output nearly constant. Why gas matters here. In an ideal gas, pressure rises with temperature, so a hotter core expands. A star supported by a degenerate gas lacks this property, and runaway fusion is possible in white dwarfs, which produces Type Ia supernovae. The scale of the problem. Averaged over the whole Sun, the output is only 0.27 W per cubic meter, and even in the core it is about 275 W per cubic meter, comparable to a compost heap or a reptile's metabolism. The Sun is steady because its volume is enormous and the release per unit volume is slow. Negative feedback holds fusion steady

  9. Photons take about 100,000 years to leave the core, while neutrinos take 2 seconds. Estimate the average distance a photon travels between interactions, given a radius of \( 7 \times 10^{8} \) m and a random walk.
    Show the full solution

    Use the random walk result. After \( N \) steps of length \( \ell \) in random directions, the net distance is \( \ell\sqrt{N} \). To escape, \( \ell\sqrt{N} = R \), so \( N = (R/\ell)^2 \). The total path length is \( N\ell = R^2/\ell \), and the time is that divided by \( c \). Set the time. \( 100{,}000\ \text{y} = 3.16 \times 10^{12}\ \text{s} \). Path length: \( (3.16 \times 10^{12})(3.0 \times 10^{8}) = 9.5 \times 10^{20}\ \text{m} \). Solve for \( \ell \). \( \ell = \dfrac{R^2}{9.5 \times 10^{20}} = \dfrac{(7 \times 10^{8})^2}{9.5 \times 10^{20}} = \dfrac{4.9 \times 10^{17}}{9.5 \times 10^{20}} = 5 \times 10^{-4}\ \text{m} \). About half a millimeter, and detailed models give about a centimeter. Interpretation. The interior is so opaque that a photon travels a fraction of a millimeter before being absorbed, and it takes an incredible \( 10^{21} \) meters of zigzag to make a 700 million meter journey. Why this justifies neutrinos. Photons carry only old, smeared information about the core, while neutrinos deliver it immediately. About half a millimeter to a centimeter between interactions

  10. Explain how the failure of the Kelvin gravitational contraction model shows how scientific disputes get resolved.
    Show the full solution

    By an independent method producing a different age, forcing a revision of the assumptions rather than of the data. Kelvin's calculation was correct given its assumption. Contraction can supply about 30 million years of solar power, and the mathematics is sound. The conflict. Geologists estimated the Earth at hundreds of millions of years from rates of erosion and sedimentation, and Darwin estimated hundreds of millions for evolution. The resolution required a new energy source. In 1896 radioactivity was discovered, and in 1905 Einstein's mass-energy equivalence indicated a vast store in matter. Eddington proposed in 1920 that fusion powers stars, and Bethe worked out the reaction chains in 1938. Independent confirmation of the long age. Radiometric dating of rocks in the early 1900s gave billions of years, which matched the fusion lifetime. The lesson. Kelvin was right about the physics he knew and wrong about the completeness of it. Disagreement between two well-supported lines of evidence signals something missing from at least one, and the resolution came from new physics, not from discarding either measurement. A conflict between reliable results pointed to missing physics

Lesson 11.7 · Unit 11 · HS-ESS1-2 and HS-ESS1-3

Every atom of iron in your blood was made in a star

The universe began with hydrogen, helium and a trace of lithium. Every heavier atom, the carbon in your cells, the oxygen you breathe, the iron in your blood, was made later, in the cores of stars or in their deaths. That claim rests on three independent lines of evidence, and together with the expansion of space they form the best-tested account of cosmic history.

The key ideas
  1. Space is expanding, with recession speed proportional to distance: \( v = H_0d \).
  2. The Hubble constant is about 70 km/s per megaparsec, and its inverse gives an age scale near 14 billion years.
  3. The cosmic microwave background is relic radiation from about 380,000 years after the beginning, now cooled to 2.725 K.
  4. Big Bang nucleosynthesis made hydrogen, helium and lithium in the first few minutes, with about 25 percent helium by mass.
  5. Stars fuse elements up to iron in their cores as they age.
  6. Elements heavier than iron are made by neutron capture in supernovae and neutron star mergers.
  7. The three lines of evidence are independent and agree.

Where students lose marks: picturing the Big Bang as an explosion at a point in space. It was an expansion of space everywhere at once. There is no center and no outside, and galaxies recede because the space between them grows, not because they fly through space away from a location.

Worked example

The problem. (a) Find the recession speeds of galaxies at 10, 100 and 1000 Mpc. (b) Estimate the age of the universe from the Hubble constant. (c) Explain how the cosmic microwave background arises and why its temperature is 2.725 K. (d) Explain the origin of the elements and why iron marks a boundary.

Step one: solve (a). With \( H_0 = 70\ \text{km/s/Mpc} \): 10 Mpc: 700 km/s. 100 Mpc: 7000 km/s. 1000 Mpc: 70,000 km/s. The last is \( 0.23c \), a redshift near \( z = 0.23 \).

Step two: solve (b). If the expansion rate were constant, the time since everything was together is distance over speed, and the distance cancels: \( t = \dfrac{d}{v} = \dfrac{1}{H_0} \). Converting: 1 Mpc is \( 3.086 \times 10^{19} \) km, so \( \dfrac{1}{H_0} = \dfrac{3.086 \times 10^{19}}{70}\ \text{s} = 4.41 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s} = 14.0 \times 10^{9}\ \text{y} \). About 14 billion years. The rate has changed over time, but the detailed value from the full model is 13.8 billion years, within 2 percent.

Step three: check against another clock. The oldest stars, dated from their evolution, are about 13 billion years old, and the oldest white dwarfs in globular clusters agree. The universe cannot be younger than its contents, and it is not, which is a test that the expansion model could have failed.

Step four: answer (c). Early on the universe was a hot, dense plasma of free nuclei and electrons, opaque because free electrons scatter light. At about 3000 K, 380,000 years after the start, the plasma cooled enough for electrons to bind to nuclei, forming neutral atoms. Suddenly the universe became transparent, and the light released then has traveled freely ever since.

Step five: explain the present temperature. Space has expanded by a factor of about 1100 since then, stretching every wavelength by the same factor. Wien's law gives \( T \propto 1/\lambda \), so the temperature fell by 1100: \( 3000/1100 = 2.7\ \text{K} \). The observed value is 2.725 K, with a peak wavelength near 1.06 mm, microwaves. Penzias and Wilson detected it in 1965 as unexplained noise in a horn antenna, and found the spectrum to be a perfect blackbody. The COBE satellite (NASA, US federal) measured it in 1990 to match the blackbody curve to better than 0.01 percent, the most perfect blackbody ever observed.

Step six: begin (d) with the first three minutes. When the universe was one to three minutes old it was hot enough for fusion. Protons and neutrons combined into helium-4, and essentially all the free neutrons ended up in it. The neutron-to-proton ratio then was about 1 to 7. Helium-4 has two of each, so 2 neutrons pair with 2 protons out of 16 nucleons: a mass fraction of \( 4/16 = 0.25 \). The prediction is 25 percent helium, and observations of the least-processed gas clouds give 24.5 percent.

Step seven: continue through stellar history. Stars build heavier elements in their cores. Helium fuses to carbon and oxygen in red giants. In stars above about eight solar masses, fusion continues through neon, magnesium, silicon and finally iron, each stage shorter than the last: a star of 25 solar masses burns silicon in about a day. Iron is the stopping point, because lesson 11.4 showed it has the highest binding energy per nucleon. Fusing iron absorbs energy rather than releasing it, so the core can no longer support the star.

Step eight: describe the endings and the heavy elements. With its core exhausted, the star collapses within a second and rebounds in a core-collapse supernova, scattering its contents into space. The intense neutron flux makes elements heavier than iron by rapid neutron capture. The 2017 discovery of gravitational waves from two merging neutron stars, GW170817, was followed by light showing freshly made gold, platinum and other heavy elements, which showed that mergers produce them on a large scale. The three lines of evidence are independent. Hubble expansion is measured in galaxy spectra, the microwave background in radio antennas, and light-element abundances in gas clouds. Each tests the same picture and each agrees, and no alternative explains all three. What remains unknown. What drove the earliest expansion, and what dark matter and dark energy are, which together make up 95 percent of the universe's energy. A course in physics ends where physics does, at the edge of what is measured.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning or a multi-step calculation. Use \( H_0 = 70\ \text{km/s/Mpc} \) and \( c = 3.00 \times 10^{5}\ \text{km/s} \).

  1. State Hubble's law.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = H_0d \): recession speed is proportional to distance

  2. What is the cosmic microwave background?
    Show the full solution

    Relic radiation released when the universe became transparent, about 380,000 years after the beginning

  3. What is its present temperature?
    Show the full solution

    2.725 K

  4. Which elements were made in the first minutes?
    Show the full solution

    Hydrogen, helium and traces of lithium

  5. Why does stellar fusion stop at iron?
    Show the full solution

    Iron has the highest binding energy per nucleon, so fusing it absorbs energy

  6. Find the recession speed of a galaxy 250 Mpc away.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = H_0d = 70 \times 250 = 17{,}500\ \text{km/s} \). 17,500 km/s

  7. A galaxy recedes at 21,000 km/s. Find its distance and its redshift.
    Show the full solution

    \( d = \dfrac{v}{H_0} = \dfrac{21000}{70} = 300\ \text{Mpc} \). Redshift for low speeds: \( z = \dfrac{v}{c} = \dfrac{21000}{300000} = 0.070 \). 300 Mpc, \( z = 0.070 \)

  8. Explain why the microwave background is the same in all directions to one part in 100,000.
    Show the full solution

    Because it comes from a time when the universe was extraordinarily uniform, and it reaches us from the whole sky. What that says. Regions on opposite sides of the sky have the same temperature, yet at the time of emission they were too far apart for light to have crossed between them, so they could not have equalized by contact. This is the horizon problem. Its standard resolution is cosmic inflation, a brief period of extremely rapid expansion in the first fraction of a second, which took a small, already-uniform region and stretched it to cover the observable universe. The tiny variations are the seeds of structure. The one part in 100,000 fluctuations, mapped by COBE, WMAP and Planck (NASA and ESA), are slightly denser regions that gravity later grew into galaxies and clusters. Their statistical pattern matches inflation's prediction. Status. Inflation is well supported but not yet directly confirmed, and it is an active area of research. An early, uniform state, with tiny seeds of later structure

  9. Explain why the abundance of helium is evidence for the Big Bang and not for stellar production alone.
    Show the full solution

    Because stars could not have made 25 percent of all the ordinary matter in the universe as helium, and the observed fraction is nearly uniform even in the oldest gas. How much helium stars make. The total energy radiated by all stars in the history of the universe corresponds to converting about 1 to 2 percent of the mass of hydrogen into helium, not 25 percent. The uniformity. If stars made the helium, its abundance should rise with the amount of processing: old, metal-poor clouds should have much less than young, metal-rich ones. Instead, even the most pristine gas contains 24 to 25 percent. This demands a primordial source. A floor of 25 percent that predates the first stars is what nucleosynthesis in the hot early universe predicts, from the neutron-to-proton ratio, with no free parameters after the baryon density is fixed. The strongest test. The same model predicts deuterium at \( 2.5 \times 10^{-5} \) per hydrogen, and lithium-7, and the deuterium value is measured accurately in distant gas clouds and matches. Lithium-7 predicted is about three times too high, an unresolved puzzle that is openly acknowledged. A floor of 25 percent helium predates the stars

  10. Use the cooling of the universe to find the temperature at a redshift of \( z = 1 \), and explain the relationship between redshift and the stretching of space.
    Show the full solution

    Redshift measures stretching. The wavelength observed is longer than emitted by a factor \( 1 + z \), and this equals the factor by which space has expanded since the light left: \( \dfrac{\lambda_{\text{obs}}}{\lambda_{\text{emit}}} = 1 + z \). Radiation temperature scales inversely. The background temperature at redshift \( z \) is \( T = T_0(1 + z) \). At \( z = 1 \): \( T = 2.725 \times 2 = 5.45\ \text{K} \). At recombination. \( z \approx 1100 \) gives \( T = 2.725 \times 1101 = 3000\ \text{K} \), matching the ionization temperature of hydrogen, which is a consistency check on the story of lesson 10.5. A direct test. In a distant gas cloud at \( z \approx 2.4 \), the excitation of cyanogen molecules gives a background temperature near 9 K, and the prediction is \( 2.725 \times 3.4 = 9.3\ \text{K} \). That is a measurement of the background's temperature at an earlier time, showing it really was hotter, as the model claims. Relationship to the earlier picture. Redshift as Doppler shift (lesson 9.5) is a valid low-speed approximation. At large \( z \) it is better understood as a stretching of wavelengths in transit, which is the cosmological redshift. 5.45 K at \( z = 1 \); the temperature scales as \( 1 + z \)

Unit 11 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 11 review: Nuclear Processes, Stars and the Universe

Shuffled across all seven lessons. Use \( 1\ \text{u} = 931.5\ \text{MeV} \), \( c = 3.00 \times 10^{8}\ \text{m/s} \) and \( H_0 = 70\ \text{km/s/Mpc} \).

  1. How many neutrons are in iron-56, with atomic number 26?
    Show the full solution

    \( N = A - Z = 56 - 26 = 30 \). 30

  2. Write the alpha decay of radium-226 (\( Z = 88 \)).
    Show the full solution

    Lower \( Z \) by 2 and \( A \) by 4: \( {}^{226}_{88}\text{Ra} \rightarrow {}^{222}_{86}\text{Rn} + {}^{4}_{2}\text{He} \). Radon-222

  3. 800 g of an isotope with a half-life of 6.0 h is left for 24 h. Find the mass remaining.
    Show the full solution

    24 h is four half-lives: \( 800 \times \left(\tfrac{1}{2}\right)^4 = 50 \). 50 g

  4. A wooden artifact has 12.5 percent of the living carbon-14 fraction (\( T_{1/2} = 5730 \) y). Find its age.
    Show the full solution

    12.5 percent is \( \left(\tfrac{1}{2}\right)^3 \), three half-lives: \( 3 \times 5730 = 17190 \). About 17,200 years

  5. Find the energy equivalent of 1.0 g of mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( E = mc^2 = (1.0 \times 10^{-3})(3.00 \times 10^{8})^2 = 9.0 \times 10^{13} \). \( 9.0 \times 10^{13} \) J, about 21 kilotons of TNT.

  6. Helium-4 has a mass defect of 0.030378 u. Find its binding energy and the binding energy per nucleon.
    Show the full solution

    \( E_B = 0.030378 \times 931.5 = 28.3\ \text{MeV} \); per nucleon \( 28.3/4 = 7.07\ \text{MeV} \). 28.3 MeV, or 7.07 MeV per nucleon

  7. Find the number of fissions per second in a 1.0 GW reactor releasing 200 MeV per fission.
    Show the full solution

    Energy per fission: \( 200 \times 1.602 \times 10^{-13} = 3.20 \times 10^{-11}\ \text{J} \). Rate: \( \dfrac{1.0 \times 10^{9}}{3.20 \times 10^{-11}} = 3.1 \times 10^{19} \). \( 3.1 \times 10^{19} \) per second

  8. Fusing four hydrogen atoms into helium-4 releases 26.7 MeV from a mass of 4.031 u. Find the fraction of the mass converted.
    Show the full solution

    Mass converted: \( \dfrac{26.7}{931.5} = 0.0287\ \text{u} \). Fraction: \( \dfrac{0.0287}{4.031} = 0.0071 \). 0.71 percent

  9. The Sun radiates \( 3.83 \times 10^{26} \) W. Find the mass it converts each second and explain why it can shine for billions of years.
    Show the full solution

    \( \dot{m} = \dfrac{3.83 \times 10^{26}}{9.0 \times 10^{16}} = 4.3 \times 10^{9}\ \text{kg/s} \). That is four million tonnes a second, but against a mass of \( 2.0 \times 10^{30} \) kg it is a loss of only 0.03 percent over 4.6 billion years, and fusion converts 0.71 percent of the fuel's mass, a million times more than chemical burning could. \( 4.3 \times 10^{9} \) kg/s, small next to the Sun's mass

  10. A galaxy is 250 Mpc away. Find its recession speed, the age scale \( 1/H_0 \), and explain why this is evidence for expansion of space rather than for Earth being a center.
    Show the full solution

    \( v = H_0d = 70 \times 250 = 17500\ \text{km/s} \). \( \dfrac{1}{H_0} = \dfrac{3.086 \times 10^{19}\ \text{km}}{70\ \text{km/s}} = 4.4 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s} \), about 14 billion years. If space itself expands uniformly, every observer sees every other galaxy receding at a speed proportional to distance, as on the dots of an inflating balloon. Proportionality to distance is what such an expansion predicts, and Earth needs no special position. 17,500 km/s and about 14 billion years; the same pattern is seen from everywhere

Reference · always available

How to write the three kinds of response this course asks for

The writing tasks in this course are not essays in the English sense. Each has a structure a physicist expects, and most of the marks are for producing that structure rather than for style. This sheet sets out all three, with what each part is and what it is not. Keep it open while you write; it is meant to be looked at, not memorized.

The one rule behind all three. A number is not an argument. Whatever the data show, the link between them and your conclusion is something you supply from the physics you know, and in this subject that link is almost always a law or a conservation principle applied to a stated system. Nearly every response that loses marks has plenty of figures and nothing between them and the claim.

Claim, evidence, reasoning

The frame for every "argument from evidence" task. Write the four parts in this order and label them in your head, even when the finished paragraph reads as continuous prose.

PartWhat it has to do
ClaimOne sentence that answers the question asked. It takes a position someone could disagree with.
EvidenceFigures from the data with units, processed where processing is needed (a ratio, a product, a gradient), and paired with the comparison that gives them meaning.
ReasoningThe law or principle that explains why that evidence supports that claim, written out as a step, usually starting from an equation and saying what it predicts.
LimitsWhat these data cannot establish, and what further measurement would settle it. Saying this strengthens an argument.

The same four parts, done well and done badly

Done wellDone badly, and why
"Mass alone accounts for the difference between trials A and B, because only the mass changed."Claim. "The cart in B was slower." That reports an observation rather than answering which factor was responsible.
"Doubling the mass from 0.50 to 1.00 kg halved the acceleration from 2.0 to 1.0 m/s2."Evidence. "B accelerated less." No figures, no units, and no comparison to show why it should have.
"The second law gives \( a = F/m \), so at fixed force the acceleration must be inversely proportional to the mass, which is what the halving shows."Reasoning. "Heavier things are harder to move." That is the claim again in everyday words, not the law that links the data to it. This is the most common way to lose these marks.
"Trial D changed both force and surface, so it cannot settle which caused the shortfall; a rough-surface trial at 1.0 N would."Limits. Saying nothing, and treating a confounded comparison as though it were clean.

Designing an investigation

The frame for every "design" task. A design is judged before any data exist, so what it commits to in advance matters more than the method's details.

PartWhat it has to do
VariablesOne independent variable with at least four levels, a dependent variable with units and a way of measuring it, and every other variable that could matter named individually as controlled.
MethodEnough detail that someone else could repeat it: what is measured with what, how many times, and how a small quantity is made large enough to measure (timing twenty swings, not one).
Hypothesis with a mechanismA prediction and the physics behind it, ideally a number. "It will go faster" is a guess; "the period will not depend on mass because the mass cancels" is a hypothesis.
FalsificationThe result that would prove you wrong, stated before any data are collected. A design that cannot fail is not a design.

Explaining across scales

The frame for every "explanation" task. The task is to connect two things that are far apart, for example a photon and an appliance, or a hydrogen nucleus and a rock, by naming every step in between.

PartWhat it has to do
The chainName every stage from the starting point to the end, in order, before writing any of it. A missing stage is the commonest gap.
A mechanism at each linkSay how one stage produces the next. "Then the energy goes to the grid" names a transition; "a transformer raises the voltage so the current, and with it the \( I^2R \) loss, falls" explains one.
A calculation carried outUse the figures given. An explanation that only describes what could be calculated has not shown it works.
Structure before propertyDerive a property from the structure that causes it. Asserting the property skips the part being assessed.

The four errors this course names

Dropping or mismatching unitsCarry the unit through every line. A number without one, or the wrong one, is not an answer, as a spacecraft lost in 1999 showed.
Sign and direction errorsDecide which way is positive first, draw it, and check that the final sign makes physical sense. A negative distance or a speed that increased when it should have fallen is a signal to go back.
Inventing a forceEvery force must have an agent, a body that exerts it. There is no "force of motion" and no outward force in circular motion. If you cannot name what is pushing, it is not there.
Treating a third-law pair as balancedEqual and opposite forces from Newton's third law act on different bodies, so they never cancel. Balance is a statement about the forces on a single body.

A response that has all four parts of its frame, applies one law explicitly, and states one honest limitation will score well even if it is short. A response that walks through every table above and reaches a confident conclusion with no law behind it will not, however long it is. Length is not what is being measured.

Argument from evidence 1 · 45 minutes

Using the data below, make and defend a claim about which factor accounts for the change in acceleration in each pair of trials.

Directions

Structure: claim, evidence, reasoning, limits. You have forty-five minutes. Compute the product of mass and acceleration for every trial before you argue anything, since it is the quantity Newton's second law tells you to look at. State a claim for each comparison the data support, quote figures with units as your evidence, and give the reasoning from the second law rather than restating the numbers. Close by identifying the comparison the data cannot settle and saying what further trial would resolve it. The writing reference sets out all four parts and stays free.

The data

Source: a constructed dataset. The figures are invented so the arithmetic is checkable and are not taken from any published investigation.

A cart on a level track was pulled by a string running over a pulley to a weight hanger. The pulling force is the tension recorded by a force sensor, and the acceleration was found from a motion sensor. Two surfaces were used: a smooth track and a track covered in rough cloth.

TrialCart mass (kg)Pulling force (N)SurfaceAcceleration (m/s2)
A0.501.0smooth2.0
B1.001.0smooth1.0
C0.502.0smooth4.0
D1.002.0rough1.6
Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Evidence. The product of mass and acceleration computed for each trial, with units in newtons.
  • Claim. Each claim tied to a comparison in which only one factor differs (A with B for mass, A with C for force).
  • Reasoning. The second law, \( a = F_{\text{net}}/m \), used to say what should happen and compared with what did.
  • Limits. Trial D identified as confounded, with both differing factors named.
  • Limits. A statement of what further trial would resolve it.
Show a top-score response

The data support two clean claims and cannot support a third, and separating those cases is the whole task.

Compute the net force each trial implies. Newton's second law says the net force is mass times acceleration, so that product is what the data actually measured. Trial A: \( (0.50)(2.0) = 1.0\ \text{N} \). Trial B: \( (1.00)(1.0) = 1.0\ \text{N} \). Trial C: \( (0.50)(4.0) = 2.0\ \text{N} \). Trial D: \( (1.00)(1.6) = 1.6\ \text{N} \). Comparing these with the pulling force gives the check: in the three smooth trials the product equals the pulling force exactly, and in trial D it falls short by 0.4 N.

Claim 1: mass alone accounts for the difference between A and B. These two trials have the same force and the same surface and differ only in cart mass, which doubles from 0.50 to 1.00 kg. The acceleration falls from 2.0 to 1.0 m/s2, exactly half. The second law gives \( a = F/m \), so with the force fixed, doubling the mass must halve the acceleration, and it did. The relationship is an inverse proportion, not a subtraction.

Claim 2: force alone accounts for the difference between A and C. These have the same mass and surface and differ only in force, which doubles from 1.0 to 2.0 N. The acceleration doubles from 2.0 to 4.0 m/s2. With the mass fixed, \( a = F/m \) predicts direct proportionality, and the data show it.

What trial D shows, and why it cannot be used to settle a factor. D differs from B in two ways at once: the force is 2.0 N instead of 1.0 N, and the surface is rough instead of smooth. The second law predicts that doubling the force on the 1.00 kg cart should double the acceleration from 1.0 to 2.0 m/s2. The measured value is 1.6, which is 0.4 m/s2 short. Because both factors changed, the data cannot say which one produced the shortfall in the way a controlled comparison would.

An inference, and its status. If the second law holds and the shortfall is friction, the missing force is \( 2.0 - 1.6 = 0.4\ \text{N} \) acting against the motion, and that is a testable claim, not a demonstrated one. The 0.4 N fits the hypothesis without proving it, because a difference in the string's stretch or in the sensor's calibration on the rough track would also do it.

Limits and the trial that would settle it. Every trial is a single run, so there is no measure of repeat variation, and the exact halving and doubling seen in A, B and C could be a coincidence of the small numbers used. Each condition should be repeated at least three times and the range reported. To settle the confound, run a trial with the 1.00 kg cart, a 1.0 N force and the rough surface. The friction hypothesis predicts \( (1.0 - 0.4)/1.00 = 0.60\ \text{m/s}^2 \), and it also predicts a friction force independent of the pulling force. A different result would refute it.

Check it against the frame. A claim that answers the question, then evidence with figures and units together with the comparison that gives them meaning, then reasoning that uses the second law rather than repeating the numbers, then the limits and what would settle them. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Argument from evidence 2 · 45 minutes

Using the orbital data below, argue whether the evidence supports an inverse-square law of gravitation.

Directions

Structure: claim, evidence, reasoning, limits. You have forty-five minutes. Decide what quantity the inverse-square law predicts should be the same for all five moons, compute it, and use it as your evidence. Derive the prediction from gravitation and circular motion in your reasoning, do not simply state it. Close with what a single system of moons cannot establish, however good the agreement.

The data

Source: figures adapted from the planetary satellite fact sheet published by NASA, a work of the US federal government. Values are rounded to four significant figures.

Moon of JupiterMean orbital radius (km)Orbital period (days)
Amalthea181,4000.498
Io421,8001.769
Europa671,1003.551
Ganymede1,070,0007.155
Callisto1,883,00016.69

The moons have very different masses, and all orbit the same planet.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Claim. A position stated on whether the data support the law, hedged appropriately.
  • Evidence. The ratio \( T^2/r^3 \) computed for at least three moons, with units, showing it is nearly constant.
  • Reasoning. Gravitation set equal to the centripetal requirement to derive \( T^2 \propto r^3 \).
  • Reasoning. The observation that the moons' different masses do not enter.
  • Limits. What one system cannot establish, such as universality or the exponent to arbitrary precision.
Show a top-score response

The data support an inverse-square law of gravitation strongly, but they show it for one planet, and stating exactly what that does and does not establish is part of the argument.

What the law predicts. If the pull of Jupiter falls as \( 1/r^2 \), then for a moon in a circular orbit gravity supplies the centripetal force: \( \dfrac{GMm}{r^2} = m\dfrac{4\pi^2r}{T^2} \). The moon's mass \( m \) cancels, and rearranging gives \( \dfrac{T^2}{r^3} = \dfrac{4\pi^2}{GM} \). The right-hand side contains only Jupiter's mass and a constant, so the ratio \( T^2/r^3 \) should be the same for every moon, whatever the moon's size. That is a sharp, checkable prediction.

The evidence. Computing \( T^2/r^3 \) in days squared per cubic kilometer: Amalthea \( (0.498)^2/(1.814 \times 10^{5})^3 = 4.15 \times 10^{-17} \); Io \( (1.769)^2/(4.218 \times 10^{5})^3 = 4.17 \times 10^{-17} \); Europa \( 4.17 \times 10^{-17} \); Ganymede \( 4.17 \times 10^{-17} \); Callisto \( 4.17 \times 10^{-17} \). Across a range of radii of more than a factor of ten and periods of more than a factor of thirty, the ratio agrees to within about half a percent. A different force law would give a different exponent, and the data are consistent with the exponent of 3/2 to within about one part in a thousand.

A consistency check on the reasoning. Converting the constant to Jupiter's mass with \( M = 4\pi^2r^3/(GT^2) \) gives about \( 1.90 \times 10^{27}\ \text{kg} \) for Io, Europa, Ganymede and Callisto alike. Five independent moons giving one mass for the planet is what a single correct law would give, and no other assumption is needed.

Why the moons' masses do not matter. Ganymede is roughly two thousand times as massive as Amalthea, yet it lies on the same relation. This confirms that the moon's mass cancels, as the derivation says, which is the same cancellation of the falling body's mass seen in free fall.

Limits. The data are for one central body, so they establish that Jupiter's pull on its moons goes as \( 1/r^2 \) over orbital radii from 181,000 km to 1,883,000 km. They do not establish that the same law holds around the Sun, in other galaxies, or at very small distances. That universality rests on many other systems, notably the planets, the Moon and laboratory measurements, each confirming the same form. Also, agreement within half a percent cannot exclude a tiny correction to the exponent, and the small deviation for Amalthea, which is closest and lies in the more intense part of Jupiter's field, is worth noting: Jupiter is slightly flattened, and the simple point-mass model is least accurate nearest the planet. A better test would use moons of several planets and test the exponent directly.

Check it against the frame. A claim that answers the question, then evidence with figures and units together with the comparison that gives them meaning, then reasoning that derives the prediction rather than stating it, then the limits and what would settle them. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Investigation design 1 · 45 minutes

Design a controlled investigation into what determines the period of a simple pendulum, with length, bob mass and release angle as the candidate variables.

Directions

Structure: variables, method, hypothesis with mechanism, falsification. You have forty-five minutes. Name your independent variable with its levels, your dependent variable with units and how it is measured, and your controlled variables individually. Describe the method in enough detail that someone else could repeat it, state your hypothesis together with the physics behind it, and say what result would falsify it. Your hypothesis should include a prediction about the bob's mass. A design that cannot fail is not a design.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Variables. One independent variable at a time with at least four levels stated.
  • Variables. A dependent variable that is measurable, with units, and a method that reduces timing error.
  • Variables. The other two candidate variables held fixed, and named as controlled variables.
  • Method. Replication, and how results will be summarized and graphed.
  • Falsification. A falsifying result stated before any data are collected.
Show a top-score response

Question. Which of length, bob mass and release angle determines the period of a simple pendulum, and by how much?

Hypothesis with a mechanism. The period depends on the length and not on the mass, and, for small angles, not on the release angle. The restoring force on the bob is the component of its weight along the arc, \( mg\sin\theta \), and it is proportional to the mass. The acceleration is that force divided by the mass, so the mass cancels, exactly as it does for free fall. For small angles \( \sin\theta \approx \theta \) and the motion is simple harmonic with \( T = 2\pi\sqrt{L/g} \), which depends on the length and gravity only. I therefore predict that \( T^2 \) is proportional to \( L \), with a gradient of \( 4\pi^2/g = 4.03\ \text{s}^2/\text{m} \).

Three separate experiments. Varying all three at once would make the results uninterpretable, so I run three one-variable experiments in turn, each holding the other two fixed.

Experiment 1: length. Independent variable: string length from the pivot to the center of the bob, at 0.20, 0.40, 0.60, 0.80 and 1.00 m, measured with a ruler to the nearest millimeter. Five levels rather than two, because two points cannot show the shape of the relationship. Controlled: a 50 g bob, a release angle of 10 degrees, and the same pivot and string.

Experiment 2: mass. Independent variable: bob mass at 20, 50, 100 and 200 g, using bobs of the same size and shape so air resistance does not change with mass. Controlled: length 0.60 m and angle 10 degrees.

Experiment 3: release angle. Independent variable: 5, 10, 20, 30 and 45 degrees, set with a protractor. Controlled: length 0.60 m and mass 50 g. This experiment is expected to show a small effect at large angles, since the small-angle approximation fails there.

Dependent variable and measurement. The period in seconds. Timing a single swing gives an error comparable to human reaction time, about 0.2 s, which would swamp the differences being sought. I therefore time 20 complete oscillations and divide by 20, reducing the fractional error twentyfold. Timing starts and stops as the bob passes the lowest point, where it moves fastest and the moment is easiest to judge, and I count from zero when the timer starts.

Replication and analysis. Each condition is timed three times and the mean and range recorded. For experiment 1, plot \( T^2 \) against \( L \), expecting a straight line through the origin with gradient near 4.03 s2/m. Plotting \( T \) against \( L \) directly would give a curve and hide the test.

Falsification. The hypothesis is wrong if the period changes with mass by more than the spread in repeat trials, for example by more than 0.02 s across the 20 to 200 g range, or if the \( T^2 \) against \( L \) graph is not a straight line through the origin, or if its gradient differs from 4.03 by more than about 5 percent. A period that rises steadily with mass would refute the cancellation argument at its core.

Limits. Air resistance and the stretch of the string add small systematic errors, and the pivot's friction damps the swing slightly. The investigation can establish the dependence on these three variables; it cannot on its own establish why, and the identification of the mechanism with the mass cancellation is supported, not proven, by the result.

Check it against the frame. One variable varied at a time with several levels, a dependent variable with units and a way to reduce timing error, every other variable controlled by name, a hypothesis with its mechanism, and a result stated in advance that would refute it. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Investigation design 2 · 45 minutes

Design a procedure to measure the speed of sound in air using equipment found in a home, then say which controls survive and which do not.

Directions

Structure: variables, method, hypothesis with mechanism, falsification. You have forty-five minutes. Choose a method, state what you will measure and how, name what you hold constant, and predict the result with your reasoning. Estimate the size of the largest source of error and say how you would reduce it. Then state which of the usual controls cannot be achieved at home and how that limits your conclusion. A design that cannot fail is not a design.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Variables. A clear distance measured, a clear time measured, and the ratio computed.
  • Method. A way to make the time large enough to measure, such as a long baseline or echo repetition.
  • Method. Replication and a stated estimate of the largest error.
  • Hypothesis. A predicted value with its dependence on temperature.
  • Limits. Controls that cannot be achieved at home, named, with their effect on the conclusion.
Show a top-score response

Question. What is the speed of sound in air at the temperature of my measurement, and is it consistent with the accepted value?

Hypothesis with a mechanism. The speed of sound is \( v \approx 331 + 0.6T \) m/s for a temperature \( T \) in degrees Celsius, so at \( 20^\circ\text{C} \) it is 343 m/s. Sound travels by molecules passing a disturbance to their neighbors, and warmer air has faster molecules, so the handover is quicker. I predict a result within about 5 percent of 343 m/s once the room temperature is read from a thermometer.

Method: a two-observer echo timed by phone. Two people stand a measured distance apart in an open field or long corridor. The first claps two wooden blocks together while the second holds a phone recording video with the audio track. The clap is visible as the blocks meet, and the sound arrives later; the delay between the frame showing contact and the audio spike is the time of flight. At 100 m, sound takes \( 100/343 = 0.29\ \text{s} \), and a phone recording at 30 frames per second resolves 0.033 s, an error of about 11 percent per measurement.

Improving it. Increase the baseline. At 300 m the flight time is 0.87 s and the same 0.033 s error is 4 percent. Better, use the audio alone: record both the clap and its echo from a large wall 100 m away, so that the time between the two spikes on the waveform, read to a millisecond in free audio software, is the round-trip time \( 2d/v = 0.58\ \text{s} \). A millisecond of resolution is a fraction of a percent.

Variables. Distance to the wall, measured with a tape or a measuring wheel to the nearest 0.1 m, and time between the direct clap and the echo. Speed is \( v = 2d/t \). Controlled: the same clap source, the same recording position, and the same conditions across all trials, with the distance varied at 50, 75, 100 and 150 m so the graph of \( 2d \) against \( t \) should be a straight line through the origin with gradient \( v \). A line through the origin also shows that there is no constant delay in the recording chain.

Replication. Five claps at each distance, with the mean and range reported. Take the gradient of the best-fit line as the result.

Falsification. The prediction fails if the gradient differs from the temperature-corrected accepted value by more than about 5 percent, or if the graph is not a straight line through the origin. A nonzero intercept would point to a constant instrumental delay, not to a property of sound.

Controls that do not survive at home. The air temperature is not uniform between the source and the wall, and a thermometer reads only at one point. Wind adds to or subtracts from the speed depending on its direction, and a steady breeze of 3 m/s alters the result by nearly 1 percent, and the outward and return legs partly cancel the effect but not the gusts. Humidity, which raises the speed slightly, is not controlled. Reflections from other surfaces may contaminate the echo. These limit the conclusion to agreement within a few percent at the conditions of the day, and mean the design cannot test the small temperature or humidity dependences on its own, though repeating on days of different temperature would begin to.

Check it against the frame. A measured distance and time, replication and an estimate of the largest error, a hypothesis with a mechanism and a predicted value, a result stated in advance that would refute it, and an honest account of controls that were not possible. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Scientific explanation 1 · 60 minutes

Explain, from a photon leaving the Sun to an appliance running in a home, how the energy of sunlight becomes electrical energy that does work.

Directions

Structure: name the phenomenon, then move through the stages with a mechanism at each step. You have sixty minutes. Your explanation must pass explicitly through photon, semiconductor, current, transmission and appliance, and every transition must say how one stage produces the next rather than only that it does. Carry out at least one calculation with the figures given, and use both sources.

Source 1: a silicon solar cell

Source: description prepared for this course from the account given in US federal material, including the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. Not a quotation.

Silicon has a band gap of 1.12 eV. A photon with less energy passes through the cell without being absorbed. A photon with more energy frees one electron, and the excess energy becomes heat. A junction built into the cell sends the freed electrons one way and the vacancies they leave the other, producing a voltage of about 0.6 V per cell. Commercial modules convert roughly 18 to 22 percent of the sunlight striking them to electricity. The Sun's surface temperature is about 5800 K.

Source 2: delivering the power

Source: figures adapted from the US Energy Information Administration, a work of the US federal government. The voltage values are typical, not specific to any one utility.

Solar output is direct current. An inverter changes it to alternating current at 60 Hz. Power is transmitted at very high voltage, for example 345 kV, and stepped down through several stages to 240 V at a house. In the United States, roughly 5 percent of the electricity generated is lost between power plants and customers.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Stages. Every stage transition made explicit, from photon to appliance.
  • Figures. The photon energy of sunlight at its peak wavelength computed and compared with the band gap.
  • Mechanism. Why photons above the gap waste their excess energy and photons below it do nothing.
  • Mechanism. Why transmission uses high voltage, with the \( I^2R \) argument.
  • Mechanism. The inverter and transformer roles, and why transformers need alternating current.
Show a top-score response

The chain runs from a photon produced in the Sun to a current in an appliance, and at each link something specific happens that explains why the next link is possible.

Stage one: the photon. The Sun's surface at about 5800 K radiates with a peak wavelength given by Wien's law, \( \lambda = 2.898 \times 10^{-3}/5800 = 500\ \text{nm} \). The energy of a photon at that wavelength is \( E = 1240/500 = 2.5\ \text{eV} \). The photon travels through vacuum with no loss for eight minutes, because electromagnetic waves need no medium.

Stage two: absorption in the semiconductor. Silicon's electrons are bound in the valence band, and 1.12 eV is the minimum needed to lift one into a state where it can carry current. The 2.5 eV photon exceeds this, so one photon frees one electron. The excess, \( 2.5 - 1.12 = 1.4\ \text{eV} \), is shared with the lattice as heat within picoseconds. A photon of 1000 nm carries only 1.24 eV, barely above the gap and nearly all useful, while one of 1500 nm carries 0.83 eV and passes through entirely. Because the solar spectrum spans both, a single-gap cell cannot use it all, which is part of why commercial efficiency is 18 to 22 percent and not higher.

Stage three: the current. A freed electron would soon fall back, and nothing would come out. The junction built into the cell creates an internal electric field that pushes electrons one way and the vacancies the other, so the charge separates and a potential difference of about 0.6 V appears across the cell. Connecting a circuit lets the electrons flow, so the photons have become an electric current. Modules wire many cells in series, the voltages adding as lesson 7.5 established, to reach useful values.

Stage four: from direct to alternating current. The cell's output is direct current, which is useless for transmission at high voltage because a transformer works only through a changing flux, by Faraday's law. An inverter switches the direct current to alternating current at 60 Hz, so that the rest of the chain can use transformers.

Stage five: transmission. Power delivered is \( P = VI \), and the loss in the cables is \( I^2R \). Raising the voltage by a factor of \( n \) lowers the current for the same power by \( n \) and the loss by \( n^2 \). A transformer stepping up to 345 kV does that. For a line of \( 5\ \Omega \) carrying 5 MW, the current at 345 kV is 14.5 A and the loss is \( (14.5)^2(5) = 1.05\ \text{kW} \), which is 0.02 percent, against a loss of \( (500)^2(5) = 1.25\ \text{MW} \), or 25 percent, if it were sent at 10 kV. The national average of about 5 percent covers the whole path including the lower-voltage local distribution, which loses more per kilometer than the trunk lines.

Stage six: stepping down and use. Successive transformers reduce the voltage to 240 V at the house, in stages, because insulating high voltage is expensive and hazardous near people. An appliance such as a 1500 W kettle draws \( 1500/120 = 12.5\ \text{A} \) and converts the electrical energy to thermal energy in a resistance by \( P = I^2R \), which is where the original photon's energy ends up: as heat in water.

Overall accounting. Only about a fifth of the sunlight is converted to electricity, about 5 percent is lost in delivery, and the rest ends up as heat at the cell. Energy is conserved throughout; what changes is how much of it remains in a form that can do work, which is the second law's contribution.

Check it against the frame. Every stage named, a mechanism stated at each transition rather than only asserted, a calculation actually carried out with the figures given, and both sources used. If you can point to all of these in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Scientific explanation 2 · 60 minutes

Explain how a hydrogen nucleus formed in the early universe can end up as part of a silicon or iron atom in a rock on Earth.

Directions

Structure: name the phenomenon, then move through the stages with a mechanism at each step. You have sixty minutes. Your explanation must pass explicitly through fusion in a star, the star's death, the collapse of a cloud, and the accretion of a planet, and every transition must say how one stage produces the next rather than only that it does. Explain why iron is a boundary, and use both sources. Note that the hydrogen in the question was made long before the Sun.

Source 1: the fuel stages of a massive star

Source: approximate values for a star of about 25 solar masses, as given in standard stellar evolution models. Values are rounded, and stated to show the pattern rather than as precise measurements.

FuelMain productCore temperature (K)Duration
HydrogenHelium4 × 1077 million years
HeliumCarbon, oxygen2 × 108500 thousand years
CarbonNeon, magnesium8 × 108600 years
OxygenSilicon, sulfur2 × 1096 months
SiliconIron, nickel3 × 1091 day
Source 2: what Earth and the Solar System are made of

Source: figures adapted from the US Geological Survey and NASA, works of the US federal government. Values are rounded.

By mass, Earth's crust is about 46 percent oxygen, 28 percent silicon, 8 percent aluminum and 5 percent iron. The Sun is about 74 percent hydrogen and 25 percent helium by mass, with less than 2 percent everything else. The oldest meteorites, which formed with the Solar System, are dated at 4.56 billion years, while the universe is about 13.8 billion years old. Observations show star-forming clouds enriched in carbon, oxygen, silicon and iron near the remains of old supernovae.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Stages. Fusion, stellar death, cloud collapse and accretion each named, with the transition between them explained.
  • Mechanism. The Coulomb barrier, and why higher elements need higher temperatures, using Source 1.
  • Mechanism. Iron as the end of energy-releasing fusion, from the binding energy curve.
  • Timeline. The comparison of the universe's age with the Solar System's age, and what it implies about earlier stars.
  • Correction. The recognition that the Sun did not make Earth's silicon and iron.
Show a top-score response

The premise needs one correction before the explanation starts. The Sun did not make the silicon and iron in Earth's rocks, and it cannot, because it is still burning hydrogen and will not reach silicon. The atoms came from earlier, more massive stars, and Source 2 makes this point through the timeline: the Solar System is 4.56 billion years old and the universe 13.8 billion, leaving more than nine billion years in which earlier generations of stars could live and die.

Stage one: the hydrogen. A hydrogen nucleus is a single proton, made in the first fraction of a second of the universe, when quarks combined into protons and neutrons. Some of them were fusing into helium within minutes; most remained hydrogen and became the raw material for the first stars.

Stage two: fusion in a massive star. Gravity collapses a cloud until its core is hot enough for the protons to fuse despite their electric repulsion. The barrier at 1.7 fm is about 850 keV, and a core at \( 4 \times 10^{7} \) K has a mean thermal energy of only \( \tfrac{3}{2}kT = 5\ \text{keV} \), so fusion proceeds by quantum tunneling of the fastest protons. Hydrogen becomes helium over 7 million years, Source 1.

Stage three: heavier fuels need higher temperatures. When the core's hydrogen is spent, the core contracts and heats. Helium nuclei carry twice the charge, so the barrier between them is higher, and Source 1 shows it needs \( 2 \times 10^{8} \) K. Each later fuel has a larger nuclear charge, a larger barrier, a higher required temperature and a shorter duration, because the energy gained per reaction falls while the star radiates the same luminosity. Silicon burning lasts a day. The stages are the chain from helium to carbon and oxygen, then to silicon, and finally to iron and nickel.

Stage four: why the chain stops at iron. Fusion releases energy only if the product is more tightly bound per nucleon than the reactants. Binding energy per nucleon rises to a peak of 8.79 MeV at iron-56 and falls beyond it. Fusing iron would absorb energy rather than release it, so the core, having no energy source, can no longer resist gravity.

Stage five: death and dispersal. Within about a second the iron core collapses to nuclear density, the infalling outer layers rebound, and the star explodes as a supernova. This does two things at once. It throws the star's layers, containing the silicon and oxygen and iron made in the earlier stages, into space at thousands of kilometers per second. And the neutron flux produces some elements beyond iron.

Stage six: cloud collapse. The ejected material mixes into a cloud of interstellar gas, enriching it. Source 2 records clouds enriched in exactly these elements near old remnants. Billions of years later a disturbance, such as a shock wave from another supernova, compresses a region of that cloud until self-gravity wins and it collapses, forming the Sun with a disk around it.

Stage seven: accretion into rock. In the disk, dust grains and the material that is solid at those temperatures stick and collide into larger bodies. Near the young Sun it was too hot for ice or gas to condense, so the inner planets accreted from the refractory elements, silicon, iron, magnesium and oxygen, which is why Earth is rock and metal. The original hydrogen in the story ends up in the silicate as a hydroxyl group or in water bound in minerals, or, more often, remained in the Sun and the gas giants.

Limits. The precise fraction of Earth's heavy elements from supernovae, from merging neutron stars and from the winds of dying low-mass stars is still being worked out. The explanation is that the elements were made by stars and dispersed by their deaths, which is well supported, while the exact accounting is uncertain.

Check it against the frame. Every stage named, a mechanism stated at each transition rather than only asserted, a calculation actually carried out with the figures given, and both sources used. If you can point to all of these in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Unit recap

Unit recap

0:00 / 0:00

Animated recap with on-screen narration. Turn on Voice to have it read aloud (uses your device's built-in voice). Pressing play counts as your one free video.

Free preview complete

That's the end of the free preview.

You've opened five lessons, which is as much as we can show without a subscription. Everything you've already opened stays available; use the outline on the left to go back to it.

Book a tutor instead